You are on page 1of 539

Indoor

Welcome to 536 pages of New Light

The new TRILUX Indoor is here. Inside you will find more than 7,000 TRILUX products for almost every application and requirement. You will also find quality, diversity and unlimited possibilities. And on top of that: New Light awaits you.

As you have certainly noticed, not only the luminaires are new at TRILUX. There is a new layout, logo and slogan. Since 2006, the stylised sun logo and the name TRILUX have served jointly as a synonym for New Light two words, which make up our claim in everything we do to create ideal lighting solutions and thus shape the future of light.

That includes, in particular, innovative technologies. After all, only really new light deserves the title New Light. Proof enough that almost every TRILUX development already satisfies this premise: a wide variety of new ranges and several product advancements in 2008 alone. Innovative concepts and forms of light or in short: impressive design are similarly an aspect of New Light. That is confirmed time and again by national and international panels of experts, such as red dot award or iF product design award.

Moreover, the use of TRILUX light management systems and competent project planning support allow for lighting solutions that are natural and efficient, without comparison, and extremely individual. In short: If light fulfils all these points, you will find it on the following 536 pages. Then it may be called: New Light from TRILUX.

024 Athenik LED

112 Estilio

180 Polaron LED-RGB

259 Quadrial LED-RGB

267 Solvan LED-RGB

348 2911

024 Athenik

034 Inperla

166 Valuco D

170 3331

180 Polaron

346 Centa-S

112 Estilio

114 Valuco S

116 Torso S

116 Torso W

118 Offset S

124 Offset W

126 Luceo S

128 Desktop

132 Deca

138 740

282 362

346 Centa-S

164 Valuco

170 333

176 34

178 Polaron

182 Torso H

178 Polaron

356 Fidesca-SD

360 Fidesca-BS

362 739

362 4401

256 Quadrial

032 Athenik (+)

040 Inperla (+)

312, 324 EnterioIP

470 Winlight Q

338 Aragon

LED
010 Color Flatbed 010 Color Line 010 Color Stripe 011 Color Shelf Glas 011 Chloe RGB 014 Chloe 014 Chloe-Quad 015 Hyperion-R 015 Hyperion-Q

Downlights and spotlights


046 293 048 Oceanus 50NV 049 Leto 50NV 050 Cyclos 80N 050 Oceanus 80N 052 Circe 111 052 Xerxes 111 052 Cyclos 111 053 Oceanus 111

Multivariable systems
428 E-Line T5 M-UXP-H 430 E-Line T5 F 064 BLUEmotion 074 T200

Light ceiling
094 Plenar HD 094 Plenar CM Plenar CQ 094 Plenar CR

128 Dialog

130 Dialog Wall

132 Deca

136 Deca Dekor

138 740

142 6651

143 ES 500

148 5571

149 5611

Free-standing and wall-mounted luminaires

184 536

186 BLUEmotion LS+FS

188 DiVisio

190 Offset H

192 Solvan

202 Luceo

214 5051 AL

224 505/504

236 500

Surface-mounted and suspended luminaires

Recessed luminaires
264 Solvan C 276 Heliosa 278 Liventy 282 362 290 390/391 300 368/369 308 Enterio 312, 314 Enterio OA, PA 328 734/735

342 711/712

344 713

346 Centa-S

348 2911

350 Fidesca-PM

350 Fidesca-SD

350 Fidesca-BS

362 739

362 4401

Luminaires with high protection ratings

470 Winlight Q

370 506

372 376

372 366

Ball-impact-resistant luminaires

388 Delta

412 E-Line T5

434 E-Line T8

466 796

470 Winlight Q

472 614

Continuous-line luminaires, high bay luminaires and batten luminaires

Emergency lighting
476

Light management
488

Trunking
504

Energy efficiency and technical information


512

LED

LED

LED 28 Color - Dynamic colour light design

010 Color Flatbed

010 Color Line

010 Color Stripe

011 Color Shelf

011 Chloe RGB

LED - Static monochrome light design

014 Chloe NV

014 Chloe-Quad NV

015 Hyperion-R

015 Hyperion-Q

A technology with countless possibilities: LED.

The evolution, which light technology has gone through since the invention of the incandescent lamp, is far from over. For instance, LED light technology represents a milestone in development thanks to its substantially increased efficiency and the possibility of colour-dynamic lighting. Although it primarily served as an accentuating design element in the past, it has already become a general lighting solution at TRILUX. A development, which is proof that hardly anything is moving towards the future as quickly as artificial light.

LED 28 Color
Flatbed, Line, Stripe

850 C

Color Flatbed

d IP20

Color Line

d IP67

Color Stripe

d IP20

Color Flatbed

Color Line

Color Stripe

Reference

TOC

Lamps W LED RGB Strip 11.2 LED RGB Strip 22.4 LED RGB Strip 11.2 LED RGB Strip 16.8 LED RGB Strip 22.4 LED RGB Strip 11.2 LED RGB Strip 16.8

Control channels 6 12 6 9 12 6 9

Accessories

kg

Color Flatbed 360 850 02 Color Flatbed 690 850 02 Color Line 691 mm Color Line 1022 mm Color Line 1353 mm Color Stripe 730 mm 01 Color Stripe 1060 mm 01

46 515 00 46 516 00 49 366 50 49 367 50 49 368 50 46 384 00 46 385 00

LED 28 connecting systems, page 12 LED 28 connecting systems, page 12 LED 28 connecting systems, page 12 LED 28 connecting systems, page 12 LED 28 connecting systems, page 12 LED 28 connecting systems, page 12 LED 28 connecting systems, page 12

1.95 6.70 0.90 1.10 1.30 0.20 0.35

Color Flatbed 850 02 Light tiles for colour light composition with integral SMD-RGB-LED and cover made of polycarbonate. Color Flatbed 360 with brushed aluminium frame (358 x 358 mm). Color Flatbed 690 with brushed aluminium frame (688 x 688 mm).

Color Line (IP67) Surface-mounted colour light profile, consisting of aluminium channel with integral SMD-RGB-LED and cover made of rectangular polycarbonate profile. Degree of protection IP67 for indoor use.

Color Stripe01 Colour light profile made of plastic extrusion with integral SMD-RGB-LED.

Color Flatbed

Color Line

Color Stripe

10

LED 28 Color
Shelf, ChloeRGB

Accessories 12 Lamp characteristics 525

850 C

Color Shelf

d IP20

Color ChloeRGB

5 d IP67

Color Shelf Glas

ChloeRGB

Reference

TOC

Lamps W LED RGB Strip 5.6 LED RGB Strip 11.2 SMD RGB LED 0.8

Control channels 3 6 3

Accessories

kg

Color Shelf Glas 360 Color Shelf Glas 690 Chloe NV-RGB 04

45 503 00 45 500 00 50 556 50

LED 28 connecting systems, page 12 LED 28 connecting systems, page 12 LED 28 connecting systems, page 12

1.95 3.70 0.55

Color Shelf Glas Glass shelf with illuminated edges, comprising a brushed aluminium profile with integral SMD-RGB-LED and glass shelf.

Chloe NV-RGB 04 Circular recessed luminaire, with 1 SMDRGB-LED for colour light composition. Housing in chrome for installation on walls and ceilings. Integral mains supply and further wiring with standard cable length 750mm long and 2-pole Chloe system connectors. Degree of protection IP67 for indoor use.

Electrical connection Electrical connection, brightness and colour light control are achieved with the LED 28 low voltage system, which must be ordered separately. This system allows for simultaneous operation and control of one or several luminaries by means of a control system.

Color Shelf Glas

Chloe NV-RGB

11

LED 28 Color
Accessories and Electrical Equipment

Sequencer SQ The sequencer is the heart of the LED 28 control system. Using the 8 push-buttons you can activate and control the luminaires of the LED Color systems. Two push-buttons can be used to call up two preprogrammed light scenes. With the sequencer you have 72 channels at your disposal. Power is supplied to the sequencer (0.75 W) by means of the supply unit. Installation can be made in a commercially available flush mounting box.
Reference LED 28 Color SQ TOC 45 554 00

Supply unit (SU) The supply unit comes in two different rating classes (27/100 W output)

Repeater 2-fach The repeater is used for splitting (2 x 72 channels) and amplifying the control signal. A repeater shall be installed as a signal amplifier in intervals greater than 20 m between sequencer and luminaire. 1 input, 2 outputs, 0.4 W.

Reference LED 28 Color SU 100 W LED 28 Color SU 27 W

TOC 45 556 00 45 559 00

Reference LED 28 Color Repeater 2-fach

TOC 46 396 00

T Splitter A Distribution cable to feed the supply voltage into the system. Connects SU, sequencer and luminaires with each other. This supply is necessary as initial supply. T-Splitter M Distribution cable for additional power supply into the system. Power is supplied only in one direction, for further supply of LED luminaires.
Reference LED 28 Color T-Splitter A LED 28 Color T-Splitter M TOC 45 564 00 45 565 00

System cable Extension cables in lengths from 0.5 to 5 m, for connecting luminaires to luminaires or luminaires to a supply unit without using any tools. Polarised plug with interlock.

Adapter in IP20 out IP67 Adapter in IP67 out IP20 Adapter for connecting the Chloe RGB and Color Line with the LED 28 connection system.

Reference LED 28 Color SW 500 LED 28 Color SW 1000 LED 28 Color SW 3000 LED 28 Color SW 5000

TOC 45 562 00 45 560 00 45 561 00 45 563 00

Reference Adapterkabel in IP20 out IP67 Adapterkabel in IP67 out IP20

TOC 51 017 00 51 018 00

12

LED 28 Color
Connection diagram

For basic installation of the COLOR system, you need a sequencer, a supply unit (SU) and the desired luminaire. Several luminaires can be connected one after the other, with up to a maximum 72 channels. The channels used in

total are calculated based on the number of luminaires and the number of channels per luminaire. The number of channels can be found on the product pages. If applicable, several supply units (SU) must be installed

depending on the power consumption of all luminaires in the system. The power consumption of the luminaires can also be found on the product pages.

Color Flatbed, Color Stripe, Color Shelf

Optional: System cable T-Splitter A T-Splitter M

Sequencer SQ Optional: System cable Optional: System cable

Optional: Repeater 2 outputs

Optional: Repeater 2 outputs Supply unit (SU)

Supply unit (SU)

ChloeRGB, Color Line

T-Splitter A

T-Splitter M

T-Splitter M

Adapter cable IP20/IP67

Sequencer SQ

Adapter cable IP20/IP67

Adapter cable IP67/IP20

Adapter cable IP20/IP67

Adapter cable IP67/IP20

Optional: System cable

Supply unit (SU)

Supply unit (SU) Supply unit (SU)

Reference LED 28 Color SQ LED 28 Color SU 100 W LED 28 Color SU 27 W LED 28 Color Repeater 2-fach LED 28 Color T-Splitter A LED 28 Color T-Splitter M

TOC 45 554 00 45 556 00 45 559 00 46 396 00 45 564 00 45 565 00

Assignment A B B C D E

Reference LED 28 Color SW 500 LED 28 Color SW 1000 LED 28 Color SW 3000 LED 28 Color SW 5000 Adapterkabel in IP20 out IP67 Adapterkabel in IP67 out IP20

TOC 45 562 00 45 560 00 45 561 00 45 563 00 51 017 00 51 018 00

Assignment F F F F H I

13

Chloe
Recessed LED luminaires

6 5 d

IP67

850 C

Chloe NV

Chloe Quad NV

Reference

TOC

Colour

Light colour

Lamps W LED, 0.3, integrated LED, 0.3, integrated LED, 0.3, integrated LED, 0.3, integrated LED, 0.6, integrated LED, 0.6, integrated LED, 0.6, integrated LED, 0.6, integrated

kg

Chloe NV-W 16 EF1 IL Chloe NV-B 16 EF1 IL Chloe NV-W 04 EF1 IL Chloe NV-B 04 EF1 IL Chloe-Quad NV-W 16 EF1 IL Chloe-Quad NV-B 16 EF1 IL Chloe-Quad NV-W 04 EF1 IL Chloe-Quad NV-B 04 EF1 IL

42 860 50 42 861 50 42 862 50 42 863 50 46 406 50 46 403 50 46 405 50 46 404 50 TOC 42 873 40 42 872 40 42 871 00 42 870 00

Titanium Titanium Chrome Chrome Titanium Titanium Chrome Chrome

White Blue White Blue White Blue White Blue

0.022 0.022 0.022 0.022 0.025 0.025 0.025 0.025

Accessories and electrical equipment Chloe AB LT-10 Chloe EF LT-40 Chloe T-Splitter Chloe AL 6000

Description Electrical equipment (3 W) with power plug Electrical equipment, 12 W, for installation in flush mounting boxes Double cable branch Extension cable, 6.0 m

Chloe NV Circular recessed luminaire with innovative LED light sources, light colours white and blue, for indoor use. Housing made of stainless steel for recess depth of 6.5 mm. Suitable for installation in walls, ceilings and floors. Stable up 285 kg. Degree of protection IP67. Lamps: 3 LEDs, available in light colours white and blue. Chloe Quad NV Square recessed luminaires with innovative LED light sources, light colours white and blue, for indoor use. Housing made of stainless steel for recess depth of 6.5 mm. Suitable for installation in walls, ceilings and floors. Stable up 285 kg. Degree of protection IP67. Lamps: 4 LEDs, available in light colours white and blue. Electrical connection 2-pole Chloe system connector with 0.8 m mains supply and additional further wiring.

Accessories and electrical equipment Chloe AB LT-10 Electrical equipment (3 W) with power plug, suitable for connecting up to 10 Chloe luminaires, 0.3 W. Secondary connecting line with Chloe system connector, 7 mm high (IP 67). L x W x D: 88 x 52 x 26 mm. Chloe EF LT-40 Electrical equipment (12 W) for installation in flush-mounting boxes, suitable for connecting up to 40 CHLOE luminaires, 0.3 W. Primary two-core mains connecting line. Secondary connecting line with Chloe system connector, 7 mm high (IP 67). L x W x D: 49 x 49 x 24 mm. Chloe T-splitter Double cable branch 0.12 m with CHLOE system connector, 7 mm high (IP 67). Chloe extension cable AL 6000 extension cable 6.0 m with Chloe system connector, 7 mm high (IP67).

Chloe NV

Chloe Quad NV

14

Hyperion
Recessed LED luminaires

6 d a

IP20

850 C

Hyperion-R HV-W

Hyperion-Q HV-WS

Reference

TOC

Colour

Lamps W LED White, 0.8, integrated LED White, 0.8, integrated LED White, 0.8, integrated LED White, 0.8, integrated LED White, 0.8, integrated LED White, 0.8, integrated LED White, 0.8, integrated LED White, 0.8, integrated

Electrical equipment integrated integrated integrated integrated integrated integrated integrated integrated

kg

Hyperion-R HV-W 02 EF1 IL LT Hyperion-R HV-W 16 EF1 IL LT Hyperion-Q HV-W 02 EF1 IL LT Hyperion-Q HV-W 16 EF1 IL LT Hyperion-R HV-WS 02 EF1 IL LT Hyperion-R HV-WS 16 EF1 IL LT Hyperion-Q HV-WS 02 EF1 IL LT Hyperion-Q HV-WS 16 EF1 IL LT

42 850 40 42 854 40 42 851 40 42 855 40 45 547 10 45 548 10 45 545 10 45 546 10

Aluminium titanium Aluminium titanium Aluminium titanium Aluminium titanium

0.08 0.08 0.10 0.10 0.09 0.09 0.11 0.11

Hyperion-R HV-W Circular recessed luminaires with innovative LED light sources. Housing made of aluminium. Easy to install due to installation in switch boxes. W White LED with clear cover. Lamps: 5 white LEDs. Electrical connection: 2-pole terminal. Direct mains connection, electrical equipment integrated. Hyperion-R HV-WS Circular recessed luminaires with innovative LED light sources. Housing made of aluminium. Easy to install due to installation in switch boxes. WS White LED with frosted cover. Lamps: 5 white LEDs. Electrical connection: 2-pole terminal. Direct mains connection, electrical equipment integrated.

Hyperion-Q HV-W Square recessed luminaires with innovative LED light sources. Housing made of aluminium. Easy to install due to installation in switch boxes. W White LED with clear cover. Lamps: 5 white LEDs. Electrical connection: 2-pole terminal. Direct mains connection, electrical equipment integrated. Hyperion-Q HV-WS Square recessed luminaires with innovative LED light sources. Housing made of aluminium. Easy to install due to installation in switch boxes. WS White LED with frosted cover. Lamps: 5 white LEDs. Electrical connection: 2-pole terminal. Direct mains connection, electrical equipment integrated.

R HV-W

Q HV-W

R HV-WS

Q HV-WS

15

Downlights and spotlights

Downlights and spotlights

Athenik

025 Athenik LED

026 Athenik

031 Athenik decorative elements and accessories

Inperla

293

034 Inperla

040 Inperla decorative elements and accessories

046 293 Compact downlights

18

Oceanus

048 Oceanus 50

050 Oceanus 80

053 Oceanus 111

Cyclos

Circe

050 Cyclos 80

052 Cyclos 111

052 Circe 111

Leto

Xerxes

049 Leto 50

052 Xerxes 111

19

Light for the smallest details and the big picture.

20

Downlights and spotlights not only illuminate, but also shape the interior architecture. After all, everything that is illuminated is accentuated clearly. Whether it is necessary to elaborate details, emphasise shapes or create a sophisticated overall appearance the professional TRILUX product line offers the right solution for each of these applications.

21

TRILUX Inperla. With Inperla, functional lighting is especially easy to plan, since the technology and decorative accessories of the circular downlights are designed with versatility and diversity in mind. A wide variety of system attachments, different types of light distribution and diverse optical systems allow for optimal adaptation to environmental requirements. Just like the TRILUX Athenik. A square downlight that fits perfectly in modern architecture due to its straight-lined design. Both series also enjoy the practical capability of being installed and retrofitted without tools. The effect: You do not need to do it only where the luminaires have originally detailed.

22

Subtle luminaire design for remarkably beautiful light.

23

Athenik LED

Contrary to the creative standards in the downlight segment, the Athenik reveals clear, square-edged forms. The forward-looking solution, which embodies the squaring of the predominant circle, is also echoed by the optical equipment of this series. Equipped with 16 high-performance 3 W power LEDs, the Athenik C1 version completely fulfils this demand. LEDs are todays progressive answer to the ever-increasing energy costs thanks to their low energy consumption with long service life. With significantly shorter switching times, insensitivity to vibrations and extremely reduced heat emission, these UV-free lamps can cope with exacting external requirements. Taking into account the fact that they are maintenance-free, the title lamp of the future is appropriate. And with the Athenik, LEDs are the present.

24

Athenik
Recessed square downlights C1, small version, with LED

Accessories 31 Lamp data 525

d a

IP20

0.35 Joule

850 C

Athenik C1 MR LED 01

Athenik C1 MR LED 03

Application For decorative lighting in sales areas, foyers, corridors, office areas, conference rooms, hotels, restaurants and residential areas. Optical system Aluminium reflector with reflection-intensifying coated surface, semi-specular, one louvre cell per power LED. Luminaire body Galvanised sheet steel, with square die-cast bezel ring with a precise rectangular cross-section. Tool-free recess mounting in ceiling by means of rapid-mounting springs Bezel ring 01 White 03 Silver-grey, similar to RAL 9006 04 Chrome-plated finish available on request Electrical connection Separate gear tray and socket support made of heat-resistant plastic connected by means of a sheathed cable. Control gear options With electronic transformer.

Reference Athenik C1 MR LED 01 MR LED 03

TOC

Lamps W LED white, 16 x 3, integrated LED white, 16 x 3, integrated

49 371 40 49 372 40

Recess opening mm 231 x 231 231 x 231

Bezel ring White Silver-grey


C0 - C180

kg

2.2 2.2

Athenik C1 MR LED 01 UTE: 0.87 C DIN 5040 (1995): A50 CIBSE: BZ 1 NBN L 14-002: BZ 3/.8/BZ 2

Athenik LED

25

Athenik
Recessed downlight in small version C1, with highly-specular reflector HR or with semi-specular reflector MR

6 5 4 d a

IP20

0.35 Joule

850 C

with cover DA from below IP54

Athenik C1 HR03

Athenik C1 MR03
C0 - C180

Application For decorative lighting in sales areas, foyers, corridors, office areas, conference rooms, hotels, restaurants and residential areas. Optical system Aluminium reflector with reflection-intensifying coated surface, easily installed without tools HR Highly specular MR Semi-specular. Luminaire body Galvanised sheet steel, with square die-cast bezel ring with a precise rectangular crosssection. Shadow gap between bezel ring and reflector edge to accommodate accessories. Tool-free recess mounting in ceiling by means of rapid-mounting springs.

Bezel ring 01 White. 03 Silver-grey, similar to RAL 9006. 04 Chrome-plated finish available on request. Electrical connection Electrical equipment in separate housing, with connection terminal for cables up to 2.5 mm2 and strain relief system. Housing and socket carrier made of heat-resistant plastic, connected together by a 340 mm long sheathed cable. Control gear options Versions 26/32 in Multi-Lamp technology allow operation of lamps with different wattages. E With electronic control gear. ED With dimmable electronic control gear with 1-10 V interface. EDD With digitally dimmable electronic control gear (DALI). E EB1h Emergency light version with electronic control gear and individual battery in the gear tray made of galvanised sheet steel. Nominal operation time 1 hour, lamp luminous flux equivalent to 57 % (13 W), 42 % (18 W) or 30 % (26 W) of the nominal luminous flux.

Athenik C1 HR 1TCT26 E UTE: 0.92 C DIN 5040 (1995): A50 CIBSE BZ 1 NBN L 14-002: BZ 3/.8/BZ 2

26

Accessories 31 Lamp data 525

Reference

TOC

Control gear options E 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 ED 05 05 05 05 05 05 05 05 EDD 07 07 07 07 07 07 07 07

Lamps W 1 x TC-DEL 13 1 x TC-TELI 18 1 x TC-TELI 26/32 2 x TC-DEL 13 2 x TC-TELI 18 2 x TC-TELI 26/32 1 x TC-DEL 13 1 x TC-TELI 18 1 x TC-TELI 26/32 2 x TC-DEL 13 2 x TC-TELI 18 2 x TC-TELI 26/32 1 x TC-DEL 13 1 x TC-TELI 18 1 x TC-TELI 26 1 x TC-DEL 13 1 x TC-TELI 18 1 x TC-TELI 26 1 x TC-DEL 13 1 x TC-TELI 18 1 x TC-TELI 26/32 2 x TC-DEL 13 2 x TC-TELI 18 2 x TC-TELI 26/32 1 x TC-DEL 13 1 x TC-TELI 18 1 x TC-TELI 26/32 2 x TC-DEL 13 2 x TC-TELI 18 2 x TC-TELI 26/32 1 x TC-DEL 13 1 x TC-TELI 18 1 x TC-TELI 26 1 x TC-DEL 13 1 x TC-TELI 18 1 x TC-TELI 26

Reflector HR Athenik C1 HR 1TCD1301 44 823 Athenik C1 HR 1TCT1801 44 824 Athenik C1 HR 1TCT26/3201 52 222 Athenik C1 HR 2TCD1301 44 826 Athenik C1 HR 2TCT1801 44 827 Athenik C1 HR 2TCT26/3201 52 225 Athenik C1 HR 1TCD1303 44 835 Athenik C1 HR 1TCT1803 44 836 Athenik C1 HR 1TCT26/3203 52 223 Athenik C1 HR 2TCD1303 44 838 Athenik C1 HR 2TCT1803 44 839 Athenik C1 HR 2TCT26/3203 52 226 Emergency light version with individual battery 1h Athenik C1 HR 1TCD13EB1h 01 47 512 Athenik C1 HR 1TCT18EB1h 01 47 515 Athenik C1 HR 1TCT26EB1h 01 47 518 Athenik C1 HR 1TCD13EB1h 03 47 513 Athenik C1 HR 1TCT18EB1h 03 47 516 Athenik C1 HR 1TCT26EB1h 03 47 519 Reflector MR Athenik C1 MR 1TCD1301 44 829 Athenik C1 MR 1TCT1801 44 830 Athenik C1 MR 1TCT26/3201 52 228 Athenik C1 MR 2TCD1301 44 832 Athenik C1 MR 2TCT1801 44 833 Athenik C1 MR 2TCT26/3201 52 231 Athenik C1 MR 1TCD1303 44 841 Athenik C1 MR 1TCT1803 44 842 Athenik C1 MR 1TCT26/3203 52 229 Athenik C1 MR 2TCD1303 44 844 Athenik C1 MR 2TCT1803 44 845 Athenik C1 MR 2TCT26/3203 52 232 Emergency light version with individual battery 1h Athenik C1 MR 1TCD13EB1h 01 47 521 Athenik C1 MR 1TCT18EB1h 01 47 524 Athenik C1 MR 1TCT26EB1h 01 47 527 Athenik C1 MR 1TCD13EB1h 03 47 522 Athenik C1 MR 1TCT18EB1h 03 47 525 Athenik C1 MR 1TCT26EB1h 03 47 528

Recess opening mm 231 x 231 231 x 231 231 x 231 231 x 231 231 x 231 231 x 231 231 x 231 231 x 231 231 x 231 231 x 231 231 x 231 231 x 231 231 x 231 231 x 231 231 x 231 231 x 231 231 x 231 231 x 231 231 x 231 231 x 231 231 x 231 231 x 231 231 x 231 231 x 231 231 x 231 231 x 231 231 x 231 231 x 231 231 x 231 231 x 231 231 x 231 231 x 231 231 x 231 231 x 231 231 x 231 231 x 231

Recess depth 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100

kg

1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6 2.8 2.8 2.8 2.8 2.8 2.8 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6 2.8 2.8 2.8 2.8 2.8 2.8

05 05 05 05 05 05 05 05

07 07 07 07 07 07 07 07

Athenik C1
340 234 65

Athenik C1EB1h
300 63 231 EB1h

231

27

Athenik
Recessed downlights in large version C2, with highly-specular reflector HR or with semi-specular reflector MR

6 5 4 d a

IP20

0.35 Joule

850 C

with cover DA from below IP54

Athenik C2 HR03

Athenik C2 MR03
C0 - C180

Application For decorative lighting in sales areas, foyers, corridors, office areas, conference rooms, hotels, restaurants and residential areas. Especially recommended for VDU workstations. Optical system Aluminium reflector with reflection-intensifying coated surface, easily installed without tools. Luminance limited to L 1000 cd/m2 at vertical angles above 65 in all planes HR Highly specular MR Semi-specular Luminaire body Galvanised sheet steel, with square die-cast bezel ring with a precise rectangular crosssection. Shadow gap between bezel ring and reflector edge to accommodate accessories. Tool-free recess mounting in ceiling by means of rapid-mounting springs.

Bezel ring 01 White 03 Silver-grey, similar to RAL 9006 04 Chrome-plated finish available on request Electrical connection Electrical equipment in separate housing, with connection terminal for cables up to 2.5 mm2 and strain relief system. Housing and socket carrier made of heat-resistant plastic, connected together by a 340 mm long sheathed cable. Control gear options Versions 26/32/42 in Multi-Lamp technology allow operation of lamps with different wattages. E With electronic control gear. ED With dimmable electronic control gear with 1-10 V interface. EDD With digitally dimmable electronic control gear (DALI). E EB1h Emergency light version with electronic control gear and individual battery in the gear tray made of galvanised sheet steel. Nominal operation time 1 hour, lamp luminous flux equivalent to 42 % (18 W) or 30 % (26 W) of the nominal luminous flux

Athenik C2 HR 2TCT26 E UTE: 0.77 B DIN 5040: A60 CIBSE: BZ 1 NBN L 14-002: BZ 2/1.5/BZ 1/4/BZ 2

28

Accessories 31 Lamp data 525

Reference

TOC

Control gear options E 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 05 05 05 05 05 05 05 05 07 07 07 07 07 07 07 07 ED 05 05 05 05 05 05 05 05 EDD 07 07 07 07 07 07 07 07

Lamps W 1 x TC-TELI 18 1 x TC-TELI 26/32/42 1 x TC-TELI 60 2 x TC-TELI 18 2 x TC-TELI 26/32/42 1 x TC-TELI 18 1 x TC-TELI 26/32/42 1 x TC-TELI 60 2 x TC-TELI 18 2 x TC-TELI 26/32/42 1 x TC-TELI 18 1 x TC-TELI 26 1 x TC-TELI 18 1 x TC-TELI 26 1 x TC-TELI 18 1 x TC-TELI 26/32/42 1 x TC-TELI 60 2 x TC-TELI 18 2 x TC-TELI 26/32/42 1 x TC-TELI 18 1 x TC-TELI 26/32/42 1 x TC-TELI 60 2 x TC-TELI 18 2 x TC-TELI 26/32/42 1 x TC-TELI 18 1 x TC-TELI 26 1 x TC-TELI 18 1 x TC-TELI 26

Reflector HR Athenik C2 HR 1TCT1801 44 860 Athenik C2 HR 1TCT26/32/4201 52 234 Athenik C2 HR 1TCT6001 44 864 Athenik C2 HR 2TCT1801 44 866 Athenik C2 HR 2TCT26/32/4201 52 237 Athenik C2 HR 1TCT1803 44 882 Athenik C2 HR 1TCT26/32/4203 52 235 Athenik C2 HR 1TCT6003 44 886 Athenik C2 HR 2TCT1803 44 888 Athenik C2 HR 2TCT26/32/4203 52 238 Emergency light version with individual battery 1h Athenik C2 HR 1TCT18EB1h 01 47 530 Athenik C2 HR 1TCT26EB1h 01 47 533 Athenik C2 HR 1TCT18EB1h 03 47 531 Athenik C2 HR 1TCT26EB1h 03 47 534 Reflector MR Athenik C2 MR 1TCT1801 44 871 Athenik C2 MR 1TCT26/32/4201 52 240 Athenik C2 MR 1TCT6001 44 875 Athenik C2 MR 2TCT1801 44 877 Athenik C2 MR 2TCT26/32/4201 52 243 Athenik C2 MR 1TCT1803 44 893 Athenik C2 MR 1TCT26/32/4203 52 241 Athenik C2 MR 1TCT6003 44 897 Athenik C2 MR 2TCT1803 44 901 Athenik C2 MR 2TCT26/32/4203 52 244 Emergency light version with individual battery 1h Athenik C2 MR 1TCT18EB1h 01 47 536 Athenik C2 MR 1TCT26EB1h 01 47 539 Athenik C2 MR 1TCT18EB1h 03 47 537 Athenik C2 MR 1TCT26EB1h 03 47 540

Recess opening mm 282 x 282 282 x 282 282 x 282 282 x 282 282 x 282 282 x 282 282 x 282 282 x 282 282 x 282 282 x 282 282 x 282 282 x 282 282 x 282 282 x 282 282 x 282 282 x 282 282 x 282 282 x 282 282 x 282 282 x 282 282 x 282 282 x 282 282 x 282 282 x 282 282 x 282 282 x 282 282 x 282 282 x 282

Recess depth 175 175 175 175 175 175 175 175 175 175 175 175 175 175 175 175 175 175 175 175 175 175 175 175 175 175 175 175

kg

2.0 2.0 2.1 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.1 2.0 2.0 3.2 3.2 3.2 3.2 2.0 2.0 2.1 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.1 2.0 2.0 3.2 3.2 3.2 3.2

Athenik C2
340 234 65

Athenik C2EB1h
EB1h 300 63 282

282

29

Athenik
Recessed square downlights C2, large version, with semi-specular reflector MR, for high-pressure lamps

Accessories 31 Lamp data 525

65 4 d a

IP20

0.35 Joule

850 C

with cover DA towards room IP54

Athenik C2 MRHIT01

Athenik C2 MRHIT03

Application For decorative lighting of places with higher light-level requirements such as sales areas, foyers, conference rooms, offices, hotels and restaurants. Especially recommended for VDU workstations.

Reference

TOC

Lamps W 1 x HIT 70 1 x HIT 70 1 x HIT 150 1 x HIT 150

Athenik C2 MR 1HIT70 E 01 Athenik C2 MR 1HIT70 E 03 Athenik C2 MR 1HIT150 E 01 Athenik C2 MR 1HIT150 E 03

44 876 04 44 899 04 46 795 04 46 796 04

Recess opening mm 282 x 282 282 x 282 282 x 282 282 x 282

Recess depth 175 175 225 225


C0 - C180

kg

2.6 2.6 3.5 3.5

Optical system Aluminium reflector MR, semi-specular, with reflection-intensifying coated surface, easily installed without tools. Luminance limited to L 1000 cd/m2 at vertical angles above 65 in all planes. With integral protective glass pane. Luminaire body Galvanised sheet steel, with square die-cast bezel ring with a precise rectangular crosssection. Shadow gap between bezel ring and reflector edge to accommodate accessories. Easy ceiling installation without tools by using rapid-mounting spring clips. Bezel ring 01 White 03 Silver-grey, similar to RAL 9006 04 Chrome-plated finish available on request. Electrical connection Electrical equipment in separate housing, with connection terminal for cables up to 2.5 mm2 and strain relief system. Housing and socket carrier made of heat-resistant plastic, connected together by a 340 mm long sheathed cable. Control gear options With electronic control gear. Other control gear versions available on request.

Athenik C2 MR 1HIT70 E 03 UTE: 0.69 A DIN 5040 (1995): A60 CIBSE: BZ 1 NBN L 14-002: BZ 1

AthenikHIT70

AthenikHIT150

225

273 64

282

282

30

Athenik
Accessories

Decor attachment made of clear glass 2 sizes C1, C2 for corresponding downlights.

Decor attachment made of frosted glass 2 sizes C1, C2 for corresponding downlights.

Reference Athenik C1 DS-8 8 mm Athenik C2 DS-10 10 mm

TOC 44 812 00 44 819 00

kg 1,2 2,1

Reference Athenik C1 DS-M 8 mm Athenik C2 DS-M 10 mm

TOC 44 813 00 44 821 00

kg 1,2 2,1

Decor attachment made of partly-frosted glass 2 sizes C1, C2 for corresponding downlights.

Decor attachment made of glass in Master Carree design 2 sizes C1, C2 for corresponding downlights.

Decor attachment made of glass in chessboard design 2 sizes C1, C2 for corresponding downlights.

Reference Athenik C1 DS-SQ 8 mm Athenik C2 DS-SQ 10 mm

TOC 44 815 00 44 822 00

kg 1,2 2,1

Reference Athenik C1 DS-MC 8 mm Athenik C2 DS-MC 10 mm

TOC 45 778 00 45 781 00

kg 1,2 2,1

Reference Athenik C1 DS-SC 8 mm Athenik C2 DS-SC 10 mm

TOC 44 814 00 45 782 00

kg 1,2 2,1

31

Athenik
Accessories

Cover made of glass Integrated in the decor bezel ring, for IP54 (underside). 2 sizes C1, C2 for corresponding downlights. Chrome-plated finish available on request.
Transparent glass TOC kg Athenik C1 DA 01 white 44 789 00 1.0 Athenik C2 DA 01 white 45 293 00 1.4 Athenik C1 DA 03 silver-grey 44 790 00 1.0 Athenik C2 DA 03 silver-grey 44 799 00 1.4 Frosted glass Athenik C1 DA-M 01 white 44 800 00 1.0 Athenik C2 DA-M 01 white 45 780 00 1.4 Athenik C1 DA-M 03 silver-grey 44 791 00 1.0 Athenik C2 DA-M 03 silver-grey 44 802 00 1.4

Decor attachment made of clear glass 2 sizes C1, C2 for corresponding downlights.

Designation Athenik C1 DR 8 mm Athenik C2 DR 10 mm

TOC 44 792 00 44 801 00

kg 0.8 1.0

Decor attachment made of frosted glass 2 sizes C1, C2 for corresponding downlights.

Decor attachment made of glass Blue. 2 sizes C1, C2 for corresponding downlights.

Decor attachment ring made of die-cast Without integrated cover. 2 sizes C1, C2 for corresponding downlights. Chrome-plated finish available on request.
Designation Athenik C1 DD 01 white Athenik C2 DD 01 white Athenik C1 DD 03 silver-grey Athenik C2 DD 03 silver-grey TOC 44 793 00 44 803 00 44 794 00 44 804 00

Designation Athenik C1 DR-M 8 mm Athenik C2 DR-M 10 mm

TOC 44 809 00 44 817 00

kg 0.8 1.0

Designation Athenik C1 DR-BL 5 mm Athenik C2 DR-BL 5 mm

TOC 44 808 00 44 816 00

kg 0.5 0.6

32

Decor attachment made of clear glass With crystal pyramid SWAROVSKI. For downlights C2. Chrome-plated finish available on request.

Cross-blade louvre Made of reflection-intensifying aluminium. 2 sizes C1, C2 for corresponding downlights. Chrome-plated finish available on request. Not in combination with Athenik HIT (version for high-pressure lamps).

Wall-washer optics Made of reflection-intensifying aluminium. 2 sizes C1, C2 for corresponding single-lamp downlights. Not in combination with Athenik HIT (version for high-pressure lamps).

Designation Athenik C2 DA-Pyramid 01 white Athenik C2 DA-Pyramid 03 silver-grey

TOC 45 683 00 45 684 00

kg 1.4 1.4

Designation Athenik C1 RA-HR highly-specular Athenik C2 RA-HR highly-specular Athenik C1 RA-MR semi-specular Athenik C2 RA-MR semi-specular

TOC 45 246 00 45 247 00 45 779 00 45 245 00

Designation TOC Athenik C1 WW-HR highly-specular 46 782 00 Athenik C2 WW-HR highly-specular 46 784 00 Athenik C1 WW-MR semi-specular 46 783 00 Athenik C2 WW-MR semi-specular 46 785 00

Mounting case for strip ceilings 2 sizes C1, C2 for corresponding downlights.

Mounting plate As support of ceiling plates. 2 sizes C1, C2 for corresponding downlights.

Concrete sealed housing 2 sizes C1, C2 for corresponding downlights.

Designation Athenik C1 MP 300 Module 100 Athenik C2 MP 400 Module 100

TOC 44 795 00 44 805 00

Designation Athenik C1 MP 625 Module 625 Athenik C2 MP 625 Module 625 Athenik C1 MP 600 Module 600 Athenik C2 MP 600 Module 600

TOC 44 797 00 44 807 00 44 796 00 44 806 00

Designation Athenik C1 BE Athenik C2 BE H=175 Athenik C2 BE H=225 HIT150


C1/C2

TOC 44 788 00 44 798 00 46 819 00


110/175/ 225 (HIT150)

362/372

33 M32 230/281 522/572

522/572

33

Inperla

34

The technology and design of the TRILUX Inperla are always different, because the needs of our customers are always different. With various attachments it is possible to adapt the basic downlight to suit every situation. And the wide variety of technical options is equally superior. As a result, the TRILUX Inperla always offers optimal lighting for your requirements. In addition to the diversity in equipment and design, the TRILUX Inperla is also impressive due to its surprisingly fast and easy installation. Only a few easy steps are necessary and the luminaire is ready to be switched on. And note: the TRILUX Inperla not only provides optimum lighting but also enhances well-being and quality of life.

35

Inperla
Recessed downlights in small version C2 with highly-specular (HR), semi-specular (MR) or facetted (BR) reflector

6 5 4 d a

IP20

0.2 Joule

850 C

with closed cover towards room IP54

Inperla C2 HR03

Inperla C2 MR03

Inperla C2 BR03
C0 - C180

Recommended areas For decorative lighting in foyers, corridors, office areas, conference rooms, sales areas, hotels, restaurants and residential areas. Optical system Reflector made of high-purity post-anodised aluminium, easily installed without tools. HR Highly specular MR Semi-specular BR Facetted Luminaire body Galvanised sheet steel, with die-cast round bezel ring. Shadow gap between bezel ring and reflector edge to accommodate accessories. Tool-free recess mounting in ceiling by means of rapid-mounting springs. Recess diameter 210 mm, recess depth 100 mm. Bezel ring 01 White 03 Silver-grey, similar to RAL 9006 04 Chrome-plated finish available on request Electrical connection Electrical equipment in separate housing, with connecting terminal for wires up to 2.5 mm2 and strain relief system. Housing and socket carrier made of heat-resistant plastic, connected together by a 370 mm long cable.

Control gear option Versions /26/32 in Multi-Lamp technology allow operation of lamps with different wattages. E With electronic control gear. ED With dimmable electronic control gear with 1-10 V interface. EDD With digitally dimmable electronic control gear (DALI). E EB3h Emergency light version with electronic control gear and individual battery in the gear tray made of galvanised sheet steel. Nominal operation time 3 hours. E UR Emergency light version with electronic control gear and switching relay. Other electrical versions available on request.

Inperla C2 HR 1TCT26 UTE: 0.76 D DIN 5040 (1995): A50 CIBSE: BZ 2/.75/ BZ 3/1/BZ 2 NBN L 14-002: BZ 4/1/BZ 3
C0 - C180

Inperla C2 MR 1TCT26 UTE: 0.74 D DIN 5040: A50 CIBSE: BZ 2 NBN L 14-002: BZ 4/1/BZ 3
C0 - C180

Inperla C2 BR 1TCT26... UTE: 0.76 D DIN 5040: A50 CIBSE: BZ 2/.75/ BZ 3/1/BZ 2 NBN L 14-002: BZ 4/1/BZ 3

36

Accessories 40 Lamp characteristics 525

Reference TOC Control gear option Reflector HR Mounting ring, white E ED EDD Inperla C2 HR 1TCT1301 51 916 04 Inperla C2 HR 2TCT1301 51 925 04 Inperla C2 HR 1TCT1801 51 919 04 05 07 Inperla C2 HR 2TCT1801 51 928 04 05 07 Inperla C2 HR 1TCT26/3201 51 924 04 05 07 Inperla C2 HR 2TCT26/3201** 51 933 04 05 07 Mounting ring, silver-grey Inperla C2 HR 1TCT1303 51 810 04 Inperla C2 HR 2TCT1303 51 822 04 Inperla C2 HR 1TCT1803 51 813 04 05 07 Inperla C2 HR 2TCT1803 51 825 04 05 07 Inperla C2 HR 1TCT26/3203 51 816 04 05 07 Inperla C2 HR 2TCT26/3203** 51 828 04 05 07 Reflector MR Mounting ring, white Inperla C2 MR 1TCT1301 51 938 04 Inperla C2 MR 2TCT1301 51 947 04 Inperla C2 MR 1TCT1801 51 941 04 05 07 Inperla C2 MR 2TCT1801 51 950 04 05 07 Inperla C2 MR 1TCT26/3201 51 946 04 05 07 Inperla C2 MR 2TCT26/3201** 51 955 04 05 07 Mounting ring, silver-grey Inperla C2 MR 1TCT1303 51 840 04 Inperla C2 MR 2TCT1303 51 852 04 Inperla C2 MR 1TCT1803 51 843 04 05 07 Inperla C2 MR 2TCT1803 51 855 04 05 07 Inperla C2 MR 1TCT26/3203 51 846 04 05 07 Inperla C2 MR 2TCT26/3203** 51 858 04 05 07 Reflector BR Mounting ring, white Inperla C2 BR 1TCT1301 51 894 04 Inperla C2 BR 2TCT1301 51 903 04 Inperla C2 BR 1TCT1801 51 897 04 05 07 Inperla C2 BR 2TCT1801 51 906 04 05 07 Inperla C2 BR 1TCT26/3201 51 902 04 05 07 Inperla C2 BR 2TCT26/3201** 51 911 04 05 07 Mounting ring, silver-grey Inperla C2 BR 1TCT1303 51 780 04 Inperla C2 BR 2TCT1303 51 792 04 Inperla C2 BR 1TCT1803 51 783 04 05 07 Inperla C2 BR 2TCT1803 51 795 04 05 07 Inperla C2 BR 1TCT26/3203 51 786 04 05 07 Inperla C2 BR 2TCT26/3203** 51 798 04 05 07 * E EB3h: 3.0 kg, E UR: 2.4 kg ** Inperla C2 with an output 2 x 26 W may not be operated with amalgam lamps.

Lamps E EB3h* 51 917 04 51 926 04 51 920 04 51 929 04 E UR* 51 918 04 51 927 04 51 921 04 51 930 04 W 1 x TC-TEL 13 2 x TC-TEL 13 1 x TC-TEL 18 2 x TC-TEL 18 1 x TC-TEL 26/32 2 x TC-TEL 26/32 1 x TC-TEL 13 2 x TC-TEL 13 1 x TC-TEL 18 2 x TC-TEL 18 1 x TC-TEL 26/32 2 x TC-TEL 26/32

kg*

1.8 2.2 1.8 2.2 1.8 2.2 1.8 2.2 1.8 2.2 1.8 2.2

51 811 04 51 823 04 51 814 04 51 826 04

51 812 04 51 824 04 51 815 04 51 827 04

51 939 04 51 948 04 51 942 04 51 951 04

51 940 04 51 949 04 51 943 04 51 952 04

1 x TC-TEL 13 2 x TC-TEL 13 1 x TC-TEL 18 2 x TC-TEL 18 1 x TC-TEL 26/32 2 x TC-TEL 26/32 1 x TC-TEL 13 2 x TC-TEL 13 1 x TC-TEL 18 2 x TC-TEL 18 1 x TC-TEL 26/32 2 x TC-TEL 26/32

1.8 2.2 1.8 2.2 1.8 2.2 1.8 2.2 1.8 2.2 1.8 2.2

51 841 04 51 853 04 51 844 04 51 856 04

51 842 04 51 854 04 51 845 04 51 857 04

51 895 04 51 904 04 51 898 04 51 907 04

51 896 04 51 905 04 51 899 04 51 908 04

1 x TC-TEL 13 2 x TC-TEL 13 1 x TC-TEL 18 2 x TC-TEL 18 1 x TC-TEL 26/32 2 x TC-TEL 26/32 1 x TC-TEL 13 2 x TC-TEL 13 1 x TC-TEL 18 2 x TC-TEL 18 1 x TC-TEL 26/32 2 x TC-TEL 26/32

1.8 2.2 1.8 2.2 1.8 2.2 1.8 2.2 1.8 2.2 1.8 2.2

51 781 04 51 793 04 51 784 04 51 796 04

51 782 04 51 794 04 51 785 04 51 797 04

Inperla C2

Inperla C2EB/UR

276 100

370

234 100 65

276

370

255 66

10-25

10-25

210 226

210 226

37

Inperla
Recessed downlights in small version C2 with highly-specular (HR) or facetted (BR) reflector, VDU-compliant version (CAT2)

Accessories 40 Lamp characteristics 525

6 5 4 d a

IP20

0.2 Joule

850 C

with closed cover from below IP54

Inperla C2 HR-CAT203

Inperla C2 BR-CAT203

Recommended areas For decorative lighting in sales areas, foyers, corridors, office areas, conference rooms, hotels, restaurants and residential areas. Especially recommended for VDU workstations. Optical systems Highly-specular reflector made of post-anodised, high-purity aluminium, can be fitted without tools. Suitable for VDU applications due to low luminance L 1000 cd/m2 at vertical angles above 65 in all planes. HR Highly-specular. BR Facetted. Luminaire body Galvanised sheet steel, with die-cast round bezel ring. Shadow gap between bezel ring and reflector edge to accommodate accessories. Tool-free recess mounting in ceiling by means of rapid-mounting springs. Recess diameter 210 mm, recess depth 130 mm. Bezel ring 01 White 03 Silver-grey, similar to RAL 9006 04 Chrome-plated finish available on request Electrical connection Electrical equipment in separate housing, with connecting terminal for wires up to 2.5 mm2 and strain relief system. Housing and socket carrier made of heat-resistant plastic, connected together by a 370 mm long sheathed cable. Control gear option Versions 26/32 in Multi-Lamp technology allow operation of lamps with different wattages. E With electronic control gear. ED With dimmable electronic control gear with 1-10 V interface. EDD With digitally dimmable electronic control gear (DALI). Other electrical versions available on request.

Reference

TOC

Control gear option EDD

Lamps W

kg

Inperla C2 E ED Reflector HR-CAT2 Mounting ring, white HR-CAT2 1TCT1801 51 934 04 05 HR-CAT2 2TCT1801 51 936 04 05 HR-CAT2 1TCT26/3201 51 935 04 05 HR-CAT2 2TCT26/3201* 51 937 04 05 Mounting ring, silver-grey HR-CAT2 1TCT1803 51 834 04 05 HR-CAT2 2TCT1803 51 837 04 05 HR-CAT2 1TCT26/3203 51 835 04 05 HR-CAT2 2TCT26/3203* 51 838 04 05 Reflector BR-CAT2 Mounting ring, white BR-CAT2 1TCT1801 51 912 04 05 BR-CAT2 2TCT1801 51 914 04 05 BR-CAT2 1TCT26/3201 51 913 04 05 BR-CAT2 2TCT26/3201* 51 915 04 05 Mounting ring, silver-grey BR-CAT2 1TCT1803 51 804 04 05 BR-CAT2 2TCT1803 51 807 04 05 BR-CAT2 1TCT26/3203 51 805 04 05 BR-CAT2 2TCT26/3203* 51 808 04 05 * Inperla C2CAT 2 with an output 2 x 32 W may not be operated with amalgam lamps.

07 07 07 07 07 07 07 07

1 x TC-TEL 18 2 x TC-TEL 18 1 x TC-TEL 26/32 2 x TC-TEL 26/32 1 x TC-TEL 18 2 x TC-TEL 18 1 x TC-TEL 26/32 2 x TC-TEL 26/32

1.8 2.2 1.8 2.2 1.8 2.2 1.8 2.2

07 07 07 07 07 07 07 07

1 x TC-TEL 18 2 x TC-TEL 18 1 x TC-TEL 26/32 2 x TC-TEL 26/32 1 x TC-TEL 18 2 x TC-TEL 18 1 x TC-TEL 26/32 2 x TC-TEL 26/32
C0 - C180

1.8 2.2 1.8 2.2 1.8 2.2 1.8 2.2

Inperla C2 HR-CAT2 1 TCT26 UTE: 0.65 B DIN 5040: A50 CIBSE: BZ 3/.75/BZ 2 NBN L 14-002: BZ 2

Inperla C2CAT2

276 130

370

234 65

38

10-30

210 226

Inperla
Recessed downlights in large version C3 with highly-specular (HR), semi-specular (MR) or facetted (BR) reflector

Accessories 40 Lamp characteristics 525

6 5 4 d a

IP20

0.2 Joule

850 C

with closed cover from below IP54

Inperla C3 HR03

Inperla C3 MR03

Inperla C3 BR03

Recommended areas For decorative lighting in sales areas, foyers, corridors, office areas, conference rooms, hotels, restaurants and residential areas. Especially recommended for VDU workstations. Optical systems Highly-specular reflector made of post-anodised, high-purity aluminium, can be fitted without tools. Suitable for VDU applications due to low luminance L 1000 cd/m2 at vertical angles above 65 in all planes. HR Highly-specular. MR Semi-specular. BR Facetted. Luminaire body Galvanised sheet steel, with die-cast round bezel ring. Shadow gap between bezel ring and reflector edge to accommodate accessories. Tool-free recess mounting in ceiling by means of rapid-mounting springs. Recess diameter 260 mm, recess depth 180 mm. Bezel ring 01 White 03 Silver-grey, similar to RAL 9006 04 Chrome-plated finish available on request Electrical connection Electrical equipment in separate housing, with connecting terminal for wires up to 2.5 mm2 and strain relief system. Housing and socket carrier made of heat-resistant plastic, connected together by a 370 mm long sheathed cable. Control gear option Versions 26/32/42 in Multi-Lamp technology allow operation of lamps with different wattages. E With electronic control gear. ED With dimmable electronic control gear with 1-10 V interface. EDD With digitally dimmable electronic control gear (DALI). Other control gear versions available on request.

Reference

TOC

Control gear option EDD

Lamps W

kg

Inperla C3 E ED Reflector HR Mounting ring. white HR 1TCT26/32/4201 51 958 04 05 HR 2TCT26/32/4201* 51 959 04 05 Mounting ring, silvergrey HR 1TCT26/32/4203 51 866 04 05 HR 2TCT26/32/4203* 51 867 04 05 Reflector MR Mounting ring, white MR 1TCT26/32/4201 51 960 04 05 MR 2TCT26/32/4201 51 961 04 05 Mounting ring, silvergrey MR 1TCT26/32/4203 51 868 04 05 MR 2TCT26/32/4203* 51 869 04 05 Reflector BR Mounting ring, white BR 1TCT26/32/4201 51 956 04 05 BR 2TCT26/32/4201 51 957 04 05 Mounting ring, silvergrey BR 1TCT26/32/4203 51 864 04 05 BR 2TCT26/32/4203* 51 865 04 05 * Inperla C2CAT 2 with an output 2 x 32 W may not be operated with amalgam lamps.

07 07 07 07

1 x TC-TEL 26/32/42 2 x TC-TEL 26/32/42 1 x TC-TEL 26/32/42 2 x TC-TEL 26/32/42

2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2

07 07 07 07

1 x TC-TEL 26/32/42 2 x TC-TEL 26/32/42 1 x TC-TEL 26/32/42 2 x TC-TEL 26/32/42

2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2

07 07 07 07

1 x TC-TEL 26/32/42 2 x TC-TEL 26/32/42 1 x TC-TEL 26/32/42 2 x TC-TEL 26/32/42

2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2

C0 - C180

Inperla C3 HR 1TCT26 UTE: 0.76 C DIN 5040: A60 CIBSE: BZ 2 NBN L 14-002: BZ 2

Inperla C3

326 180

370

234

10-30

260 276

39

65

Inperla
Decorative elements

Decorative conical ring Made of polycarbonate. For downlights Inperla C2.

Decorative cylinder, short Made of polycarbonate. For downlights Inperla C2.

Decorative cylinder, long Made of polycarbonate. For downlights Inperla C2.

Reference Inperla C2 RK-PC

TOC 52 018 00

kg 0.3

Reference Inperla C2 ZN-PC

TOC 51 624 00

kg 0.3

Reference Inperla C2 ZH-PC

TOC 51 625 00

kg 0.3

Decorative bonnet Made of polycarbonate. For downlights Inperla C2.

Decorative shield Made of polycarbonate. Mounted on a die-cast decorative ring, white (01) or silver-grey (03). For downlights Inperla C2.

Decorative ring, round Made of polycarbonate. For downlights Inperla C2.

Reference Inperla C2 SA-PC

TOC 51 623 00

kg 0.4

Reference Inperla C2 LS-PC 01 Inperla C2 LS-PC 03

TOC 52 009 00 52 010 00

kg 1.2 1.2

Reference Inperla C2 RG-PC

TOC 51 626 00

kg 0.1

40

Decorative ring, blue Made of polycarbonate. For downlights Inperla C2.

Decorative ring, yellow Made of polycarbonate. For downlights Inperla C2.

Decorative ring, green Made of polycarbonate. For downlights Inperla C2.

Reference Inperla C2 RG-PC blue

TOC 52 036 00

kg 0.1

Reference Inperla C2 RG-PC yellow

TOC 52 037 00

kg 0.1

Reference Inperla C2 RG-PC green

TOC 52 038 00

kg 0.1

Decorative ring, red Made of polycarbonate. For downlights Inperla C2.

Decorative ring, opal Made of polycarbonate. Integrated in the die-cast decorative ring, white (01) or silver-grey (03). For downlights Inperla C2.

Decorative ring, blue Made of polycarbonate. Integrated in the die-cast decorative ring, white (01) or silver-grey (03). For downlights Inperla C2.

Reference Inperla C2 RG-PC red

TOC 52 039 00

kg 0.1

Reference Inperla C2 RI-PC 01 Inperla C2 RI-PC 03

TOC 51 996 00 52 016 00

kg 0.6 0.6

Reference Inperla C2 RI-PC blue 01 Inperla C2 RI-PC blue 03

TOC 52 029 00 52 017 00

kg 0.6 0.6

41

Inperla
Decorative elements Decorative covers (IP54)

Decorative ring, yellow Made of polycarbonate. Integrated in the die-cast decorative ring, white (01) or silver-grey (03). For downlights Inperla C2.

Decorative ring, green Made of polycarbonate. Integrated in the die-cast decorative ring, white (01) or silver-grey (03). For downlights Inperla C2.

Decorative ring, red Made of polycarbonate. Integrated in the die-cast decorative ring, white (01) or silver-grey (03). For downlights Inperla C2.

Reference Inperla C2 RI-PC yellow 01 Inperla C2 RI-PC yellow 03

TOC kg 52 030 00 0.6 52 033 00 0.6

Reference Inperla C2 RI-PC green 01 Inperla C2 RI-PC green 03

TOC 52 031 00 52 034 00

kg 0.6 0.6

Reference Inperla C2 RI-PC red 01 Inperla C2 RI-PC red 03

TOC 52 032 00 52 035 00

kg 0.6 0.6

Decorative cover, cylindrical For IP54 protection from below. Made of polycarbonate. Integrated in decorative ring, made of die-cast, silver-grey. For downlights Inperla C2.

Decorative cover, cylindrical For IP54 protection from below. Made of polycarbonate. Integrated in decorative ring, made of die-cast, white. For downlights Inperla C2.

Decorative cover, arched For IP54 protection from below. Made of polycarbonate. Integrated in decorative ring, made of die-cast, silver-grey. For downlights Inperla C2.

Reference Inperla C2 AZ-PC 03

TOC 51 987 00

kg 0.7

Reference Inperla C2 AZ-PC 01

TOC 52 006 00

kg 0.7

Reference Inperla C2 AG-PC 03

TOC 52 005 00

kg 0.7

42

Decorative cover, arched For IP54 protection below the ceiling. Made of polycarbonate. Integrated in decorative ring, made of die-cast, white. For downlights Inperla C2.

Decorative cover, partly frosted For IP54 protection below the ceiling. Made of float glass, integrated in the die-cast decorative ring, white (01) or silver-grey (03). In 2 sizes C2, C3. For downlights Inperla C2 or C3. Not suited for Inperla 2TCT42.

Decorative cover, frosted For IP54 protection below the ceiling. Made of float glass, integrated in the die-cast decorative ring, white (01) or silver-grey (03). In 2 sizes C2, C3. For downlights Inperla C2 or C3. Not suited for Inperla 2TCT42.

Reference Inperla C2 AG-PC 01

TOC 51 986 00

kg 0.7

Reference Inperla C2 DA-TM 01 Inperla C2 DA-TM 03 Inperla C3 DA-TM 01 Inperla C3 DA-TM 03

TOC 51 992 00 51 993 00 52 001 00 52 002 00

kg 0.7 0.7 1.1 1.1

Reference Inperla C2 DA-M 01 Inperla C2 DA-M 03 Inperla C3 DA-M 01 Inperla C3 DA-M 03

TOC 51 990 00 51 991 00 51 999 00 52 000 00

kg 0.7 0.7 1.1 1.1

Decorative cover, clear For IP 54 protection below the ceiling. Made of float glass, integrated in the die-cast decorative ring, white (01) or silver-grey (03). In 2 sizes C2, C3. For downlights Inperla C2 or C3. Not suited for Inperla 2TCT42.

Decorative ring Die-cast, white (01) or silver-grey (03). ). In 2 sizes C2, C3. For downlights Inperla C2 bzw. C3.

Decorative discs, frosted Made of float glass. In 2 sizes C2, C3. For downlights Inperla C2 or C3.

Reference Inperla C2 DA 01 Inperla C2 DA 03 Inperla C3 DA 01 Inperla C3 DA 03

TOC 51 988 00 51 989 00 51 997 00 51 998 00

kg 0.7 0.7 1.1 1.1

Reference Inperla C2 DD 01 Inperla C2 DD 03 Inperla C3 DD 01 Inperla C3 DD 03

TOC 51 994 00 51 995 00 52 003 00 52 004 00

kg 0.6 0.6 0.8 0.8

Reference Inperla C2 DS-M Inperla C3 DS-M

TOC 51 980 00 51 984 00

kg 1.1 1.8

43

Inperla
Decorative elements Cross-blade louvre and radial specular louvre

Decorative disc, partly-frosted Made of float glass. In 2 sizes C2, C3. For downlights Inperla C2 or C3.

Decorative rings, frosted Made of float glass. In 2 sizes C2, C3. For downlights Inperla C2 or C3.

Decorative rings, partly-frosted Made of float glass. In 2 sizes C2, C3. For downlights Inperla C2 or C3.

Reference Inperla C2 DS-TM Inperla C3 DS-TM

TOC 51 981 00 51 985 00

kg 1.1 1.8

Reference Inperla C2 DR-M Inperla C3 DR-M

TOC 51 978 00 51 982 00

kg 0.9 1.3

Reference Inperla C2 DR-TM Inperla C3 DR-TM

TOC 51 979 00 51 983 00

kg 0.9 1.3

Cross-blade louvre, highly-specular Made of reflection-intensifying aluminium. In 2 sizes C2, C3. For downlights Inperla C2 or C3.

Cross-blade louvre, semi-specular Made of reflection-intensifying aluminium. In 2 sizes C2, C3. For downlights Inperla C2 or C3.

Radial specular louvre, highly specular Made of reflection-intensifying aluminium. For downlights Inperla C3 HR.

Reference Inperla C2 RA-HR Inperla C3 RA-HR

TOC 52 014 00 52 025 00

Reference Inperla C2 RA-MR Inperla C3 RA-MR

TOC 52 015 00 52 026 00

Reference Inperla C3 RAR-HR

TOC 53 098 00

44

Inperla
Wall-washer and reflector insert in UXP-Technology Mounting accessories

Wall-washer optics, highly-specular Only for single lamp luminaires. Made of reflection-intensifying aluminium. In 2 sizes C2, C3. For downlights Inperla C2 or C3.

Wall-washer optics, semi-specular Only for single lamp luminaires. Made of reflection-intensifying aluminium. In 2 sizes C2, C3. For downlights Inperla C2 or C3.

Reflection-intensifier With reflector insert in UXP-Technology (MIRO-SILVER) for increased efficiency (approx. 4 %). For downlights Inperla C2.

Reference Inperla C2 WW-HR Inperla C3 WW-HR

TOC 52 019 00 52 027 00

Reference Inperla C2 WW-MR Inperla C3 WW-MR

TOC 52 020 00 52 028 00

Reference Inperla C2 RV-UXP

TOC 52 097 00

Mounting cases for strip ceilings Made of sheet steel, white. In 2 sizes C2, C3. For installation of Inperla C2 or C3 downlights in strip ceilings.

Installation plates For reinforcement of ceiling plates in 625 and 600 module, and for installation of downlights in closed ceilings with low load-bearing capacity. Made of sheet steel, fully galvanised. For installation of Inperla C2 or C3 downlights.

Concrete sealed housing Made of sheet steel. In 3 sizes C2, C2 CAT2, C3. For installation of Inperla C2 or C3 downlights including control gear box.

85 102 (CAT2) 133

557/572 404/414 362/372

181/186 130 147 (CAT2) 185

Reference Inperla C2 MP 300 Inperla C2 MP 400

TOC 52 011 00 52 040 00

Reference Inperla C2 MP 625 Inperla C3 MP 625 Inperla C2 MP 600 Inperla C3 MP 600

TOC 52 013 00 52 024 00 52 012 00 52 023 00

210/ 260

Reference Inperla C2 BE Inperla C2 BE CAT2 Inperla C3 BE

TOC 52 007 00 52 008 00 52 021 00

45

Series 293
Compact downlights with smooth reflector or specular facetted reflector

Accessories 47 Lamp characteristics 525

6 5 4 d a

IP20

0.2 Joule

850 C

2931 W

2931 C-B

Application Entrance areas, corridors, conference rooms, cafeterias, lounges, hotels, restaurants and residential areas. Optical system Highly-specular reflector for narrow/wide angle light distribution. Reflector made of high-purity post-anodised aluminium. Safe retention by means of screwed plug providing earth continuity. With smooth reflector. B With facetted specular reflector. Luminaire body Galvanised sheet steel, with bezel ring made of polycarbonate. Shadow gap between bezel ring and reflector rim. Easy ceiling recess mounting by means of rapid-mounting spring clips. C Chrome bezel ring. W White bezel ring. Control gear options E With electronic control gear. Other control gear versions available on request.

Reference

TOC

Control gear options E 04 04

Lamps W 1 x TC-DEL10/13 1 x TC-DEL10/13

Recess opening

kg

Bezel ring white 2931 W/TCD10/13 Bezel ring chrome-plated 2931 C/TCD10/13 Bezel ring white 2931 W-B/TCD10/13 Bezel ring chrome-plated 2931 C-B/TCD10/13

10 964 10 962

138 138

0.7 0.7

10 965 10 963

04 04

1 x TC-DEL10/13 1 x TC-D(EL)10/13

138 138
C0 - C180

0.7 0.7

2931/TCD10 UTE: 0.57 E DIN 5040: A40 CIBSE: BZ 3/1.5/BZ 2 NBN L 14-002: BZ 4/1.25/BZ 3

2931

2931+DS

2931+KS/KT

46

Series 293
Decorative accessories Mounting accessories

Decor disk 1 piece, consisting of circular glass attachment, transparent, with frosted centred concentric detail, interior opening 65 mm, tool-free installation into downlight, safe retention by means of chromed spring catches.

Conical lens 1 piece, consisting of circular glass attachment, transparent, with frosted cone, tool-free installation into downlight, safe retention by means of chromed spring catches.

Conical lens 1 piece, consisting of circular glass attachment, frosted, with transparent cone, tool-free installation into downlight, safe retention by means of chromed spring catches.

Reference 02930 DS

TOC 21 423 00

kg 0.2

Reference 02930 KS

TOC 21 424 00

kg 0.2

Reference 02930 KT

TOC 21 425 00

kg 0.2

Mounting plate 1 piece, sheet steel, 1 mm, fully galvanised, to mount downlights in suspended ceilings or in closed ceilings (wood, gypsum plaster, or similar) with low load-bearing capacity or little impression resistance.

Mounting case 1 piece, steel sheet, 1 mm, white, with pressfolded sides and integral angle brackets. For strip ceilings, in 100 mm module with 16 mm shadow gap. Not suitable for wet areas like showers, outdoor areas, etc.

Sealed housing For mounting of downlights in concrete ceilings. 1 piece, steel sheet, 1 mm, fully galvanised, with two connection openings 40 mm and four fixing brackets to be fastened on the panel.

Reference 02930/600 02930/625

TOC 21 421 00 21 422 00

kg 0.9 1.0

Reference 02930/184

TOC 21 420 00

kg 1.0

Reference 02930/100

TOC 21 419 00
33 M32

kg 2.9
100

188

Light emission shield (not illustrated)


Reference 02930 LS for 293 TOC 21 426 00

135

324

324

47

Oceanus 50, Leto 50


Recessed spotlights

6 d V

850 C

Oceanus 50

175

IP24

Leto 50

IP20

Leto 50ES1

Oceanus 50NV 02 ES1

Oceanus 50NV 02 ES2

Oceanus 50NV 02 ES3

Reference

TOC

Colour

ET Electrical equipment See page 55 See page 55 See page 55

Lamp/socket W 1 x QR-CBC 51, max. 50 W / GX5.3 2 x QR-CBC 51, max. 50 W / GX5.3 3 x QR-CBC 51, max. 50 W / GX5.3

kg

Oceanus 50NV 02 ES1 Oceanus 50NV 02 ES2 Oceanus 50NV 02 ES3

42 775 50 42 777 50 42 779 50

Aluminium Aluminium Aluminium

0.20 0.38 0.56

Oceanus 50NV 02 ES1 Rectangular recessed spotlight as single module for 1 low-voltage halogen lamp QRCBC 51, max. 50 W. Spotlight can be pivoted by +/ 40 and rotated 175. Housing made of brushed aluminium with a transparent coating. Lamps: low-voltage halogen lamps QR-CBC 51, max. 50 W. Reflector is integrated in the lamp.

Oceanus 50NV 02 ES2 Rectangular recessed spotlight as double module for 2 low-voltage halogen lamps QRCBC 51, max. 50 W. Spotlight can be pivoted by +/ 40 and rotated 175. Housing made of brushed aluminium with a transparent coating. Lamps: low-voltage halogen lamps QR-CBC 51, max. 50 W. Reflector is integrated in the lamp.

Oceanus 50NV 02 ES3 Rectangular recessed spotlight as triple module for 3 low-voltage halogen lamps QRCBC 51, max. 50 W. Spotlight can be pivoted by +/ 40 and rotated 175. Housing made of brushed aluminium with a transparent coating. Lamps: low-voltage halogen lamps QR-CBC 51, max. 50 W. Reflector is integrated in the lamp.

OceanusES1

OceanusES2

OceanusES3

48

Accessories 55 Lamp characteristics 525

Leto 50NVEF1

Leto 50NVES1

ETW 60 M05

Reference

TOC

Colour

ET Electrical equipment See page 55 See page 55 See page 55 See page 55 See page 55 See page 55

Lamp/socket W 1 x QR-CBC 51, max. 50 W / GX5.3 1 x QR-CBC 51, max. 50 W / GX5.3 1 x QR-CBC 51, max. 50 W / GX5.3 1 x QR-CBC51, max. 50 W / GX5.3 1 x QR-CBC51, max. 50 W / GX5.3 1 x QR-CBC51, max. 50 W / GX5.3 Rating 10-60 VA 20-105 VA 30-150 VA

kg

Leto 50NV 01 EF1 Leto 50NV 04 EF1 Leto 50NV 09 EF1 Leto 50NV 01 ES1 Leto 50NV 04 ES1 Leto 50NV 09 ES1 Electrical equipment ETW 60 M05 ETP 105 C05 ETX 150 L05

42 707 50 42 706 50 42 715 50 42 719 50 42 718 50 42 727 50 TOC 23 581 00 43 193 00 43 194 00

White Chrome Iron, brushed White Chrome Iron, brushed

0.12 0.12 0.12 0.18 0.18 0.18 kg 0.06 0.15 0.22

Description Electronic transformer 230/12 V Electronic transformer 230/12 V Electronic transformer 230/12 V

Leto 50NV Circular recessed spotlight for 1 low-voltage halogen lamp QR-CBC 51, max. 50 W. Housing made of die-cast zinc in three colour variations. Lamps: low-voltage halogen lamps QR-CBC 51, max. 50 W. Reflector is integrated in the lamp. EF1 stationary, fixed optics. ES1 pivotable by +/ 30.

Electronic transformers (ET) for low-voltage halogen lamps Mains voltage: 230-240 V, 50/60 Hz Secondary voltage: 11.5 V, 12 V (ETX) Secondary voltage connections: 1 (ETW), 2 (ETP), 3 (ETX) Connection for the mains voltage (ETP, ETX) Terminals 1.5 mm2 for cables with a diameter of 3-8 mm Protection against overheating Overload and short circuit protection Dimmable with phase section dimmer Safety class II / degree of protection IP20

LetoEF1

LetoES1

78 80 62

49

Cyclos 80, Oceanus 80


Recessed spotlights

6 d j a

IP23

850 C

Cyclos 80N ES

335

Oceanus 80N ES

175

Cyclos 80N ES1

Oceanus 80N ES1

Cyclos 80N ES1 Circular recessed spotlight can be pivoted by +/ 40 and rotated 355. Housing made of brushed aluminium with a transparent coating. Complete with optical system, light source and electrical equipment. Lamp: 1 metal halide lamp PHILIPS MINIMASTER CDM-Tm 20 W or 35 W. -S Distribution characteristics Spot. -F Distribution characteristics Flood.

Oceanus 80N Rectangular recessed spotlight as module, reflector can be pivoted by +/ 40 and rotated 175. Housing made of brushed aluminium with a transparent coating. Complete with optical system, light source and electrical equipment. ES1 Single module Lamp: 1 metal halide lamp PHILIPS MINIMASTER CDM-Tm 20 W or 35 W. ES2 Double module Lamps: 2 metal halide lamps PHILIPS MINIMASTER CDM-Tm 20 W or 35 W. ES3 Triple module Lamps: 3 metal halide lamps PHILIPS MINIMASTER CDM-Tm 20 W or 35 W. -S Distribution characteristics Spot. -F Distribution characteristics Flood.

Cyclos 80N

50

Lamp characteristics 525

Oceanus 80N ES2

Oceanus 80N ES3

Reference

TOC

Lamp/socket W 1 x CDM-Tm 20 W / PGJ5 1 x CDM-Tm 20 W / PGJ5 1 x CDM-Tm 35 W / PGJ5 1 x CDM-Tm 35 W / PGJ5 1 x CDM-Tm 20 W / PGJ5 1 x CDM-Tm 20 W / PGJ5 1 x CDM-Tm 35 W / PGJ5 1 x CDM-Tm 35 W / PGJ5 2 x CDM-Tm 20 W / PGJ5 2 x CDM-Tm 20 W / PGJ5 2 x CDM-Tm 35 W / PGJ5 2 x CDM-Tm 35 W / PGJ5 3 x CDM-Tm 20 W / PGJ5 3 x CDM-Tm 20 W / PGJ5 3 x CDM-Tm 35 W / PGJ5 3 x CDM-Tm 35 W / PGJ5

Electrical equipment

kg

Cyclos 80N 20W-S ES1 Cyclos 80N 20W-F ES1 Cyclos 80N 35W-S ES1 Cyclos 80N 35W-F ES1 Oceanus 80N 20W-S ES1 Oceanus 80N 20W-F ES1 Oceanus 80N 35W-S ES1 Oceanus 80N 35W-F ES1 Oceanus 80N 20W-S ES2 Oceanus 80N 20W-F ES2 Oceanus 80N 35W-S ES2 Oceanus 80N 35W-F ES2 Oceanus 80N 20W-S ES3 Oceanus 80N 20W-F ES3 Oceanus 80N 35W-S ES3 Oceanus 80N 35W-F ES3

56 789 50 56 790 50 56 791 50 56 792 50 56 793 50 56 794 50 56 795 50 56 796 50 56 797 50 56 798 50 56 799 50 56 800 50 56 801 50 56 802 50 56 803 50 56 804 50

integrated integrated integrated integrated integrated integrated integrated integrated integrated integrated integrated integrated integrated integrated integrated integrated

0.25 0.25 0.89 0.89 0.42 0.42 0.92 0.92 1.48 1.48 1.75 1.75 2.15 2.15 2.52 2.52

Oceanus 80N ES1

Oceanus 80N ES2

Oceanus 80N ES3

51

Circe 111, Xerxes 111, Cyclos 111


Recessed spotlights

6 d j

175

Circe 111

IP20

Xerxes 111, Cyclos 111 IP23

850 C

Circe 111 02 ES1

Xerxes 111 16 ES1

Cyclos 111 02 ES1

Reference

TOC

Colour

Lamp/Socket W 1 x HIT-TC, max. 35 W / G8.5 1 x HIT-TC, max. 35 W / G8.5 1 x HIT-TC, max. 35 W / G8.5 See page 54 See page 54

Electrical equipment See page 55 See page 55 See page 55 See page 55 See page 55

kg

Circe 111-S 02 ES1 Circe 111-M 02 ES1 Circe 111-F 02 ES1 Xerxes 111 16 ES1 Cyclos 111 02 ES1

42 470 50 42 471 50 42 472 50 42 483 50 42 452 50

Aluminium Aluminium Aluminium Titanium Aluminium

1.70 1.10 1.10 0.43 0.38

Circe 111 02 ES1 Rectangular recessed spotlight can be pivoted by 90 and rotated by 175, for 1 metal halide lamp HIT-TC max. 35 W. Luminaire rim and reflector ring made of brushed aluminium with transparent coating. Reflector head made of aluminium with black protective coating. Reflector aluminium facetted. HV-S Distribution characteristics Spot. HV-M Distribution characteristics Medium. HV-F Distribution characteristics Flood.

Xerxes 111 16 ES1 Circular recessed spotlight can be pivoted by +/ 40 and rotated 175. Housing made of aluminium with stepped bezel ring and titaniumcoloured coating. Luminaire body without optical systems and sockets. For optical systems and electrical equipment, see page 54.

Cyclos 111 02 ES1 Circular recessed spotlight can be pivoted by +/ 40 and rotated by 175. Housing made of brushed aluminium, transparent coating. Luminaire bodies without optical systems and sockets. For optical systems and electrical equipment, see page 54.

Circe 111

Xerxes 111

Cyclos 111

52

Oceanus 111
Recessed spotlights

Accessories 54 Lamp characteristics 525

6 d j

175

IP23

850 C

Oceanus 111 02 ES1

Oceanus 111 02 ES2

Oceanus 111 02 ES3

Reference

TOC

Colour

Optical systems See page 54 See page 54 See page 54

Electrical equipment See page 55 See page 55 See page 55

kg

Oceanus 111 02 ES1 Oceanus 111 02 ES2 Oceanus 111 02 ES3

42 751 50 42 753 50 42 755 50

Aluminium Aluminium Aluminium

0.42 0.80 1.10

Oceanus 111 02 ES1 Rectangular recessed spotlight can be pivoted by +/ 40 and rotated by 175. Housing made of brushed aluminium with a transparent coating. Luminaire bodies without optical system and socket. For optical systems and electrical equipment, see page 54. ES1 Single module.

Oceanus 111 02 ES2 Rectangular recessed spotlight can be pivoted by +/ 40 and rotated by 175. Housing made of brushed aluminium with a transparent coating. Luminaire body without optical systems and sockets. For optical systems and electrical equipment, see page 54. ES2 Double module, mixed equipment possible.

Oceanus 111 02 ES3 Rectangular recessed spotlight can be pivoted by +/ 40 and rotated by 175. Housing made of brushed aluminium with a transparent coating. Luminaire body without optical systems and sockets. For optical systems and electrical equipment, see page 54. ES3 Triple module, mixed equipment possible.

Oceanus 111ES1

Oceanus 111ES2

Oceanus 111ES3

53

Optical systems

6 d

850 C

FR-HITT1F

FR-HITTC1F

FG111 1F

Designation

TOC

Lamps/Socket W 1 x HIT-T, 35 / G12 1 x HIT-T, 35 / G12 1 x HIT-T, 35 / G12 1 x HIT-T, 70 / G12 1 x HIT-T, 70 / G12 1 x HIT-T, 70 / G12 1 x HIT-T, 150 / G12 1 x HIT-T, 150 / G12 1 x HIT-T, 150 / G12 1 x HIT-TC, 35 / G8,5 1 x HIT-TC, 35 / G8,5 1 x HIT-TC, 35 / G8,5 1 x HIT-TC, 70 / G8,5 1 x HIT-TC, 70 / G8,5 1 x HIT-TC, 70 / G8,5 1 x QR-LP 111, max. 50 / G53 1 x QPAR 111, max. 75 / GZ10 1 x HIPAR 111, 35 / GX8.5 1 x HIPAR 111, 70 / GX8.5

Electrical equipment

Safety class

kg

FR HITT-S 1F 35 W FR HITT-M 1F 35 W FR HITT-F 1F 35 W FR HITT-S 1F 70 W FR HITT-M 1F 70 W FR HITT-F 1F 70 W FR HITT-S 1F 150 W* FR HITT-M 1F 150 W* FR HITT-F 1F 150 W* FR HITTC-S 1F 35 W FR HITTC-M 1F 35 W FR HITTC-F 1F 35 W FR HITTC-S 1F 70 W FR HITTC-M 1F 70 W FR HITTC-F 1F 70 W FG QRLP111 1F FG QPAR111 1F FG HIPAR111 1F 35 W FG HIPAR111 1F 70 W

42 498 00 42 499 00 42 500 00 45 541 40 45 540 40 45 539 40 51 523 00 51 524 00 51 525 00 42 490 00 42 491 00 46 387 00 45 538 40 45 537 40 45 536 40 42 493 00 42 501 00 42 503 00 46 386 00

VG / EVG VG / EVG VG / EVG VG / EVG VG / EVG VG / EVG VG / EVG VG / EVG VG / EVG VG / EVG VG / EVG VG / EVG VG / EVG VG / EVG VG / EVG ET VG / EVG VG / EVG

a a a a a a a a a a a a a a a

0.24 0.24 0.24 0.24 0.24 0.24 0.24 0.24 0.24 0.24 0.24 0.24 0.24 0.24 0.24 0.03 0.05 0.20 0.20

M a a

FR-HITT 1F -S Distribution characteristics Spot. -M Distribution characteristics Medium. -F Distribution characteristics Flood. * 150 W not suitable for multiple modules (e.g. OceanusES3).

FR-HITTC 1F -S Distribution characteristics Spot. -M Distribution characteristics Medium. -F Distribution characteristics Flood.

FG111 1F Distribution characteristics based on light source with integral reflector.

54

Electrical Equipment

Lamp characteristics 525

VE OL

VE BIC

ETW 60 M05

Designation

TOC

Description

Electrical equipment Overall rating 10-60 VA 20-105 VA 30-150 VA 35 W 70 W 150 W 35 W 70 W 150 W

kg

ETW 60 M05 ETP 105 C05 ETX 150 L05 VE BIC 35 HI TU VE BIC 70 HI TU VE BIC 150 HI TU VE OL-HIT 35W E VE OL-HIT 70W E VE OL-HIT 150W E

23 581 00 43 193 00 43 194 00 43 080 00 43 081 00 56 766 00 56 521 00 56 522 00 56 520 00

Electronic transformer 230/12 V (ET) Electronic transformer 230/12 V (ET) Electronic transformer 230/12 V (ET) with digital ignitor, timer 20 min* (VG) with digital ignitor, timer 20 min* (VG) with digital ignitor, timer 20 min* (VG) Electronic control gear (EVG) Electronic control gear (EVG) Electronic control gear (EVG)

0.06 0.15 0.22 1.75 2.25 2.75 0.55 0.55 0.75

* Mains cable 0,5 m with end ferrules.

Supply units, electronics (VE OL), for metal halide lamps (HIT) 35 W, 70 W and 150 W Mains voltage: 230-240 V, 50/60 Hz Universal mains cable 900 mm long. Mains connections with the aid of an integral Wieland plug and jack, or direct mains connection. Safety class I / degree of protection IP20

Supply units, inductive (VE BIC), for metal halide lamps (HIT) 35 W, 70 W and 150 W Mains voltage: 230-240 V, 50/60 Hz For mains cable, see table 0.5m secondary cable with Wieland jack Ballast and ignitor with thermal protection Parallel capacitor with thermal protection and discharging resistor Safety class I / degree of protection IP20 Digital ignitor with integral timer function (20 min), interval ignition and cycling recognition in TriLogic technology, for safe operation of functional lamps and for switching off faulty lamps

Electronic transformers (ET) for low-voltage halogen lamps Mains voltage: 230-240 V, 50/60 Hz Secondary voltage: 11.5 V, 12 V (ETX) Secondary voltage connections: 1 (ETW), 2 (ETP), 3 (ETX) Connection for looping through the mains voltage (ETP, ETX) Terminals 1.5 mm2 for cables with a diameter of 3-8mm Protection against overheating Protection against overload and short circuit Dimmable with phase-chop dimmer Safety class II / degree of protection IP20

55

Multivariable systems

BLUEmotion

066 BLUEmotion Sunny Day (SD)

067 BLUEmotion CDP optical system

068 BLUEmotion Colour-MIX (CM)

068 BLUEmotion IPX optical system

070 BLUEmotion task-area optical system UXP-AD

070 BLUEmotion ultra-low cross-section louvre UXP

58

T200

076 T200 spotlight modules 595

081 T200 positionable modules 596

083 T200 translucent modules 597PST

084 T200 louvre luminaires 593 T200 task-area optical system 594AD

59

Our world is constantly moving: It changes every hour, minute, second. This dynamic poses a challenge for sophisticated artificial lighting. To be able to react appropriately to every change, designers have to be flexible and creative in order to offer new lighting solutions on a regular basis. TRILUX designers have a better idea: Luminaires that adapt easily to their surroundings. Or in other words: multivariable lighting systems.

60

Often a small change is sufficient for a great effect.

61

Individual light layout thanks to individual luminaire design.

62

The TRILUX T200 and E-Line T5 lighting systems combine general or accent light with the great spatial variability offered by artificial light nowadays. Colour dynamic is another attribute of flexible lighting from TRILUX: The modularly designed TRILUX BLUEmotion series allows for fine-tuning of light colour and intensity in order to bring spatial and light sensations in perfect harmony. What does this offer you? The opportunity to tap into the countless possibilities of lighting moods.

63

BLUEmotion

64

Inspiration comes from the nature of light. Inspired by the colours, the dynamics and the svelte aesthetics of natural light, BLUEmotion unites design and exceptional photometrics to form a product range for daylight-like illumination. A modular supporting system with a refined luminaire cross-section is the functional frame for a multitude of optical and aesthetic system components and provides maximum scope for design.

Continuous line BLUEmotion luminaires are predestined for non-interrupted continuous-line mounting in terms of both design and functionality. They can be quickly joined by means of the integral plug-screw system, making special connection accessories unnecessary.

Decorative end caps Decorative end caps form the harmonious conclusion of individual or continuous-line luminaires. Wire suspension and clip technology correspond to those of the connecting points in the continuous line.

Simple quick-connect system Luminaires of the BLUEmotion series are generally suspended using Y-wire suspensions that can be adjusted without tools. Together with the user-friendly plug-screw connection, they guarantee a trouble-free installation with almost no adjustment required.

65

BLUEmotion
Suspended luminaires with predominantly indirect light component and partly reflective optical system Sunny Day SD or fine-prism cover (CDP)

6 5 4 d a

IP20

2 Joule

SD 960 C

CDP 850 C

BLUEmotion H-L SD
C0 - C180

Recommended applications Especially recommended for offices, financial institutions and conference rooms where lighting is a visible and sensory experience. SD For emotive and concentration-enhancing lighting of offices and meeting rooms and for enlivening communicative zones, e.g. sales areas, showrooms or waiting areas. Suitable for VDU workstations. Optical system SD optical system Sunny Day. Float glass cover, blue and partly reflective coating, for white indirect light. Lamps shining through the blue pane create a summer-day light mood. Suitable for VDU applications in accordance with EN 12464-1 due to low luminance L 1000 cd/m2 at critical angles above 65 in all planes. CDP Fine-prism structure. Underside luminaire cover made of PC with fine-prism structures for all-round glare limitation, with partly reflective interior. Suitable for VDU applications in accordance with EN 12464-1 due to low luminance L 1000 cd/m2 at critical angles above 65 in all planes.

Luminaire body Side sections made of aluminium sections with silver-grey microstructure surface. End caps made of die-cast aluminium, silver-grey. Continuous-line luminaire -L With integral plug-screw system no other connection accessories are needed. 1 Wire suspension, premounted. To be ordered separately for each continuous line and individual luminaire: 2 end caps, 1 connection set and another wire suspension. Additional throughwiring set for continuous lines. Electrical connection With transparent mains cable for a suspension height of max. 1.5 m, protected against polarity reversal, and decorative ceiling rose including connection terminal for wire up to 2.5 mm2. Control gear options Versions 28/54 and 35/49/80 in MultiLamp technology allow operation of T5 lamps in different wattages. E With electronic control gear. EDD With digitally dimmable electronic control gear (DALI). Other electrical versions available on request.

BLUEmotion H SD 249 UTE: 0.02 I + 0.79 T DIN 5040: E02 CIBSE: BZ 6 NBN L 14-002: BZ 6
C0 - C180

BLUEmotion H CDP 249 UTE: 0.08 C + 0.75 T DIN 5040: E52 CIBSE: BZ 1/1.25/ BZ 2/4/BZ 3 NBN L 14-002: BZ 3

66

Accessories 72 Lamp characteristics 525

186

BLUEmotion H-L CDP

Reference* Continuous-line luminaires SD BLUEmotion H-L SD 228/54 BLUEmotion H-L SD 235/49/80

TOC

Control gear options E 04 04 EDD 07 07

Lamps W 2 x 28/54 2 x 35/49/80

L mm 1276 1576

D/L1**

kg

44 988 44 989

1200 1500

6.1 6.8

Continuous-line luminaires CDP BLUEmotion H-L CDP 228/54 44 967 04 07 2 x 28/54 1276 1200 BLUEmotion H-L CDP 235/49/80 44 968 04 07 2 x 35/49/80 1576 1500 * End caps, 1 connection set and another wire suspension for individual luminaires or continuous-line luminaires to be ordered separately. ** Length without end caps.

5.7 6.3

BLUEmotion H-L SD/CDP


D

L1 / D

67

BLUEmotion
Predominantly indirect suspended luminaires Colour-MIX for dynamic lighting Direct/indirect suspended luminaires IPX for dynamic light component

6 5 4 d a

IP20

0.5 Joule

850 C

BLUEmotionCM
C0 - C180

Recommended areas For dynamically changing lighting. Decorative, controllable light-colour mixture of coloured lamps. With white lamps of different colour temperature suited for adaptive lighting of workplaces and public areas. Optical system CM Colour MIX Module. Indirect optics, light colour can be controlled (RGB or whitewhite in different light colours), with roomside slotted and translucent pane covered specular reflector for coloured, colourdecoupled light lines when using RGB lamps. Suitable for VDU applications in accordance with EN 12464-1 due to low luminance L 1000 cd/m2 at critical angles above 65 in all planes. IPX Three decoupled optical systems. Lateral fine-prism covers with partly reflective inner coating, for predominantly indirect, for white and coloured lamps, the light of which can be mixed to create individually adjustable coloured light atmospheres on the ceiling. Centrally positioned, direct ultra-low crosssection louvre in UXP-Technology, highlyspecular, reflectance value 98 %, Scattering part 3 %. Suitable for VDU applications in accordance with EN 12464-1 due to low luminance L 1000 cd/m2 at critical angles above 65 in all planes.

Luminaire body Side sections made of aluminium sections with silver-grey microstructure surface. End caps made of die-cast aluminium, silver-grey. Continuous-line luminaire -L With integral plug-screw system no other connection accessories are needed. 1 Wire suspension, premounted. To be ordered separately for each continuous line and individual luminaire: 2 end caps, 1 connection set and another wire suspension. Additional through-wiring set for continuous lines. Electrical connection With transparent mains cable for a suspension height of max. 1.5 m, protected against polarity reversal, and decorative ceiling rose including connection terminal for wire up to 2.5 mm2. Control gear options EDD With digitally dimmable electronic control gears (DALI). EDD + Easy Master With digitally dimmable electronic control gears (DALI) + integral light controller, sensor and infrared remote control for individual colour light mixing. Master luminaire designed for standalone operation or for synchronous control of nine slave luminaires or less. (see page 491) EDD + Easy Slave With digital dimmable electronic control gears (DALI). Designed for operation in combination with an Easy Master luminaire. (see page 491) Other control gear versions available on request.

BLUEmotion H CM 349 EDD UTE: 0.04 D + 0.86 T DIN 5040 (1995): E03 CIBSE: BZ 4 NBN L 14-002: BZ 4
C0 - C180

BLUEmotion H IPX 349 EDD UTE: 0.27 B + 0.47 T DIN 5040 (1995): D53 CIBSE: BZ 1 NBN L 14-002: BZ 2

68

Accessories 72 Light management system 491 Lamp characteristics 525 186

BLUEmotionIPX

Reference*

TOC

Lamps

L mm 1276 1576 1276 1576 1276 1576

L1/D**

kg

Continuous-line luminaires CM W BLUEmotion H-L CM 328/54 EDD 51 602 07 3 x 28/54 BLUEmotion H-L CM 335/49/80 EDD 51 603 07 3 x 35/49/80 Continuous-line master luminaires with integrated DALI Easy lighting management BLUEmotion H-L CM 328/54 EDD + Easy Master 52 169 07 3 x 28/54 BLUEmotion H-L CM 335/49/80 EDD + Easy Master 52 171 07 3 x 35/49/80 Continuous-line slave luminaires, combinable with master luminaire BLUEmotion H-L CM 328/54 EDD + Easy Slave 52 170 07 3 x 28/54 BLUEmotion H-L CM 335/49/80 EDD + Easy Slave 52 172 07 3 x 35/49/80

1200 1500 1200 1500 1200 1500

7.2 7.9 7.7 8.4 7.3 8.0

Continuous-line luminaires IPX BLUEmotion H-L IPX 328/54 EDD 51 605 07 3 x 28/54 1276 1200 BLUEmotion H-L IPX 335/49/80 EDD 51 607 07 3 x 35/49/80 1576 1500 Continuous-line master luminaires with integrated DALI Easy lighting management BLUEmotion H-L IPX 328/54 EDD + Easy Master 51 606 07 3 x 28/54 1276 1200 BLUEmotion H-L IPX 335/49/80 EDD + Easy Master 51 608 07 3 x 35/49/80 1576 1500 Continuous-line slave luminaires, combinable with master luminaire BLUEmotion H-L IPX 328/54 EDD + Easy Slave 51 604 07 3 x 28/54 1276 1200 BLUEmotion H-L IPX 335/49/80 EDD + Easy Slave 51 609 07 3 x 35/49/80 1576 1500 * End caps, 1 connection set and another wire suspension for individual luminaires or continuous-line luminaires to be ordered separately. ** Length without end caps. Accessories TOC Through-wiring sets for Easy-versions with single-phase mains supply and 4 control lines, 3 x 1.5 mm + 4 x 1.5 mm BLUEmotion DV 28/54 Easy 50 136 00 BLUEmotion DV 35/49/80 Easy 50 135 00 for luminaires

7.2 7.9 7.7 8.4 7.3 8.0

28, 54 W 35, 49, 80 W

BLUEmotionCM/IPX
D

L1 / D

69

BLUEmotion
Suspended luminaires with task area louvre UXP-AD or direct/indirect ultra-low cross-section louvre UXP-H, highly specular or UXP-S, semi-specular

6 5 4 d a

IP20

0.2 Joule

960 C

BLUEmotionUXP-AD 2
C0 - C180

Application Structural lightness, combined with innovative UXP-Technology: efficient lighting solutions suited for both offices and public areas. Task area versions UXP-AD suitable for installation above task areas glare-free, contrastenhancung and VDU compatable. Optical System Ultra-low cross-section louvre in UXP-Technology, reflectance value 98 %. Suitable for VDU applications in accordance with EN 12464-1 due to Low luminance L 1000 cd/m2 at critical angles above 65 in all planes. UXP-AD Highly specular, task-area-louvre with integrated light-focus lamellas. UXP-H Highly specular, scattering part 3 % Louvre for general lighting. UXP-S Semi-specular, louvre for general lighting. Luminaire body Side sections made of aluminium sections with silver-grey microstructure surface. With integral plug-screw system no other connection accessories are needed. 1 wire suspension, premounted. To be ordered separately for each continuous line and individual luminaire: 2 end caps, 1 connection set and another wire suspension. Additional through-wiring set for continuous lines.

Electrical connection With transparent mains cable for a suspension length up to 1.5 m, protected against polarity reversal, and decorative ceiling rose with connection terminal for cables up to 2.5 mm2. Control gear options Versions 28/54 and 35/49/80 in MultiLamp technology allow operation of T5 lamps in different wattages. E With electronic control gear. EDD With digitally dimmable electronic control gear (DALI). Other electrical versions available on request.

BLUEmotion H UXP-AD 249 UTE: 0.12 C + 0.69 T DIN 5040: D53 CIBSE: BZ 3/2/ BZ 2/2.5/BZ 3 NBN L 14-002: BZ 2
C0 - C180

BLUEmotion H UXP-H 149 UTE: 0.32 B + 0.59 T DIN 5040: D53 CIBSE: BZ 2 NBN L 14-002: BZ 2
C0 - C180

BLUEmotion H UXP-H 249 UTE: 0.34 B + 0.55 T DIN 5040: D53 CIBSE: BZ 1 NBN L 14-002: BZ 2

70

Accessories 72 Lamp characteristics 525

186

BLUEmotionUXP-H 1

BLUEmotionUXP-S 2

Reference* Continuous-line luminaires UXP-AD BLUEmotion H-L UXP-AD 228/54 BLUEmotion H-L UXP-AD 235/49/80 Continuous-line luminaires UXP-H BLUEmotion H-L UXP-H 128/54 BLUEmotion H-L UXP-H 135/49/80 BLUEmotion H-L UXP-H 228/54 BLUEmotion H-L UXP-H 235/49/80

TOC

Control gear options E 04 04 EDD 07 07

Lamps W 2 x 28/54 2 x 35/49/80

L mm 1276 1576

D/L1**

kg

46 015 45 687

1200 1500

5.5 6.3

44 945 44 946 44 994 44 995

04 04 04 04

07 07 07 07

1 x 28/54 1 x 35/49/80 2 x 28/54 2 x 35/49/80

1276 1576 1276 1576

1200 1500 1200 1500

5.0 5.5 5.2 5.7

Continuous-line luminaires UXP-S BLUEmotion H-L UXP-S 128/54 44 996 04 07 1 x 28/54 1276 1200 BLUEmotion H-L UXP-S 135/49/80 44 997 04 07 1 x 35/49/80 1576 1500 BLUEmotion H-L UXP-S 228/54 45 002 04 07 2 x 28/54 1276 1200 BLUEmotion H-L UXP-S 235/49/80 45 003 04 07 2 x 35/49/80 1576 1500 * End caps, 1 connection set and another wire suspension for individual luminaires or continuous-line luminaires to be ordered separately. ** Length without end caps.

5.0 5.5 5.2 5.7

BLUEmotionUXP
D

L1 / D

71

BLUEmotion
Accessories

0-180 (7,5, 15, 22,5...)

max. 1500

Ceiling node Silver-grey die-cast aluminium, with steel suspension wire up to 1.5 m, including 7 cable connectors. Power entry from ceiling-oriented supply. For stable, form-fit connection up to 4 ways, angles adjustable in 7.5 steps, from 90 to 270. Stable up to 25 kg.
BLUEmotion KPS 1500
max. 25 kg

44 961 00

192

Node adapters For the connection of luminaires with nodes. Silver-grey die-cast aluminium, including throughwiring, 7 x 1.5 mm2.
BLUEmotion KA 44 960 00

1200 S E BLUEmotion H-L UXP-H 228/54 E S

1200 S BLUEmotion KPS 1500

BLUEmotion H-L UXP-H 235/49/80 E

S E

Accessory through-wiring set Integrated through-wiring Wire suspension Incoming point

BLUEmotion KA S S

1576

Order example: Closed geometrical arrangement with nodes according to the draft above, power supply via node: 4 continuous-line luminaires BLUEmotion H-L UXP-H 228/54 E 2 continuous-line luminaires BLUEmotion H-L UXP-H 235/49/80 E 4 nodes BLUEmotion KPS 1500 8 node adapters BLUEmotion KA 1 connection set for node power supply BLUEmotion Z ESB-KP 515 1 through-wiring set BLUEmotion DV 35/49/80 315 3 through-wiring sets BLUEmotion DV 28/54 315

Through-wiring sets (not illustrated) 1.5 mm2, for 1-phase or 3-phase mains supply + 1 conductor pair for dimming.
For switched versions 28 and 54 W: BLUEmotion DV 28/54 315 44 931 00 BLUEmotion DV 28/54 515 44 932 00 For dimming versions 28 and 54 W: BLUEmotion DV 28/54 515 ED 44 934 00 BLUEmotion DV 28/54 715 ED 44 933 00 For switched versions 35, 49 and 80 W: BLUEmotion DV 35/49/80 315 44 935 00 BLUEmotion DV 35/49/80 515 44 936 00 For dimming versions 35, 49 and 80 W: BLUEmotion DV 35/49/80 515 ED 44 954 00 BLUEmotion DV 35/49/80 715 ED 44 937 00

Blanking piece Including 1 wire suspension, through-wiring, 7 x 1.5 mm2, and 7-pole connection terminal.
Reference Blanking piece TOC BLUEmotion B 300 300 mm 44 951 00 BLUEmotion B 600 600 mm 44 952 00 BLUEmotion B 900 900 mm 44 953 00 BLUEmotion B 1200 1200 mm 44 949 00 BLUEmotion B 1500 1500 mm 44 950 00 Blanking pieces with tailored optical cover available on request.

72

End caps 1 pair of end caps for the conclusion of continuous lines, die-cast aluminium, plus decorative translucent cover.
BLUEmotion K 44 959 00

Emergency luminaires For stand-by operation, with electronic control gear, including 1 wire suspension, through-wiring, 7 x 1.5 mm2, and 7-pole connection terminal. For compact fluorescent lamp TC-SEL 1 x 11 W.
Highly-specular louvre, single-section BLUEmotion H-L UXP-H 111 E N 47 223 04 Semi-specular louvre, single-section BLUEmotion H-L UXP-S 111 E N 47 224 04
300

Emergency luminaires For stand-by operation, with electronic control gear, including 1 wire suspension, through-wiring, 7 x 1.5 mm2, and 7-pole connection terminal. For compact fluorescent lamp TC-L 1 x 18 W.
Highly-specular louvre, double-section BLUEmotion H-L UXP-H 118 E N 47 225 04 Semi-specular louvre, double-section BLUEmotion H-L UXP-S 118 E N 47 226 04
300

250

250

Connection sets Ceiling rose, silver-grey. Transparent mains cable, for suspension height up to 1.5 m.
For single-phase mains supply: BLUEmotion ESB 315 44 938 00 For 3-phase mains supply: BLUEmotion ESB 515 44 941 00 For single-phase mains supply plus 1 conductor pair for dimming: BLUEmotion ESB 515 ED 44 940 00 For 3-phase mains supply plus 1 conductor pair for dimming: BLUEmotion ESB 715 ED 44 942 00 For node power supply, 5 x 1.5 mm2: BLUEmotion Z ESB-KP 515 46 275 00 For node power supply, 7 x 1.5 mm2: BLUEmotion Z ESB-KP 715 46 276 00

Covers 1 piece, made of clear polycarbonate. To protect the lamps and optical systems against unnecessary apid degradation.
For BLUEmotion 28/54: BLUEmotion A 1200 44 947 00 For BLUEmotion 35/49/80, 49, 80: BLUEmotion A 1500 44 948 00

Wire suspension For continuous-line luminaires -L, in Y-form, suspension height of 1500 mm, 1 piece for each continuous line to be ordered separately.
BLUEmotion SY 1500 44 930 00

73

T200

74

Only by applying new methods can you reach new goals. Accentuation and general lighting combined in a single lighting system that is the tubular track series T200. Flexible cardanic spotlights allow for focussed lighting of objects, small or large, while slender translucent modules provide a uniform general lighting. With four different light-active systems, the T200 series opens up a wide variety of new lighting design and accentuation paths and an exceptionally large scope for creative lighting solutions.

Light in motion Systems for accent lighting must allow flexible adaptation to new lighting tasks. T200 spotlights are an exemplary solution that offers optimum scope for movement due to the cardanic suspension technology.

Wiring passage in tubular tracks The tubular tracks of the T200 system are open towards the ceiling and can easily be equipped with through-wiring sets. Separate switching of luminaire and spotlight modules can be simply acheived by use of separate mains cables within the tubular tracks.

Aesthetics and functionality The slender translucent modules offer attractive photometrics: optical system, adapter units and T200 tubular tracks form an integrated whole. The progressive design is effectively enhanced by the colours of the system components.

75

T200
Spotlight modules for low-voltage halogen lamps, with highly-specular reflector, beam angle 10 or specular facetted reflector, beam angle 8

6 5 4 d a

IP20

0.2 Joule

850 C

5951/QT50 ET

5952/QT50 ET

5953/QT50 ET
C0 - C180

Application Low-voltage spotlight modules for tubular track system T200. For brilliant accent lighting in sales areas, showrooms, reception halls, conference rooms, corridors, hotels, and restaurants. Reflectors 5951 For low-voltage halogen lamps 12 V, 20 to 50 W, socket GY6.35, preferably with axial filament. Highly-specular reflector made of anodised aluminium, beam angle 10. 5951 HO For low-voltage halogen lamps 12 V, 35 to 50 W, socket GY6.35, preferably with axial filament. With highly-specular reflector made of anodised aluminium, with specular facetted surface, beam angle 8. Luminaire body Silver-grey, similar to RAL 9006. Consisting of aluminium swivel frame and aluminium reflector housing as well as end adapter elements in aluminium/plastic material with integral electronic transformer. Reflector housing can be pivoted in two planes. 5951 Single module. 5952 Double module. 5953 Triple module.

Electrical connection Luminaires supplied ready for connection, with three terminals for mains connection within the rod and for further wiring. Wiring of the rod system to be carried out by the installer. Control gear option With electronic transformer. Dimming is possible when combined with phase-chop dimmers to be provided by the client.

595/QT50
C0 - C180

595 HO/QT90

5951/QT50 ET

5952/QT50 ET

5953/QT50 ET

239

102

166 320

166 498

166

166

166 676

166

90

90

90

90

90

90

76

Accessories 86 Lamp characteristics 525

5951 HO/QT90 ET

5952 HO/QT90 ET

5953 HO/QT90 ET

Reference

TOC

Lamps W 1 x QT12, 50 2 x QT12, 50 3 x QT12, 50


1 x QT12 max. 100 2 x QT12 max. 100 3 x QT12 max. 100

5951/QT50 ET 5952/QT50 ET 5953/QT50 ET 5951 HO/QT90 ET 5952 HO/QT90 ET 5953 HO/QT90 ET

12 216 40 12 224 40 12 228 40 12 223 40 12 227 40 12 231 40

Minimum distance Lamp m 0.80 0.80 0.80


1.00 1.00 1.00

kg

1.2 1.7 2.2 1.4 2.2 3.0

5951/QT90 ET

5952/QT90 ET

5953/QT90 ET

239

102

166 394

166 572

166

166

166 750

166

130

130

130

130

130

130

77

T200
Spotlight modules for mains-voltage halogen lamps, with semi-specular reflector, beam angle 33 or mains-voltage halogen reflector lamps, beam angle 10/30

6 5 4 d a

IP20

0.2 Joule

850 C

5951 HO/QT150

5952 HO/QT150

5953 HO/QT150
C0 - C180

Recommended areas Mains-voltage modules for tubular track system T200. QT150 For illuminating larger surfaces in sales areas, showrooms, reception halls, conference rooms, corridors, hotels, restaurants. QPAR75 For sales areas, showrooms, reception halls, conference rooms, corridors, hotels, restaurants. Reflectors/Lamps QT150 For mains-voltage halogen lamps 230 V, 60 to 150 W, socket E27, preferably with semi-specular encapsulated bulb. Semispecular reflector made of anodised aluminium, beam angle 33. QPAR75 For mains-voltage halogen lamps 75 W with PAR reflector, socket E27, beam angle 10 or 30. Luminaire body Silver-grey, similar to RAL 9006. Consisting of aluminium swivel frame and aluminium reflector housing as well as minimised end adapter elements in aluminium/plastic material. Reflector housing can be pivoted in two planes. 5951 Single module. 5952 Double module. 5953 Triple module.

Electrical connection Luminaires supplied ready for connection, with three terminals for mains connection within the rod and for further wiring. Wiring of the rod system to be carried out by the installer. Control gear option No electronic equipment required, lamp operates directly on mains voltage.

HO/QT150
C0 - C180

10

30

HO/QPAR75

5951 HO/QT150

5952 HO/QT150

5953 HO/QT150

78

Accessories 86 Lamp characteristics 525

5951 HO/QPAR75

5952 HO/QPAR75

5953 HO/QPAR75

Reference

TOC

Lamps W 1 x QT32 max. 150 2 x QT32 max. 150 3 x QT32 max. 150 1 x QPAR75 2 x QPAR75 3 x QPAR75

5951 HO/QT150 5952 HO/QT150 5953 HO/QT150 5951 HO/QPAR75 5952 HO/QPAR75 5953 HO/QPAR75

12 222 10 12 226 10 12 230 10 12 221 10 12 225 10 12 229 10

Minimum distance Lamp m 0.30 0.30 0.30 0.45 0.45 0.45

kg

1.4 2.3 3.0 1.4 2.2 3.0

5951 HO/QPAR75

5952 HO/QPAR75

5953 HO/QPAR75

239

118

166 320

166 498

166

166

166 676

166

130

130

130

130

130

130

79

T200
Spotlight modules for high-pressure lamps with facetted reflector HIT, beam angle 13, or with semi-specular reflector HST, beam angle 33

6 5 4 da

IP20

0.2 Joule

850 C

Application High-pressure lamp modules for tubular track system T200. For economic accent lighting in sales areas, showrooms, reception halls, conference rooms, corridors, hotels, and restaurants. Reflector HIT For metal halide lamps 35 W or 70 W, preferably in ceramic version, socket G12. Highly-specular reflector made of anodised aluminium, with facetted brilliant surface and integrated safety glass with UV protection. Beam angle 13. Reflector HST For high-pressure sodium vapour lamps 50 W or 100 W, socket PG12-1, in version with improved colour rendering. Semi-specular reflector made of anodised aluminium, beam angle 33. Luminaire body Silver-grey, similar to RAL 9006. Consisting of aluminium swivel frame and aluminium reflector housing as well as end adapter elements in aluminium/plastic material. Reflector housing can be pivoted in two planes.
Reference

5951 HO/HIT TOC Lamps W 1 x HIT35 1 x HIT70 1 x HST50 1 x HST100

5951 HO/HST Minimum distance Lamp m 0.35 0.80 0.35 0.80


C0 - C180

kg

Electrical connection Luminaires supplied ready for connection, with three terminals for mains connection within the rod and for further wiring. Wiring of the rod system to be carried out by the installer. Control gear option With inductive ballast, parallel-compensated.

5951 HO/HIT35 K 5951 HO/HIT70 K 5951 HO/HST50 K 5951 HO/HST100 K

12 217 02 12 218 02 12 220 02 12 219 02

3.3 3.5 3.4 4.3

5951HIT
C0 - C180

5951HST

5951HO/HIT

5951HO/HST

239

145

366 520

130

80

T200
Compact adjustable modules with cross-blade louvre RSV for halogen lamps or with highly-specular louvre RPX for compact fluorescent lamps

Accessories 86 Lamp characteristics 525

6 5 4 da

IP20

2 Joule

850 C

RPX

Application Direct adjustable modules for tubular track system T200. For accent lighting effects in sales areas, showrooms, reception halls, conference rooms, corridors, hotels, and restaurants. Louvre RSV Semi-specular louvre with graduated concave profile cross blades made of anodised aluminium, for narrow/wide-angle light distribution. RPX Micro-segmented, highly-specular louvre made of reflection-intensifying aluminium. Luminaire body Silver-grey, similar to RAL 9006, consisting of adjustable louvre module in compact version, manoeuvrability 50 for accent lighting effects, and end adapter elements in aluminium/plastic material. Electrical connection Luminaires supplied ready for connection, with three terminals for mains connection within the rod and for further wiring. Wiring of the rod system to be carried out by the installer. Control gear option QTDE150 For mains-voltage halogen lamp 150 W, socket R7s, no electronic equipment required, lamp operates directly on mains voltage. TCD26 E With electronic control gear for compact fluorescent lamp TC-D 26 W.

5961 RSV/QTDE150

5961 RPX/TCD26 E

Reference

TOC

Lamps W 1 x QT-DE150 1 x TC-DEL26

5961 RSV/QTDE150 5961 RPX/TCD26 E

12 239 10 12 238 04

Minimum distance Lamp m 0.20 0.20


C0 - C180

kg

1.0 1.3

5961 RSV/QTDE150 UTE: 0.49 B + 0.00 T DIN 5040: A60 CIBSE: BZ 3/1.25/BZ 2 NBN L 14-002: BZ 2
C0 - C180

5961 RPX/TCD26 E UTE: 0.35 B + 0.00 T DIN 5040: A50 CIBSE: BZ 1 NBN L 14-002: BZ 2/1.5/BZ 1/4/BZ 2

5961 RSV/QTDE150

5961 RPX/TCD26 E

50

239

239

95

95

64

224 376

64

224 450

81

T200
Adjustable modules with highly-specular parabolic louvre RPX for T5 fluorescent lamps

6 5 4 d a

IP20

2.0 Joule

850 C

Application Direct/indirect adjustable modules for tubular track system T200. For accent lighting of expansive surfaces in sales areas, showrooms, reception halls, conference rooms, corridors, hotels, and restaurants. Louvre RPX Micro-segmented, highly-specular louvre made of reflection-intensifying aluminium. Luminaire body Silver-grey, similar to RAL 9006, consisting of adjustable louvre module in compact version, manoeuvrability 50 for accent lighting effects, and end adapter elements in aluminium/plastic material. Electrical connection Luminaires supplied ready for connection, with three terminals for mains connection within the rod and for further wiring. Wiring of the rod system to be carried out by the installer. Control gear option With electronic control gear. Reference TOC Lamps
W 1 x 24 1 x 39 2 x 24 2 x 39

5961 RPX

L
mm 890 1190 890 1190
C0 - C180

kg

5961 RPX/24 E 5961 RPX/39 E 5961 RPX/2x24 E 5961 RPX/2x39 E

12 234 04 12 237 04 12 235 04 12 236 04

1.7 2.1 1.8 2.3

5961 RPX/39E UTE: 0.36 B + 0.59 T DIN 5040: D62 CIBSE: BZ 2 NBN L 14-002: BZ 2/.8/BZ 1

5961 RPX

594/24W, 894/39W

82

T200
Translucent modules with double-reflection system PST for T5 fluorescent lamps

Accessories 86 Lamp characteristics 525

6 5 4 d a

IP20

0.5 Joule

650 C

Recommended areas Translucent modules for tubular track system T200. For increased lighting comfort in sales areas, showrooms, conference rooms as well as in offices, banks and service counter areas. Double-reflection system PST Translucent module, consisting of primary reflector with enveloping primary diffuser. Primary reflector made of reflection-intensifying aluminium, with slot perforation, primary diffuser made of translucent PLEXIGLAS. The ceiling surface acts as a secondary reflector and thus creates a comfortable luminance contrast. Luminaire body Consisting of chromed brass fixings for translucent module and end adapter elements in aluminium/plastic material. Electrical connection Luminaires supplied ready for connection, with three terminals for mains connection within the rod and for further wiring. Wiring of the rod system to be carried out by the installer. Control gear option With electronic control gear. Reference TOC Lamps
W 1 x 24 1 x 39

5971 PST

L
mm 930 1230
C0 - C180

kg

5971 PST/24 E 5971 PST/39 E

12 241 04 12 242 04

1.4 1.6

5971 PST/39 E UTE: 0.20 J + 0.64 T DIN 5040: D22 CIBSE: BZ 7/.75/ BZ 6/1/BZ 7/4/BZ 8 NBN L 14-002: BZ 7/1.5/BZ 8

5971 PST

632/24W, 932/39W

83

T200
Luminaires with semi-specular louvre RSX, highly-specular louvre RPX or with task-area louvre AD for T5 fluorescent lamps

6 5 d 4 a

IP20

2.0 Joule

850 C

5931 RSX
C0 - C180

Recommended areas Louvre luminaires with direct/indirect light distribution for T200 tubular track system, for offices, sales areas, showrooms and financial institutions, especially recommended for VDU workstations. AD For task area lighting of single or twindesk workstations. Optical system Suitable for VDU applications in accordance with EN 12464-1 due to low luminance L 1000 cd/m2 at critical angles above 65 in all planes. Louvre retention by means of springtensioned clips, providing earth continuity. Louvre can be lowered and hung from either side without tools. RSX Direct/indirect light distribution. Micro-segmented parabolic louvre made of made of reflection-intensifying, semi-specular aluminium with a surface purity of 99.99 %. RPX Direct/indirect light distribution. Micro-segmented parabolic louvre made of made of reflection-intensifying, highlyspecular aluminium with a surface purity of 99.99 %. AD Special task-area louvre for increased contrast rendering. Direct/indirect louvre made of reflection-intensifying, highlyspecular aluminium with a surface purity of 99.99 %.

Luminaire body Sheet steel, silver-grey, similar to RAL 9006, in slender profile design. With integral end caps in die-cast aluminium and integrated fixing brackets. Electrical connection Supplied ready for connection, with three or five (ED) terminals for mains connection within the rod system and for further wiring. Wiring of the rod system to be performed by the client. Control gear options Versions /14/24, /28/54 and /35/49/80 in Multi-Lamp technology allow operation of T5 lamps with different wattages. E With electronic control gear. ED With dimmable electronic control gear with 1-10 V interface.

5931 RPX/35 E UTE: 0.36 B + 0.59 T DIN 5040: D62 CIBSE: BZ 2 NBN L 14-002: BZ 2/.8/BZ 1
C0 - C180

5931 RPX/2x35 E UTE: 0.38 B + 0.55 T DIN 5040: C53 CIBSE: BZ 2/2/BZ 1 NBN L 14-002: BZ 2/3/BZ 1/4/BZ 2
C0 - C180

5941 AD/2x54 E UTE: 0.12 D + 0.78 T DIN 5040: D23 CIBSE: BZ 4/1/BZ 3 NBN L 14-002: BZ 4/.8/BZ 3

84

Accessories 86 Lamp characteristics 525

5931 RPX

5941 AD

Reference

TOC

Control gear options E 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 ED 05 05 05 05 05 05 05 05 05 05 05 05 05 05

Lamps W 1 x 28/54 1 x 35/49/80 2 x 28/54 2 x 35/49 2 x 80 1 x 28/54 1 x 35/49/80 2 x 28/54 2 x 35/49 2 x 80 2 x 14/24 2 x 28/54 2 x 35/49 2 x 80

L mm 1230 1530 1230 1530 1530 1230 1530 1230 1530 1530 630 1230 1530 1530

kg

5931 RSX/28/54 5931 RSX/35/49/80 5931 RSX/2x28/54 5931 RSX/2x35/49 5931 RSX/2x80 5931 RPX/28/54 5931 RPX/35/49/80 5931 RPX/2x28/54 5931 RPX/2x35/49 5931RPX/2x80 5941 AD/2x14/24 5941 AD/2x28/54 5941AD/2x35/49 5941 AD/2x80

40 723 33 996 51 688 51 689 51 690 33 958 33 982 33 970 33 977 51 687 51 676 49 695 51 691 12 215

3.2 3.7 3.5 4.0 4.0 3.2 3.7 3.5 4.0 4.0 4.9 5.4 6.3 6.3

5931 RSX/RPX, 5941 AD

85

T200
Mounting instructions and accessories

The trunking rods form a wiring channel for through-wiring on site. The wiring is made using commercial light plastic-sheathed cables. The luminaires placed on the tubular track system are connected within the rods by means of the through-wiring. For this purpose, each luminaire has a connection terminal located outside the end cap. The jointed connectors allow the corners to be continuously adjustable, between angles of 90 and 270. The resulting different rod lengths depending on the respective adjusted angle are indicated in the table below.

Rods Aluminium, naturally anodised, 28 mm.


05930/I/35 05930/II/35 05930/III/35 1 pair, 1800 mm 1 pair, 3200 mm 1 pair, 4800 mm 21 738 00 21 740 00 21 742 00

Ceiling rose 1 piece, to connect the mains cable in case of ceiling outlets.
05900 A* 21 725 00 05900 AN* 21 726 00 Suitable to accommodate a ceiling fixing unit for the wire suspensions 05930 S.

Rod closure 1 piece., to close the upper side of the rods 05930//35. Plastic, light-grey, 1600 mm long, to be snapped into the rods without tools. Cut to length on site, if necessary.

Feeding tube (not illustrated) 1 piece, 1700 mm long, to be shortened on site.


05302 ZR 21 618 00

05930 AP

21 745 00

Fixing aid 1 pair, to allow precise premounting of rod pairs.


05930 MH 21 751 00

Angle 90 100 110 120 130 140 150 160 170 180

Distance b/mm 200 168 140 115 93 73 54 35 17 0

c/mm 283 261 244 231 221 213 207 203 201 200

Suspension distances max. 1500 mm. Load max. 6.5 kg. A suspension distance of max. 2000 mm is only permissible, if the length of each luminaire between the wire suspensions is at least 800 mm.

Connector 1 pair, to be inserted in rods without tools 05930//35. Straight aluminium internal connector.
05930 K 21 749 00

End caps 1 pair, to close the rod ends 05930//35. Chrome-plated plastic end caps, snapped into place without tools.
05930 E 21 746 00

Distance module (not illustrated) 1 piece, necessary, if rod sections greater than 2000 mm are not equipped with luminaires.
05930 AM 21 744 00

Wall adapter 1 pair, to fix rods to walls without tools 05930//35. Chrome-plated plastic wall adapter, snapped on to rods without tools, with entry for mains cable.
05930 WA 21 756 00

86

Jointed connector 1 pair, chrome finish, continuously adjustable, from 90 to 270. With 5-core wiring 1.5 mm2.
05930 GK 21 747 00

Overhead reflectors Sheet steel, photometrically effective surface, white, exterior surface silver-grey. Easy attachment to luminaire body and potential equalisation by means of screw connection. DR Closed version. DG Perforated version.
05931 DR/28 For luminaires 593128 W. 05931 DR/35 For luminaires 593135 W. 05931 DG/28 For luminaires 593128 W. 05931 DG/35 For luminaires 593135 W. 21 761 00 21 762 00 21 759 00 21 760 00

Overhead reflectors Polycarbonate, white. Designed to convert adjustable modules into luminaires with a predominantly downward light output. To be attached without tools.
05960 DR/24 For 596RPX/24 E. 05960 DR/39 For 596RPX/39 E. 21 763 00 21 764 00

Jointed connector with wire suspension 1 pair, as 05930 GK, but with continuously adjustable wire suspension, for suspension lengths of up to 1.5 m.
05930 GKS 21 748 00

Wire suspensions 1 pair, for suspension heights of up to 1.5 m, for continuous height adjustment without tools.
05930 SV 21 755 00 For 2-point fixing. 05930 S 21 753 00 As 05930 SV, but with step-free adjustment by means of a screwdriver.

Node adapters 1 piece, die-cast aluminium, structured finish, steel-grey. For the connection of rods 05930//35 to nodes 05900 SV or 05900 PV.
05930 KA 21 750 00

Node 1 piece, consisting of: 1 node for up to four connections, angles continuously adjustable between 90 and 270, coated in aluminium paint.
05900 PV, with pendant suspension 29 228 00 1 pendant rod steel, chromed, 13 mm, 800 mm long, with vernier clip, suspension length can be shortened on site, ceiling rose, chromed. 05900 SV, with wire suspension 29 227 00 1 steel wire, 2 mm, for suspension lengths of up to 1.5 m, 1 ceiling element with screwfix.

* Incoming cables not included in scope of delivery; they must be provided by the contractor.

87

Light ceiling

Light ceiling

Plenar

096 Plenar, square light ceiling module for surface mounting

096 Plenar, square light ceiling module for suspended mounting

90

098 Plenar, square light ceiling module for mounting in cut-out recess openings

098 Plenar, round light ceiling module for mounting in cut-out recess openings

91

Extraordinary design eliminates anything unessential. That is true for architecture and furniture, and even lighting systems. After all, the thing that makes design unique is the idea behind it, that is expressed in form, colour or materials. And when it comes to extraordinary luminaire design, this idea focuses always and mainly on one aspect: light. The best example of this is the TRILUX Plenar. Everything that makes up its design is an elegant uniform light surface. Be it circular or square, accentuating or wide-area lighting, recessed, surface-mounted or suspended light ceilings, in individual or group arrangement, there is only one verdict possible: it cannot help but to harmonise. Light from the TRILUX Plenar distinguishes itself by responding to its ambience in the same manner as it responds to its design. Individual demands and moods are taken into account thanks to individual light scenarios, be it as the natural course of daylight or by using various colour temperatures. The result: You do not need a luminaire for every lighting mood, but you do need a TRILUX luminaire for perfect light atmosphere.

92

A light ceiling that makes every room special.

93

Plenar

It also shows that an exceptional design can be harmoniously integrated into all forms of architecture. Whether it acts as an independent or supplementary light source, is suspended, surface-mounted or embedded in the ceiling does not matter every type of installation leaves the impression that it fits into every room perfectly. Just like different light solutions: Different colour variations allow you to create the light atmosphere that you desire.

A variation that always accentuates the most important characteristic of stylish rooms: namely its notable features.

94

The TRILUX Plenar was developed with two factors in mind: people and their environment. A luminaire only fulfils our standard for creating new light if it takes into account and is in harmony with both factors. Our developers and designers responded to the simple fact that every person and every room is different, by focussing on simple solutions. For instance, the absolutely practical and variable installation of this elegant light surface. Be it as an individual luminaire or arranged as a group, circular or square the TRILUX Plenar can be integrated harmoniously within every type of architecture. Its unique design: Proportions that are simple and yet never boring, in short: timeless. Or its light, which is distributed evenly and subtly in the room without any shadows thanks to the opal membrane. And finally the stimulating possibilities that the dynamic coloured light lends to the TRILUX Plenar. This also facilitates the simulation of natural daylight. As you can see everything about the TRILUX Plenar is simple: Easy access to the light ceiling modules, the operation and last, but not least, the effect on people and the environment: simply perfect.

Easy-to-access light ceiling modules Like the light that it produces, the TRILUX Plenar is a joy when it comes to installation and maintenance: The aluminium frame which can be removed as a complete unit, including

the membrane, makes changing the lamp simple. A particular feature of this surfacemounted luminaire is that it can be handled without using tools.

95

Plenar
Easy-to-access square light ceiling modules for suspended and surface mounting on ceilings

6 5 4 d a

IP40

850 C

Plenar HDRGB(W) + ZBH Q


C0 - C180

Recommended areas For lighting solutions with a requirement for elegance and where lighting is a visible and sensory experience. Dynamic-coloured light is just as possible as white light of different colour temperatures for adaptive simulation of varying daylight moods. Optical System Transopal luminaire diffuser of stretched film technology, fully backlit, easy to access, very low inflammability. Dynamic light control W 1-channel brightness control with neutral white fluorescent lamps. WW 2-channel brightness control with daylight-white and warm-white fluorescent lamps for white-white control. Suited for adaptive lighting of task areas and public areas. RGB 3-channel brightness control with coloured fluorescent lamps (red, green, blue) for light-colour mixture. RGBW 4-channel brightness control with coloured fluorescent lamps (red, green, blue) for light-colour mixture and additional neutral white fluorescent lamps for especially good representation of white. Luminaire body Square cross-section. Housing made of extruded aluminium section, coated in silvergrey (similar to RAL 9006), with decorative rectangular grooves.

Electrical connection Two control lines that are rated for mains voltage are provided for every colour channel and can be routed separately or in a common sheathed cable. Actuated via an external light control system (see page 494). Mains (No. of conductors) 3 3 3 3 Control line (No. of conductors) 2 4 6 8

PLENAR HD2-Q 1600 EDD W UTE: 0.54 E DIN 5040: A40 CIBSE: BZ 5 NBN L 14-002: BZ 5/.8/BZ 4

W WW RGB RGBW

Control gear option With digitally dimmable electronic control gear with DALI interface. Lamp option T5 fluorescent lamps are included in the luminaire package.

PlenarHD3W(W)

PlenarHD3RGB(W)

96

Light management system 494 Lamp characteristics 525

Plenar HDW(W)

Plenar HDRGB(W)

Reference

TOC

Lamps W 4 x 14 8 x 14 9 x 14 8 x 28 W 16 x 28 W 18 x 28 W 24 x 28 W 10 x 35 W 20 x 35 W 24 x 35 W 32 x 35 W Description

LxWxH mm 650 x 650 x 170 650 x 650 x 170 650 x 650 x 245 1300 x 1300 x 170 1300 x 1300 x 170 1300 x 1300 x 245 1300 x 1300 x 245 1600 x 1600 x 170 1600 x 1600 x 170 1600 x 1600 x 245 1600 x 1600 x 245

kg

Plenar HD3-Q 650 EDD W Plenar HD3-Q 650 EDD WW Plenar HD3-Q 650 EDD RGB Plenar HD1-Q 1300 EDD W Plenar HD1-Q 1300 EDD WW Plenar HD1-Q 1300 EDD RGB Plenar HD1-Q 1300 EDD RGBW Plenar HD2-Q 1600 EDD W Plenar HD2-Q 1600 EDD WW Plenar HD2-Q 1600 EDD RGB Plenar HD2-Q 1600 EDD RGBW Accessories Wire suspension Plenar ZBH Q Distance trims Plenar ZLK HD3 650 Plenar ZLK HD1 1300 Plenar ZLK HD2 1600

56 695 07 56 696 07 56 697 07 52 510 07 52 511 07 52 512 07 52 513 07 52 514 07 52 515 07 52 516 07 52 517 07 TOC 52 550 00 56 829 00 52 567 00 52 568 00

12.0 13.5 15.0 22.0 28.0 43.0 48.0 25.0 30.0 50.0 55.0

for surface-mounted modules, for suspended mounting, suspension length max. 2.5 m. Distance trim for surface-mounted light ceiling modules 650 mm Distance trim for surface-mounted light ceiling modules 1300 mm Distance trim for surface-mounted light ceiling modules 1600 mm

PlenarHD1W(W)

PlenarHD1RGB(W)

PlenarHD2W(W)

PlenarHD2RGB(W)

97

Plenar
Easy-to-maintain, square light ceiling modules for mounting in ceiling cut-outs Easy-to-maintain, round light ceiling modules for mounting in ceiling cut-outs

6 5 4 d a

IP40

850 C

Plenar C1-M
C0 - C180

Plenar C1-R
C0 - C180

Recommended areas For lighting solutions with a requirement for elegance and where lighting is a visible and sensory experience. Dynamic-coloured light is just as possible as white light of different colour temperatures for adaptive simulation of varying daylight moods. -M Designed for installation in cut-out recess openings and ceilings with concealed grids in 600 mm module (C1) or 625 mm module (C2/C4). Optical System Transopal luminaire diffuser of stretched film technology, fully backlit, easy to access, very low inflammability. Dynamic light control W 1-channel brightness control with neutral white fluorescent lamps. WW 2-channel brightness control with daylight-white and warm-white fluorescent lamps for white-white control. Suited for adaptive lighting of task areas and public areas. RGB 3-channel brightness control with coloured fluorescent lamps (red, green, blue) for light-colour mixture. RGBW 4-channel brightness control with coloured fluorescent lamps (red, green, blue) for light-colour mixture and additional neutral white fluorescent lamps for especially good representation of white.

Luminaire body Luminaire body made of aluminium, whitecoated, with slender surrounding rim to cover the cut-out opening. -M Square cross-section, also suited for module ceilings -Q Square cross-section. -R Circular cross-section. Electrical connection Two control lines that are rated for mains voltage are provided for every colour channel and can be routed separately or in a common sheathed cable. Actuated via an external light management system (see page 494). Mains (No. of conductors) 3 3 3 3 Control line (No. of conductors) 2 4 6 8

Plenar C2-R 1600 EDD W UTE: 0.54 E DIN 5040: A40 CIBSE: BZ 5 NBN L 14-002: BZ 5/.8/BZ 4

Plenar C3-Q 1600 EDD W UTE: 0.54 E DIN 5040: A40 CIBSE: BZ 5 NBN L 14-002: BZ 5/.8/BZ 4

PlenarC4RGB

PlenarC1RGB(W)

W WW RGB RGBW

Control gear option With digitally dimmable electronic control gear with DALI interface. Lamp option T5 fluorescent lamps are included in the luminaire package.
PlenarC4W(W) PlenarC1W(W)

98

Light management system 494 Lamp characteristics 525

Reference

TOC

Lamps

Plenar C4-M 625 EDD W* Plenar C4-M 625 EDD WW* Plenar C4-M 625 EDD RGB* Plenar C1-M 1200 EDD W* Plenar C1-M 1200 EDD WW* Plenar C1-M 1200 EDD RGB* Plenar C1-M 1200 EDD RGBW* Plenar C2-M 1250 EDD W* Plenar C2-M 1250 EDD WW* Plenar C2-M 1250 EDD RGB* Plenar C2-M 1250 EDD RGBW* Plenar C3-Q 1600 EDD W* Plenar C3-Q 1600 EDD WW* Plenar C3-Q 1600 EDD RGB* Plenar C3-Q 1600 EDD RGBW* Plenar C1-R 1300 EDD W Plenar C1-R 1300 EDD WW Plenar C1-R 1300 EDD RGB Plenar C1-R 1300 EDD RGBW

56 693 07 56 694 07 56 657 07 52 526 07 52 527 07 52 528 07 52 529 07 52 530 07 52 531 07 52 532 07 52 533 07 52 534 07 52 535 07 52 536 07 52 537 07 52 538 07 52 539 07 52 540 07 52 541 07

3 x 14 6 x 14 6 x 14 6 x 28 W 12 x 28 W 18 x 28 W 24 x 28 W 6 x 28 W 12 x 28 W 18 x 28 W 24 x 28 W 8 x 35 W 16 x 35 W 24 x 35 W 32 x 35 W 2 x 14 W; 4 x 21 W; 3 x 28 W 4 x 14 W; 8 x 21 W; 6 x 28 W 6 x 14 W; 6 x 21 W; 3 x 28 W 8 x 14 W; 8 x 21 W; 4 x 28 W

Axis dimension mm 625 x 625 625 x 625 625 x 625 1200 x 1200 1200 x 1200 1200 x 1200 1200 x 1200 1250 x 1250 1250 x 1250 1250 x 1250 1250 x 1250

Recess opening 601 x 601 601 x 601 601 x 601 1176 x 1176 1176 x 1176 1176 x 1176 1176 x 1176 1226 x 1226 1226 x 1226 1226 x 1226 1226 x 1226 1610 x 1610 1610 x 1610 1610 x 1610 1610 x 1610 1310 1310 1310 1310 1610 1610 1610 1610

Recess depth 193 193 293 193 193 293 293 193 193 293 293 193 193 293 293 193 193 293 293 193 193 293 293

kg

8.0 9.5 11.0 22.0 28.0 41.0 46.0 22.0 28.0 41.0 46.0 25.0 30.0 50.0 55.0 21.0 27.0 40.0 45.0 20.0 25.0 45.0 50.0

Plenar C2-R 1600 EDD W 52 542 07 2 x 14 W; 2 x 21 W; 2 x 28 W; 5 x 35 W Plenar C2-R 1600 EDD WW 52 543 07 4 x 14 W; 4 x 21 W; 4 x 28 W; 10 x 35 W Plenar C2-R 1600 EDD RGB 52 544 07 6 x 14 W; 6 x 28 W; 6 x 35 W Plenar C2-R 1600 EDD RGBW 52 545 07 8 x 14 W; 8 x 28 W; 8 x 35 W *Wire suspension (accessory) is necessary, if the module cannot be fastened directly to the bare ceiling. Accessories Wire suspensions Plenar ZBH Q Plenar ZBH R Distance trims Plenar ZLK C4 625 Plenar ZLK C1 1200 Plenar ZLK C2 1250 Plenar ZLK C3 1600
PlenarC2RGB(W)

TOC 52 550 00 52 552 00 56 828 00 52 559 00 52 560 00 52 561 00


PlenarC3RGB(W)

Reference for recessed modules, square, for mounting to bare ceiling for recessed modules, round, for mounting to bare ceiling Distance trim for recessed light ceiling modules 625 mm Distance trim for recessed light ceiling modules 1200 mm Distance trim for recessed light ceiling modules 1250 mm Distance trim for recessed light ceiling modules 1600 mm
PlenarC1RGB(W) PlenarC2RGB(W)

PlenarC2W(W)

PlenarC3W(W)

PlenarC1W(W)

PlenarC2W(W)

99

Plenar
Dynamic control with DALI Easy

TRILUX Plenar light ceilings are easy to operate thanks to the DALI EASY colour light mixing system. They can be operated using a convenient infrared remote control or by means of mechanical push-buttons. The connection is made for the DALI broadcast operation. Addressing of the electronic control gear units used in the light ceiling is not necessary (plug and play). Up to four groups of lamps of the same colour can be actuated. When using two lamps of different colour

temperature (white-white control), it is possible to set any intermediate value of the colour temperature. Even the mixing of light from lamps in the primary colours red, green and blue (RGB control) or the primary colours with an additional white lamp (RGBW control) can be implemented. With Plenar light ceilings an individually adjustable static or dynamic lighting can be realised in this manner. For details see page 494.

Characteristics: DALI broadcast operation No addressing necessary Operation by means of mechanical push-buttons or IR remote control Up to 4 channels Up to 16 light scenes Up to 4 sequences

100

Plenar
LMS-Plenar system solutions

Light management systems of the LMSPlenar series are available to call static light scenes and dynamic sequences for the whitewhite, RGB and RGBW control. By extending the system with additional DALI gateways, keypads and radio remote controls, the system is flexible enough to control systems of

almost any size. The systems are delivered ready for operation pre-addressed and pre-programmed (plug and play). The systems can connected to an EIB(KNX) building management system. For details see page 494.

Characteristics: DALI broadcast operation No addressing necessary Operation via light control panel, bus pushbuttons, touch panel or radio remote control Integration in EIB/KNX system Up to 8 channels Expandable up to 64 channels Up to 120 light scenes Up to 30 sequences

101

Free-standing and wall-mounted luminaires

Estilio

Valuco

112 Estilio LED free-standing luminaire

114 Valuco free-standing luminaire

Free-standing and wall-mounted luminaires m e

Offset

120 Offset free-standing luminaire UXP-AD optical system

122 Offset free-standing luminaire CDP optical system

124 Offset wall-mounted luminaire CDP optical system

124 Offset wall-mounted luminaire RAX optical system

Luceo

Torso

126 Luceo free-standing luminaire UXP optical system

126 Luceo free-standing luminaire CDP optical system

116 Torso free-standing luminaire

116 Torso wall-mounted luminaire

104

Dialog

ES 500

128 Desktop luminaire

128 Free-standing luminaire Task, Dual

130 Wall-mounted luminaires Wall

143 ES 50

Deca

665

132 Deca

134 Deca attachments

136 Deca Dekor

142 665

740

56

5571

138 740

141 740Q

149 56

148 5571

105

We present: representative lighting.

106

Free-standing and wall-mounted luminaires that inevitably become attention-getters as representative lighting components. And not exclusively as a result of their light. Even when switched off, they are designed to impress, with a striking or pleasant design that is perfectly adapted to its environment. After all, you will notice straightaway that the innovative lighting technology of all free-standing and wall-mounted luminaires from TRILUX is reason enough for enthusiasm, after the light switch is activated.

107

Every TRILUX luminaire is unique. There is only one thing that links them together: the good impression that they leave behind.

108

Several rewards, such as the red dot award for the TRILUX Torso and Deca luminaires or the iF design award for the Offset series, are not only praise and recognition for our designers, but are also proof that a good design is much more than the result of subjective preferences: an objective criteria for the quality of a luminaire.

109

Lighting technology and quality of all TRILUX free-standing and wall-mounted luminaires are in no way inferior to the design. The light distribution of the TRILUX Offset und Luceo free-standing luminaires is adapted specifically to the light requirements in corporate offices thanks to innovative optical systems. The direct/indirect light of the TRILUX Torso free-standing luminaire mainly ensures an impressive and yet cosy ambience. Classic design with a subtle retro look and highly modern lighting technology make the TRILUX Valuco a versatile and characteristic luminaire. And, in turn, the TRILUX Estilio impresses with its purist, highly innovative LED light and was distinguished with the award for innovation in architecture and technology.

110

TRILUX Estilio: Maximum innovation in minimalist form.


111

Estilio

Estilio SE6

The TRILUX Estilio. For the first time a free-standing luminaire design has been reduced to the absolute minimum in all aspects. The luminaire head and foot are characterised by an elegant flat profile, with two simple 90 angles respectively. In addition, the TRILUX Estilio eliminates the need for any control elements thanks to its innovative conceptual design. What remains is a purist product aesthetics that allows only the most minimalist form of lighting technology: Modern, energy-efficient High-Power LED light. Lamp and cooling system are concealed in the slender stand profile the luminaire is switched on using an innovative mechanism, which permits the luminaire head to tilt and automatically directs the light beam upwards. A reflector on the bottom of the luminaire head guides the light, that is focussed by the individual optics, directly and yet subtly onto the task area thanks to the continuously variable mechanics in the luminaire head. The effect: Maximum aesthetics through reduced forms and optimised light efficiency.

112

Estilio
Innovative free-standing LED luminaire for task-area lighting

5 d a

IP20

0,5 Joule

960 C

Estilio S51

Estilio SE1

Estilio S01

Reference

TOC

Lamps

Lamp colour

Colour

kg

W Estilio S LED-W ET E6 56 596 40 6 x LED 3 W Estilio S LED-W ET 51 56 671 40 6 x LED 3 W Estilio S LED-W ET E1 56 672 40 6 x LED 3 W Estilio S LED-W ET 01 56 788 40 6 x LED 3 W Luminaires are supplied with the relevant country-specific earthed plugs.

White White White White

Silver-grey Ruby Signal black White

12.1 12.1 12.1 12.1

Recommended areas For decorative additional lighting of work or task areas, e.g. desks, waiting areas and lounges. Optical System With 6 neutral white high power LEDs, 3 W, in the luminaire stand. Tilting the luminaire head back switches the luminaire on, the secondary reflector, which is integrated in the luminaire head and made of reflection-intensifying aluminium, semi-specular, is used to redirect and guide the light onto the task area. A special convergent-prismatic primary optic on the LED line directs the light onto the secondary reflector so that the diffuse light distribution attains standards-compliant uniformity in accordance with DIN 5035-8. Luminaire head Direct free-standing luminaire with a continuously flat aluminium profile. Luminaire foot and luminaire head angled at 90. Luminaire head tilts backwards, max. angle 30. Increased steadiness up to 8. E6 Silver-grey 51 Ruby E1 Signal black 01 White

Electrical connection With flexible cable and earthed plug. The luminaire is switched on and off by tilting the luminaire head. Control gear option With electronic transformer.

C0 - C180

Estilio S LED-W ET 01 UTE: 0.65 I + 0.06 T DIN 5040: A32 CIBSE: BZ 8/.75/ BZ 6/1.5/BZ 5 NBN L 14-002: BZ 7/ .8/BZ 6/1.25/BZ 5

Estilio S

113

Valuco

A visible accent, a glare-free, uniform lighting solution, a clear statement of style the look of the Valuco free-standing luminaire is almost as diverse as the choice of suitable locations. Its clear and timeless stylistic elements predestine the Valuco free-standing luminaire for use in first-class commercial and office areas, the accentuation of a cosy ambience or complementing existing Valuco lighting solutions and resulting in a visually consistent concept. As a special feature within the Valuco product family the free-standing version has an integral touch dimming function for directly controlling the light flowing through the diffuser. Stand foot and front side form together with the diffuser two seemingly transparent elements. Thanks to lateral shadow gaps, the luminaire bodies appear well-proportioned.

114

Valuco S
Free-standing luminaires in decorative black/white design with matt-opal double diffuser
164

Lamp characteristics 525

6 5 4 d a

IP40

1 Joule

650 C

PC 850 C

Valuco S 221/

Valuco S 228/

Recommended areas Especially recommended for decorative supplementary lighting especially suitable for hotels, wellness areas, health care facilities, rehab, sanatoriums and homes for the elderly. Optical system Two matt-opal PLEXIGLAS diffusers arranged vertically, in stylish fine-grained matt surface on a recessed black substructure. PC diffuser made of polycarbonate. Luminaire body Stand foot made of steel, rectangular stand profile and frame construction made of aluminium, upper end cap made of plastic, all components black. Electrical connection Earthed plug in the stand foot. Mains cable ZALW as accessory. Control gear option Versions 21/39 and 28/54 in Multi-Lamp technology allow operation of T5 lamps with different wattages. ED With dimmable electronic control gear. Additionally with multifunction push-button for on/off, and dimming.

Reference

TOC

Valuco S 221/39 Valuco S 228/54 Valuco S 221/39PC Valuco S 228/54PC Accessories Connecting line* ZALW/2500 EU

57 150 57 152 57 151 57 153 TOC 47 501 00

Control gear option ED 05 05 05 05 Description

Lamps W 2 x 21 / 39 2 x 28 / 54 2 x 21 / 39 2 x 28 / 54

Height mm 882 1182 882 1182

kg

12.0 13.0 12.0 13.0

black, length 2500 mm, for Germany and other European countries ZALW/2500 CH 47 502 00 black, length 2500 mm, for Switzerland ZALW/2500 GB 47 503 00 black, length 2500 mm, for Great Britain ZALW/2500 IT 47 504 00 black, length 2500 mm, for Italy *Necessary accessories. To be ordered separately.
C0 - C180

Valuco S 228/54 UTE: 0.38 G + 0.38 T DIN 5040: C32 CIBSE: BZ 5 NBN L 14-002: BZ 6/.8/BZ 5/4/BZ 6

Valuco S

115

Torso
Free-standing and wall-mounted luminaires for workstation and general lighting

6 5 4 d a

IP20

0.5 Joule

850 C

HV 960 C

S1/W1

Recommended areas Suitable for offices, financial institutions, reception areas, foyers, hotels and restaurants. S1/W1 Suited for VDU workstations. Optical system Direct/indirect light distribution. Luminaire body made of mouth-blown glass, obscured, subtly lit. Fixture silver-grey. S1/W1HIT Indirect optics, asymmetrical, made of anodised aluminium, for generous ceiling illumination and uniform illumination of the glass body, with protective glass pane. Separate direct optics can be aligned in two levels, with semi-specular aluminium overhead reflector and ring-lamella shade. Suitable for VDU applications in accordance with EN 12464-1 due to low luminance L 1000 cd/m2 at critical angles above 65 in all planes. S2/W2HIT Indirect optics, symmetrical, made of anodised aluminium, for generous ceiling illumination and uniform illumination of the glass body, with protective glass pane. Direct optics with semi-specular aluminium overhead reflector and diffuser pane. S3/W3HV Luminaire head also serves as symmetrical diffuser optics. Torso S Direct/indirect free-standing luminaire, consisting of luminaire head, stand profile and stand foot. Stand profile made of stainless steel, circular, finely brushed. Stand foot made of cast metal, silver-grey. Appliance plug, concealed in bottom of the stand foot. Mains cable ZALW as accessory. Torso W Direct-indirect wall-mounted luminaire, consisting of luminaire head and wall connection module. Control gear options With electronic control gear. S With decorative double push-button for separated switching of lamp circuits. HV75 No electronic equipment required, lamp operated directly by the mains current.

Torso S1
C0 - C180 C0 - C180 C0 - C180

Torso S1/W1 T-R 1HIT 150 + NV 75 UTE: 0.04 F + 0.64 T DIN 5040: E03 CIBSE: BZ 6/.75/ BZ 5/2.5/BZ 4 NBN L 14-002: BZ 5/1.25/BZ 4

Torso S2/W2 T-R 1HIT70 E UTE: 0.00 J + 0.66 T DIN 5040: E03 CIBSE: BZ 10 NBN L 14-002: BZ 10

Torso S3/W3 T-R 2HV75 UTE: 0.39 H + 0.32 T DIN 5040: C32 CIBSE: BZ 6 NBN L 14-002: BZ 6

Torso S

116

Lamp characteristics 525

182

Torso W1

Torso W2

Torso W3

Reference Wall-mounted luminaires Torso W1 T-R 1HIT70 E+1NV75 ET Torso W1 T-R 1HIT150 E+1NV75 ET Torso W2 T-R 1HIT70 E+1NV75 ET Torso W2 T-R 1HIT150 E+1NV75 ET Torso W3 T-R 2HV75 Free-standing luminaires Torso S1 T-R 1HIT70 E+1NV75 ET Torso S1 T-R 1HIT150 E+1NV75 ET Torso S2 T-R 1HIT70 E+1NV75 ET Torso S2 T-R 1HIT150 E+1NV75 ET Torso S3 T-R 2HV75

TOC

Lamps W 1 x HIT 70 + 1 x QT12 max. 75 1 x HIT 150 + 1 x QT12 max. 75 1 x HIT 70 + 1 x QT12 max. 75 1 x HIT 150 + 1 x QT12 max. 75 2 x QT14 max. 75 1 x HIT 70 + 1 x QT12 max. 75 1 x HIT 150 + 1 x QT12 max. 75 1 x HIT 70 + 1 x QT12 max. 75 1 x HIT 150 + 1 x QT12 max. 75 2 x QT14 max. 75 Description for Germany and other European countries for Switzerland for Great Britain for Italy

kg

45 754 42 45 753 42 45 756 42 45 755 42 45 757 10 45 745 42 45 743 42 45 749 42 45 747 42 45 751 10

5.8 5.8 5.8 5.8 4.5 9.3 9.3 9.3 9.3 8.8

Accessories TOC Mains cable, black, length 2500 mm* ZALW/2500 EU 47 501 00 ZALW/2500 CH 47 502 00 ZALW/2500 GB 47 503 00 ZALW/2500 IT 47 504 00 *Necessary accessories. To be ordered separately.

Torso W1/W2

Torso W3

244

38 84

38 61

117

133

Offset

118

Clear forms, lines and contours, innovative light technology and optimum ergonomic design. Offset unites all the attributes of a good idea into one luminaire system which delivers simply outstanding results. The adjustable luminaire heads ensure individuality and distinctive lighting design, while TRILUX louvres in UXP Technology provide efficient light distribution. The visionary design has also been acknowledged by the iF design award 2004.

Surrounding frame profile Clear forms, lines and contours are typical for the OFFSET series. Smallest possible edge profiles, without conventional end cap technology, are possible by means of extruded aluminium profiles that meet with precision at the cross joints.

Multi-function push-button The multi-function push-button, tailored to the slim stand profile, provides the functions on/off and dimming for the ED version, and for the EDS version it provides the functions on/off, dimming and light control.

Adjustable luminaire heads A key characteristic of the Offset series are the freely adjustable luminaire heads. This new, innovative feature allows for individualisation in terms of architectural effect and light distribution.

119

Offset
Free-standing luminaires OFFSET S with task area louvre UXP-AD

6 5 4 d a

IP20

0.5 Joule

960 C

Application For office lighting. Suitable for VDU workstations. Optical system Task area louvre UXP-AD. Ultra-low crosssection louvre in UXP-Technology, highlyspecular, reflectance value 98 %, scattering part 3 %. Louvre with integrated light-focus lamellas. Suitable for VDU applications in accordance with EN 12464-1 due to low luminance L 1000 cd/m2 at vertical angles above 65 in all planes. Luminaire Direct/indirect free-standing luminaire, consisting of luminaire heads, stand profile with luminaire support and stand foot, silver-grey, similar to RAL 9006. Luminaire support and stand tube made of rectangular aluminium profiles, stand tube with interior steel profile. Stand foot with compensating system for irregular flooring. Luminaire heads S1 Arranged on luminaire support so that the heads can be slid against one another. Surrounding aluminium frame profiles are joined at the front plane to precise cross joints. S2 Symmetrically fixed to the luminaire support. Surrounding aluminium frame profiles are joined at the front plane to precise cross joints. Electrical connection 2.5 m 3 core flex and earthed plug. Control gear option Versions 28/54 and 21/39 in MultiLamp technology allow operation of T5 lamps with different wattages. ED With dimmable electronic control gear. Additionally with multifunction push-button for on/off and dimming. EDS With dimmable electronic control gear and sensor for constant light control and presence detection. Additionally with multifunction push-button for on/off, dimming and light control.

Offset S1 UXP-AD 228/54


C0 - C180

Offset S1 UXP-AD 254 UTE: 0.13 C + 0.75 T DIN 5040: D53 CIBSE: BZ 2/4/BZ 3 NBN L 14-002: BZ 3

Offset S1 UXP-AD 228/54


L1 60 L

Offset S1 UXP-AD 428/54


L1 84 L

120

Accessories 125 Light management490 Lamp characteristics 525 190

Offset S2 UXP-AD 421/39

Offset S2 UXP-AD 455

Reference

TOC

Control gear options ED 05 05 EDS 08 08

Lamps W 2 x 54 4 x 54 4 x 39 4 x TC-L 55

L mm 1188-1516 1188-1516 888 588

L1

kg

Offset S1 UXP-AD 228/54 Offset S1 UXP-AD 428/54

52 798 52 799

730 730 730 730

190 250 250 310

19.0 20.0 19.5 18.5

Offset S2 UXP-AD 421/39 52 801 05 08 Offset S2 UXP-AD 455 45 958 05 08 Luminaires are supplied with the relevant country-specific earthed plugs.

Offset S2 UXP-AD 421/39


L1

Offset S2 UXP-AD 455


L1

121

Offset
Free-standing luminaires OFFSET S with fine-prism structure CDP

6 5 4 d a

IP20

0.5 Joule

850 C

Applications For office lighting. Suitable for VDU workstations. Optical system Fine-prism structure CDP. Underside luminaire cover made of PC with fine-prism structures for all-round glare limitation, with partly reflective interior. Suitable for VDU applications in accordance with EN 12464-1 due to low luminance L 1000 cd/m2 at vertical angles above 65 in all planes. Luminaire Direct/indirect free-standing luminaires, consisting of luminaire heads, stand profile with luminaire support and stand foot, silver-grey, similar to RAL 9006. Luminaire support and stand tube made of rectangular aluminium profiles, stand tube with interior steel profile. Stand foot with compensating system for irregular flooring. Luminaire heads S1 Arranged on luminaire support so that the heads can be slid against one another. Surrounding aluminium frame profiles are joined at the front plane to precise cross joints. S2 Symmetrically fixed to the luminaire support. Surrounding aluminium frame profiles are joined at the front plane to precise cross joints. Electrical connection 2.5 m 3 core flex and earthed plug. Control gear option Versions 28/54 and 21/39 in MultiLamp technology allow operation of T5 lamps with different wattages. ED With dimmable electronic control gear. Additionally with multifunction push-button for on/off and dimming. EDS With dimmable electronic control gear and sensor for constant light control and presence detection. Additionally with multifunction push-button for on/off, dimming and light control.

Offset S1 CDP 228/54


C0 - C180

Offset S1 CDP 254 UTE: 0.19 B + 0.61 T DIN 5040: D63 CIBSE: BZ 1 NBN L 14-002: BZ 1/4/BZ 2

Offset S1 CDP 228/54


L1 60 L

Offset S1 CDP 428/54


L1 84 L

122

Accessories 125 Light management490 Lamp characteristics 525 190

Offset S2 CDP 421/39

Offset S2 CDP 455

Reference

TOC

Control gear options ED 05 05 EDS 08 08

Lamps W 2 x 54 4 x 54 4 x 39 4 x TC-L 55

L mm 1188-1516 1188-1516 888 588

L1

kg

Offset S1 CDP 228/54 Offset S1 CDP 428/54

52 796 52 797

730 730 730 730

190 250 250 310

19.0 20.0 19.5 18.5

Offset S2 CDP 421/39 52 800 05 08 Offset S2 CDP 455 45 956 05 08 Luminaires are supplied with the relevant country-specific earthed plugs.

Offset S2 CDP 421/39


L1

Offset S2 CDP 455


L1

123

Offset
Wall-mounted luminaires OFFSET W with fine-prism structure CDP Wall-mounted luminaires OFFSET W with ceiling-washer optics RAX
190

Accessories 125 Lamp characteristics 525

6 5 4 d a

IP20

0.5 Joule

850 C

Offset W2 CDP 114/24

Offset W2 CDP 128/54

Offset W2 RAX 121/39

Recommended areas For decorative ambient lighting. Optical System CDP Fine-prism structure. Underside luminaire cover made of PC with fine-prism structures for all-round glare limitation, with partly reflective interior. RAX Ceiling-washer reflector, reflectionintensifying, arranged asymmetrically to the ceiling. Luminaire CDP Direct/indirect wall-mounted luminaire, consisting of luminaire head and luminaire support, silver-grey, similar to RAL 9006, and wall mounting element for quick one-man installation. RAX Predominantly indirect wall-mounted luminaire, consisting of luminaire head and luminaire support, silver-grey, similar to RAL 9006, and wall mounting element for quick one-man installation. Luminaire head Fixed laterally to the luminaire support. Surrounding aluminium frame profiles are folded and joined at the ends with precise joints. Electrical connection With connection terminal for cable up to 2.5 mm2. Electrical version in Multi-Lamp technology allows operation of T5 lamps with different wattages. E With electronic control gear. EDD With digitally dimmable electronic control gear (DALI). Other electrical versions available on request.

Reference Offset W2 CDP 114/24 CDP 121/39 CDP 128/54 CDP 135/49/80 RAX 121/39 RAX 128/54 RAX 135/49/80

TOC

52 789 52 790 52 791 52 792 52 793 52 794 52 795

Control gear option E EDD 04 07 04 07 04 07 04 07 04 04 04 07 07 07

Lamps W 1 x 14/24 1 x 21/39 1 x 28/54 1 x 35/49/80 1 x 21/39 1 x 28/54 1 x 35/49/80

L mm 588 888 1188 1488 888 1188 1488


C0 - C180

L1

kg

500 500 730 730 500 730 730

450 450 450 450 450 450 450


C0 - C180

2.5 3.0 4.1 5.1 3.5 4.6 5.6

Offset W2 CDP 154 UTE: 0.23 B + 0.56 T DIN 5040: D63 CIBSE: BZ 1 NBN L 14-002: BZ 1/2.5/BZ 2/3/ BZ 1/4/BZ 2

Offset W2 RAX 154 UTE: 0.03 D + 0.77 T DIN 5040: E03 CIBSE: BZ 3/.75/BZ 4 NBN L 14-002: BZ 3/1/BZ 4

Offset W2 CDP

Offset W2 RAX

124

Offset
Accessories for free-standing, wall-mounted and suspended luminaires

Offset ZA

Luminaire covers (Accessories) A clear polycarbonate lens flush mounted on to the luminaire housing. For free-standing, suspended and wall-mounted luminaires of the Offset series.

Luminaire covers

TOC

Reference Offset ZA 124 45 932 00 Offset ZA 139 45 930 00 Offset ZA 154 45 929 00 Offset ZA 135 45 931 00 Offset ZA 239 45 927 00 Offset ZA 254 45 926 00 Offset ZA 235 45 928 00 * 2 units each required.

Free-standing* luminaires Offset S

Suspended* luminaires Offset H

S1228/54 S2421/439 S1428/54

H1254 H1235/249/280

Wall-mounted** luminaires Offset W W2 CDP 114/24 W2 CDP 121/39 W2 CDP 128/54 W2 CDP 135/49/80

H1454 H1449 ** 1 unit each required.

Offset

Offset + ZLR

Offset ZLR

Luminance reduction profiles For the free-standing and suspended luminaires of the Offset series, luminance reduction, reflection intisified self adhesive aluminium profile for the central housing. Recommended for use in larger offices, to avoid disturbing reflections on neighbouring computer screens.

Reduction profiles

TOC

Reference Offset ZLR 254 45 924 00 Offset ZLR 235 45 925 00 Offset ZLR 439 45 923 00 Offset ZLR 454 45 921 00 Offset ZLR 449 45 922 00 Offset ZLR 455 45 920 00 * 1 unit each required.

Free-standing* luminaires Offset S S1228/54 S2421/439 S1428/54 S2455

Suspended* luminaires Offset H H1254 H1235/249/280 H1454 H1449

125

Luceo
Free-standing luminaires with ultra-low cross-section louvre UXP or with fine-prism structure CDP

6 5 4 d a

IP20

0.2 Joule

850 C

Application For lighting of multiple or individual workstations in offices and financial institutions, especially recommended for VDU workstations. Optical System Consisting of asymmetrical indirect optics made of reflection-intensifying aluminium and asymmetrical direct optics. Suitable for VDU applications in accordance with EN 12464-1 due to low luminance L 1000 cd/m2 at critical angles above 65 in all planes. UXP Direct optics with ultra-low cross-section louvre in UXP-Technology, reflectance value 98 %. UXP-H Highly specular, scattering part 3 %. UXP-S Semi-specular. CDP Direct optics with fine-prism structure CDP. Underside luminaire cover made of PC with fine-prism structures for allround glare limitation, with partly reflective interior. Luminaire body Consisting of luminaire head, stand profile and stand foot, silver-grey, similar to RAL 9006. Rectangular stand profile and stand foot made of steel. Stand foot with central recess. Luminaire head in the form of a flat rectangular body, with integrated direct optics. Electrical connection With mains cable to be ordered separately (depending on country). Control gear option E With electronic control gear. ED With dimmable electronic control gear, and multifunction push-button for on/off and dimmer. EDS With dimmable electronic control gear, sensor for constant light control and presence detection. Additionally with multifunction push-button for on/off, dimming and light control.
Luceo S UXP3TCL55 UTE: 0.06 C + 0.76 T DIN 5040: E03 CIBSE: BZ 1 NBN L 14-002: BZ 2

Luceo S UXP-H
C0 - C180

126

Light management490 Lamp data 525

202

Luceo S UXP-S

Luceo S CDP

Reference

TOC

Control gear options E 04 04 04 04 04 04 Description for Germany and other European countries for Switzerland for Great Britain for Italy ED 05 05 05 05 05 05 EDS 08 08 08 08 08 08

Lamps W 3 x TC-L55 4 x TC-L55 3 x TC-L55 4 x TC-L55 3 x TC-L55 4 x TC-L55

kg

Luceo S UXP-H 3TCL55 Luceo S UXP-H 4TCL55 Luceo S UXP-S 3TCL55 Luceo S UXP-S 4TCL55 Luceo S CDP 3TCL55 Luceo S CDP 4TCL55

45 739 46 940 45 741 46 941 46 937 46 938

14.7 14.9 14.7 14.9 14.9 15.1

Reference TOC Mains cable, black, length 2500 mm* ZALW/2500 EU 47 501 00 ZALW/2500 CH 47 502 00 ZALW/2500 GB 47 503 00 ZALW/2500 IT 47 504 00 *Necessary accessories. To be ordered separately.

Luceo S
44

1825

103 309

127

385

Dialog
Individual desktop workstation luminaire Free-standing indirect task luminaire and free-standing workstation luminaire - Dual

6 5 4 d a

IP20

0.35 Joule

960 C

6001 850 C

Recommended areas For office lighting. Especially recommended for VDU workstations. Recommended combination of free-standing luminaire/desktop luminaire for 2-component lighting. Optical system Desktop Asymmetrical specular reflector made of anodised aluminium for excellent contrast rendering on the working plane. Fixed horizontal alignment provides glare-free illumination. Task Specular reflector made of reflectionintensifying aluminium, for asymmetrical light distribution providing generous ceiling illumination above the working plane. Dual Consisting of reflection-intensifying specular reflector for asymmetrical light distribution of indirect components and highly-specular anodised parabolic louvre for distinctive asymmetrical direct light distribution. Luminaire Desktop Desktop luminaire, consisting of luminaire head, stand profiles and stand foot, silver-grey, similar to RAL 9006, chromed joints. Adjustable aluminium stand profiles fixed to steel stand foot. Plastic luminaire head with integrated deco-element can be swung open for lamp replacement.
C0 - C180

6001 DT/TCD13 E (Desktop)


C0 - C180 C0 - C180

Task/Dual Free-standing luminaire, consisting of luminaire head, stand profile and stand foot. Stand profile tube made of steel, silver-grey, similar to RAL 9006. Stand foot made of cast aluminium, dark-grey coated, with adjustment system to compensate for uneven flooring. Luminaire head, white, consisting of sheet steel casing, die-cast end caps and integrated deco-element. Control gear option Desktop With electronic control gear and rocker switch. With flexible cable, 3 m, and earthed plug. TaskE With electronic control gear and 3-stage switch. With flexible cable, 2.5 m, and earthed plug. DualE With electronic control gear and 3-stage switch. With flexible cable, 2.5 m, and earthed plug. DualLG With dimmable electronic control gear, sensor for constant light control and presence detection and with integral on/off switch and two buttons for selecting automatic/ manual mode and manual dimming. With flexible cable, 2.5 m and earthed plug.

6001 DT/TCD13 E UTE: 0.61 E + 0.00 T DIN 5040: A40 CIBSE: BZ 4 NBN L 14-002: BZ 5/1.25/BZ 4

6024 AS/TC36 E UTE: 0.00 + 0.79 T DIN 5040: E03 CIBSE: BZ 10 NBN L 14-002: BZ 10

6013 AS/TC55 E UTE: 0.09 C + 0.75 T DIN 5040: D53 CIBSE: BZ 2 NBN L 14-002: BZ 3

6001 DT

128

Accessories 131 Light management490 Lamp data 525

6024 AS/TC36 E (Task) Reference TOC Control gear options Lamps W 4 x TC-L 36 W 3 x TC-L 55 W 1 x TC-DEL 13 W

6013 AS/TC55 E (Dual) kg

E LG 6024 AS/TC36 (Task) 12 309 04 6013 AS/TC55 (Dual) 12 305 04 08 6001 DT/TCD13 (Desktop) 12 304 04 Luminaires are supplied with the relevant country-specific earthed plugs.

13.1 13.7 6.1

6024 AS

6013 AS

129

Dialog
Wall-mounted luminaires WALL

6 5 4 d a

IP20

0.35 Joule

960 C

6042 UW/TC24 E (Wall I)


C0 - C180

Application General and supplementary lighting in offices, financial institutions, conference rooms, sales areas and corridors. Optical system Indirect lighting. Specular reflector made of reflection-intensifying aluminium. 6042 Generous wall and ceiling illumination thanks to the distinctive asymmetrical light distribution. 6052 Generous ceiling illumination thanks to wide-angle light distribution. Luminaire bodies Arc-shaped sheet steel body, white powdercoated, with end caps made of die-cast aluminium. 6042 With integral deco-element. 6052 UW-G Luminaire body with slot-shaped perforations for additional decorative, direct light component. Control gear options With electronic control gear. Other electrical versions available on request. Covers (accessories) The luminaire covers protect the lamps and the optical system against soiling. Safe retention to the luminaire body by means of screw connections.

6042 UW/TC24 E UTE: 0.00 + 0.77 T DIN 5040: E03 CIBSE: BZ 10 NBN L 14-002: BZ 10
C0 - C180

6052 UW/TCD18 E UTE: 0.00 + 0.62 T DIN 5040: E03 CIBSE: BZ 10 NBN L 14-002: BZ 10
C0 - C180

6052 UW-G/TCD18 E UTE: 0.05 G + 0.64 T DIN 5040: E03 CIBSE: BZ 5 NBN L 14-002: BZ 5

6042 UW

130

Lamp data 525

6052 UW/TCD18 E (Wall II)

6052 UW-G/TCD18 E (Wall II)

Reference

TOC

6042 UW/TC24 E (Wall I) 6052 UW/TCD18 E (Wall II) 6052 UW/TCT42 E (Wall II) 6052 UW-G/TCD18 E (Wall II) 6052 UW-G/TCT42 E (Wall II) Accessories Covers to protect against soiling 06000 GA/TC55 06000 GA/TC36 06000 GA/TC24 06000 GA/TCT42

12 312 12 313 12 314 12 315 12 316 TOC 21 792 00 21 791 00 21 790 00 21 793 00

Control gear option E 04


04 04 04 04

Lamps W 2 x TC-L 24
2 x TC-DEL 18 2 x TC-TEL 42 2 x TC-DEL 18 2 x TC-TEL 42 for luminaires 6013 6024 6042 6052

kg

3.2 2.3 2.4 2.2 2.3

6052 UW

6052 UW-G

131

Deca

The TRILUX Deca always seems complete. Its unobtrusive design stands out when switched off: The simple square shape, created by designer Kai Lchow, has a light and discreet impression. Thanks to a variety of system attachments, the TRILUX Deca can be adapted to ideally suit your individual requirements. And thus enhances every room subtly and harmoniously. Once switched on, it is obvious that the light maintains its unobtrusiveness: A matt finish provides a uniform distribution of luminance. No highlighting. No stepping into the limelight. Instead harmonious, pleasant light that gives public areas a cosy flair.

132

Deca

Accessories 134 Lamp characteristics 525

65 4 d a

IP50

0.2 Joule

650 C

PC 0.5 Joule

850 C

o$

Deca WD1

Deca WD2

Deca WD3

Recommended areas Especially recommended for offices, showrooms, conference rooms and financial institutions. Optical system Decorative square ceiling and wall-mounted luminaires with opal diffuser made of PLEXIGLAS with stylish fine-grained matt surface. PC With polycarbonate diffuser. Luminaire body Luminaire body made of powder-coated sheet steel, white. Control gear options E With electronic control gears. ED With dimmable electronic control gear with 1-10 V interface. E EB3h Emergency luminaire with integrated individual battery system, Nominal operation time 3h. Other electrical versions available on request.

Reference WD 1 (280 x 280) Deca WD1 2TCD13 Deca WD1 2TCD13 PC Deca WD1 2TCS9 Deca WD1 2TCS9 PC WD2 (350 x 350) Deca WD2 2TCL18 Deca WD2 2TCL18EB3 Deca WD2 2TCL18 PC Deca WD2 2TCL18 PCEB3 WD3 (450 x 450) Deca WD3 2TR22+40 Deca WD3 2TR22+40EB3h Deca WD3 2TR22+40 PC Deca WD3 2TR22+40 PCEB3h Deca WD3 3TCL24 Deca WD3 3TCL24 PC

TOC

50 961 51 196 50 988 51 195 50 986 50 985 51 198 51 197 50 983 51 731 51 199 51 732 50 984 51 200

Control gear options E ED 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 05 05

Lamps W 2 x TC-DEL13 2 x TC-DEL13 2 x TC-SEL9 2 x TC-SEL9 2 x TC-L18 2 x TC-L18 2 x TC-L18 2 x TC-L18 1x T16-R22+1xT16-R40 1x T16-R22+1xT16-R40 1x T16-R22+1xT16-R40 1x T16-R22+1xT16-R40 3 x TC-L24 3 x TC-L24
C0 - C180

kg

1.3 1.7 1.3 1.7 2.1 2.7 2.1 2.7 2.5 3.5 2.5 3.5 4.4 4.5

Deca WD2 2TCL18E+ZP UTE: 0.39 E DIN 5040: A40 CIBSE: BZ 5 NBN L 14-002: BZ 5

Deca WD1
22 95 241 280

Deca WD2
22 24 312 350

Deca WD3
22 48 450 413 240 E 240 72 94 450 413

E 110

72 94

280 241

E 180 350 312

72 94

133

Deca
Accessories

ZBB Aluminium screen, silver-grey, 1/3 diffuser cover, for Deca WD1, WD2, WD3, as decorative element on diffuser, individual positioning, 1 unit. Also in connection with Deca WDZD and ZP.

ZBS Aluminium screen, silver-grey, each 1/6 diffuser cover, for Deca WD1, WD2, WD3, as decorative elements in pairs, individually positionable on diffuser, 1 pair. Also in connection with Deca WDZD and ZP.

ZD Spacer frame made of polyurethane, silver-grey, for Deca WD1, WD2, WD3, for flush conclusion between diffuser and fixing surface, 1 unit.

Reference Deca WD1 ZBB 03 Deca WD2 ZBB 03 Deca WD3 ZBB 03

TOC 50 967 00 50 974 00 50 981 00

kg 0.2 0.3 0.4

Reference Deca WD1 ZBS 03 Deca WD2 ZBS 03 Deca WD3 ZBS 03

TOC 50 968 00 50 975 00 50 982 00

kg 0.2 0.3 0.4

Reference Deca WD1 ZD 03 Deca WD2 ZD 03 Deca WD3 ZD 03

TOC 50 966 00 50 973 00 50 980 00

kg 0.2 0.3 0.4

ZP Profile frame made of polyurethane, silver-grey, with circumferential edge for Deca WD1, WD2, WD3, 1 unit.

ZPA Profile frame made of polyurethane, silver-grey, with one side open, for Deca WD1, WD2, WD3, 1 unit.

ZPK Profile frame made of polyurethane, silver-grey, with one side open, wedge-shaped, for Deca WD1, WD2, WD3, 1 unit.

Reference Deca WD1 ZP 03 Deca WD2 ZP 03 Deca WD3 ZP 03

TOC 50 963 00 50 970 00 50 977 00

kg 1.0 1.2 1.5

Reference Deca WD1 ZPA 03 Deca WD2 ZPA 03 Deca WD3 ZPA 03

TOC 50 964 00 50 971 00 50 978 00

kg 0.8 0.9 1.2

Reference Deca WD1 ZPK 03 Deca WD2 ZPK 03 Deca WD3 ZPK 03

TOC 50 965 00 50 972 00 50 979 00

kg 0.7 0.8 1.0

134

ZW Wall mount made of polyurethane, silver-grey, for decorative wall spacing installation of Deca WD1, WD2, 1 unit.

ZNO/E14 Emergency light insert for Deca WD2 and WD3 (including lamp Dulux EL FCY 10/827 E14). Suitable for ceiling and wall mounting, also in connection with decorative attachments. In combination with attachment ZP when mounted to wall not suitable for simultaneous continuous operation, 1 unit. Sauger Vacuum plug for removing the luminaire cover ZP, 1 unit (not shown).

Reference Deca WD1 ZW 03 Deca WD2 ZW 03

TOC 50 969 00 50 976 00

kg 0.6 0.8

Reference Deca ZNO/E14 Sauger

TOC 52 220 00 26 164 00

ZBB

ZBS

ZD

ZW

392WD1 462WD2

60

282WD1 352WD2

ZP

ZPA

ZPK

94

326WD1 396WD2 496WD3

23

135

Deca Dekor
Square wall-mounted luminaires with opal PLEXIGLAS diffuser and decorative wall mount

6 5 4 d o$ a

IP50

0.2 Joule

650 C

Deca WD1 ZDBH8

Deca WD1 ZPKH9


C0 - C180

Recommended areas Wall-mounted luminaires with sophisticated decorative attachments for entrance areas, corridors, stairwells, lounges, hotels, restaurants and residential areas. Optical system Opal PLEXIGLAS diffuser in stylish finegrained matt surface. Luminaire body Luminaire complete with decorative attachment made of polyurethane. Luminaire body made of powder-coated sheet steel, white. Decorative attachments ZDB Spacer frames ZD + width Screen ZBB ZPK Wedge-shaped profile frame ZW Wall mount Finish H8 Finish burl wood. H9 Finish carbon. I0 Finish granite. 05 Finish black (Piano finish). Control gear option E With electronic control gear. Other electric versions available on request.

Deca Dekor WD1 UTE: 0.37 H + 0.11 T DIN 5040: B31 CIBSE: BZ 6 NBN L 14-002: BZ 6

136

Lamp characteristics 525

Deca WD1 ZWI0

Deca WD1 ZW05

Reference

TOC

Deca WD1 ZDB 2TCD13H8 Deca WD1 ZPK 2TCD13H8 Deca WD1 ZW 2TCD13H8 Deca WD1 ZDB 2TCD13H9 Deca WD1 ZPK 2TCD13H9 Deca WD1 ZW 2TCD13H9 Deca WD1 ZDB 2TCD13I0 Deca WD1 ZPK 2TCD13I0 Deca WD1 ZW 2TCD13I0 Deca WD1 ZDB 2TCD1305 Deca WD1 ZPK 2TCD1305 Deca WD1 ZW 2TCD1305

56 559 56 560 56 561 56 562 56 563 56 564 56 565 56 566 56 567 56 568 56 569 56 570

Control gear options E 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04

Lamps W 2 x TC-DEL 13 2 x TC-DEL 13 2 x TC-DEL 13 2 x TC-DEL 13 2 x TC-DEL 13 2 x TC-DEL 13 2 x TC-DEL 13 2 x TC-DEL 13 2 x TC-DEL 13 2 x TC-DEL 13 2 x TC-DEL 13 2 x TC-DEL 13

L mm 282 326 392 282 326 392 282 326 392 282 326 392

kg

282 326 282 282 326 282 282 326 282 282 326 282

95 95 133 95 95 133 95 95 133 95 95 133

1.6 1.8 1.8 1.6 1.8 1.8 1.6 1.8 1.8 1.6 1.8 1.8

Deca WD1 ZDB

Deca WD1 ZPK

Deca WD1 ZW

326

94

23 60 282

392

137

Series 740
Circular surface-mounted luminaires with opal PLEXIGLAS diffuser

6 5 4 d a

IP40

0.35 Joule

650 C

7401N
C0 - C180

Application Ceiling- and wall-mounted luminaires for entrance areas, corridors, stairwells, lounges, hotels, restaurants and residential areas. Optical system Opal PLEXIGLAS diffuser with fine-grained matt surface. Circular diffuser in spherical form, stable. Safe retention of the diffuser by means of a simple bayonet fixing mechanism. Luminaire body Powder-coated sheet steel, white. /TC11, /TC18 with stainless steel lamp clips for compact fluorescent lamps. Suitable for mounting to ceilings and walls. Control gear options E With electronic control gear. ED With dimmable electronic control gear with 1-10 V interface. E EB3h Emergency luminaire with integral individual battery system, nominal operation time 3 hours. Fluorescent lamps in constant operation, in case of power failure continued operation of one lamp with luminous flux reduced to 12 % (TC18) or 9 % (TCF36). Individual battery with maintenance-free accumulators, LED to indicate charging status. Mains supply No electronic equipment required, lamp operation directly at the mains current. Other electrical versions available on request.

7402N/TC18 UTE: 0.54 G + 0.07 T DIN 5040: B30 CIBSE: BZ 5 NBN L 14-002: BZ 5

138

Accessories 140 Lamp characteristics 525

7402N

7403N

Reference

TOC

Control gear options E 04 04 04 ED Mains

Lamps W 1 x TR22 2 x TC-SEL9 2 x TC-D(EL)13 1 x max. 60 1 x TC-F36 1 x TR40 2 x TC-SEL11 2 x TC-L18 2 x TC-L18 1 x max. 60 1 x TR22+1 x TR40 3 x TC-SEL11 3 x TC-L18 2 x TC-F24 2 x TC-F36 2 x TC-F36

D mm 90 90 90 90 220 220 220 220 220 220 396 396 396 396 396 396

E1

E2

kg

7401N/TR22 7401N/2xTC9 7401N/2xTCD13 7401N/E27 7402N/1xTCF36 7402N/1xTR40 7402N/TC11 7402N/TC18 7402N/TC18EB3h 7402N/1xE27 7403N/1xTR22+40 7403N/TC11 7403N/TC18 7403N/2xTCF24 7403N/2xTCF36 7403N/2xTCF36EB3h

12 624 12 621 12 622 12 623 12 631 12 632 12 633 12 635 48 032 34 791 12 647 12 650 12 652 12 648 12 649 48 033

10 04 04 04 04 04

64 98 98 98 110 110 13 13 13 110 77 198 198 198 198 198

26.5 26.5 26.5 26.5 26.5 26.5 62 62 62 26.5 26.5 26.5 26.5 26.5 26.5 26.5

1.0 1.2 1.5 0.8 2.2 1.6 2.1 2.2 3.3 1.8 2.3 3.3 3.8 3.7 3.7 4.8

05 10

04 04 04 04 04 04

05 05

7401N

7402N

7403N

120

70

160

E1

E2

7402N/1xTCF 7402N/1xE27

7402N/1xTR

7402N/TCE 7403N/TC11 7403N/TC18 7403N/1xTR 7403N/2xTCF24 E 7403N/2xTCF36 E

139

Series 740
Accessories

Decorative ceiling ring, white Conical ceiling ring made of powder-coated sheet steel, white. Attached to the luminaire body during installation without tools.
07401 W 07402 W 07403 W 349 mm, for 7401N 450 mm, for 7402N 561 mm, for 7403N 21 827 00 21 835 00 21 843 00

Decorative ceiling ring, anodised Conical ceiling ring made of anodised aluminium. Attached to the luminaire body during installation without tools.
07401 C 07402 C 07403 C 349 mm, for 7401N 450 mm, for 7402N 561 mm, for 7403N 21 820 00 21 828 00 21 836 00

Decorative ceiling ring, titanium-coloured Conical ceiling ring made of aluminium, coated in clear lacquer. Attached to the luminaire body during installation without tools.
07401 T 07402 T 07403 T 349 mm, for 7401N 450 mm, for 7402N 561 mm, for 7403N 21 825 00 21 833 00 21 841 00

140

Series 740Q
Circular surface-mounted luminaires with opal PLEXIGLAS diffuser and decorative attachments

Lamp characteristics 525

6 5 4 d a

IP40

0.35 Joule

650 C

7401N Q/01

7401N Q/05

Recommended areas Ceiling and wall-mounted luminaires with sophisticated decor attachments for entrance areas, corridors, stairwells, lounges, hotels, restaurants and residential areas. Optical system Opal PLEXIGLAS diffuser with fine-grained matt surface. Circular diffuser in spherical form, stable. Safe retention of the diffuser by means of a simple bayonet fixing mechanism. Luminaire body Luminaire complete with square decorative attachment made of polyurethane. Luminaire body made of powder-coated sheet steel, white. Suitable for mounting to ceilings and walls.. 01 Decorative attachment white. 05 Decorative attachment black. Control gear options E With electronic control gear.

Reference

TOC

7401N Q/TR2201 7401N Q/TR2205 7402N Q/1xTR4001 7402N Q/1xTR4005

56 844 56 845 56 848 56 849

Control gear option E 04 04 04 04

Lamps W 1 x TR22 1 x TR22 1 x TR40 1 x TR40

D mm 90 90 220 220

E1

E2

kg

64 64 110 110

26.5 26.5 26.5 26.5


C0 - C180

1.4 1.4 2.1 2.1

7402N/1xTR40 UTE: 0.58 G + 0.10 T DIN 5040: B31 CIBSE: BZ 6 NBN L 14-002: BZ 6

7401N Q

7402N Q

141

Series 6651
Wall-mounted luminaires with opal diffuser

Lamp characteristics 525

6 5 4 d a

IP40

0.2 Joule

650 C

6651 C

6651

Application Wall-mounted luminaires for sales areas, corridors, waiting areas and for mirror lighting. Optical system Opal PLEXIGLAS diffuser, with internal channel prisms, made in one piece. Luminaire body Extruded aluminium, white, powder-coated, with integral, rear wiring slot for flexible installation. White-coated end caps, or in version... C Chrome-finished end caps. With optimised length for tile and mirror dimensions. With plastic end caps, flat on the front plane. S End cap with integrated rocker switch. Control gear option With electronic control gear. Other electrical versions available on request.

Reference

TOC

6651 C/14 E 6651 C/28 E 6651 C-S/14 E 6651 C-S/28 E 6651/14 E 6651/28 E 6651 S/14 E 6651 S/28 E

12 374 12 375 12 376 12 377 12 372 12 373 12 378 12 379

Control gear options E 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04

Lamps W 1 x 14 1 x 28 1 x 14 1 x 28 1 x 14 1 x 28 1 x 14 1 x 28

D mm 500 800 500 800 500 800 500 800

D1

E1

E2

kg

25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25

150 150

27 27 27 27 27 27 27 27
C0 - C180

1.1 1.8 1.1 1.8 1.1 1.8 1.1 1.8

150 150

6651C/28E UTE: 0.57 J + 0.24 T DIN 5040: B21 CIBSE: BZ 7/0,75/ BZ6/1/BZ7 NBN L 14-002: BZ 8/.8/BZ 7

6651

142

Series ES 500
Wall-mounted luminaire ES 502 indirect

Lamp characteristics 525

6 5 4 d a

IP40

0.5 Joule

850 C

ES 502 W

ES 502

Application For decorative, predominantly indirect supplementary lighting in recuperation facilities, homes for the elderly and nursing homes, lounges, hotels as well as in offices, financial institutions, conference rooms and sales areas. Also especially recommended for general lighting in corridors and bed areas. Optical system Predominantly indirect. Ceiling-oriented convex prismatic cover made of translucent polycarbonate, with internal channel prisms, transmission degree 80 %. Internal highlyspecular reflector. Luminaire body with slot perforations on the lower plane for decorative direct light emission, with internal cover made of opal polycarbonate. Luminaire body Luminaire head made of extruded aluminium profiles with circle-segmented contour. End caps and ballast housing made of die-cast aluminium. Including fixing profile for easy mounting to wall. ES 502 W/ White. ES 502/ Silver-grey. Control gear option With electronic control gear. Other electrical versions available on request.

Reference

TOC

ES 502 W/TCT32 E ES 502/TCT32 E

15 744 15 743

Control gear option E 04 04

Lamps W 2 x TC-TEL32 2 x TC-TEL32

Colour

kg

white silver-grey
C0 - C180

2.6 2.6

ES 502/TCT32 UTE: 0.03 G + 0.48 T DIN 5040: E03 CIBSE: BZ 6/.75/ BZ 5/1.5/BZ 6 NBN L 14-002: BZ 5/2/BZ 6

ES 502

143

Series ES 500
Wall-mounted luminaires ES 501 direct

Lamp characteristics 525

6 5 4 d a

IP40

0.5 Joule

850 C

ES 501 W

ES 501

Application For glare-free light for example at the desk for reading, working, relaxing or eating. Islands of cosy light, with additional wall illumination, are created that complete the general lighting of the room. The luminaires are also suitable for visitor zones and corridors. Optical system Direct. Internal highly-specular reflector. Silver-grey versions with interior anti-glare louvre, covered with clear panel made of polycarbonate, flush with housing, transmission 91 %. White versions covered with opal panel made of polycarbonate, flush with housing, transmission 61 %. Luminaire body Luminaire head made of extruded aluminium profiles with circular contour. End caps made of die-cast aluminium. Wall brackets made of extruded aluminium with triangular contour. End caps made of sheet steel. Including wallmounting rail made of extruded aluminium for easy wall mounting. ES 501 W/ White. ES 501/ Silver-grey. Control gear option E With electronic control gear. Other electrical versions available on request.

Reference

TOC

ES 501 W/TC18 with switch ES 501 W/TC18 without switch ES 501/TC18 with switch ES 501/TC18 without switch

15 741 47 543 15 739 47 542

Control gear option E 04 04 04 04

Lamps W 1 x TC-L 18 1 x TC-L 18 1 x TC-L 18 1 x TC-L 18

Colour

kg

white white silver-grey silver-grey


C0 - C180

2.6 2.6 2.6 2.6

ES 501 W/TC18 UTE: 0.29 E + 0.01 T DIN 5040: A30 CIBSE: BZ 5 NBN L 14-002: BZ 5
C0 - C180

ES 501/TC18 UTE: 0.17 E + 0.01 T DIN 5040: A30 CIBSE: BZ 7/0.75/ BZ 5 NBN L 14-002: BZ 6/0.8/BZ 5

ES 501TC18

144

Series ES 500
Wall-mounted luminaires ES 501/TC36 direct

Lamp characteristics 525

6 5 4 d a

IP40/20

0.5 Joule

850 C

ES 501 W/TC 36 + ES 0501/2

ES 501/TC 36 + ES 0501/1

Recommended areas Especially recommended as reading luminaires for glare-free light in bed areas in hospitals, recuperation facilities, spas, homes for the elderly and nursing homes. Optical system Direct. Internal highly-specular reflector. Silver-grey versions with interinal anti-glare louvre, covered with clear panel made of polycarbonate, flush with housing, transmission 91 %. White versions covered with opal panel made of polycarbonate, flush with housing, transmission 61 %. Luminaire body Luminaire body made of extruded aluminium profiles with circular contour. End caps made of die-cast aluminium. ES 501 W/ White. ES 501/ Silver-grey. Mounting with the aid of wall bracket ES 0501/ (to be ordered separately) made of extruded aluminium, with triangular contour, end caps made of sheet steel, optional larger version with integrated earthed socket 230 V, 16 A and switch. Control gear options E With electronic control gear. Other electrical versions available on request.

Reference

TOC

ES 501 W/TC36 15 742 ES 501/TC36 15 740

Control gear options E 04 04

Lamps W 1 x TC-L 36 1 x TC-L 36

Colour

kg

white

3.7

silver-grey 3.7 Colour white white white IP 40 20 20

Accessories* Description Wall bracket for ES 501 W/TC36 ES 0501/2 23 539 00 Small ES 0501/7** 43 819 00 With earthed socket and rocker switch ES 0501/8** 23 544 00 With earthed socket and pull switch

Wall bracket for ES 501/TC36 silver-grey 40 ES 0501/1 23 538 00 Small ES 0501/5** 23 542 00 With earthed socket and rocker switch silver-grey 20 silver-grey 20 ES 0501/6** 23 543 00 With earthed socket and pull switch * Accessories to be ordered separately. ** Luminaires with sockets for country-specific requirements available on request.
C0 - C180

ES 501 W/TC36 UTE: 0.33 E + 0.01 T DIN 5040: A30 CIBSE: BZ 5 NBN L 14-002: BZ 5

ES 501 W/TC36

+ ES 0501/2

+ ES 0501/7(8)

ES 501/TC36

+ ES 0501/1

+ ES 0501/5(6)

145

Series ES 500
Wall-mounted luminaires ES 503 direct/indirect

6 5 4 d a

IP40/20

0.5 Joule

850 C

ES 503 W/39+24 E + ES 503/7

Recommended areas Especially recommended for lighting in hospitals, recuperation facilities, spas, homes for the elderly and nursing homes. Optical system Direct/indirect. Internal highly-specular reflector. Ceiling-oriented prismatic cover made of translucent polycarbonate, convex, with internal channel prisms, transmission 80 %. Silver-grey versions with interior anti-glare louvre, covered with clear panel made of polycarbonate, flush with housing, transmission 91 %. White versions covered with opal panel made of polycarbonate, flush with housing, transmission 61 %. Luminaire body Luminaire body made of extruded aluminium profiles with circular contour. End caps made of die-cast aluminium. ES 503 W/ White. ES 503/ Silver-grey. Mounting with the aid of wall bracket 0503/ (to be ordered separately) made of extruded aluminium, with triangular contour, end caps made of sheet steel, optional larger version with integrated earthed socket 230 V, 16 A and switch. Electronic control gear With electronic control gear. Other electrical versions available on request.

C0 - C180

ES 503/ 2xFQ39+FQ24 UTE: 0.07 H + 0.45 T DIN 5040: D33 CIBSE: BZ 7/.75/ BZ 6/1.5/BZ 5 NBN L 14-002: BZ 6/1/BZ 5

ES 503 W/39+24

+ ES 0503/2

+ ES 0503/7(8)

146

Lamp characteristics 525

ES 503/39+24 E + ES 503/6

Reference

TOC

ES 503 W/39+24 ES 503/39+24 Accessories* for ES 503 W/39+24 ES 0503/2 ES 0503/7** ES 0503/8**

15 746 15 745 TOC 23 546 00 23 551 00 23 552 00

Control gear option E 04 04 Description

Lamps W 2 x 39 + 1 x 24 2 x 39 + 1 x 24

Colour

kg

white silver-grey Colour white white white

6.5 6.5 IP 40 20 20

Wall bracket, small Wall bracket, with earthed socket and rocker switch Wall bracket, with earthed socket and pull switch

for ES 503/39+24 ES 0503/1 23 545 00 Wall bracket, small ES 0503/5** 23 549 00 Wall bracket, with earthed socket and rocker switch ES 0503/6** 23 550 00 Wall bracket, with earthed socket and pull switch * Accessories to be ordered separately. ** Luminaires with sockets for country-specific requirements available on request.

silver-grey silver-grey silver-grey

40 20 20

ES 503/39+24

+ ES 0503/1

+ ES 0503/5(6)

147

Series 5571
Wall-mounted reading luminaire

Lamp characteristics 525

6 5 4 d a

IP20

0.35 Joule

650 C

5571N

5571NW

Application Wall-mounted luminaires for reading and area lighting, e.g., in health care facilities. Optical system Consisting of integral reflector and slender anti-glare louvre, covered with clear PLEXIGLAS panel flush with housing. Luminaire body Extruded aluminium profile, with end caps made of sheet steel. N Silver-grey. NW White. St-S With integral switch and earthed socket 230 V, 16 A. Z With integral pull switch. Control gear option E With electronic control gear. K With low-loss inductive ballasts, parallelcompensated. Other electrical versions available on request.

Reference

TOC

Silver-grey W mm 5571N/18 47 573 1 x 18 640 120 140 5571N/24 47 574 1 x 24 640 120 140 5571N-ST-S/18* 47 575 1 x 18 770 120 140 5571N-ST-S/24* 47 576 1 x 24 770 120 140 5571N-Z/18 47 583 1 x 18 770 120 140 5571N-Z/24 47 584 1 x 24 770 120 140 White 5571NW/18 47 577 02 1 x 18 640 120 140 5571NW/24 47 578 04 1 x 24 640 120 140 5571NW-ST-S/18* 47 579 02 1 x 18 770 120 140 5571NW-ST-S/24* 47 580 04 1 x 24 770 120 140 5571NW-Z/18 47 581 02 1 x 18 770 120 140 5571NW-Z/24 47 582 04 1 x 24 770 120 140 * Luminaires are available on request with sockets according to country-specific standards.
C0 - C180

Control gear option E K 02 04 02 04 02 04

Lamps

kg

4.1 3.6 4.6 4.0 4.5 3.9 4.1 3.6 4.6 4.0 4.5 3.9

5571N/18 UTE: 0.25 E + 0.01 T DIN 5040: A30 CIBSE: BZ 4 NBN L 14-002: BZ 5
C0 - C180

5571N/24 UTE: 0.39 E + 0.01 T DIN 5040: A30 CIBSE: BZ 4 NNBN L 14-002: BZ 6/.8/BZ 5

5571N

ST-S
B H

148

Series 56
Recessed wall luminaire

Lamp characteristics 525

65 4 d a

IP20

2 Joule 960 C

5621 0,35 Joule

650 C

5611/TC9 L

5611 A/TC9 L

5621 ST/TC5 L

Application Recessed wall luminaire for orientation lighting in corridors and in rooms. Optical system Venetian shutter made of die-cast aluminium. 5621 with integrated PLEXIGLAS panel. Luminaire body Die-cast aluminium, white, suitable for concealed and cavity wall installation. 5611 Horizontal version. 5611 A Vertical version. 5621 St Vertical version with integral earthed socket 230 V, 16 A. Control gear option L With low-loss inductive ballasts.

Control Lamps Recess opening gear option L W mm 12 095 01 1 x TC-S9 227 x 81 5611/TC9 L 12 097 01 1 x TC-S9 81 x 227 5611 A/TC9 L 01 1 x TC-S5 68 x 258 5621 ST/TC5 L* 12 098 * Luminaires are available on request with sockets for country-specific requirements.

Reference

TOC

kg

1.0 1.0 1.2

5611
98

5611 A

5621

243

74

74

243

98

100

149

46

280

Sur face-mounted and suspended luminaires

Valuco

166 Valuco surface-mounted luminaire Diffuser, matt opal

166 Valuco surface-mounted luminaire Combined diffuser/ louvre cover

168 Valuco suspended luminaire

Surface-mounted and suspended luminaires

Polaron

179 Polaron surface-mounted luminaire

179 Polaron semi-recessed luminaire

179 Polaron recessed luminaire

179 Polaron suspended luminaire

180 Polaron LED

152

3331

34

170 3331 Surface-mounted diffuser luminaire

174 34 Prismatic diffuser

176 34 Opal diffuser

BLUEmotion

Offset

186 BLUEmotion Light Screen (LS)

186 BLUEmotion Fabric Shield (FS)

190 Offset UXP(-AD) optical system

190 Offset CDP fine-prism cover

Torso

536

182 Torso suspended luminaire

184 536 ROT

184 536 ROB

153

DiVisio

188 DiVisio general lighting RSX RPX

188 DiVisio task-area lighting ADH

Surface-mounted and suspended luminaires

Solvan D

192 Solvan surface-mounted luminaire Cover OTA

193 Solvan surface-mounted luminaire Diffuser T

194 Solvan surface-mounted luminaire UXP optical system

195 Solvan surface-mounted luminaire RAX wall-washer optics

Solvan H

196 Solvan suspended luminaire Cover OTA/OA

197 Solvan suspended luminaire Diffuser T

198 Solvan suspended luminaire UXP(-AD) optical system

154

Luceo

204 Luceo suspended luminaire CDP fine-prism cover

206 Luceo suspended luminaire UXP(-AD) optical system

208 Luceo surface-mounted luminaire UXP optical system

210 Luceo surface-mounted luminaire RAX wall-washer optics

5051 AL

500

214 5051 AL suspended luminaire Louvre systems

236 500 surface-mounted luminaire Louvre systems

504/505

233 504 surface-mounted luminaire Diffuser T

228 504 surface-mounted luminaire Louvre systems

224 505 suspended luminaire RPX louvre system

227 505 suspended luminaire Diffuser T

155

Classic luminaires, the new edition.

156

Surface-mounted and suspended luminaires from TRILUX can once again be what electric light was one hundred years ago: revolutionary. Thanks to the ideas of our designers and engineers, who equipped them with photometrical know-how, impressive energy efficiency and excellent design, the classic luminaires are just as new today as ever before. And no matter how different the accents, which every TRILUX surface-mounted and suspended luminaire series place in terms of form, functionality or domain one thing links them all together: innovative ideas from TRILUX.

157

The TRILUX Valuco. Their very clear stylistic elements in the form of a flat white diffuser luminaire body with contrasting black end caps have a subtly nostalgic appearance. But that is only on the outside: For instance, the multi-lamp DALI version is one of the most innovative luminaires of our product range.

158

Classics for outdoors, avant-garde for indoors.

159

TRILUX Polaron. It combines classic circular and red-dot-award-winning simplicity with LED technology and RGB control. And it is a classic not only on the outside thanks to its success and extension with the addition of a suspended luminaire, but also within the TRILUX product range. The form of the TRILUX BLUEmotion is already modern and futuristic. And its performance which the exterior promises continues: The Fabric Shield version has a light sail in front that is illuminated, while the partly reflective pane of the TRILUX BLUEmotion Light Screen provides a discreet light emittance downward. And all that with maximum light efficiency.

160

Their light makes every single one a unique item.

161

Optimum lighting regardless of which version.

162

The minimalist TRILUX Solvan series, established as an individual luminaire, has been supplemented with the addition of a surface-mounted and suspended version. Special technical highlights include the patented, continuously adjustable 1-point wire suspension of the suspended luminaire and the continuous-line installation option.

163

Valuco

164

The TRILUX Valuco. The Valuco immediately steps in to assume the role of a classic and versatile design luminaire within the TRILUX product range. The clear, distinct stylistic elements in the form of a flat, white diffuser luminaire body with contrasting black end caps, resolve different tasks without appearing arbitrary. Far from it: Be it as ceiling or wall-mounted luminaire, individual or continuous-line arrangement or as suspended, symmetrical double diffuser version the TRILUX Valuco always bears a highly characteristic retro look. On the one hand, the outward appearance seems subtly nostalgic: The interior conceals, on the other hand, forward-looking technology. For instance, special multiple-lamp DALI versions offer all prerequisites for different light moods thanks to innovative white/white control. Really unusually modern for a classic.

Protected UXP The Valuco D-UXP is unique with its new diffuser technology: coextruded diffuser with a clear line in the middle and sophisticated louvre, combine not only the advantages of the efficient UXP Technology with the benefits of an enclosed luminaire (maximum maintenance intervals), but are also suitable for VDU applications and a genuine eye-catcher in every combination.

Valuco continuous line Well-thought-out system accessories such as the continuous-line connectors complete the Valuco programme and offer visually appealing light solutions even for complex room layouts. Although there is a break between luminaire diffuser and base body, the luminaire profile itself appears continuous. Installation is facilitated thanks to through-wiring.

Valuco as free-standing luminaire The free-standing luminaire Valuco S completes the product family and offers additional options. As a location-independent luminaire it combines the characteristic stylistic elements of the Valuco family with other features. More information can be found on page 114.

165

Valuco D
Surface-mounted luminaires in decorative black/white design with matt-opal diffuser or diffuser/louvre combination cover

6 5 4 d a

IP40

1 Joule

650 C

PC 850 C

UXP

Valuco D
C0 - C180

Recommended areas Offices, sales areas, schools, lounges, showrooms, public areas and corridors as well as health care and wellness facilities, rehabilitation centres, spas and homes for the elderly. UXP Especially recommended for VDU workstations. Also suitable for vertical and horizontal wall mounting. Optical system Matt-opal PLEXIGLAS diffuser in stylish finegrained matt surface and which encompasses the luminaire body. Integral reflector made of sheet steel, with highly-reflective white coating. UXP Diffuser in coextruded version made of PLEXIGLAS, clear in the middle, matt-opal on the sides. Integral ultra-low cross-section louvre in UXP-Technology, highly-specular, with highly-reflective surface, total reflectance 98 %. Suitable for VDU applications in accordance with EN 12464-1 due to low luminance L 1000 cd/m at critical angles above 65 in all planes. PC Diffuser made of polycarbonate.

Luminaire body Sheet steel, black. The plastic end caps, protruding from the ends of the luminaire, lend the characteristic appearance-melded bodies. Control gear option Versions ...28/54... and ...35/49... in MultiLamp technology allow operation of T5 lamps with different wattages. E With electronic control gear. EDD With digitally dimmable electronic control gear (DALI).

Valuco D 235/49 UTE: 0.56 G + 0.09 T DIN 5040: B31 CIBSE: BZ 5 NBN L 14-002: BZ 5

Valuco D 2

166

Accessories 169 Lamp characteristics 525

114

Valuco D-UXP

Reference

TOC

Control gear options E 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 EDD 07 07 07 07 07 07

Lamps W 1 x 28/54 1 x 28/54 1 x 35/49/80 1 x 35/49/80 2 x 14 2 x 14 2 x 24 2 x 24 2 x 28 2 x 28 2 x 54 2 x 54 2 x 35/49 2 x 35/49 3 x 28 3 x 28 3 x 35/49 3 x 35/49 1 x 28/54 1 x 28/54 1 x 35/49/80 1 x 35/49/80

L mm 1195 1195 1495 1495 595 595 595 595 1195 1195 1195 1195 1495 1495 1195 1195 1495 1495 1195 1195 1495 1495

kg

Valuco D 128/54 Valuco D 128/54PC Valuco D 135/49/80 Valuco D 135/49/80PC Valuco D 214 Valuco D 214PC Valuco D 224 Valuco D 224PC Valuco D 228 Valuco D 228PC Valuco D 254 Valuco D 254PC Valuco D 235/49 Valuco D 235/49PC Valuco D 328 Valuco D 328PC Valuco D 335/49 Valuco D 335/49PC Valuco D-UXP/128/54 Valuco D-UXP/128/54PC Valuco D-UXP/135/49/80 Valuco D-UXP/135/49/80PC

56 808 56 809 56 810 56 811 56 608 56 607 56 649 56 650 56 609 56 606 56 651 56 652 56 610 56 605 56 611 56 604 56 612 56 603 56 613 56 602 56 614 56 601

07 07

07 07 07 07 07 07 07 07 07 07

4.5 4.5 5.2 5.2 3.3 3.3 3.3 3.3 3.8 3.8 3.8 3.8 4.4 4.4 4.5 4.5 5.2 5.2 4.5 4.5 5.2 5.2

Valuco D 1, Valuco D 3, Valuco D-UXP 1

167

Valuco
Suspended luminaires in decorative black/white design with matt-opal diffuser
114

Accessories 169 Lamp characteristics 525

6 5 4 d a

IP40

1 Joule

650 C

PC 850 C

Valuco H + ZST

Recommended areas Offices, sales areas, schools, lounges, showrooms, public areas and corridors as well as health care and wellness facilities, rehabilitation centres, spas and homes for the elderly. Optical system Matt-opal PLEXIGLAS diffuser, room and ceiling oriented, in stylish fine-grained matt surface and which encompasses the luminaire body. PC Diffuser made of polycarbonate. Luminaire body Sheet steel, black. The plastic end caps, protruding from the ends of the luminaire, lend the characteristic appearance-melded bodies. Wire suspension and mains cable to be ordered separately. Control gear option Versions ...28/54... and ...35/49... in Multi-Lamp technology allow operation of T5 lamps with different wattages. E With electronic control gear EDD With digitally dimmable electronic control gear (DALI).

Reference*

TOC

Valuco H 228/54 Valuco H 228/54PC Valuco H 235/49 Valuco H 235/49PC Valuco H 280 Valuco H 280PC Valuco H 235/49/80 Valuco H 235/49/80PC

56 641 56 645 56 653 56 654 56 655 56 656 56 642 56 646

Control gear option E EDD 04 07 04 07 04 04 04 04 07 07

Lamps W 2 x 28/54 2 x 28/54 2 x 35/49 2 x 35/49 2 x 80 2 x 80 2 x 35/49/80 2 x 35/49/80 4 x 28 4 x 28 4 x 35/49 4 x 35/49

L mm 1200 1200 1500 1500 1500 1500 1500 1500 1200 1200 1500 1500

kg

4.6 4.6 6.3 6.3 6.3 6.3 6.3 6.3 5.0 5.0 6.7 6.7

Valuco H 428 56 643 04 07 Valuco H 428PC 56 647 04 07 Valuco H 435/49 56 644 04 07 Valuco H 435/49PC 56 648 04 07 *Wire suspension and mains cable to be ordered separately.

C0 - C180

Valuco H 235/49/80 UTE: 0.37 G + 0.37 T DIN 5040: C32 CIBSE: BZ 5 NBN L 14-002: BZ 6/.8/BZ 5/2/BZ 6/ 2.5/BZ 5/4/BZ 6

Valuco H

168

Valuco
Accessories

Valuco ZLK 80 Continuous-line coupling, aluminium, black, 80 mm long, for connecting two luminaires Valuco D, 1 piece. Wire suspension for suspended mounting to be ordered separately.
Reference Valuco ZLK 80 TOC 56 752 00 Description 1 piece, black, 80 mm

Ceiling rose for Valuco D and H (not illustrated)


Reference ZAE/01 ZAA/01 TOC 46 917 00 46 017 00 Description 1 piece, square white (not illustrated) 1 piece, round white (not illustrated)

Valuco ZLK 80

Wire suspension for Valuco D and H 1 piece, 4-point and 2-point wire suspensions for suspension lengths of up to 1000 mm and 2000 mm
Reference Valuco ZS/1000 Valuco ZS/2000 Valuco ZST/1000 Valuco ZST/2000 TOC 56 621 00 56 622 00 56 623 00 56 624 00 Description 4-point, 1000 mm (not illustrated) 4-point, 2000 mm (not illustrated) 2-point, 1000 mm 2-point, 2000 mm

Valuco ZST/

Through-wiring set for continuous-line luminaires Valuco D Through-wiring set in combination with continuous-line coupling Valuco ZLK 80.
Reference Valuco ZDV/315/28 Valuco ZDV/315/35 Valuco ZDV/515/28 Valuco ZDV/515/35 TOC 56 616 00 56 617 00 56 619 00 56 620 00 Description 3 x 1.5 mm2 3 x 1.5 mm2 5 x 1.5 mm2 5 x 1.5 mm2 for luminaires 28 W/54 W 35 W/49 W/80 W 28 W/54 W 35 W/49 W/80 W

Mains cables Valuco D, suspended Cable, transparent, for Valuco D surface-mounted and suspended luminaries.
Reference Valuco D ZZT/3075/1000 Valuco D ZZT/3075/2000 Valuco D ZZT/315/1000 Valuco D ZZT/315/2000 Valuco D ZZT/5075/1000 Valuco D ZZT/5075/2000 Valuco D ZZT/515/1000 Valuco D ZZT/515/2000 TOC 56 625 00 56 626 00 56 627 00 56 628 00 56 629 00 56 630 00 56 631 00 56 632 00 Description 3 x 0.75 mm2 3 x 0.75 mm2 3 x 1.5 mm2 3 x 1.5 mm2 5 x 0.75 mm2 5 x 0.75 mm2 5 x 1.5 mm2 5 x 1.5 mm2 Suspension length up to 1000 mm 2000 mm 1000 mm 2000 mm 1000 mm 2000 mm 1000 mm 2000 mm

Mains cables Valuco H Cable, transparent, for Valuco H suspended luminaries.


Reference Valuco H ZZT/3075/1000 Valuco H ZZT/3075/2000 Valuco H ZZT/315/1000 Valuco H ZZT/315/2000 Valuco H ZZT/5075/1000 Valuco H ZZT/5075/2000 Valuco H ZZT/515/1000 Valuco H ZZT/515/2000 TOC 56 633 00 56 634 00 56 635 00 56 636 00 56 637 00 56 638 00 56 639 00 56 640 00 Description 3 x 0.75 mm2 3 x 0.75 mm2 3 x 1.5 mm2 3 x 1.5 mm2 5 x 0.75 mm2 5 x 0.75 mm2 5 x 1.5 mm2 5 x 1.5 mm2 Suspension length up to 1000 mm 2000 mm 1000 mm 2000 mm 1000 mm 2000 mm 1000 mm 2000 mm

169

Series 333
Luminaires with opal or translucent PLEXIGLAS diffuser and symmetrical or asymmetrical reflector

6 5 4 d o$ a

IP50

0.35 Joule

650 C

PC 850 C

3331 W

3331 M
C0 - C180

Recommended areas Offices, sales areas, lounges, showrooms, classrooms, corridors, stairwells. TA Recommended for lighting of vertical surfaces. Surface-mounted luminaires for ceiling and wall mounting when used with accessories also as recessed luminaires in cut-out recess openings, suspension by means of wire suspensions or integration into T200 tubular track system. Versions 14 W and 24 W also for mounting in gypsum ceilings. Optical system Opal PLEXIGLAS diffuser, convex, with internal channel prisms. Reflector, made of sheet steel with highly-reflective white coating. T Translucent PLEXIGLAS diffuser, convex, with internal prisms, Transmission degree > 80 %. Internal highly-specular reflector, reflection-intensifying. TA Translucent PLEXIGLAS diffuser, convex, with internal prisms, transmission degree > 80 %. Internal highly-specular reflector, reflection-intensifying, with asymmetrical light distribution. PC Diffuser made of polycarbonate.

Luminaire body Sheet steel, contoured to continue the convex form of diffuser, with integral wiring channel for mains supply and further wiring. Plastic end caps, colour-adapted to luminaire body. W White-coated. M Silver-grey metallic effect. Production sites exposed to fire hazards Suitable for production sites particularly subject to fire hazards due to low surface temperatures and high IP rating. Control gear option Versions /14/24, /28/54 and /35/49 in Multi-Lamp technology allow operation of T5 lamps with different wattages. E With electronic control gear. ED With dimmable electronic control gear with 1-10 V interface. Other control gear versions available on request.

3331 MW/49 E UTE: 0.73 E + 0.03 T DIN 5040: A40 CIBSE: BZ 5/.75/ BZ 4/1/BZ 5 NBN L 14-002: BZ 5
C0 - C180

3331 MW-TS/49 E UTE: 0.85 E + 0.04 T DIN 5040: A40 CIBSE: BZ 4/2/BZ 5 NBN L 14-002: BZ 5
C0 - C180

3331 MW-TA/80 E UTE: 0.76 E + 0.03 T DIN 5040: A30 CIBSE: BZ 5/.75/ BZ 4/1/BZ 5 NBN L 14-002: BZ 5

170

Accessories 172 Lamp characteristics 525

3331 W-T

3331 M-T

Reference

TOC

Control gear options E 04 04 04 04 04 04


04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 05 05 05 05 05 05 05 05

Lamp W 1 x 14/24 1 x 28/54 1 x 35/49/80 1 x 14/24 1 x 28/54 1 x 35/49/80


1 x 14/24 1 x 28/54 1 x 35/49/80 1 x 14/24 1 x 28/54 1 x 35/49/80 1 x 14/24 1 x 28/54 1 x 35/49/80 1 x 14/24 1 x 28/54 1 x 35/49/80 1 x 35/49/80 1 x 35/49/80

Recess opening mm 572 x 190 1172 x 190 1472 x 190 572 x 190 1172 x 190 1472 x 190
572 x 190 1172 x 190 1472 x 190 572 x 190 1172 x 190 1472 x 190 572 x 190 1172 x 190 1472 x 190 572 x 190 1172 x 190 1472 x 190 1472 x 190 1472 x 190

kg

3331 W/14/24 3331 W/28/54 3331 W/35/49/80 3331 M/14/24 3331 M/28/54 3331 M/35/49/80 With diffuser made of polycarbonate 3331 W PC/14/24 3331 W PC/28/54 3331 W PC/35/49/80 3331 M PC/14/24 3331 M PC/28/54 3331 M PC/35/49/80 With symmetrical specular reflector 3331 W-TS/14/24 3331 W-TS/28/54 3331 W-TS/35/49/80 3331 M-TS/14/24 3331 M-TS/28/54 3331 M-TS/35/49/80 With asymmetrical specular reflector 3331 W-TA/35/49/80 3331 M-TA/35/49/80

11 122 11 125 11 127 11 099 11 102 11 104 52 071 52 072 52 073 52 064 52 065 52 066 11 135 11 138 11 140 11 112 11 115 11 117 52 612 52 613

ED 05 05 05 05 05 05

2.0 3.4 4.0 2.0 3.4 4.0 2.0 3.4 4.0 2.0 3.4 4.0 2.4 4.2 4.9 2.4 4.2 4.9 4.9 4.9

3331 W/M

171

Series 333
Accessories

Universal solution The 333 series is a truely universal system in terms of its mounting options: the luminaire bodies can be installed both on walls and ceilings. The luminaires can be surface-mounted, recess-mounted in cut-out openings or suspended as individual or continuous-line luminaires by means of discrete wire suspensions. Versions with a length of almost 600 mm which can be additionally mounted in plaster ceilings or walls by means of recess frames - offer a project-oriented lighting solution for stairwells or corridors. Integration in the innovative T200 tubular track system is suitable for prestigious lighting solutions. 333 luminaires can be easily combined with other lighting systems, e.g., with spotlights for accent lighting. Another option is trunking mounting, recommended in case of uneven ceilings or higher rooms.

The illustrations above show 333 luminaires as surface-mounted/recessed luminaires (left photo), as suspended luminaires (middle photo) and as light components within the tubular track system T200 (right photo).

Order examples: Continuous line for ceiling mounting: Continuous line (5 lengths) with luminaires 3331 W/35/49/80 E: 5 luminaires 3331 W/35/49/80 E 4 luminaire couplings 03331 W-L Continuous line with wire suspensions: Continuous line (5 lengths) with luminaires 3331 W/35/49/80 E suspended by wire suspensions: 5 luminaires 3331 W/35/49/80 E 1 pair of wire suspensions 03331 SE 4 continuous-line couplings with wire suspension 03331 W-SL 1 set of wiring connection unt 05000 ESBN

Tubular track system fixing 1 set, for integration of luminaires 3331 into the T200 tubular track system, including connection cable.

Wire suspension 1 pair, for individual luminaires or for continuous-line ends. Steel wires, 1 mm, for suspension lengths of up to 1 m, including suspension brackets and ceiling caps with knock-out opening 12 mm, for sheathed cable* up to 5 x 1.5 mm2.
03331 SE 21 475 00

03331 T200

21 476 00

For detailed description of the T200 tubular track system see page 86.

Wiring connection unit 1 set, for mains feeding for 03331 SE, 03331 SL.
05000 ESBN* 21 517 00

* Incoming cables are not supplied. They must be provided by the contractor.

172

Luminaire coupling 1 piece, without wiring. For luminaire connection in accordance with the degree of protection and for a defined distance (60 mm) between the luminaires for non-interrupted continuous lines. Only for surface mounting.

Fixing accessories 1 set, to mount luminaires 3331 in ceilings with cut-out openings.

Fixing accessories 1 set, to mount luminaires 3331/14/24 E in mortar surfaces or walls.

03331 W-L 21 478 00 White, for luminaires 3331 W 03331 M-L 21 473 00 Silver-grey-coated with metallic effect for luminaires 3331 M

03331 EB

21 471 00

03331 ER/600

21 472 00

Luminaire coupling with wire suspension 1 piece, for the connection of two luminaires. Steel wires, 1 mm, for suspension lengths of up to 1 m, including luminaire connection element, suspension bracket and ceiling cap with knock-out opening 12 mm, for sheathed cable* up to 5 x1.5 mm2.

Trunking mounted 1 set, support brackets and counter-balance weight to fix luminaires 3331 to trunking 07690. A luminaire distance of at least 60 mm has to be observed for trunking mounting.

Geometrical arrangements The universal node A 03 offers extended planning scope for architecture-enhancing geometrical arrangements. It can be easily used in the case diffuser luminaires 3331 are mounted to trunking 07690.

03331 W-SL 21 479 00 White, for luminaires 3331 W 03331 M-SL 21 474 00 Silver-grey-coated with metallic effect for luminaires 3331 M

03331 TRS 21 477 00 For detailed description of the trunkings 07690 see page 506.

Feeding tube (not illustrated) 1 piece, plastic, white, 10 mm, in connection with wire suspension.
05000 ZR 05000 ZR/2m 1000 mm long 2000 mm long 21 525 00 21 526 00

173

Series 34
Surface-mounted luminaires with prismatic PLEXIGLAS diffuser

6 5 4 d o$ a

IP50

0.2 Joule

650 C

3452 P/TC11

3451 PN
C0 - C180

Application Offices, sales areas, showrooms, lounges and corridors. PSAN recommended for lighting of vertical surfaces. Optical system PLEXIGLAS diffuser with photometrically effective prisms to direct the light primarily onto the working plane, made in one piece, with solid corners. Safe retention of the diffuser by means of plastic lever locks. PSN With symmetrical reflector. PSAN With asymmetrical reflector. Luminaire body Powder-coated sheet steel, white. Suitable for internal heat-resistant through-wiring with luminaire coupling (not for versions /TC11, /18). 3441, 3452 PN, 3452 PSN also with knock-out openings for emergency wiring and through-wiring outside of the luminaire by means of sheathed cables up to 12 mm, defined wiring passage between luminaire and ceiling. Stainless steel lamp supports for compact fluorescent lamps. Production sites subject to fire hazards Due to low surface temperatures and high IP rating, the versions E are suitable for production sites subject to fire hazards. Control gear option E With electronic control gear. Other electric versions available on request.

3452 P/TC11 UTE: 0.47 D + 0.10 T DIN 5040: B41 CIBSE: BZ 3/1.25/ BZ 4/4/BZ 5 NBN L 14-002: BZ 4/3/BZ 5
C0 - C180

3451 PN/58 UTE: 0.55 H + 0.24 T DIN 5040: B31 CIBSE: BZ 5/.75/BZ 6 NBN L 14-002: BZ 5/.8/BZ 6
C0 - C180

3452 PN/58 UTE: 0.55 E + 0.16 T DIN 5040: B41 CIBSE: BZ 3/.75/ BZ 2/1/BZ 3/2.5 NBN L 14-002: BZ 4/1.5/BZ 5

3452 P/TC11

3451 PN

174

Accessories 177 Trunking 506 Lamp characteristics 525

3441 PS

3452 P

Reference

TOC

3452 P/TC11 3451 PN/36 3451 PN/58 3441 PSN/36 3441 PSN/58 3441 PSAN/58

11 186 11 180 11 181 11 163 11 166 11 159

Control gear option E 04 04 04 04 04 04

Lamps W 2 x TC-SEL11 1 x 36 1 x 58 1 x 36 1 x 58 1 x 58

D mm 130 900 1200 900 1200 1200

D1

D2*

E1

E2

E3

kg

193 193 193 193 193

390 390 390 390 390

10 450 600 450 600 600

400 550 550 400 550 400 550

124 124 124 124 124 124 124

1.8 3.5 4.6 4.9 6.5 6.6 2.9 5.6 7.6 5.6 7.6

3452 P/18 11 185 04 2 x 18 530 395 3452 PN/36 11 187 04 2 x 36 900 193 390 450 3452 PN/58 11 188 04 2 x 58 1200 193 390 600 3452 PSN/36 11 189 04 2 x 36 900 193 390 450 3452 PSN/58 11 191 04 2 x 58 1200 193 390 600 * D2 = Minimum dimension due to thermal expansion of luminaire diffuser, tailored to luminaire coupling 3450.

3452 P/18

3441 PS, 3452 P

175

Series 34
Surface-mounted luminaires with opal PLEXIGLAS diffuser

Accessories 177 Trunking 506 Lamp characteristics 525

6 5 4 d o$ a

IP50

0,2 Joule

650 C

3451N

3452N

Application Offices, sales areas, showrooms, lounges and corridors. Optical system Opal PLEXIGLAS diffuser, made in one piece, with solid corners. Safe retention of the diffuser by means of plastic lever locks. Luminaire body Powder-coated sheet steel, white. /36, /58 suitable for internal heat-resistant through-wiring with luminaire coupling. 3452N also with knock-out openings for emergency light wiring and through-wiring out-side of the luminaire by means of sheathed cables up to 12 mm, defined wiring passage between luminaire and ceiling. Exposed to fire hazards Suitable for production sites particularly subject to fire hazards thanks to low surface temperatures and high IP rating. Control gear option E With electronic control gear. Other electric versions available on request.

Reference

TOC

Lamps W 1 x 36 1 x 58

D mm 900 1200

D1

D2*

E1

E2

E3

kg

3451N/36 3451N/58

11 176 04 11 177 04

193 193

390 390

450 600

3.4 4.4

3452/18 11 182 04 2 x 18 530 65 395 2.5 3452N/36 11 183 04 2 x 36 900 193 390 450 400 124 5.2 3452N/58 11 184 04 2 x 58 1200 193 390 600 450 124 7.2 * D2 = Minimum measure due to thermal expansion of luminaire diffuser, tailored to luminaire coupling 3450.
C0 - C180

3451 N/58 UTE: 0,50 H + 0,24 T DIN 5040: B21 CIBSE: BZ 6 NBN L 14-002: BZ 6

3451N

3452N

176

Series 34
Accessories

Luminaire coupling Luminaire couplings enable wiring passage for individual wires and distance fixing in accordance with the degree of protection for un-interrupted continuous lines with the 34 series luminaires.

Pendant suspension The vernier clip of the pendant suspension can be simply removed and put back on the pendant rod without using tools. As a result, pendant rods can be shortened with ease.

Trunking Mounting on suspended trunking is recommended in case of uneven ceilings or ceiling joists in higher rooms. Surface-mounted longitudinal 1-lamp and 2-lamp diffuser luminaires of the 34 series can easily be mounted to the trunking system 07690. For detailed description, see page 506.

3450 TOC 11 168 00 1 luminaire coupling, without wiring, for individual wires, max. 10 x 1.5 mm2 or 7 x 2.5 mm2.

078 TOC 29 268 00 1 pair, pendant rod, steel, white, 13 mm, 900 mm long, with vernier clip, can be shortened on site, including white ceiling caps.

Through-wiring sets Heat-resistant, colour-coded individual cables, 1.5 mm2, including luminaire coupling 3450. 3LV 3-conductor through-wiring. 5LV 5-conductor through-wiring.
3450/3LV/36 TOC 11 169 00 For luminaires 36 W, length 1450 mm 3450/5LV/36 TOC 11 171 00 For luminaires 36 W, length 1450 mm 3450/3LV/58 TOC 11 170 00 For luminaires 58 W, length 1750 mm 3450/3LV/58 TOC 11 172 00 For luminaires 58 W, length 1750 mm 07690/5LV/25m TOC 21 890 00 Through-wiring without luminaire coupling, length 25 m.

Order example: With trunking 07690/: Continuous line (4 lengths) with luminaires 3441 PSN/58 on suspended trunking 07690/: Trunking: 2 trunking 07690/II/58-U 2 end caps 07690 E-T 4 pairs of luminaire support brackets 07690 TL 4 pendant suspensions A 01 PX Continuous line: 4 luminaires 3441 PSN/58 3 through-wiring sets 3450/5LV/58

177

Polaron

The TRILUX Polaron: Yet another outstanding design. The TRILUX Polaron. Entrance areas, lounges and traffic areas are the typical areas where the TRILUX Polaron is able to excel thanks to its simple roundness. That is, from the very first day on which its designers created it based on inspiration from the Roman Pantheon. And the formula for success has remained true to its red-dot-winning form, albeit with more complex technology. In addition to a classic T5 ring-shaped lamp the Polaron LED is equipped with modern LED technology with RGB colour control. Thus, this luminaire is able to impress people immediately with its colourful simplicity and modest electricity bills.

178

Surface mounting In case of mounting on a ceiling or a wall, the luminaire is completely visible on the surface where it is mounted. Light radiates in a ringshaped aureola on the wall as a visible statement with individual lighting and effect. The TRILUX Polaron is predestined for sophisticated lighting of foyers, entrance areas and public areas with stylish character due to the high secondary light component and the clearly designoriented appearance of the luminaire.

Semi-recessed mounting The semi-recessed luminaire allows for an unusual type of lighting installation, which seemingly adds a fourth dimension to the room/light dialogue. While the body of the semi-recessed luminaire remains concealed, the light and optical system seem to disappear in the fixing surface. An ideal variation for architects and lighting designers, who purposefully use light as an accentuating design element for entrance areas, lounges and traffic areas. Or for lighting that enhances modern living areas.

Recess mounting Another variation of the TRILUX Polaron can be integrated in an optional mounting enclosure so that it is flush with ceiling. The enclosure also serves as a reflector, thus becoming a photometrically effective part of the luminaire. A distinguishing detail, which additionally increases the appeal of the Polaron light installation. Be it as solo accent lighting or in combination the unparalleled light effect is especially suitable for elaborately effective lighting: from public areas, living areas and every other interior area, where light and luminaires are used specifically for creating and emphasising a sophisticated ambience.

Suspended mounting The Polaron suspended luminaire provides a decoupled lighting effect. The clean form of the luminaire body becomes a floating design statement in the room thanks to its slender 3-point wire suspension. A svelte light sensation that makes light in its purest form a sensory experience. And thus an ideal basis for lighting designers and architects, who wish to place light in a room as an element to further the effect as a stand-alone or subtly composed lighting variations for living areas or representative public areas.

179

Polaron

6 5 4 d a

IP50

0.5 Joule

650 C

PC 2 Joule

850 C

Polaron WD2 1TR

Polaron WD2 LED-RGB


C0 - C180

Recommended areas For decorative general and supplementary lighting in areas with high architectural requirements, e.g. foyers, conference rooms, hotels, museums, public buildings, entrance areas, corridors and residential areas. Surface-mounted luminaires for ceiling and wall mounting, also suitable for hanging with a wire suspension kit. In combination with accessories, also suitable for installation in cut-out recess openings or ceiling systems. Optical system Circular diffuser with distinctive flat contour and fine-grained surface made of PLEXIGLAS, shielded from the room by means of a white primary screen. Characteristic lighting effect thanks to interaction with circular enclosed secondary reflector made of white sheet steel. Optional mounting enclosure serves as additional enclosing secondary reflector, becoming a photometrically effective part of the luminaires. Luminaire body Made of die-cast aluminium, powder-coated, white. Mounting enclosure Deep-drawn aluminium housing, powdercoated in white with fixing accessories made of sheet steel.

Control gear options E With electronic control gear. ED With dimmable electronic control gear with 1-10 V interface. EDD With digitally dimmable electronic control gear (DALI). ET Dali With electronic transformer with DALI interface for LED-RGB. E + ET Dali With electronic control gear for T16 ring-shaped lamp and transformer with DALI interface for LED RGB. Other electrical versions available on request.

Polaron WD2 1TR40 UTE: 0.39J + 0.18 T DIN 5040: B21 CIBSE: BZ 7 NBN L 14-002: BZ 9/1.5/BZ 8
C0 - C180

Polaron WD2 1TR40 + C1 UTE: 0.49 I DIN 5040: A30 CIBSE: BZ 6/.75/ BZ 5/1/BZ 6/2/BZ 5 NBN L 14-002: BZ 6

Polaron WD1

Polaron WD2

Polaron WD2 BE

37,5

150 272

225 347

M5

27, 5 27, 5 WD1 1 33 85

75

WD2 1

WD2 2

180

33 107

33 85

Light management 490 Lamp characteristics 525

Polaron WD2 1TR40 + Polaron WD2 C

Polaron WD2 1TR40 + Polaron WD2 C1

Polaron ZS

Reference

TOC

Control gear options E 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 ED 05 05 05 05 05 05 05 05 EDD 07 07 07 ET Dali E +ET Dali

Lamps W 1 x T16-R22 1 x T16-R40 1 x T16-R55 2 x T16-R40 1 x T16-R22 1 x T16-R40 1 x T16-R55 2 x T16-R40 51 54 LED-RGB LED-RGB + 1xT16-R40 Recess opening mm 358 358 358 390 465 465 465 465 465 465 522

xH mm 272 x 85 347 x 85 347 x 85 347 x 107 272 x 85 347 x 85 347 x 107 347 x 107 347 x 85 347 x 107

kg

Polaron WD1 1TR22 Polaron WD2 1TR40 Polaron WD2 1TR55 Polaron WD2 2TR40 Polaron WD1 1TR22PC Polaron WD2 1TR40PC Polaron WD2 1TR55PC Polaron WD2 2TR40PC Polaron WD2 LED-RGB Polaron WD2 LED-RGB 1TR40

50 998 50 999 51 001 51 000 50 820 50 821 50 822 50 823 56 678 56 677

2.2 3.0 3.0 3.6 2.2 3.0 3.0 3.6 3.3 3.9

07 07 07

Accessories TOC Description Semi-recessed housing for Polaron WD2 Polaron WD2 C 50 824 00 for recess openings Polaron WD2 C MP M73 50 831 00 for module 600, with reinforced mounting plate Polaron WD2 C MP M84 50 834 00 for module 625, with reinforced mounting plate Mounting enclosure for Polaron WD1 Polaron WD1 C1 56 812 00 for recess openings Mounting enclosure for Polaron WD2, overall height 85 mm Polaron WD2 C1 50 836 00 for recess openings Polaron WD2 C1 MP M73 50 829 00 for module 600, with reinforced mounting plate Polaron WD2 C1 MP M84 50 832 00 for module 625, with reinforced mounting plate Mounting enclosure for Polaron WD2, overall height 107 mm Polaron WD2 C2 50 837 00 for recess openings Polaron WD2 C2 MP M73 50 830 00 for module 600, with reinforced mounting plate Polaron WD2 C2 MP M84 50 833 00 for module 625, with reinforced mounting plate Concrete sealed housing for Polaron WD2 Polaron WD2 BE 56 830 00 Recessed housing for WD2 CBE to be ordered separately Concrete sealed housing for Polaron WD2 Polaron WD2 C1 BE 56 831 00 for overall height 85 mm Polaron WD2 C2 BE 56 832 00 for overall height 107 mm Wire suspension, mains cable and ceiling rose Polaron ZS 3075/1000 56 394 00 1 pc., 3-point, 1000 mm, 3 x 0.75 mm, white Polaron ZS 5075/1000 56 395 00 1 pc., 3-point, 1000 mm, 5 x 0.75 mm, white Polaron ZS 3075/2000 56 675 00 1 pc., 3-point, 2000 mm, 3 x 0.75 mm, white Polaron ZS 5075/2000 56 676 00 1 pc., 3-point, 2000 mm, 5 x 0.75 mm, white

Recess depth mm 76 76 76 118 118 118 118 140 140 140 147

Polaron WD2 C
76

Polaron WD1 C1
118

Polaron WD1+ZS

Polaron WD2+ZS

7-30 358 388 7-30 390 420

Polaron WD2 C1/C2


118 WD2 C1 140 WD2 C2 7-30 465 495

181

Torso

The TRILUX Torso as a suspended luminaire. The Torso product family, which until recently comprised of only wall-mounted and free-standing luminaires, now has a new member. Introducing .... the Torso suspended luminaire! Winner of the red-dot award and nominee for the design award of the Federal Republic of Germany in 2009: a slender, high-quality luminaire body made of mouth-blown glass, which provides diffuse, direct and indirect light. And thus lending even a cool room a pleasant cosy character. Power is supplied via the integrated lead wires within the suspension, making additional cables unnecessary.

182

Torso
Suspended luminaire
116

Lamp characteristics 525

6 5 4 d a

IP20

0.2 Joule

960 C

Recommended applications Especially recommended for decorative general, supplementary and table lighting. Optical system Direct/indirect. Luminaire body made of hand-blown glass, obscured, subtly lit. Luminaire body Decorative suspended luminaire for directindirect lighting, consisting of glass body and support made of aluminium, silver-grey. Integrated 3-point wire suspension fully adjustable for suspension length of up to 3 m. 01 Ceiling canopy or ceiling rose, white 03 Ceiling canopy or ceiling rose, silver-grey Electrical connection Ready for connection with mains cable. DB Power is supplied via the integrated lead wires within the suspension. Complete with ceiling canopy. ESB Complete with transparent mains cable, ceiling rose and wire suspension. Control gear option Lamp operation direct from the mains current, no electronic equipment required.

Torso H3-DB

Torso H3-ESB

Reference

TOC

Lamps W 2 x QT14 max. 75 2 x QT14 max. 75 2 x QT14 max. 75 2 x QT14 max. 75


C0 - C180

kg

Torso H3-DB T-R 2HV75 01 Torso H3-DB T-R 2HV75 03 Torso H3-ESB T-R 2HV75 01 Torso H3-ESB T-R 2HV75 03

56 592 10 56 593 10 56 594 10 56 595 10

2.4 2.4 1.2 1.2

Torso H3 UTE: 0.39 H + 0.32 T DIN 5040: C32 CIBSE: BZ 6 NBN L 14-002: BZ 6

Torso H3-DB

Torso H3-ESB

183

Series 536
High-performance suspended luminaires with refraction reflector ROT or with specular reflector and refraction optics ROB

6 5 4 d a

IP20

0.2 Joule

ROT 650 C

ROTPC/ROB 850 C

5361 ROT

5363 ROT
C0 - C180

Application Public rooms and halls, financial institutions, station and airport foyers, trade fair and exhibition halls and entrance areas. Production halls with a low degree of pollution. Optical system ROT Parabolic transparent refractor made of acrylic glass, with photometrically effective prismatic system for well-balanced ceiling illumination by means of 15 % indirect light component. PC Made of polycarbonate for increased preventive fire protection. ROB Bifunctional reflector, direct/indirect, consisting of upper part in polycarbonate with concentric channel prisms for upward indirect component and parabolic lower reflector in aluminium. Reflector made of post-anodised aluminium with a surface purity of 99.98 %, highly-specular inner surface, semi-specular outer surface, facetting in lower reflector section, gradually increasing downwards. The cut-off angle is at least 30. Luminaire body ROT Consisting of circular base housing and anti-glare ring, joined by functional chromed steel rods, shaped around the reflector form. Base housing made of aluminium, finished in graphite-grey structured paint, to accommodate the electrical components. Anti-glare ring made of specular anodised aluminium, adding a decorative touch to the refractor.

ROB Consisting of circular base housing, extruded aluminium profile, silver-coated, to accomodate the electrical components. With vertical cooling ribs and adapted longitudinal rods, to connect the wire suspension. Integral wire suspension with ceiling fixing plate and cover plate made of sheet steel, graphite-grey. With continually adjustable wire suspension, for suspension length of up to 3.40 m. Electrical connection Supplied ready for connection, with freely suspended connection cable. With 3-pole plug-in connection terminal for wires up to 2.5 mm2, including earth terminal, located on the ceiling fixing plate of the wire suspension. Control gear option E With electronic control gear. K With low-loss inductive ballasts, parallelcompensated. Mains No electronic equipment required. Lamp operation directly on the mains current.

5361 ROT/HIE100 UTE: 0.77 D + 0.16 T DIN 5040: B41 CIBSE: BZ 5 NBN L 14-002: BZ 3/.8/BZ 4
C0 - C180

5363 ROT/1xHIE250 UTE: 0.71 E + 0.20 T DIN 5040: B41 CIBSE: BZ 4/2/BZ 5 NBN L 14-002: BZ 5/.8/BZ 4/ 1.25/BZ 5
C0 - C180

5361 ROB/TCT26E UTE: 0.75 D + 0.09 T DIN 5040: B42 CIBSE: BZ 4/1.5/ BZ 3/ 3/BZ 4 NBN L 14-002: BZ 4/.8/BZ 3/1/BZ 4

5361 ROT

5363 ROT

184

Lamp characteristics 525

5361 ROB

5363 ROB

5365 ROB

Reference

TOC

Control gear options E 04 04 K Mains

Lamps

kg

5361 ROT/TCT42 5361 ROT/TCT42 PC 5361 ROT/HIE100 5361 ROT/HIE100 PC 5361 ROT/E27 PC 5363 ROT/1xHIE250 5363 ROT/1xHIE250 PC 5361 ROB/TCT18 5361 ROB/TCT26 5363 ROB/1xTCT42 5363 ROB/1xHIE70 5363 ROB/1xHIE100

11 940 33 632 11 937 33 607 38 828 11 950 33 666 11 929 11 930 11 946 11 945 11 944

02 02 10 02 02 04 04 04 02 02 04 02 02

1 x TC-TEL42 1 x TC-TEL42 1 x HIE100* 1 x HIE100* 1 x max.100W/E27 1 x HIE250* 1 x HIE250* 1 x TC-TEL18 1 x TC-TEL26 1 x TC-TEL42 1 x HIE70* 1 x HIE100* 2 x TC-TEL42 1 x HIE150* 1 x HIE250*

4.4 4.4 6.7 6.7 4.2 8.5 8.5 1.6 1.6 2.4 3.7 4.1 5.4 7.3 9.0

5365 ROB/2xTCT42 11 956 5365 ROB/1xHIE150 11 954 5365 ROB/1xHIE250 11 955 * Only lamps that are approved for use in open luminaires. Accessories Decor discs, float glass 05361 ROB/D-DS 05363 ROB/D-DS 05365 ROB/D-DS TOC 21 620 00 21 622 00 21 623 00

Description 282 mm, for luminaires 5361 ROB 395 mm, for luminaires 5363 ROB 505 mm, for luminaires 5365 ROB

5361 ROB

5363 ROB

5365 ROB

185

BLUEmotion
Predominantly indirect suspended luminaires with semi-transparent optics Light Screen Direct-indirect suspended luminaires Fabric Shield for classic or dynamic lighting

6 5 4 d a

IP20

LS 0.5 Joule

850 C

FS 2 Joule

650 C

BLUEmotion H LS
C0 - C180

Recommended areas LS For lighting solutions with a high demand on elegance. The luminaires seem to float in the room thanks to the partially reflective pane. When switched on, the lamps become visible as an aesthetic element without causing glare (VDU-compliant). FS For workplaces or public areas where lighting is a visible and sensory experience. EDD versions for controllable mix of light and colour from coloured lamps. With white lamps of different colour temperature suited for adaptive simulation of varying daylight moods. Optical System LS Partly reflective optics Light Screen. Multi-layer glass pane, partially reflective coating, for white indirect light. Suitable for VDU applications in accordance with EN 12464-1 due to low luminance L 1000 cd/m2 at critical angles above 65 in all planes. FS Light sail Fabric Shield. Attachment with arc-shaped cross-section, for light mix of the direct component. Consisting of stable foil covered by structured paper and of lateral light-collecting guides. Suitable for VDU applications in accordance with EN 12464-1 due to low luminance L 1000 cd/m2 at critical angles above 65 in all planes.

Luminaire body Side sections made of aluminium with silvergrey microstructure surface. End caps made of die-cast aluminium, silver-grey. Complete with Y-wire suspensions and mains cable. Electrical connection With transparent mains cable for a suspension height of max. 1.5 m, protected against polarity reversal, and decorative ceiling rose including connection terminal for wire up to 2.5 mm2. Control gear options Versions 28/54 and 35/49 in Multi-Lamp technology allow operation of T5 lamps with different wattages. E With electronic control gear. EDD With digitally dimmable electronic control gear (DALI). Other electrical versions available on request.

BLUEmotion H LS 249 UTE: 0.02 H + 0.74 T DIN 5040: E02 CIBSE: BZ 6 NBN L 14-002: BZ 8/.8/BZ 7
C0 - C180

BLUEmotion H FS 249 UTE: 0.22 E + 0.65 T DIN 5040: D42 CIBSE: BZ 4/1.25/BZ 5 NBN L 14-002: BZ 5

BLUEmotion H LS
D

186

Lamp characteristics 525

64

BLUEmotion H FS

Reference

TOC

Control gear options E 04 04 EDD 07 07 07 07 04 04 07 07 07 07

Lamps W 2 x 28/54 2 x 35/49/80 3 x 28/54 3 x 35/49/80 2 x 28/54 2 x 35/49/80 3 x 28/54 3 x 35/49/80

L mm 1491 1791 1491 1791 1491 1791 1491 1791

kg

BLUEmotion H LS 228/54 BLUEmotion H LS 235/49/80 BLUEmotion H LS 328/54 BLUEmotion H LS 335/49/80 BLUEmotion H FS 228/54 BLUEmotion H FS 235/49/80 BLUEmotion H FS 328/54 BLUEmotion H FS 335/49/80

45 802 45 803 51 592 51 593 45 791 45 792 51 583 51 584

1200 1500 1200 1500 1200 1500 1200 1500

13.4 16.4 14.6 17.6 5.5 6.2 6.9 7.4

BLUEmotion H FS
D

187

DiVisio
Suspended luminaires with parabolic louvres RSX or RPX Suspended task-area luminaires ADH

Tubular track 86 Trunking 189 Lamp characteristics 525

6 5 4 d a

IP20

0,2 Joule

850 C

5302N RSX

5302N RPX/ADH

Reference

TOC

Control gear options E 04 04 04 04 04 04 05 05 ED

Lamps W 2 x 28/54 2 x 35/49/80 2 x 28/54 2 x 35/49/80 2 x 28/54 2 x 35/49/80

L mm 1326 1626 1326 1626 1326 1626

L1

kg

5302N RSX/28/54 5302N RSX/35/49/80 5302N RPX/28/54 5302N RPX/35/49/80 5302N ADH/28/54 5302N ADH/35/49/80

51 573 42 191 51 574 43 278 39 983 51 575

1178 1478 1178 1478 1178 1478


C0 - C180

4.6 5.7 4.6 5.7 4.7 5.8

Application Recommended for offices and financial institutions, especially VDU workstations. Optical system RSX/RPX Direct/indirect optics for general lighting; consisting of parabolic louvre and linear refraction elements. Highly transmissive refraction elements made of polycarbonate for balanced brightness distribution in the room. Louvre made of reflection-intensifying aluminium with a surface purity of 99.99 %. RSX Parabolic louvre, semi-specular. RPX Parabolic louvre, highly-specular. ADH Direct/indirect optics for contrastpromoting task area lighting; consisting of special task area louvre with integrated lightfocus screen and linear refraction elements. Task area louvre made of reflection-intensifying, highly-specular aluminium for anti-glare task area lighting with balanced shadowing. Highly transmissive refraction elements made of polycarbonate for balanced brightness distribution in the room. Suitable for VDU applications in accordance with EN 12464-1 due to low luminance L 1000 cd/m2 at critical angles above 65 in all planes.

Luminaire body Silver-grey, consisting of aluminium frame to house the optical system, linear aluminium rods and front-plane ballast housing in aluminium/plastic material. Electrical connection Luminaires supplied ready for connection with 3 core transparent mains cable, for luminaire connection at the ceiling. For suspension lengths up to 1.70 m. Control gear option Versions /28/54 and 35/49 in MultiLamp technology allow operation of T5 lamps with different wattages. E With electronic control gear. ED With dimmable electronic control gear with 1-10 V interface. Other electrical versions available on request.

5302N R/35 UTE: 0.34 B + 0.57 T DIN 5040: D53 CIBSE: BZ 2 NBN L 14-002: BZ 2
C0 - C180

5302N ADH/49 UTE: 0.15 F + 0.69 T DIN 5040: D23 CIBSE: BZ 2/4/BZ 3 NBN L 14-002: BZ 5/1.25/BZ 4

5302N

L1 L

188

DiVisio
Accessories

Feeding tube (not illustrated) 1 piece, plastic, white, 10 mm, 1700 mm long, to be cut to length on site. To guide and cover the mains cable.

Ceiling rose 1 piece, for connecting the luminaire cable to the mains cable in case of ceiling outlets. Suitable for accommodating a ceiling fixing unit of the wire suspensions 05302 S.

Combination with T200 T200 stands for a flexible tubular track system comprising louvre modules, spotlight modules, adjustable modules and doublereflection luminaires as active light components. DiVisio luminaires for workstation and general lighting can also be integrated into this system; please contact your local TRILUX support centre for further details.

05302 ZR

21 618 00

05900 AN

21 726 00

Colour decor elements For colour accentuation of the refraction elements. 1 set (2 pieces), PLEXIGLAS, installable without tools.

4-point wire suspension 1 set, to fix one luminaire 5302 for suspension lengths of up to 1.70 m, consisting of: 4 steel wires 1.0 mm, 4 ceiling fixing units, nickel plated.

2-point wire suspension in Y-form 1 set, to fix one luminaire 5302 for suspension lengths of up to 1.70 m, consisting of: 2 steel wire suspensions in Y-form, 1.0 mm, 2 ceiling fixing units, nickel plated, with integral, tool-free height compensation.

For lamps 28, 54 W 05302 FB/1200 05302 FR/1200 05302 FG/1200 05302 FY/1200 For lamps 35, 49, 80 W 05302 FB/1500 05302 FR/1500 05302 FG/1500 05302 FY/1500

Color blue red green yellow blue red green yellow

TOC 21 607 00 21 611 00 21 609 00 21 613 00 21 608 00 21 612 00 21 610 00 21 614 00

05302 SV 21 617 00 4 point wire suspension with tool free height adjustment. 05302 S 21 615 00 4 point wire suspension with height adjustment via screwdriver. 05302 ST 21 616 00

189

Offset
Suspended luminaires Offset H with highly-specular ultra-low cross-section louvre UXP-H, task area louvre UXP-AD or fine prism structure CDP

6 5 4 d a

IP20

0.5 Joule

960 C

CDP 850 C

Offset H1 UXP-AD 449


C0 - C180

Application For office lighting. Suitable for VDU workstations. Optical System UXP-H Ultra-low cross-section louvre in UXP-Technology, highly specular, reflectance value 98 %, scattering part 3 %. UXP-AD Task area louvre UXP-AD. Ultra-low cross-section louvre in UXP-Technology, highly-specular, reflectance value 98 %, scattering part 3 %. Louvre with integrated light-focus lamellas. CDP Fine-prism structure CDP. Underside luminaire cover made of PC with fine-prism structures for all-round glare limitation, with partly reflective interior. Suitable for VDU applications in accordance with EN 12464-1 due to low luminance L 1000 cd/m2 at critical angles above 65 in all planes. Luminaire Direct/indirect suspended luminaire, consisting of luminaire heads and luminaire support, silvergrey, similar to RAL 9006, and integral 1.5 m 2-point wire suspension, including adjustment for precise horizontal luminaire alignment.

Luminaire heads Arranged on luminaire support so that the heads can be slid alongside one another. Surrounding aluminium frame profiles are joined at the front plane to precise cross joints. Electrical connection Transparent mains cable located at the wire suspension point, for suspension lengths of up to 1.5 m and decorative ceiling rose including connection terminal for cable up to 2.5 mm2. Control gear options E With electronic control gear. EDD With digitally dimmable electronic control gear (DALI). EDS With dimmable electronic control gear, sensor for constant light control and presence detection. Other electrical versions available on request.

Offset H1 UXP-AD 280 UTE: 0.13 C + 0.75 T DIN 5040: D53 CIBSE: BZ 5/.75/BZ 4 NBN L 14-002: BZ 3
C0 - C180

Offset H1 CDP 280 UTE: 0.19 B + 0.61 T DIN 5040: D63 CIBSE: BZ 1 NBN L 14-002: BZ 1/4/BZ 2

Offset H1 UXP2

Offset H1 UXP4

190

Light management system 490 Lamp characteristics 525

118

Offset H1 CDP 280

Reference

TOC

Control gear options E 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 EDD EDS

Lamps W 2 x 35 2 x 49 2 x 54 2 x 80 4 x 49 4 x 54 2 x 80 4 x 49 4 x 54

L mm 1488-1894 1488-1894 1188-1516 1488-1894 1488-1894 1188-1516 1488-1894 1488-1894 1188-1516

L1

kg

Offset H1 UXP-H 235 Offset H1 UXP-H 249 Offset H1 UXP-H 254 Offset H1 UXP-AD 280 Offset H1 UXP-AD 449 Offset H1 UXP-AD 454 Offset H1 CDP 280 Offset H1 CDP 449 Offset H1 CDP 454

45 948 45 949 45 950 45 945 45 946 45 947 45 942 45 943 45 944

957 957 730 957 957 730 957 957 730

190 190 190 190 250 250 190 250 250

60 60 60 60 84 84 60 84 84

907 907 680 907 907 680 907 907 680

7.5 7.5 7.0 7.5 8.0 7.5 7.5 8.5 7.5

07 07

08

07 07

08

Accessories TOC Description Luminaire covers made of polycarbonate, clear Offset ZA 154 45 929 00 for Offset H1254 Offset ZA 135 45 931 00 for Offset H1235/249/280 Offset ZA 254 45 926 00 for Offset H1454 Offset ZA 235 45 928 00 for Offset H1449 Luminance reduction profile, self-adhesive, made of reflection-intensifying aluminium Offset ZLR 254 45 924 00 for Offset H1254 Offset ZLR 235 45 925 00 for Offset H1235/249/280 Offset ZLR 454 45 921 00 for Offset H1454 Offset ZLR 449 45 922 00 for Offset H1449

Offset H1 CDP 2

Offset H1 CDP 4

191

Solvan
Surface-mounted luminaires with cover made of PLEXIGLAS (OTA) and polycarbonate (OA-PC)
264

Accessories 200 Lamp characteristics 525

6 5 4 d a

IP20

0.2 Joule

650 C

OA-PC 850 C

Solvan D1-L OTA/OA-PC03

Solvan D2-L OTA/OA-PC01

Recommended areas Very slender surface-mounted continuousline luminaire with filigree cubic form, for the visual and sensory illumination of conference and office areas, corridors, foyers, showrooms and sales areas. Also suitable for vertical and horizontal surfacemounting to walls. Optical system Opal cover, flushly integrated in luminaire housing. OTA With finely structured surface, PLEXIGLAS. OA-PC With smooth surface, polycarbonate Luminaire body Powder-coated sheet steel, white (01) or silver-grey (03). Slender, elegant cubic form. Luminaire body with integral coupling profiles for exact alignment of continuous lines. End caps for individual luminaires or continuous lines to be ordered separately. Electrical version 28/54, 35/49 and 35/49/80 in MultiLamp technology allows operation of T5 lamps with different wattages. E With electronic control gear. ED With dimmable electronic control gear with 1-10 V interface. EDD With digital dimmable electronic control gear with DALI interface. Other electrical versions available on request.

Reference*

TOC

white EDD W Solvan D1-L OTA 128/5401 56 209 07 1 x 28/54 Solvan D1-L OTA 135/49/8001 56 211 07 1 x 35/49/80 Solvan D2-L OTA 22801 56 229 07 2 x 28 Solvan D2-L OTA 235/4901 56 231 07 2 x 35/49 silver-grey Solvan D1-L OTA 128/5403 56 210 04 05 07 1 x 28/54 Solvan D1-L OTA 135/49/8003 56 212 04 05 07 1 x 35/49/80 Solvan D2-L OTA 22803 56 230 04 05 07 2 x 28 Solvan D2-L OTA 235/4903 56 232 04 05 07 2 x 35/49 white Solvan D1-L OA-PC 128/5401 56 205 04 05 07 1 x 28/54 Solvan D1-L OA-PC 135/49/8001 56 207 04 05 07 1 x 35/49/80 Solvan D2-L OA-PC 22801 56 225 04 05 07 2 x 28 Solvan D2-L OA-PC 235/4901 56 227 04 05 07 2 x 35/49 silver-grey Solvan D1-L OA-PC 128/5403 56 206 04 05 07 1 x 28/54 Solvan D1-L OA-PC 135/49/8003 56 208 04 05 07 1 x 35/49/80 Solvan D2-L OA-PC 22803 56 226 04 05 07 2 x 28 Solvan D2-L OA-PC 235/4903 56 228 04 05 07 2 x 35/49 *End caps for individual luminaires or continuous lines to be ordered separately.

Control gear option E ED 04 05 04 05 04 05 04 05

Lamps

B mm 85 85 101 101 85 85 101 101 85 85 101 101 85 85 101 101

kg

2.5 3.0 2.9 3.5 2.5 3.0 2.9 3.5 2.5 3.0 2.9 3.5 2.5 3.0 2.9 3.5

C0 - C180

Solvan D1-LOTA 149 UTE: 0.60 E DIN 5040: A40 CIBSE: BZ 4 NBN L 14-002: BZ 5/2.5/BZ 4

SolvanOTA/OA-PC
138 B 900/28W/54W 1200/35W/49W/80W E 27,5 138

70

10 138 B

1176/28W/54W 1476/35W/49W/80W 900/28W/54W 1200/35W/49W/80W E 27,5 276

10

70

10

1176/28W/54W 1476/35W/49W/80W

192

Solvan
Surface-mounted luminaires with diffuser T made of PLEXIGLAS
264

Accessories 200 Lamp characteristics 525

6 5 4 d a

IP40

0.2 Joule

650 C

Solvan D1 T03

Solvan D2 T01

Recommended areas Very slender surface-mounted luminaire with filigree cubic form, for the visual and sensory illumination of conference and office areas, corridors, foyers, showrooms and sales areas. Also suitable for vertical and horizontal surface-mounting to walls. Optical system Translucent PMMA diffuser with finely structured PLEXIGLAS surface, drop of 10 mm, flush with outer luminaire edge. Luminaire body Powder-coated sheet steel, white (01) or silver-grey (03). Slender, elegant cubic form. Individual luminaire complete with end caps. Electrical version 28/54, 35/49 and 35/49/80 in MultiLamp technology allows operation of T5 lamps with different wattages. E With electronic control gear. ED With dimmable electronic control gear with 1-10 V interface. EDD With digital dimmable electronic control gear with DALI interface. Other electrical versions available on request.

Reference white Solvan D1 T 128/5401 Solvan D1 T 135/49/8001 Solvan D2 T 22801 Solvan D2 T 235/4901 silver-grey Solvan D1 T 128/5403 Solvan D1 T 135/49/8003 Solvan D2 T 22803 Solvan D2 T 235/4903

TOC

56 217 56 219 56 233 56 235 56 218 56 220 56 234 56 236

Control gear option E ED 04 05 04 05 04 05 04 05 04 04 04 04 05 05 05 05

Lamps EDD 07 07 07 07 07 07 07 07 W 1 x 28/54 1 x 35/49/80 2 x 28 2 x 35/49 1 x 28/54 1 x 35/49/80 2 x 28 2 x 35/49

B mm 85 85 101 101 85 85 101 101

kg

2.7 3.2 3.0 3.7 2.7 3.2 3.0 3.7

C0 - C180

Solvan D1 T 149 UTE: 0.68 D + 0.04 T DIN 5040: A40 CIBSE: BZ 3/.75/BZ 4 NBN L 14-002: BZ 4

SolvanT

193

Solvan
Surface-mounted luminaires with ultra-low cross-section louvre with UXP-Technology
264

Accessories 200 Lamp characteristics 525

6 5 4 d a

IP20

0.2 Joule

850 C

Solvan D1-L UXP-H03

Solvan D2-L UXP-S01

Recommended areas Very slender surface-mounted continuousline luminaire with filigree cubic form, for the visual and sensory illumination of conference and office areas, corridors, foyers, showrooms and sales areas. Optical system Ultra-low cross-section louvre with UXPTechnology, reflectance value 98 %. Suitable for VDU workstations in accordance with EN 12464-1 due to low luminance L 1000 cd/m2 at critical angles above 65 in all planes. UXP-H Highly-specular, scattering part 3 %. UXP-S Semi-specular. Luminaire body Powder-coated sheet steel, white (01) or silver-grey (03). Slender, elegant cubic form. Luminaire body with integral coupling profiles for exact alignment of continuous lines. End caps for individual luminaires or continuous lines to be ordered separately. Electrical version 28/54, 35/49 and 35/49/80 in MultiLamp technology allows operation of T5 lamps with different wattages. E With electronic control gear. ED With dimmable electronic control gear with 1-10 V interface. EDD With digital dimmable electronic control gear with DALI interface. Other electrical versions available on request.

Reference*

TOC

white EDD W Solvan D1-L UXP-H 128/5401 56 221 07 1 x 28/54 Solvan D1-L UXP-H 135/49/8001 56 223 07 1 x 35/49/80 Solvan D2-L UXP-H 22801 56 237 07 2 x 28 Solvan D2-L UXP-H 235/4901 56 239 07 2 x 35/49 silver-grey Solvan D1-L UXP-H 128/5403 56 222 04 05 07 1 x 28/54 Solvan D1-L UXP-H 135/49/8003 56 224 04 05 07 1 x 35/49/80 Solvan D2-L UXP-H 22803 56 238 04 05 07 2 x 28 Solvan D2-L UXP-H 235/4903 56 240 04 05 07 2 x 35/49 white Solvan D1-L UXP-S 128/5401 56 277 04 05 07 1 x 28/54 Solvan D1-L UXP-S 135/49/8001 56 279 04 05 07 1 x 35/49/80 Solvan D2-L UXP-S 22801 56 281 04 05 07 2 x 28 Solvan D2-L UXP-S 235/4901 56 283 04 05 07 2 x 35/49 silver-grey Solvan D1-L UXP-S 128/5403 56 278 04 05 07 1 x 28/54 Solvan D1-L UXP-S 135/49/8003 56 280 04 05 07 1 x 35/49/80 Solvan D2-L UXP-S 22803 56 282 04 05 07 2 x 28 Solvan D2-L UXP-S 235/4903 56 284 04 05 07 2 x 35/49 *End caps for individual luminaires or continuous lines to be ordered separately.

Control gear option E ED 04 05 04 05 04 05 04 05

Lamps

B mm 85 85 101 101 85 85 101 101 85 85 101 101 85 85 101 101

kg

2.4 2.9 2.8 3.4 2.4 2.9 2.8 3.4 2.4 2.9 2.8 3.4 2.4 2.9 2.8 3.4

C0 - C180

Solvan DUXP-H 149 UTE: 0.81 B DIN 5040: A60 CIBSE: BZ 1 NBN L 14-002: BZ 1

SolvanUXP
138 B 900/28W/54W 1200/35W/49W/80W E 27,5 138

70

10 138 B

1176/28W/54W 1476/35W/49W/80W 900/28W/54W 1200/35W/49W/80W E 27,5 276

10

70

10

1176/28W/54W 1476/35W/49W/80W

194

Solvan
Surface-mounted luminaires with RAX wallwasher optics
264

Accessories 200 Lamp characteristics 525

6 5 4 d a

IP20

0.2 Joule

850 C

Solvan D2-L RAX03

Solvan D2-L RAX01

Recommended areas Very slender surface-mounted continuousline luminaire with filigree cubic form, for the visual and sensory illumination of conference and office areas, corridors, foyers, showrooms and sales areas. Also suitable for vertical and horizontal wall mounting. Optical system Asymmetrical wallwasher reflector with highly reflective semi-specular surface for the uniform illumination of vertical surfaces and planes. Luminaire body Powder-coated sheet steel, white (01) or silver-grey (03). Slender, elegant cubic form. Luminaire body with integral coupling profiles for exact alignment of continuous lines. End caps for individual luminaires or continuous lines to be ordered separately. Electrical version 28/54 and 35/49/80 in Multi-Lamp technology allows operation of T5 lamps with different wattages. E With electronic control gear. ED With dimmable electronic control gear with 1-10 V interface. EDD With digital dimmable electronic control gear with DALI interface. Other electrical versions available on request.

Reference*

TOC

white W 56 215 1 x 28/54 Solvan D2-L RAX 128/5401 56 213 1 x 35/49/80 Solvan D2-L RAX 135/49/8001 silver-grey 56 216 04 05 07 1 x 28/54 Solvan D2-L RAX 128/5403 56 214 04 05 07 1 x 35/49/80 Solvan D2-L RAX 135/49/8003 *End caps for individual luminaires or continuous lines to be ordered separately.

Control gear option E ED EDD 04 05 07 04 05 07

Lamps

B mm 101 101 101 101

kg

2.4 2.9 2.4 2.9

C0 - C180

Solvan DRAX 149 UTE: 0.82 E DIN 5040: A40 CIBSE: BZ 4 NBN L 14-002: BZ 4

SolvanRAX
138 B 900/28W/54W 1200/35W/49W/80W E 27,5 138

70

10 138 B

1176/28W/54W 1476/35W/49W/80W 900/28W/54W 1200/35W/49W/80W E 27,5 276

10

70

10

1176/28W/54W 1476/35W/49W/80W

195

Solvan
Suspended luminaires with cover made of PLEXIGLAS (OTA) and polycarbonate (OA-PC)
264

Accessories 200 Lamp characteristics 525

6 5 4 d a

IP20

0.2 Joule

650 C

OA-PC 850 C

Solvan H1-L OA-PC03

Solvan H2-L OTA01

Recommended areas Very slender suspended continuous-line luminaire with filigree cubic form for the visual and sensory illumination of conference and office areas, corridors, foyers, showrooms and sales areas. Optical system Direct-indirect. Opal cover, flush mounted in luminaire housing. OTA With finely structured surface, PLEXIGLAS. OA-PC With smooth surface, polycarbonate Luminaire body Powder-coated sheet steel, white (01) or silver-grey (03). Slender, elegant cubic form. Luminaire body with integral coupling profiles for exact alignment of continuous lines. End caps for individual luminaires or continuousline ends, wire suspension, cable and decorative ceiling rose to be ordered separately (see accessories). Electrical version 28/54, 35/49 and 35/49/80 in MultiLamp technology allows operation of T5 lamps with different wattages. E With electronic control gear. ED With dimmable electronic control gear with 1-10 V interface. EDD With digital dimmable electronic control gear with DALI interface. Other electrical versions available on request.

Reference*

TOC

Control gear Lamps option E ED EDD W

B mm 85 85 101 101 101 101 85 85 101 101 101 101 85 85 101 101 101 101 85 85 101 101 101 101

kg

white 56 245 04 05 07 1 x 28/54 Solvan H1-L OTA 128/5401 56 247 04 05 07 1 x 35/49/80 Solvan H1-L OTA 135/49/8001 56 261 04 05 07 2 x 28/54 Solvan H2-L OTA 228/5401 56 730 04 2 x 35/49 Solvan H2-L OTA 235/4901 56 263 05 07 2 x 35/49/80 Solvan H2-L OTA 235/49/8001 56 742 04 2 x 80 Solvan H2-L OTA 28001 silver-grey 56 246 04 05 07 1 x 28/54 Solvan H1-L OTA 128/5403 56 248 04 05 07 1 x 35/49/80 Solvan H1-L OTA 135/49/8003 56 262 04 05 07 2 x 28/54 Solvan H2-L OTA 228/5403 56 731 04 2 x 35/49 Solvan H2-L OTA 235/4903 56 264 05 07 2 x 35/49/80 Solvan H2-L OTA 235/49/8003 56 743 04 2 x 80 Solvan H2-L OTA 28003 white 56 241 04 05 07 1 x 28/54 Solvan H1-L OA-PC 128/5401 1 x 35/49/80 Solvan H1-L OA-PC 135/49/8001 56 243 04 05 07 56 257 04 05 07 2 x 28/54 Solvan H2-L OA-PC 228/5401 56 728 04 2 x 35/49 Solvan H2-L OA-PC 235/4901 05 07 2 x 35/49/80 Solvan H2-L OA-PC 235/49/8001 56 259 56 740 04 2 x 80 Solvan H2-L OA-PC 28001 silver-grey 56 242 04 05 07 1 x 28/54 Solvan H1-L OA-PC 128/5403 1 x 35/49/80 Solvan H1-L OA-PC 135/49/8003 56 244 04 05 07 56 258 04 05 07 2 x 28/54 Solvan H2-L OA-PC 228/5403 56 729 04 2 x 35/49 Solvan H2-L OA-PC 235/4903 05 07 2 x 35/49/80 Solvan H2-L OA-PC 235/49/8003 56 260 56 741 04 2 x 80 Solvan H2-L OA-PC 28003 *End caps for individual luminaires or continuous lines to be ordered separately.
C0 - C180

2.7 3.3 3.0 3.6 3.6 3.6 2.7 3.3 3.0 3.6 3.6 3.6 2.7 3.3 3.0 3.6 3.6 3.6 2.7 3.3 3.0 3.6 3.6 3.6

Solvan H1-L OTA 135/49/80 UTE: 0.40 E + 0.27 T DIN 5040: C43 CIBSE: BZ 4 NBN L 14-002: BZ 5/1/BZ 4

SolvanOTA/OA-PC
28 1120/28W/54W 1420/35W/49W/80W 28

C0 - C180

Solvan H1-L OA-PC 135/49/80 UTE: 0.36 E + 0.25 T DIN 5040: C43 CIBSE: BZ 4 NBN L 14-002: BZ 5/1/BZ 4

70 10 1176/28W/54W 1476/35W/49W/80W 28 1148/28W/54W 1448/35W/49W/80W

E 58

10

70 10 1176/28W/54W 1476/35W/49W/80W

E 58

196

Solvan
Suspended luminaires with diffuser T made of PLEXIGLAS
264

Accessories 200 Lamp characteristics 525

6 5 4 d a

IP40

0.2 Joule

650 C

Solvan H1-L T03

Solvan H2-L T01

Recommended areas Very slender suspended luminaire with filigree cubic form, for the visual and sensory illumination of conference and office areas, corridors, foyers, showrooms and sales areas. Optical System Direct/indirect. Translucent diffuser made of PMMA with stylish fine-grained surface made of PLEXIGLAS, extending 10 mm, flush with external luminaire rim. Luminaire body Powder-coated sheet steel, white (01) or silver-grey (03). Slender, elegant cubic form. Individual luminaire complete with connection cable, end caps and wire suspension. Decorative ceiling rose to be ordered separately (see accessories). Control gear options 28/54, 35/49 and 35/49/80 with Multi-Lamp technology allow for use of T5 lamps with different wattages. ...E... With electronic control gear. ...ED... With dimmable electronic control gear with 1-10 V interface. ...EDD... With digitally dimmable electronic control gear with DALI interface. Other electrical versions available on request.

Reference

TOC

Control gear option E ED EDD 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 05 05 05 05 07 07 07 07 05 05 05 05 07 07 07 07

Lamps W 1 x 28/54 1 x 35/49/80 2 x 28/54 2 x 35/49 2 x 35/49/80 2 x 80 1 x 28/54 1 x 35/49/80 2 x 28/54 2 x 35/49 2 x 35/49/80 2 x 80

B mm 85 85 101 101 101 101 85 85 101 101 101 101


C0 - C180

kg

white Solvan H1 T 128/5401 Solvan H1 T 135/49/8001 Solvan H2 T 228/5401 Solvan H2 T 235/4901 Solvan H2 T 235/49/8001 Solvan H2 T 28001 silver-grey Solvan H1 T 128/5403 Solvan H1 T 135/49/8003 Solvan H2 T 228/5403 Solvan H2 T 235/4903 Solvan H2 T 235/49/8003 Solvan H2 T 28003

56 249 56 251 56 265 56 732 56 267 56 744 56 250 56 252 56 266 56 733 56 268 56 745

2.9 3.5 3.1 3.8 3.8 3.8 2.9 3.5 3.1 3.8 3.8 3.8

Solvan H1 T 135/49/80 UTE: 0.47 D + 0.26 T DIN 5040: B43 CIBSE: BZ 3/1.25/BZ 4 NBN L 14-002: BZ 4

SolvanT

197

Solvan
Suspended luminaires with ultra-low cross-section louvre in UXP-Technology or with task area louvre UXP-AD

6 5 4 d a

IP20

0.2 Joule

850 C

Solvan H1-L UXP-H03

Solvan H2-L UXP-S01


C0 - C180

Recommended areas Very slender suspended luminaire in elegant cuboid shape for lighting in conference rooms and office areas. corridors, foyers, showrooms and sales areas, while providing a visible and sensory experience. UXP-AD Especially recommended for task-area lighting of single or twin-desks with VDU workstations. Optical System Direct/indirect. Ultra-low cross-section louvre in UXP-Technology, reflectance value 98 %. Suitable for VDU applications in accordance with EN 12464-1 due to low luminance L 1000 cd/m2 at critical angles above 65 in all planes. UXP-H Highly specular, scattering part 3 %. UXP-S Semi-specular. UXP-AD Special task area louvre in UXPTechnology, highly specular, scattering part 3 %. Integrated light-focus lamellas provide contrast-promoting, glare-free lighting over the task area. Luminaire body Sheet steel, white (01) or silver-grey (03) powder-coated. Slender, elegant cuboid shape. Luminaire body with integrated coupling brackets for precisely aligned continuous lines. End caps for individual luminaires or continuous lines, wire suspensions, cabling and decorative ceiling rose to be ordered separately (see Accessories). UXP-AD Individual luminaire complete with mains cable, end caps and wire suspensions. Decorative ceiling rose to be ordered separately (see Accessories). Electrical version 28/54, 35/49 and 35/49/80 in MultiLamp technology allows operation of T5 lamps with different wattages. E With electronic control gear. ED With dimmable electronic control gear with 1-10 V interface. EDD With digital dimmable electronic control gear with DALI interface. Other electrical versions available on request.

Solvan H1-L UXP-H 149 UTE: 0.52 B + 0.28 T DIN 5040: B63 CIBSE: BZ 1 NBN L 14-002: BZ 1
C0 - C180

Solvan H2 UXP-AD 249 UTE: 0.18 D + 0.54 T DIN 5040: D23 CIBSE: BZ 3/1.25/BZ 2 NBN L 14-002: BZ 4/1/BZ 3

198

Accessories 200 Lamp characteristics 525

264

Reference

TOC

white ED Solvan H1-L UXP-H 128/5401* 56 253 05 Solvan H1-L UXP-H 135/49/8001* 56 255 05 Solvan H2-L UXP-H 228/5401* 56 273 05 Solvan H2-L UXP-H 235/4901* 56 736 Solvan H2-L UXP-H 235/49/8001* 56 275 05 Solvan H2-L UXP-H 28001* 56 748 04 silver-grey Solvan H1-L UXP-H 128/5403* 56 254 04 05 Solvan H1-L UXP-H 135/49/8003* 56 256 04 05 Solvan H2-L UXP-H 228/5403* 56 274 04 05 Solvan H2-L UXP-H 235/4903* 56 737 04 Solvan H2-L UXP-H 235/49/8003* 56 276 05 Solvan H2-L UXP-H 28003* 56 749 04 white Solvan H1-L UXP-S 128/5401* 56 285 04 05 Solvan H1-L UXP-S 135/49/8001* 56 287 04 05 Solvan H2-L UXP-S 228/5401* 56 289 04 05 Solvan H2-L UXP-S 235/4901* 56 738 04 Solvan H2-L UXP-S 235/49/8001* 56 291 05 Solvan H2-L UXP-S 28001* 56 750 04 silver-grey Solvan H1-L UXP-S 128/5403* 56 286 04 05 Solvan H1-L UXP-S 135/49/8003* 56 288 04 05 Solvan H2-L UXP-S 228/5403* 56 290 04 05 Solvan H2-L UXP-S 235/4903* 56 739 04 Solvan H2-L UXP-S 235/49/8003* 56 292 05 Solvan H2-L UXP-S 28003* 56 751 04 white Solvan H2 UXP-AD 228/5401 56 269 04 05 Solvan H2 UXP-AD 235/4901 56 734 04 Solvan H2 UXP-AD 235/49/8001 56 271 05 Solvan H2 UXP-AD 28001 56 746 04 silver-grey Solvan H2 UXP-AD 228/5403 56 270 04 05 Solvan H2 UXP-AD 235/4903 56 735 04 Solvan H2 UXP-AD 235/49/8003 56 272 05 Solvan H2 UXP-AD 28003 56 747 04 *End caps for individual luminaires or continuous lines to be ordered separately.

Control gear option E 04 04 04 04

Lamps EDD 07 07 07 07 W 1 x 28/54 1 x 35/49/80 2 x 28/54 2 x 35/49 2 x 35/49/80 2 x 80 1 x 28/54 1 x 35/49/80 2 x 28/54 2 x 35/49 2 x 35/49/80 2 x 80 1 x 28/54 1 x 35/49/80 2 x 28/54 2 x 35/49 2 x 35/49/80 2 x 80 1 x 28/54 1 x 35/49/80 2 x 28/54 2 x 35/49 2 x 35/49/80 2 x 80 2 x 28/54 2 x 35/49 2 x 35/49/80 2 x 80 2 x 28/54 2 x 35/49 2 x 35/49/80 2 x 80

B mm 85 85 101 101 101 101 85 85 101 101 101 101 85 85 101 101 101 101 85 85 101 101 101 101 101 101 101 101 101 101 101 101

kg

2.0 2.4 2.3 2.8 2.8 2.8 2.0 2.4 2.3 2.8 2.8 2.8 2.0 2.4 2.3 2.8 2.8 2.8 2.0 2.4 2.3 2.8 2.8 2.8 2.5 2.9 2.9 2.9 2.5 2.9 2.9 2.9

07 07 07 07

07 07 07 07

07 07 07 07

07 07

07 07

SolvanUXP
28 1120/28W/54W 1420/35W/49W/80W 28

SolvanUXP
28 1148/28W/54W 1448/35W/49W/80W

70

10 1176/28W/54W 1476/35W/49W/80W

E 58

10

70 10 1176/28W/54W 1476/35W/49W/80W

E 58

199

Solvan Surface-mounted and suspended luminaires


Accessories

End caps 1 pair, for closing the ends of individual luminaires and continuous-line luminaires, snapped into place without tools.
Designation Solvan H ZKS 1 01 Solvan H ZKS 2 01 Solvan H ZKS 1 03 Solvan H ZKS 2 03 For Solvan D1 and H1 white For Solvan D2 and H2 white For Solvan D1 and H1 silver-grey For Solvan D2 and H2 silver-grey TOC 56 382 00 56 384 00 56 383 00 56 385 00

Through-wiring set Colour-coded, heat-resistant individual wires for internal wiring in continuous-line luminaires, 1.5 mm2.
Designation Solvan ZDV 315 28/54 Solvan ZDV 315 35/49/80 Solvan ZDV 515 28/54 Solvan ZDV 515 35/49/80 3-core, for luminaire length 28/54 3-core, for luminaire length 35/49/80 5-core, for luminaire length 28/54 5-core, for luminaire length 35/49/80 TOC 51 884 00 51 885 00 51 886 00 51 887 00

Continuous-line coupling OTA/OA, UXP/RAX 1 set, for connecting 2 Solvan continuous-line luminaires with diffuser or louvre or wall-washer.
Designation Solvan H ZLK For Solvan D1, D2 und H1, H2 TOC 56 386 00

Wire suspension 1 piece, 1-point, for suspension lengths up to 2000 mm.


Designation ZS1P 2000 TOC 56 389 00

200

Cable Transparent cable for suspension lengths up to 1000 mm or 2000 mm.


Designation Solvan H ZZT/315/1000 Solvan H ZZT/315/2000 Solvan H ZZT/515/1000 Solvan H ZZT/515/2000 3 x 1.5 mm2 (up to 1000 mm suspension height) 3 x 1.5 mm2 (up to 2000 mm suspension height) 5 x 1.5 mm2 (up to 1000 mm suspension height) 5 x 1.5 mm2 (up to 2000 mm suspension height) TOC 56 390 00 56 392 00 56 391 00 56 393 00

Ceiling rose 1 piece, for the connection of the mains cable in case of ceiling outlets.
Designation ZAE/01 ZAE/03 ZAA/01 ZAA/03 Square, white Square, silver-grey Round, white Round, silver-grey TOC 46 917 00 46 918 00 46 017 00 46 018 00

Removal tool Vacuum plug for removing luminaire covers OA and OTA in case of maintenance.
Designation 03630S TOC 29 265 00

201

Luceo

202

The Luceo series combines photometric efficiency with an elegance which also fulfils the special architectural demands of modern office lighting. With innovative optical systems Luceo guarantees not only light, but also contemporary, standard and VDU compliant lighting. An elegant, extremely flat luminaire body and a balanced indirect component complete the necessary elements surrounding a pleasant lighting installation.

Fine-prism structure CDP New innovative plastic optics with specially shaped fine-prism structures make light a visible and sensory experience once again of course without disturbing glare. VDU-compliant anti-glare optics ensure unlimited use in offices.

Continuous line Node and continuous-line coupling expand the design scope of the Luceo H and offer additional advantages for creativity.

Decorative indirect component In addition to efficient direct light, the indirect light component results in a decorative ceiling illumination. Due to the spatial depth, the luminaire seems to float.

203

Luceo
Suspended luminaires Luceo H with fine-prism structure CDP

6 5 4 d a

IP20

0.2 Joule

850 C

Recommended areas Especially recommended for elegant lighting of offices, sales areas, showrooms and financial institutions. Especially recommended for VDU workstations. Optical system Fine-prism structure CDP. Underside luminaire cover made of PC with fine-prism structures for all-round glare limitation, with partly reflective interior. Suitable for VDU applications in accordance with EN 12464-1 due to low luminance L 1000 cd/m2 at critical angles above 65 in all planes. Luminaire body Sheet steel, visible construction height 24 mm. With surrounding, uncut underside edge. 01 White. 03 Silver-grey, similar to RAL 9006. H Individual luminaire with perfectly integrated, flat, end caps and transparent cable for suspension lengths up to 1000 mm. Wire suspensions, 2- or 4-point, and decorative ceiling rose are to be ordered separately. H-L continuous-line luminaires. Connection cables, end caps, continuous-line couplings, wire suspension, 2- or 4-point, and decorative ceiling rose are to be ordered separately. Control gear option Versions /28/54, 35/49 in Multi-Lamp technology allow operation of T5 lamps with different wattages. E With electronic control gear. EDD With digitally dimmable electronic control gear (DALI). Other electrical versions available on request.

Luceo H CDP01
C0 - C180

Luceo H CDP 149 UTE: 0.09 C + 0.70 T DIN 5040: D52 CIBSE: BZ 1/2.5/BZ 2 NBN L 14-002: BZ 3
C0 - C180

Luceo H CDP 249 UTE: 0.10 C + 0.73 T DIN: 5040 D53 CIBSE: BZ 1/1/BZ 2 NBN L 14-002: BZ 3

204

Order examples 211 Accessories 212 Lamp characteristics 525 126

Luceo H CDP03

Reference

TOC

Luceo H CDP 128/5401 49 063 Luceo H CDP 135/49/8001 49 064 Luceo H CDP 128/5403 49 061 Luceo H CDP 135/49/8003 49 062 Luceo H CDP 228/5401 49 067 Luceo H CDP 235/4901 49 068 Luceo H CDP 28001 46 855 Luceo H CDP 228/5403 49 065 Luceo H CDP 235/4903 49 066 Luceo H CDP 28003 46 856 Continuous-line luminaires* Luceo H-L CDP 128/54 01 49 907 Luceo H-L CDP 135/49/80 01 49 908 Luceo H-L CDP 128/54 03 49 912 Luceo H-L CDP 135/49/80 03 49 913 Luceo H-L CDP 228/5401 49 909 Luceo H-L CDP 235/4901 49 910 Luceo H-L CDP 28001 49 911 Luceo H-L CDP 228/54 03 49 914 Luceo H-L CDP 235/49 03 49 915 Luceo H-L CDP 280 03 49 916 * Continuous-line end caps to be ordered separately.

Control gear option E EDD 04 07 04 07 04 07 04 07 04 07 04 07 04 07 04 07 04 07 04 07 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 07 07 07 07 07 07 07 07 07 07

Lamps W 1 x 28/54 1 x 35/49/80 1 x 28/54 1 x 35/49/80 2 x 28/54 2 x 35/49 2 x 80 2 x 28/54 2 x 35/49 2 x 80 1 x 28/54 1 x 35/49/80 1 x 28/54 1 x 35/49/80 2 x 28/54 2 x 35/49 2 x 80 2 x 28/54 2 x 35/49 2 x 80

L mm 1286 1586 1286 1586 1286 1586 1586 1286 1586 1586 1286 1586 1286 1586 1286 1586 1586 1286 1586 1586

D1

D2

kg

1258 1558 1258 1558 1258 1558 1558 1258 1558 1558 1303 1603 1303 1603 1303 1603 1603 1303 1603 1603 1350 1650 1350 1650 1350 1650 1650 1350 1650 1650

5.0 6.3 5.0 6.3 5.0 6.3 6.3 5.0 6.3 6.3 5.0 6.3 5.0 6.3 5.0 6.3 6.3 5.0 6.3 6.3

Luceo H CDP
160 D

Luceo H-L CDP


160 D1 D2

80 220 220 160

80

1286/28/54W 1586/35/49/80W

65

1286/28/54W 1586/35/49/80W

65

205

Luceo
Suspended luminaires Luceo H with ultra-low cross-section louvre UXP-H or UXP-S Suspended task-area luminaire UXP-AD

6 5 4 d a

IP20

0.2 Joule

850 C

Recommended areas Especially recommended for elegant lighting of offices, sales areas, showrooms and financial institutions. Especially recommended for VDU workstations. Optical system UXP-H direct/indirect. Ultra-low crosssection louvre in UXP-Technology, highlyspecular, reflectance value 98 %, scattering part 3 %. UXP-S Direct/indirect. Ultra-low crosssection louvre in UXP-Technology, semispecular, reflectance value 98 %. UXP-AD direct/indirect. Special ultra-low cross-section task area louvre for high contrast rendering in UXP-Technology, highly specular reflectance value 98 %, scattering part 3 %. Louvre with integrated light-focus lamellas. Suitable for VDU applications in accordance with EN 12464-1 due to low luminance L 1000 cd/m2 at critical angles above 65 in all planes. Luminaire body Sheet steel, visible construction height 24 mm. With surrounding, uncut underside edge, 50 mm wide. 01 White. 03 Silver-grey, similar to RAL 9006. H Individual luminaire with perfectly integrated, flat end caps and transparent cable for suspension lengths up to 1000 mm. Wire suspensions, 2- or 4-point, and decorative ceiling rose are to ordered separately. H-L Continuous-line luminaires. Connection cables, end caps, continuous-line couplings, wire suspension, 2- or 4-point, and decorative ceiling rose are to be ordered separately. Control gear option Versions /28/54, 35/49 in Multi-Lamp technology allow operation of T5 lamps with different wattages. E With electronic control gear. EDD With digitally dimmable electronic control gear (DALI). EDD+ActiM With integrated ActiLume controller and sensor unit for daylight-dependent control and presence detection, see page 498. Other electrical versions available on request.
Luceo H UXP-H 101 Luceo H UXP-S 203
C0 - C180 C0 - C180 C0 - C180

Luceo H UXP-H 149 UTE: 0.32 B + 0.59 T DIN 5040: D53 CIBSE: BZ 2 NBN L 14-002: BZ 2

Luceo H UXP-H 249 UTE: 0.36 B + 0.59 T DIN 5040: D53 CIBSE: BZ 1 NBN L 14-002: BZ 2

Luceo H UXP-AD 249 UTE: 0.13 C + 0.75 T DIN 5040: D53 CIBSE: BZ 5/.75/BZ 4 NBN L 14-002: BZ 3

Luceo H1

Luceo H2

206

Order examples 211 Accessories 212 Light management system 490 Lamp characteristics 525 126

Control gear option UXP-H E EDD Luceo H UXP-H 128/5401 49 025 04 07 Luceo H UXP-H 135/49/8001 49 026 04 07 Luceo H UXP-H 128/5403 49 017 04 07 Luceo H UXP-H 135/49/8003 49 018 04 07 Luceo H UXP-H 228/5401 49 027 04 07 Luceo H UXP-H 235/4901 49 028 04 07 Luceo H UXP-H 28001 45 898 04 07 Luceo H UXP-H 228/5403 49 019 04 07 Luceo H UXP-H 235/4903 49 020 04 07 Luceo H UXP-H 28003 45 899 04 07 Master luminaires with integrated Actilume light management system Luceo H UXP-H 135/49/80 EDD+ActiM 03 56 432 07 Luceo H UXP-H 235/49/80 EDD+ActiM 03 51 113 07 Continuous-line luminaires* Luceo H-L UXP-H 128/5401 49 045 04 07 Luceo H-L UXP-H 135/49/8001 49 046 04 07 Luceo H-L UXP-H 128/5403 49 037 04 07 Luceo H-L UXP-H 135/49/8003 49 038 04 07 Luceo H-L UXP-H 228/5401 49 047 04 07 Luceo H-L UXP-H 235/4901 49 048 04 07 Luceo H-L UXP-H 28001 46 885 04 07 Luceo H-L UXP-H 228/5403 49 039 04 07 Luceo H-L UXP-H 235/4903 49 040 04 07 Luceo H-L UXP-H 28003 46 886 04 07 UXP-S Luceo H UXP-S 128/5401 49 029 04 07 Luceo H UXP-S 135/49/8001 49 030 04 07 Luceo H UXP-S 128/5403 49 021 04 07 Luceo H UXP-S 135/49/8003 49 022 04 07 Luceo H UXP-S 228/5401 49 031 04 07 Luceo H UXP-S 235/4901 49 032 04 07 Luceo H UXP-S 28001 45 918 04 07 Luceo H UXP-S 228/5403 49 023 04 07 Luceo H UXP-S 235/4903 49 024 04 07 Luceo H UXP-S 28003 45 919 04 07 Continuous-line luminaires* Luceo H-L UXP-S 128/5401 49 049 04 07 Luceo H-L UXP-S 135/49/8001 49 050 04 07 Luceo H-L UXP-S 128/5403 49 041 04 07 Luceo H-L UXP-S 135/49/8003 49 042 04 07 Luceo H-L UXP-S 228/5401 49 051 04 07 Luceo H-L UXP-S 235/4901 49 052 04 07 Luceo H-L UXP-S 28001 46 905 04 07 Luceo H-L UXP-S 228/5403 49 043 04 07 Luceo H-L UXP-S 235/4903 49 044 04 07 Luceo H-L UXP-S 28003 46 906 04 07 UXP-AD Luceo H UXP-AD 228/5401 49 035 04 07 Luceo H UXP-AD 235/4901 49 036 04 07 Luceo H UXP-AD 28001 45 735 04 07 Luceo H UXP-AD 228/5403 49 033 04 07 Luceo H UXP-AD 235/4903 49 034 04 07 Luceo H UXP-AD 28003 45 736 04 07 Master luminaires with integrated Actilume light management system 07 Luceo H UXP-AD 235/49/80 EDD+ActiM 03 51 080 *End caps for individual luminaires or continuous lines to be ordered separately.

Reference

TOC

Lamps W 1 x 28/54 1 x 35/49/80 1 x 28/54 1 x 35/49/80 2 x 28/54 2 x 35/49 2 x 80 2 x 28/54 2 x 35/49 2 x 80 1 x 35/49/80 2 x 35/49/80 1 x 28/54 1 x 35/49/80 1 x 28/54 1 x 35/49/80 2 x 28/54 2 x 35/49 2 x 80 2 x 28/54 2 x 35/49 2 x 80 1 x 28/54 1 x 35/49/80 1 x 28/54 1 x 35/49/80 2 x 28/54 2 x 35/49 2 x 80 2 x 28/54 2 x 35/49 2 x 80 1 x 28/54 1 x 35/49/80 1 x 28/54 1 x 35/49/80 2 x 28/54 2 x 35/49 2 x 80 2 x 28/54 2 x 35/49 2 x 80 2 x 28/54 2 x 35/49 2 x 80 2 x 28/54 2 x 35/49 2 x 80 2 x 35/49/80 W

L mm 1286 1586 1286 1586 1286 1586 1586 1286 1586 1586 1586 1586 1286 1586 1286 1586 1286 1586 1586 1286 1586 1586 1286 1586 1286 1586 1286 1586 1586 1286 1586 1586 1286 1586 1286 1586 1286 1586 1586 1286 1586 1586 1286 1586 1586 1286 1586 1586 1586

D1

D2

kg

1258 1558 1258 1558 1258 1558 1558 1258 1558 1558 1558 1558 1303 1603 1303 1603 1303 1603 1603 1303 1603 1603 1258 1558 1258 1558 1258 1558 1558 1258 1558 1558 1303 1603 1303 1603 1303 1603 1603 1303 1603 1603 1258 1558 1558 1258 1558 1558 1558 1350 1650 1350 1650 1350 1650 1650 1350 1650 1650 1350 1650 1350 1650 1350 1650 1650 1350 1650 1650

3.4 4.1 3.4 4.1 3.9 4.9 4.9 3.9 4.9 4.9 3.5 4.9 3.4 4.1 3.4 4.1 3.9 4.9 4.9 3.9 4.9 4.9 3.4 4.1 3.4 4.1 3.9 4.9 4.9 3.9 4.9 4.9 3.4 4.1 3.4 4.1 3.9 4.9 4.9 3.9 4.9 4.9 4.2 5.4 5.4 4.2 5.4 5.4 5.4

Luceo H-L1
D1 D2

Luceo H-L2
80 90 80 180 120 80 80

1286/28/54W 1586/35/49/80W

65

1286/28/54W 1586/35/49/80W

65

1286/28/54W 1586/35/49/80W

65

1286/28/54W 1586/35/49/80W

65

207

Luceo
Surface-mounted luminaires Luceo D with ultra-low cross-section louvre UXP-H or UXP-S

6 5 4 d a

IP20

0.2 Joule

850 C

Recommended areas Especially recommended for elegant lighting of offices, sales areas, classrooms, showrooms and financial institutions. Especially recommended for VDU workstations. Optical system UXP-H Direct with decorative indirect component. Ultra-low cross-section in UXPTechnology, highly specular, reflectance value 98 %, scattering part 3 %. UXP-S Direct with decorative indirect component. Ultra-low cross-section in UXPTechnology, semi-specular, reflectance value 98 %. Suitable for VDU applications in accordance with EN 12464-1 due to low luminance L 1000 cd/m2 at critical angles above 65 in all planes. Luminaire body Sheet steel, visible construction height 24 mm. With surrounding, uncut underside edge, 50 mm wide, and with perfectly integrated, flat end caps. Perforated luminaire back plate for decorative indirect light component. 01 White. 03 Silver-grey, similar to RAL 9006. Control gear option Versions /28/54, 35/49 in Multi-Lamp technology allow operation of T5 lamps with different wattages. E With electronic control gear. EDD With digitally dimmable electronic control gear (DALI). Other electrical versions available upon request.

Luceo D UXP-H 101


C0 - C180

Luceo D UXP-H 149 UTE: 0.67 B + 0.05 T DIN 5040: A53 CIBSE: BZ 2 NBN L 14-002: BZ 2/1.25/BZ 1/4/ BZ 2
C0 - C180

Luceo D UXP-H 249 UTE: 0.61 C + 0.03 T DIN 5040: A50 CIBSE: BZ 1 NBN L 14-002: BZ 2

208

Order examples211 Accessories 212 Lamp characteristics 525 126

Luceo D UXP-S 203

Reference Highly specular Luceo D UXP-H 128/5401 Luceo D UXP-H 135/49/8001 Luceo D UXP-H 128/5403 Luceo D UXP-H 135/49/8003 Luceo D UXP-H 228/5401 Luceo D UXP-H 235/4901 Luceo D UXP-H 28001 Luceo D UXP-H 228/5403 Luceo D UXP-H 235/4903 Luceo D UXP-H 28003 Semi-specular Luceo D UXP-S 128/5401 Luceo D UXP-S 135/49/8001 Luceo D UXP-S 128/5403 Luceo D UXP-S 135/49/8003 Luceo D UXP-S 228/5401 Luceo D UXP-S 235/4901 Luceo D UXP-S 28001 Luceo D UXP-S 228/5403 Luceo D UXP-S 235/4903 Luceo D UXP-S 28003

TOC

49 005 49 006 48 997 48 998 49 007 49 008 45 857 48 999 49 000 45 858 49 009 49 010 49 001 49 002 49 011 49 012 45 877 49 003 49 004 45 878

Control gear option E EDD 04 07 04 07 04 07 04 07 04 07 04 07 04 07 04 07 04 07 04 07 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 07 07 07 07 07 07 07 07 07 07

Lamps W 1 x 28/54 1 x 35/49/80 1 x 28/54 1 x 35/49/80 2 x 28/54 2 x 35/49 2 x 80 2 x 28/54 2 x 35/49 2 x 80 1 x 28/54 1 x 35/49/80 1 x 28/54 1 x 35/49/80 2 x 28/54 2 x 35/49 2 x 80 2 x 28/54 2 x 35/49 2 x 80

L mm 1286 1586 1286 1586 1286 1586 1586 1286 1586 1586 1286 1586 1286 1586 1286 1586 1586 1286 1586 1586

E1

E2

kg

900 1200 900 1200 900 1200 1200 900 1200 1200 900 1200 900 1200 900 1200 1200 900 1200 1200

33.5 33.5 33.5 33.5 48.5 48.5 48.5 48.5 48.5 48.5 33.5 33.5 33.5 33.5 48.5 48.5 48.5 48.5 48.5 48.5

27.5 27.5 27.5 27.5 27.5 27.5 27.5 27.5 27.5 27.5 27.5 27.5 27.5 27.5 27.5 27.5 27.5 27.5 27.5 27.5

3.7 4.4 3.7 4.4 4.2 5.2 5.2 4.2 5.2 5.2 3.7 4.4 3.7 4.4 4.2 5.2 5.2 4.2 5.2 5.2

Luceo D1

Luceo D2

E2 E1

E2 E1

209

Luceo
Surface-mounted luminaires Luceo D with wall-washer optics RAX
126

Order examples211 Accessories 212 Lamp characteristics 525

6 5 4 d a

IP20

0.2 Joule

850 C

Recommended areas Offices, sales areas, showrooms and classrooms , especially suited for blackboard and shelf lighting. Optical system Direct lighting, with asymmetrical wallwasher reflector. Luminaire body Sheet steel, visible construction height 24 mm. With surrounding, uncut underside edge, 50 mm wide, as well as with perfectly integrated, flat end caps. Luminaire roof recoiling. 01 White. 03 Silver-grey, similar to RAL 9006. Control gear option Versions 28/54 and 35/49/80 in MultiLamp technology allow operation of T5 lamps with different wattages. E With electronic control gear. EDD With digitally dimmable electronic control gear (DALI). Other electrical versions available upon request.
Reference Luceo D RAX 128/5401 135/49/8001 128/5403 135/49/8003 TOC Control gear option E 04 04 04 04 EDD 07 07 07 07 Lamps W 1 x 28/54 1 x 35/49/80 1 x 28/54 1 x 35/49/80 Luceo D RAX 103

E1 mm 48.5 48.5 48.5 48.5

E2

kg

49 015 49 016 49 013 49 014

27.5 27.5 27.5 27.5


C0 - C180

4.2 5.2 4.2 5.2

Luceo D RAX149 UTE: 0.82E + 0.00T DIN 5040: A40 CIBSE: BZ 4 NBN L 14-002: BZ 4

Luceo D RAX

E2 E1 28 900/351200 28 1286/351586

210

Order examples

1603

1750 E

Order example Luceo continuous-line arrangement (UXP) as diagram*


Suspended continuous-line luminaires Continuous-line couplings, 2-lamp, silver-grey Individual end caps, 2-lamp, silver-grey Nodes, including wire suspension, 1000 mm, silver-grey 4 piece Luceo ZKK/2/03 Node couplings, 2-lamp, silver-grey 1 piece Luceo ZDV/315/35/49/80 Through-wiring sets, 3 x 1.5 mm2 3 piece ZS/1000 4-point wire suspensions, 1000 mm 1 piece Luceo ZZT/315/1000 Transparent mains cable, 3 x 1.5 mm2, 1000 mm * Incoming supply optionally through the node or continuous-line ends. 4 piece 1 piece 1 pair 2 piece Luceo H-L UXP-H 235/49 E 03 Luceo ZLK/S/03 Luceo ZKS/2/03 Luceo ZKP/03

Accessory through-wiring set Integrated through-wiring Incoming point

1703 3457

1850

2030

1450 E

1303

Order example Luceo continuous-line arrangement (UXP) as diagram*


5 piece Luceo H-L UXP-H 228/54 E 03 Suspended continuous-line luminaires 4 piece Luceo ZKK/2/03 Node couplings, 2-lamp, silver-grey 2 piece Luceo ZKP/03 Node with wire suspensions 1000 mm, silver-grey 2 piece Luceo ZLK/2/03 Continuous-line couplings, 2-lamp, silver-grey 4 piece ZST/1000 2-point wire suspensions, 1000 mm 1 pair Luceo ZKS/2/03 Individual end caps, 2-lamp, silver-grey 2 piece Luceo ZDV/315/28/54 Through-wiring sets, 3 x 1.5 mm2 1 piece Luceo ZZT/315/1000 Transparent mains cable, 3 x 1.5 mm2, 1000 mm * Incoming supply optionally through the node or continuous-line ends.

Accessory through-wiring set Integrated through-wiring Incoming point

1730

1550

2857

1558

Order example Luceo individual luminaire (UXP-AD) as diagram


1 piece 2 piece Luceo H UXP-AD 280 E 03 ZS/2000 Individual luminaire 4-point wire suspensions, 2000 mm

1586

160

1558

Order example Luceo individual luminaire (CDP) as diagram


1 piece 2 piece
220

Luceo H CDP 235 E 03 ZST/1000

Individual luminaire 2-point wire suspensions, 1000 mm

1586

1403 (28/54W) 1703 (35/49/80W)

Using the nodes it is possible to implement architecturally elegant geometrical arrangements with any angles from 90 to 150.

90 160 130

132

211

Luceo
Accessories

Continuous-line coupling 1 piece, aluminium profile, including end caps for connecting two continuous-line luminaires Luceo H-L (wire suspensions, 2-point or 4-point, to be ordered separately).
Luceo ZLK/1/01 Luceo ZLK/1/03 Luceo ZLK/2/01 Luceo ZLK/2/03 Luceo ZLK/3/01 Luceo ZLK/3/03 For 1-lamp luminaires UXP, white For 1-lamp luminaires UXP, silver-grey For 2-lamp luminaires UXP, white For 2-lamp luminaires UXP, silver-grey For 1 and 2-lamp luminaires CDP, white For 1 and 2-lamp luminaires CDP, silver-grey 46 921 00 46 922 00 46 925 00 46 926 00 49 792 00 49 793 00

Node 1 piece, die-cast aluminium, for up to four junctions, angles continuously adjustable between 90 and 160. With integral wire suspension for suspension lengths of up to 1500 mm and wiring accessories.
Luceo ZKP 01 Luceo ZKP 03 White Silver-grey 46 931 00 46 932 00

Node coupling 1 piece, for the connection of luminaires Luceo H-L with node Luceo ZKP, including 5-wire through-wiring 5 x 1.5 mm2.
Luceo ZKK/1/01 Luceo ZKK/1/03 Luceo ZKK/2/01 Luceo ZKK/2/03 Luceo ZKK/3/01 Luceo ZKK/3/03 For 1-lamp luminaires UXP, white For 1-lamp luminaires UXP, silver-grey For 2-lamp luminaires UXP, white For 2-lamp luminaires UXP, silver-grey For 1 and 2-lamp luminaires CDP, white For 1 and 2-lamp luminaires CDP, silver-grey 46 927 00 46 928 00 46 929 00 46 930 00 49 794 00 49 795 00

End caps 1 pair of polycarbonate end caps for closing both ends of continuous-line luminaires, snapped into place without tools.
Luceo ZKS/1/01 Luceo ZKS/1/03 Luceo ZKS/2/01 Luceo ZKS/2/03 Luceo ZKS/3/01 Luceo ZKS/3/03 For 1-lamp luminaires UXP, white For 1-lamp luminaires UXP, silver-grey For 2-lamp luminaires UXP, white For 2-lamp luminaires UXP, silver-grey For 1 and 2-lamp luminaires CDP, white For 1 and 2-lamp luminaires CDP, silver-grey 46 933 00 46 934 00 46 935 00 46 936 00 51 353 00 50 286 00

Ceiling rose* 1 piece, for the connection of the mains cable for ceiling terminations.
ZAA/01 ZAA/03 ZAE/01 Round, white Round, silver-grey Square, white 46 017 00 46 018 00 46 917 00

212

Mains cable Transparent mains cable for continuous-line luminaires Luceo H-L UXP.
For suspension lengths up to 1000 mm Luceo ZZT/315/1000 3 x 1.5 mm2 Luceo ZZT/515/1000 5 x 1.5 mm2 For suspension lengths up to 2000 mm Luceo ZZT/315/2000 3 x 1.5 mm2 Luceo ZZT/515/2000 5 x 1.5 mm2 46 915 00 46 916 00 48 942 00 48 943 00

Through-wiring (not illustrated) Colour-coded, heat-resistant individual wires 1.5 mm2.


Luceo ZDV/315/28/54 Luceo ZDV/515/28/54 Luceo ZDV/315/35/49/80 Luceo ZDV/515/35/49/80 3 x 1.5 mm2, for 28 W, 54 W 5 x 1.5 mm2, for 28 W, 54 W 3 x 1.5 mm2, for 35 W, 49 W, 80 W 5 x 1.5 mm2, for 35 W, 49 W, 80 W 46 911 00 46 912 00 46 913 00 46 914 00

Overhead reflector 1 piece, sheet steel, for increasing the direct component to approx. 65 % or 100 % for Luceo H UXP luminaires. Simple fixing to luminaire body by means of screw connection.
Perforated Luceo ZDG/1/1200/01 Luceo ZDG/1/1200/03 Luceo ZDG/1/1500/01 Luceo ZDG/1/1500/03 Luceo ZDG/2/1200/01 Luceo ZDG/2/1200/03 Luceo ZDG/2/1500/01 Luceo ZDG/2/1500/03 Closed Luceo ZDR/1/1200/01 Luceo ZDR/1/1200/03 Luceo ZDR/1/1500/01 Luceo ZDR/1/1500/03 Luceo ZDR/2/1200/01 Luceo ZDR/2/1200/03 Luceo ZDR/2/1500/01 Luceo ZDR/2/1500/03 For luminaires 1-lamp 28 W, 54 W 28 W, 54 W 35 W, 49 W, 80 W 35 W, 49 W, 80 W For luminaires 2-lamp 28 W, 54 W 28 W, 54 W 35 W, 49 W, 80 W 35 W, 49 W, 80 W For luminaires 1-lamp 28 W, 54 W 28 W, 54 W 35 W, 49 W, 80 W 35 W, 49 W, 80 W For luminaires 2-lamp 28 W, 54 W 28 W, 54 W 35 W, 49 W, 80 W 35 W, 49 W, 80 W Colour White Silver-grey White Silver-grey White Silver-grey White Silver-grey Colour White Silver-grey White Silver-grey White Silver-grey White Silver-grey 46 019 00 46 020 00 46 021 00 46 022 00 46 023 00 46 024 00 46 025 00 46 026 00

46 907 00 46 908 00 46 909 00 46 910 00 46 031 00 46 032 00 46 033 00 46 034 00

Wire suspension, 2-point in Y-form


ZST/1000* 1 pc., 2-point, for suspension lengths of up to 1000 mm ZST/2000* 1 pc., 2-point, for suspension lengths of up to 2000 mm * 2 pieces necessary per individual luminaire. 46 037 00 46 038 00

Wire suspension, 4-point


ZS/1000* 1 pair, 4-point, for suspension lengths of up to 1000 mm ZS/2000* 1 pair, 4-point, for suspension lengths of up to 2000 mm * 2 pairs necessary per individual luminaire. 46 035 00 46 036 00

213

Series 5051 AL
Extruded aluminium suspended luminaires for task area lighting

6 5 4 d a

IP20

0.2 Joule

960 C

5051 AL-AD
C0 - C180

Application For lighting of cluster workstations or individual workstations in offices and financial institutions. Especially recommended for VDU workstations. Optical system Direct/indirect, with special task area louvre for increased contrast rendering, made of reflection-intensifying, highly-specular aluminium with a surface purity of 99.99 %. Suitable for VDU applications due to low luminance L 1000 cd/m2 at critical angles above 65 in all planes. Louvre retention by means of spring-tensioned clips, providing earth continuity. Louvre can be lowered and hung from either side without tools. Luminaire body Powder-coated aluminium, silver-grey. In elegant rectangular design with minimal edge radii for holding continuous optical systems in one, two or three lamp lengths. With surrounding 40 mm wide rim. Control gear options E With electronic control gear. ED With dimmable electronic control gear with 1-10 V interface. Other electrical versions available on request.

5051 AL-AD/I/2x49 UTE: 0.09 G + 0.73 T DIN 5040: D03 CIBSE: BZ 3/2/ BZ 2/2.5/BZ 3 NBN L 14-002: BZ 5/1/BZ 4

214

Accessories 222 Lamp characteristics 525

Reference 1-length 5051 AL-AD/I/2x28 5051 AL-AD/I/2x35 5051 AL-AD/I/2x49 5051 AL-AD/I/2x54 5051 AL-AD/I/2x80 2-length 5051 AL-AD/II/2x28 5051 AL-AD/II/2x35 5051 AL-AD/II/2x49 5051 AL-AD/II/2x54 5051 AL-AD/II/2x80 3-length 5051 AL-AD/III/2x28 5051 AL-AD/III/2x35 5051 AL-AD/III/2x49 5051 AL-AD/III/2x54 5051 AL-AD/III/2x80

TOC

Control gear options E ED 05 05 05 05

Lamps W 2 x 28 2 x 35 2 x 49 2 x 54 2 x 80 4 x 28 4 x 35 4 x 49 4 x 54 4 x 80 6 x 28 6 x 35 6 x 49 6 x 54 6 x 80

kg

39 080 39 081 38 872 38 871 38 873 39 082 39 083 38 875 38 874 38 876 39 084 39 085 38 878 38 877 38 879

04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 05 05 05 05

3.2 4.0 4.0 3.2 4.0 5.6 6.4 6.4 5.6 6.4 8.0 8.8 8.8 8.0 8.8

05 05 05 05

5051 AL-AD/I/

5051 AL-AD/II/

5051 AL-AD/III/

* Pendant suspension only possible with single-length and two-length versions.

215

Series 5051 AL
Extruded aluminium suspended luminaires with reflection-intensifying, highly-specular parabolic louvre RPX

6 5 4 d a

IP20

0.2 Joule

960 C

5051 AL-RPX
C0 - C180

Application Offices, sales areas, showrooms and financial institutions. Especially recommended for VDU workstations. Optical system Direct/indirect. Micro-segmented, parabolic louvre RPX made of reflection-intensifying, highly-specular aluminium with a surface purity of 99.99 % for especially high light output. Suitable for VDU applications in accordance with EN 12464-1 due to limited luminance L 1000 cd/m2 at critical angles above 65 in all planes. Louvre retention by means of spring-tensioned clips, providing earth continuity. Louvre can be lowered and hung from either side without tools. Luminaire body Powder-coated aluminium, silver-grey. In elegant rectangular design with minimal edge radii for holding continuous optical systems in one, two or three lamp lengths. With surrounding 40 mm wide rim. Control gear option Versions 28/54 and 35/49/80 in MultiLamp technology allow operation of T5 lamps with different wattages. E With electronic control gear. ED With dimmable electronic control gear with 1-10 V interface. Other electrical versions available on request.

5051 AL-RPX/I/49 UTE: 0.36 B + 0.59 T DIN 5040: D62 CIBSE: BZ 2 NBN L 14-002: BZ 2/.8/BZ 1

216

Accessories 222 Lamp characteristics 525

Reference 1-length 5051 AL-RPX/I/28/54 5051 AL-RPX/I/35/49/80 5051 AL-RPX/I/49 5051 AL-RPX/I/54 5051 AL-RPX/I/80 5051 AL-RPX/I/2x28 5051 AL-RPX/I/2x35 5051 AL-RPX/I/2x49 5051 AL-RPX/I/2x54 5051 AL-RPX/I/2x80 2-length 5051 AL-RPX/II/28/54 5051 AL-RPX/II/35/49/80 5051 AL-RPX/II/49 5051 AL-RPX/II/54 5051 AL-RPX/II/80 5051 AL-RPX/II/2x28 5051 AL-RPX/II/2x35 5051 AL-RPX/II/2x49 5051 AL-RPX/II/2x54 5051 AL-RPX/II/2x80 3-length 5051 AL-RPX/III/28/54 5051 AL-RPX/III/35/49/80 5051 AL-RPX/III/49 5051 AL-RPX/III/54 5051 AL-RPX/III/80 5051 AL-RPX/III/2x28 5051 AL-RPX/III/2x35 5051 AL-RPX/III/2x49 5051 AL-RPX/III/2x54 5051 AL-RPX/III/2x80

TOC

Control gear options E 04 04 ED

Lamps W 1 x 28/54 1 x 35/49/80 1 x 49 1 x 54 1 x 80 2 x 28 2 x 35 2 x 49 2 x 54 2 x 80 2 x 28/54 2 x 35/49/80 2 x 49 2 x 54 2 x 80 4 x 28 4 x 35 4 x 49 4 x 54 4 x 80 3 x 28/54 3 x 35/49/80 3 x 49 3 x 54 3 x 80 6 x 28 6 x 35 6 x 49 6 x 54 6 x 80

kg

38 910 38 912 38 913 38 914 38 915 39 092 39 093 38 917 38 916 38 918 38 920 38 922 38 923 38 924 38 925 39 094 39 095 38 927 38 926 38 928 38 930 38 932 38 933 38 934 38 935 39 096 39 097 38 937 38 936 38 938

04 04 04 04 04 04 04

05 05 05 05 05 05 05

2.8 3.6 3.6 2.8 3.6 3.0 3.8 3.8 3.0 3.8 5.0 6.6 6.6 5.0 6.6 5.2 6.0 6.0 5.2 6.0 7.2 8.8 8.8 7.2 8.8 7.4 8.2 8.2 7.4 8.2

04 04 04 04 04 04 04

05 05 05 05 05 05 05

04 04 04 04 04

05 05 05 05 05 05 05

5051 AL-RPX/I/

5051 AL-RPX/II/

5051 AL-RPX/III/

* Pendant suspension only possible with single-length and two-length versions.

217

Series 5051 AL
Extruded aluminium suspended luminaires with reflection-intensifying, semi-specular parabolic louvre RSX

6 5 4 d a

IP20

0.2 Joule

960 C

5051 AL-RSX
C0 - C180

Application Offices, sales areas, showrooms and financial institutions. Especially recommended for VDU workstations. Optical system Direct/indirect. Micro-segmented, parabolic louvre RSX made of reflection-intensifying, semi-specular aluminium with a surface purity of 99.99 % for especially high light output. Suitable for VDU applications in accordance with EN 12464-1 due to low luminance L 1000 cd/m2 at critical angles above 65 in all planes. Louvre retention by means of spring-tensioned clips, providing earth continuity. Louvre can be lowered and hung from either side without tools. Luminaire body Powder-coated aluminium, silver-grey. In elegant rectangular design with minimal edge radii for holding continuous optical systems in one, two or three lamp lengths. With surrounding 40 mm wide rim. Control gear option Versions 28/54 and 35/49/80 in MultiLamp technology allow operation of T5 lamps with different wattages. E With electronic control gear. ED With dimmable electronic control gear with 1-10 V interface. Other electrical versions available on request.

5051 AL-RSX/I/49 UTE: 0.36 B + 0.59 T DIN 5040: D62 CIBSE: BZ 2 NBN L 14-002: BZ 2/.8/BZ 1

218

Accessories 222 Lamp characteristics 525

Reference 1-length 5051 AL-RSX/I/28/54 5051 AL-RSX/I/35/49/80 5051 AL-RSX/I/49 5051 AL-RSX/I/54 5051 AL-RSX/I/80 5051 AL-RSX/I/2x28 5051 AL-RSX/I/2x35 5051 AL-RSX/I/2x49 5051 AL-RSX/I/2x54 5051 AL-RSX/I/2x80 2-length 5051 AL-RSX/II/28/54 5051 AL-RSX/II/35/49/80 5051 AL-RSX/II/49 5051 AL-RSX/II/54 5051 AL-RSX/II/80 5051 AL-RSX/II/2x28 5051 AL-RSX/II/2x35 5051 AL-RSX/II/2x49 5051 AL-RSX/II/2x54 5051 AL-RSX/II/2x80 3-length 5051 AL-RSX/III/28/54 5051 AL-RSX/III/35/49/80 5051 AL-RSX/III/49 5051 AL-RSX/III/54 5051 AL-RSX/III/80 5051 AL-RSX/III/2x28 5051 AL-RSX/III/2x35 5051 AL-RSX/III/2x49 5051 AL-RSX/III/2x54 5051 AL-RSX/III/2x80

TOC

Control gear options E 04 04 ED

Lamps W 1 x 28/54 1 x 35/49/80 1 x 49 1 x 54 1 x 80 2 x 28 2 x 35 2 x 49 2 x 54 2 x 80 2 x 28/54 2 x 35/49/80 2 x 49 2 x 54 2 x 80 4 x 28 4 x 35 4 x 49 4 x 54 4 x 80 3 x 28/54 3 x 35/49/80 3 x 49 3 x 54 3 x 80 6 x 28 6 x 35 6 x 49 6 x 54 6 x 80

kg

47 273 38 882 38 883 38 884 38 885 39 086 39 087 38 887 38 886 38 888 38 890 38 892 38 893 38 894 38 895 39 088 39 089 38 897 38 896 38 898 38 900 38 902 38 903 38 904 38 905 39 090 39 091 38 906 38 907 38 908

04 04 04 04 04 04 04

05 05 05 05 05 05 05

2.8 3.6 3.6 2.8 3.6 3.0 3.8 3.8 3.0 3.8 5.0 6.6 6.6 5.0 6.6 5.2 6.0 6.0 5.2 6.0 7.2 8.8 8.8 7.2 8.8 7.4 8.2 8.2 7.4 8.2

04 04 04 04 04 04 04

05 05 05 05 05 05 05

04 04 04 04 04

05 05 05 05 05 05 05

5051 AL-RSX/I/

5051 AL-RSX/II/

5051 AL-RSX/III/

* Pendant suspension only possible with single-length and two-length versions.

219

Series 5051 AL
Extruded aluminium suspended luminaires with semi-specular parabolic louvre RMV

6 5 4 d a

IP20

0.2 Joule

960 C

5051 AL-RMV
C0 - C180

Application Offices, sales areas, showrooms and financial institutions. Especially recommended for VDU workstations. Optical system Direct/indirect. Micro-segmented parabolic louvre RMV made of semi-specular anodised aluminium with a surface purity of 99.98 %. Suitable for VDU applications in accordance with EN 12464-1 due to low luminance L 1000 cd/m2 at critical angles above 65 in all planes. Louvre retention by means of spring-tensioned clips, providing earth continuity. Louvre can be lowered and hung from either side without tools. Luminaire body Powder-coated aluminium, silver-grey. In elegant rectangular design with minimal edge radii for holding continuous optical systems in one, two or three lamp lengths. With surrounding 40 mm wide rim. Control gear option Versions /28/54 and 35/49 in MultiLamp technology allow operation of T5 lamps with different wattages. E With electronic control gear. ED With dimmable electronic control gear with 1-10 V interface. Other electrical versions available on request.

5051 AL-RMV/I/49 UTE: 0.44 B + 0.23 T DIN 5040: B63 CIBSE: BZ 2/1.5/BZ 1 NBN L 14-002: BZ 1

220

Accessories 222 Lamp characteristics 525

Reference 1-length 5051 AL-RMV/I/28/54 5051 AL-RMV/I/35/49/80 5051 AL-RMV/I/49 5051 AL-RMV/I/54 5051 AL-RMV/I/80 5051 AL-RMV/I/2x28 5051 AL-RMV/I/2x35 5051 AL-RMV/I/2x49 5051 AL-RMV/I/2x54 5051 AL-RMV/I/2x80 2-length 5051 AL-RMV/II/28/54 5051 AL-RMV/II/35/49/80 5051 AL-RMV/II/49 5051 AL-RMV/II/54 5051 AL-RMV/II/80 5051 AL-RMV/II/2x28 5051 AL-RMV/II/2x35 5051 AL-RMV/II/2x49 5051 AL-RMV/II/2x54 5051 AL-RMV/II/2x80 3-length 5051 AL-RMV/III/28/54 5051 AL-RMV/III/35/49/80 5051 AL-RMV/III/49 5051 AL-RMV/III/54 5051 AL-RMV/III/80 5051 AL-RMV/III/2x28 5051 AL-RMV/III/2x35 5051 AL-RMV/III/2x49 5051 AL-RMV/III/2x54 5051 AL-RMV/III/2x80

TOC

Control gear options E 04 04 ED

Lamps W 1 x 28/54 1 x 35/49/80 1 x 49 1 x 54 1 x 80 2 x 28 2 x 35 2 x 49 2 x 54 2 x 80 2 x 28/54 2 x 35/49/80 2 x 49 2 x 54 2 x 80 4 x 28 4 x 35 4 x 49 4 x 54 4 x 80 3 x 28/54 3 x 35/49/80 3 x 49 3 x 54 3 x 80 6 x 28 6 x 35 6 x 49 6 x 54 6 x 80

kg

47 736 47 742 47 743 47 744 47 745 47 737 47 738 47 739 47 740 47 741 47 746 47 752 47 753 47 754 47 755 47 747 47 748 47 749 47 750 47 751 47 756 47 762 47 763 47 764 47 765 47 757 47 758 47 759 47 760 47 761

04 04 04 04 04 04 04

05 05 05 05 05 05 05

2.8 3.6 3.6 2.8 3.6 3.0 3.8 3.8 3.0 3.8 5.0 6.6 6.6 5.0 6.6 5.2 6.0 6.0 5.2 6.0 7.2 8.8 8.8 7.2 8.8 7.4 8.2 8.2 7.4 8.2

04 04 04 04 04 04 04

05 05 05 05 05 05 05

04 04 04 04 04

05 05 05 05 05 05 05

5051 AL-RMV/I/

5051 AL-RMV/II/

5051 AL-RMV/III/

* Pendant suspension only possible with single-length and two-length versions.

221

Series 5051 AL
Accessories

05051 AL-P

05051 AL-S

05000 ZR

Pendant suspension* 1 piece, suspension length of 500 mm, consisting of: ceiling fixing bracket, die-cast zinc, coppered; pendant rod, 10 mm; plastic ceiling trim cap; Suitable for single- and twolength versions 5051 AL.

Wire suspension* 1 piece, for suspension length of up to 1.0 m, consisting of: ceiling fixing bracket, die-cast zinc, coppered; steel wire, 1.0 mm; fixing clamps; plastic ceiling trim cap.

Feeding tube* 1 piece, plastic, 10 mm, can be shortened on site. To guide and cover the mains cable.

05051 AL-P/M, silver-grey 39 116 00 For 5051 AL/I/ and 5051 AL/II/. 05051 AL-P, white 39 115 00 For 5051 AL/I/ and 5051 AL/II/.

05051 AL-S/M, silver-grey 05051 AL-S, white

39 118 00 39 117 00

05000 ZR/M, silver-grey 05000 ZR, white

39 119 00 21 525 00

Wiring connection unit* (not illustrated) 1 set, for mains feeding, consisting of sleeving, cable strap, earth conductor fixing screws and 4 luminaire terminals 1 x 2.5 mm2.

Wiring connection unit* (not illustrated) 1 set, for mains feeding, consisting of strain relief systems, fixing screws and 4 luminaire terminals 1x 2.5 mm2.

Mains connection feeding tube (not illustrated) Colour-coded individual wires, 5 x 0.75 mm2, for use in luminaires with feeding tube in dimmable version (ED).

05051 AL-ESB/P

43 804 00

05051 AL-ESB/S/M, silver-grey 05051 AL-ESB/S, white

39 140 00 39 139 00

05051 AL-5LV/900

41 932 00

Pendant suspension mains connection (not illustrated) Colour-coded individual cables 5 x 0.75 mm2 for use in luminaires with pendant suspension in dimmable version (ED).

05051 AL-5LV/900

41 932 00

* Incoming cables are not supplied. They must be provided by the installing contractor.

222

223

Series 505
Suspended luminaires with reflection-intensifying, highly-specular parabolic louvre RPX

Accessories 234 Lamp characteristics 525

6 5 4 d a

IP20

0.2 Joule

650 C

5051 RPX-L

Application Offices, sales areas, showrooms and financial institutions. Especially recommended for VDU workstations. Optical system Direct/indirect. Micro-segmented, parabolic louvre RPX made of reflection-intensifying, highly-specular aluminium with a surface purity of 99.99 % for especially high light output. Suitable for VDU applications in accordance with EN 12464-1 due to low luminance L 1000 cd/m2 at critical angles above 65 in all planes. Louvre retention by means of spring-tensioned clips, providing earth continuity. Louvre can be lowered and hung from either side without tools. Luminaire body Powder-coated sheet steel, white. Elegant rectangular design with longitudinal 40 mm wide rim. Luminaire body with integral coupling brackets for precisely aligned continuous lines with optically continuous louvres. End caps for individual luminaires or for the completion of continuous lines to be ordered separately. Control gear option Versions 28/54 and 35/49/80 in Multi-Lamp technology allow operation of T5 lamps with different wattages. E With electronic control gear. EDD With digitally dimmable electronic control gear (DALI). Other electrical versions available on request.

Reference*

Control gear Lamps D option E EDD W mm 5051 RPX-L/28/54 11 636 04 07 1 x 28/54 1193 5051 RPX-L/35/49/80 11 638 04 07 1 x 35/49/80 1493 5051 RPX-L/2x28/54 48 545 04 07 2 x 28/54 1193 5051 RPX-L/2x35/49 51 764 04 07 2 x 35/49 1493 5051 RPX-L/2x80 47 257 04 07 2 x 80 1493 *End caps for individual luminaires or continuous lines to be ordered separately.

TOC

D1

kg

11 11 11 11 11

3.0 3.6 3.1 3.7 3.9

C0 - C180

5051 RPX-L/49 UTE: 0.53 B + 0.37 T DIN 5040: C53 CIBSE: BZ 3/.75/BZ 2 NBN L 14-002: BZ 2

5051 RPX-L

224

Series 505
Suspended luminaires with reflection-intensifying, highly-specular parabolic louvre RSX

Accessories 234 Lamp characteristics 525

6 5 4 d a

IP20

0.2 Joule

650 C

5051 RSX-L

Application Offices, sales areas, showrooms and financial institutions. Especially recommended for VDU workstations. Optical system Direct/indirect. Micro-segmented, parabolic louvre RSX made of reflection-intensifying, semi-specular aluminium with a surface purity of 99 % for especially high light output. Suitable for VDU applications in accordance with EN 12464-1 due to low luminance L 1000 cd/m2 at critical angles above 65 in all planes. Louvre retention by means of spring-tensioned clips, providing earth continuity. Louvre can be lowered and hung from either side without tools. Luminaire body Powder-coated sheet steel, white. Elegant rectangular design with longitudinal 40 mm wide rim. Luminaire body with integral coupling brackets for precisely aligned continuous lines with optically continuous louvres. End caps for individual luminaires or for the completion of continuous lines to be ordered separately. Control gear options Versions 28/54 and 35/49/80 in Multi-Lamp technology allow operation of T5 lamps with different wattages. E With electronic control gear. EDD With digitally dimmable electronic control gear (DALI). Other electrical versions available on request.

Reference*

Control gear Lamps D option E EDD W mm 5051 RSX-L/28/54 11 643 04 07 1 x 28/54 1193 5051 RSX-L/35/49/80 11 645 04 07 1 x 35/49/80 1493 5051 RSX-L/2x28/54 51 765 04 07 2 x 28/54 1193 5051 RSX-L/2x35/49 51 766 04 07 2 x 35/49 1493 5051 RSX-L/2x80 42 101 04 07 2 x 80 1493 *End caps for individual luminaires or continuous lines to be ordered separately.

TOC

D1

kg

11 11 11 11 11

3.0 3.6 3.1 3.7 3.9

C0 - C180

5051 RSX-L/49 UTE: 0.50 B + 0.36 T DIN 5040: C53 CIBSE: BZ 2 NBN L 14-002: BZ 2/1.25/BZ 1

5051 RSX-L

225

Series 505
Suspended luminaires with semi-specular parabolic louvre RMV

Accessories 234 Lamp characteristics 525

6 5 4 d a

IP20

0.2 Joule

650 C

5051 RMV-L

Application Offices, sales areas, showrooms and financial institutions. Especially recommended for VDU workstations. Optical system Direct/indirect. Micro-segmented parabolic louvre RMV made of semi-specular anodised aluminium with a surface purity of 99.98 % for especially high light output. Suitable for VDU applications in accordance with EN 12464-1 due to low luminance L 1000 cd/m2 at critical angles above 65 in all planes. Louvre retention by means of spring-tensioned clips, providing earth continuity. Louvre can be lowered and hung from either side without tools. Luminaire body Powder-coated sheet steel, white. Elegant rectangular design with longitudinal 40 mm wide rim. Luminaire body with integral coupling brackets for precisely aligned continuous lines with optically continuous louvres. End caps for individual luminaires or for the completion of continuous lines to be ordered separately. Control gear option Versions /28/54 and 35/49/80 in Multi-Lamp technology allow operation of T5 lamps with different wattages. E With electronic control gear. EDD With digitally dimmable electronic control gear (DALI). Other electrical versions available on request.

Reference*

Control gear Lamps D option E EDD W mm 5051 RMV-L/28/54 47 767 04 07 1 x 28/54 1193 5051 RMV-L/35/49/80 47 774 04 07 1 x 35/49/80 1493 5051 RMV-L/2x28/54 51 762 04 07 2 x 28/54 1193 5051 RMV-L/2x35/49 51 763 04 07 2 x 35/49 1493 5051 RMV-L/2x80 47 772 04 07 2 x 80 1493 *End caps for individual luminaires or continuous lines to be ordered separately.

TOC

D1

kg

11 11 11 11 11

3.0 3.6 3.1 3.7 3.9

C0 - C180

5051 RMV-L/49 UTE: 0.44 B + 0.23 T DIN 5040: B63 CIBSE: BZ 2/1.5/BZ 1 NBN L 14-002: BZ 1

5051 RMV-L

226

Series 505
Suspended luminaires with translucent diffuser T

Accessories 234 Lamp characteristics 525

6 5 4 d a

IP20

0.2 Joule

650 C

5051 T

Application Individual luminaires for offices, sales areas and showrooms. Optical system Direct/indirect. Diffuser in translucent PLEXIGLAS with internal channel prisms and high transmission degree exceeding 80 %. With ceiling-oriented PLEXIGLAS cover for improved dust protection. Luminaire body Made of powder-coated sheet steel, white. Elegant rectangular design with longitudinal 40 mm wide rim. Individual luminaire with pre-mounted end caps. Not suitable for noninterrupted continuous lines. Control gear options Versions /28/54 and 35/49/80 in Multi-Lamp technology allow operation of T5 lamps with different wattages. E With electronic control gear. EDD With digitally dimmable electronic control gear (DALI). Other electrical versions available on request.

Reference*

TOC

5051 T/28/54 11 650 5051 T/35/49/80 11 652 *With pre-mounted end caps.

Control gear option E EDD 04 07 04 07

Lamps W 1 x 28/54 1 x 35/49/80

D mm 1193 1493

D1

kg

11 11

3.5 4.4

C0 - C180

5051 T/49 UTE: 0.53 E + 0.29 T DIN 5040: B43 CIBSE: BZ 3/.75/BZ 4 NBN L 14-002: BZ 4/3/BZ 5

5051 RMV-L

227

Series 504
Surface-mounted luminaires with reflection-intensified, highly-specular parabolic louvre RPX

Accessories 234 Lamp characteristics 525

6 5 4 d a

IP20

0.2 Joule

650 C

5041 RPX-L

5044 RPX

Application Offices, sales areas, showrooms and financial institutions. Especially recommended for VDU workstations. Optical system Direct. Micro-segmented, parabolic louvre RPX made of reflection-intensifying, highlyspecular aluminium with a surface purity of 99.99 % for especially high light output. Suitable for VDU applications in accordance with EN 12464-1 due to limited luminance L 1000 cd/m2 at critical angles above 65 in all planes. Louvre retention by means of spring-tensioned clips, providing earth continuity. Louvre can be lowered and hung from either side without tools. Luminaire body Solvent-free powder-coated sheet steel, white. Elegant rectangular design with longitudinal 40 mm wide rim. Luminaire body with integral coupling brackets for precisely aligned continuous lines with optically continuous louvres. 5041 End caps for individual luminaires or for the completion of continuous lines to be ordered separately. Control gear options Versions 14/24, 28/54 and 35/49/80 in Multi-Lamp technology allow operation of T5 lamps with different wattages. E With electronic control gear. EDD With digitally dimmable electronic control gear (DALI). Other electric versions available on request.

Reference

TOC

5041 RPX-L/28/54* 5041 RPX-L/35/49/80* 5041 RPX-L/2x28/54* 5041 RPX-L/2x35/49* 5041 RPX-L/2x80* 5043 RPX/14/24

11 593 11 595 51 747 51 749 47 247 51 753

Control gear option E EDD 04 07 04 07 04 07 04 07 04 04 07

Lamps W 1 x 28/54 1 x 35/49/80 2 x 28/54 2 x 35/49 2 x 80 3 x 14/24

D mm 900 1200 900 1200 1200 400

D1

D2

kg

158 158 158 158 158 160

293 293 293 293 293

3.2 3.8 3.3 3.9 4.1 3.4 3.9

5044 RPX/14/24 51 758 04 07 4 x 14/24 400 240 *End caps for individual luminaires or continuous lines to be ordered separately.
C0 - C180

5041 RPX-L/49 UTE: 0.80 B DIN 5040: A50 CIBSE: BZ 2 NBN L 14-002: BZ 2

5041 RPX

5043 RPX

5043 RPX

D D1

228

D1

Series 504
Surface-mounted luminaires with reflection-intensifying, semi-specular parabolic louvre RSX

Accessories 234 Lamp characteristics 525

6 5 4 d a

IP20

0.2 Joule

650 C

5041 RSX-L

5044 RSX

Application Offices, sales areas, showrooms and financial institutions. Especially recommended for VDU workstations. Optical system Direct. Micro-segmented, parabolic louvre RSX made of reflection-intensifying, semispecular aluminium with a surface purity of 99.99 % for especially high light output. Suitable for VDU applications in accordance with EN 12464-1 due to limited luminance L 1000 cd/m2 at rcritical angles above 65 in all planes. Louvre retention by means of spring-tensioned clips, providing earth continuity. Louvre can be lowered and hung from either side without tools. Luminaire body Powder-coated sheet steel, white. Elegant rectangular design with longitudinal 40 mm wide rim.Luminaire body with integrated coupling brackets for precisely aligned continuous lines with optically continuous louvres. 5041 End caps for individual luminaires or for the completion of continuous lines to be ordered separately. Control gear options Versions 14/24, 28/54 and 35/49/80 in Multi-Lamp technology allow operation of T5 lamps with different wattages. E With electronic control gear. EDD With digitally dimmable electronic control gear (DALI). Other electrical versions available on request.

Reference

TOC

5041 RSX-L/28/54* 5041 RSX-L/35/49/80* 5041 RSX-L/2x28/54* 5041 RSX-L/2x35/49* 5041 RSX-L/2x80* 5043 RSX/14/24

11 607 11 609 51 750 51 751 47 252 51 755

Control gear option E EDD 04 07 04 07 04 07 04 07 04 04 07

Lamps W 1 x 28/54 1 x 35/49/80 2 x 28/54 2 x 35/49 2 x 80 3 x 14/24

D mm 900 1200 900 1200 1200 400

D1

D2

kg

158 158 158 158 158 160

293 293 293 293 293

3.2 3.8 3.3 4.1 4.1 3.1 3.6

5044 RSX/14/24 51 760 04 07 4 x 14/24 400 240 *End caps for individual luminaires or continuous lines to be ordered separately.
C0 - C180

5041 RSX-L/49 UTE: 0.79 B DIN 5040: A50 CIBSE: BZ 2 NBN L 14-002: BZ 2/1.5/BZ 1/4/BZ 2

5041 RSX

5043 RSX

5043 RSX

D D1

D1

229

Series 504
Surface-mounted luminaires with semi-specular parabolic louvre RMV

Accessories 234 Lamp characteristics 525

6 5 4 d a

IP20

0.2 Joule

650 C

5041 RMV-L

5044 RMV

Application Offices, sales areas, showrooms and financial institutions. Especially recommended for VDU workstations. Optical system Direct. Micro-segmented parabolic louvre RMV made of semi-specular anodised aluminium with a surface purity of 99.98 %. Suitable for VDU applications in accordance with EN 12464-1 due to limited luminance L 1000 cd/m2 at rcritical angles above 65 in all planes.(except for: 5041 RMV-L/2x). Louvre retention by means of spring-tensioned clips, providing earth continuity. Louvre can be lowered and hung from either side without tools. Luminaire body Powder-coated sheet steel, white. Elegant rectangular design with longitudinal 40 mm wide rim. Luminaire body with integral coupling brackets for precisely aligned continuous lines with optically continuous louvres. 5041 End caps for individual luminaires or for the completion of continuous lines to be ordered separately. Control gear options Versions 14/24, 28/54 and 35/49/80 in Multi-Lamp technology allow operation of T5 lamps with different wattages. E With electronic control gear. EDD With digitally dimmable electronic control gear (DALI). Other electrical versions available on request

Reference

TOC

5041 RMV-L/28/54* 5041 RMV-L/35/49/80* 5041 RMV-L/2x28/54* 5041 RMV-L/2x35/49* 5041 RMV-L/2x80* 5043 RMV/14/24

47 779 47 786 51 745 51 746 47 784 51 752

Control gear option E EDD 04 07 04 07 04 07 04 07 04 04 07

Lamps W 1 x 28/54 1 x 35/49/80 2 x 28/54 2 x 35/49 2 x 80 3 x 14/24

D mm 900 1200 900 1200 1200 400

D1

D2

kg

158 158 158 158 158 160

293 293 293 293 293

3.2 3.8 3.3 3.9 4.1 3.4 3,9

5044 RMV/14/24 51 757 04 07 4 x 14/24 400 240 *End caps for individual luminaires or continuous lines to be ordered separately.
C0 - C180

5041 RMV-L/49 UTE: 0.67 C DIN 5040: A50 CIBSE: BZ 3/.75/BZ 2 NBN L 14-002: BZ 2

5041 RMV

5043 RMV

5043 RMV

D D1

230

D1

Series 504
Surface-mounted luminaires with semi-specular cross-blade louvre RSV

Accessories 234 Lamp characteristics 525

6 5 4 d a

IP20

0.2 Joule

650 C

5041 RSV-L

5044 RSV

Application Offices, sales areas, showrooms and financial institutions. Optical system Direct. Micro-segmented louvre RSV made of high purity anodised aluminium, with graduated concave profile cross blades, for narrow/ wide-angle light distribution. Louvre retention by means of spring-tensio-ned clips, providing earth continuity. Louvre can be lowered and hung from either side without tools. Luminaire body Powder-coated sheet steel, white. Elegant rectangular design with longitudinal 40 mm wide rim. Luminaire body with integral coupling brackets for precisely aligned continuous lines with optically continuous louvres. 5041 End caps for individual luminaires or for the completion of continuous lines to be ordered separately. Control gear options Versions 14/24, 28/54 and 35/49/80 in Multi-Lamp technology allow operation of T5 lamps with different wattages. E With electronic control gear. EDD With digitally dimmable electronic control gear (DALI). Other electrical versions available on request

Reference

TOC

5041 RSV-L/28/54* 5041 RSV-L/35/49/80* 5043 RSV/14/24

11 600 11 602 51 754

Control gear option E EDD 04 07 04 07 04 07

Lamps W 1 x 28/54 1 x 35/49/80 3 x 14/24

D mm 900 1200 400

D1

D2

kg

158 158 160

293 293

3.2 3.8 3.1 3.6

5044 RSV/14/24 51 759 04 07 4 x 14/24 400 240 *End caps for individual luminaires or continuous lines to be ordered separately.
C0 - C180

5041 RSV-L/49 UTE: 0,70 C DIN 5040: A50 CIBSE: BZ 3/2/ BZ 2/2.5/BZ 3 NBN L 14-002: BZ 2

5041 RSV

5043 RSV

5043 RSV

D D1

D1

231

Series 504
Surface-mounted luminaires with white louvre RWV

Accessories 234 Lamp characteristics 525

6 5 4 d a

IP20

0.2 Joule

650 C

5041 RWV-L

5044 RWV

Application Offices, sales areas and showrooms. Optical system Direct. Micro-segmented slender louvre RWV made of aluminium, white, for a uniform light distribution. Louvre retention by means of spring-tensioned clips, providing earth continuity. Louvre can be lowered and hung from either side without tools. Luminaire body Powder-coated sheet steel, white. Elegant rectangular design with longitudinal 40 mm wide rim. Luminaire body with integral coupling brackets for precisely aligned continuous lines with optically continuous louvres. 5041 End caps for individual luminaires or for the completion of continuous lines to be ordered separately. Control gear options Versions 14/24, 28/54 and 35/49/80 in Multi-Lamp technology allow operation of T5 lamps with different wattages. E With electronic control gear. EDD With digitally dimmable electronic control gear (DALI). Other electrical versions available on request

Reference

TOC

5041 RWV-L/28/54* 11 614 5041 RWV-L/35/49/80* 11 616 5043 RWV/14/24 51 756

Control gear option E EDD 04 07 04 07 04 07

Lamps W 1 x 28/54 1 x 35/49/80 3 x 14/24

D mm 900 1200 400

D1

D2

kg

158 158 160

293 293

3.2 3.8 3.4 3.9

5044 RWV/14/24 51 761 04 07 4 x 14/24 400 240 *End caps for individual luminaires or continuous lines to be ordered separately.
C0 - C180

5041 RWV-L/49 UTE: 0.68 D DIN 5040: A50 CIBSE: BZ 2/1.5/ BZ 3/2/BZ 2/2.5/BZ 3 NBN L 14-002: BZ 3

5041 RWV

5043 RWV

5043 RWV

D D1

232

D1

Series 504
Surface-mounted luminaires with translucent diffuser T

Accessories 234 Lamp characteristics 525

6 5 4 d a

IP20

0.2 Joule

650 C

5041 T

Application Offices, sales areas and showrooms. Optical system Direct. Diffuser in translucent PLEXIGLAS with internal channel prisms and high transmission exceeding 80 %. Luminaire body Powder-coated sheet steel, white. Elegant rectangular design with longitudinal 40 mm wide rim. With pre-mounted end caps. Not suitable for mounting in continuous lines. Control gear operations Versions 28/54 and 35/49/80 in MultiLamp technology allow operation of T5 lamps with different wattages. E With electronic control gear. EDD With digitally dimmable electronic control gear (DALI). Other electrical versions available on request.

Reference

TOC

5041 T/28/54* 11 628 5041 T/35/49/80* 11 630 *With pre-mounted end caps.

Control gear option E EDD 04 07 04 07

Lamps W 1 x 28/54 1 x 35/49/80

D mm 900 1200

D1

kg

158 158

3.9 4.7

C0 - C180

5041 T/49 UTE: 0.73 E + 0.02 T DIN 5040: A40 CIBSE: BZ 3/.75/ BZ 4/3/BZ 5 NBN L 14-002: BZ 4/2/BZ 5

5041 T

233

Series 504, 505


Accessories

Ceiling node 1 piece, for up to four junctions, continuously adjustable between 90 and 270. Die-cast aluminium, white.

A 03 D

22 315 00

End-cap adapter 1 piece, die-cast aluminium, white, for the connection of nodes A 03, with 5-conductor through-wiring set 1.5 mm2.

Distance plate (not illustrated) 1 pair, white plastic material, for distance ceiling mounting of 504 luminaires in combination with nodes A 03 D. One pair of ceiling distance plates is required per luminaire.

05041 KA

21 539 00

05000 DD

21 513 00

Order example: Geometrical arrangement as shown in the diagram above with 8 surfaced-mounted luminaires 5041 RPX-L/35/49/80 E and 6 surfacedmounted luminaires 5041 RPX-L/28/54 E: 8 6 14 6 14 4 3 piece luminaires 5041 RPX-L/35/49/80 E piece luminaires 5041 RPX-L/28/54 E piece end-cap node adapters 05041 KA piece ceiling nodes A 03 D pairs of distance plates 05000 DD piece through-wiring sets 3700/5LV/58 piece through-wiring sets 3700/5LV/36

Through-wiring sets Colour-coded, heat-resistant individual cables 1.5 mm2. 3LV 3-conductor through-wiring. 5LV 5-conductor through-wiring.
3700/3LV/36 For luminaires 28 W, 54 W. 3700/5LV/36 For luminaires 28 W, 54 W. 3700/3LV/58 For luminaires 35 W, 49 W, 80 W. 3700/5LV/58 For luminaires 35 W, 49 W, 80 W. 07690/5LV/25m For luminaires L. 11 450 00 11 452 00 11 451 00 11 453 00 21 890 00

234

Node with wire suspension 1 piece, consisting of: 1 node as described in A 03 D, 1 steel wire, 2.0 mm, for suspension lengths of up to 1.5 m, 1 ceiling fixing unit.
A 03 S 29 284 00

End caps 1 pair, for front-plane finish of individual or continuous-line luminaires. Plastic, white. To be attached without using tools.

Wire suspension 1 piece, for suspended mounting of 5041, 5051 luminaires, consisting of: 1 ceiling fixing bracket, galvanised steel, 1 steel wire, 1.0 mm, 2 luminaire fixing clamps, 1 plastic ceiling trim cap, white.
05051 S Suspension length up of to 1.0 m 05051 S/2m Suspension length up of to 2.0 m 21 543 00 21 544 00

05041 K

21 538 00

Counter-balance weight (not illustrated) Required for mounting to node A 03 S and trunking 07690.
05000 A19 05000 A25 05000 A26 05000 A27 21 501 00 43 798 00 43 799 00 43 800 00

Wiring connection unit* (not illustrated) 1 set, for mains feeding for 05051 S, 05051 S/2m, consisting of necessary strain relief systems, fixing screws and connection terminal 4 x 2.5 mm2.
05000 ESBN 21 517 00

PLEXIGLAS cover 1 piece, to be attached without tools. To protect the lamp and the optical system of 505 suspended louvre luminaires against unnecessary rapid degradation.
05051 P/1200 21 541 00 For luminaires 5051 R 28 W, 54 W. 05051 P/1500 21 542 00 For luminaires 5051 R 35 W, 49 W, 80 W.

Feeding tube* 1 piece, plastic, white, 10 mm, can be shortened on site. To guide and cover the mains cable.

Ceiling rose* 1 piece, for the connection of the mains cable in case of ceiling outlets. Suitable to hold the ceiling fixing unit of A 03 S.

05000 ZR 21 525 00 1 m long, in combination with 05051 S. 05000 ZR/2m 21 526 00 2 m long, in combination with 05051 S/2m or A 03 S with 05900 AN.

05900 AN

21 726 00

1 piece, for the connection of the mains cable in case of ceiling outlets.
05900 A 21 725 00

* Incoming cables are not supplied. They must be provided by the installing contractor. 235

500 series
Surface-mounted luminaires with reflection-intensifying parabolic louvre RPX or RSX

6 5 4 d a

IP20

0.2 Joule

650 C

with PC end caps 850 C

5001 RSX

5002 RSX

5004 RSX
C0 - C180

Application Offices, sales areas, showrooms and financial institutions. Especially recommended for VDU workstations. Optical system Micro-segmented parabolic louvre made of reflection-intensifying, semi-specular (RSX) or highly-specular (RPX) aluminium with a surface purity of 99.99 % for especially high light output. Suitable for VDU applications in accordance with EN 12464-1 due to low luminance L 1000 cd/m2 at critical angles above 65 in all planes. Louvre retention by means of spring-tensioned clips, providing earth continuity. Luminaire body Powder-coated sheet steel, white, 70 mm height overall. The classic profile (45 on the upper plane and 55 to the lower plane) presents an interesting contrast to the ceiling. With white convex end caps, front-plane surface in characteristic rib design. End caps in non-continuous line options are enclosed loose. -L Continuous-line version for optically continuous louvres. With integral coupling profiles for precisely aligned continuous lines. Continuous-line exterior end caps to be ordered separately. Control gear option Versions 28/54 and 35/49/80 in MultiLamp technology allow operation of T5 lamps with different wattages. E With electronic control gear. EDD With digitally dimmable electronic control gear (DALI). Other electrical versions available on request.
5001

5001 RSX/35 UTE: 0.79 B DIN 5040: A60 CIBSE: BZ 2/2.5/BZ 1 NBN L 14-002: BZ 1

1228/28/54W 1528/35/49/80W

1192/28/54W 1492/35/49/80W

236

Accessories 240 Lamp characteristics 525

5001 RPX

5002 RPX

5004 RPX

Reference

TOC

RSX 5001 RSX/28/54 11 550 5001 RSX/35/49/80 11 552 5001 RSX-L/28/54* 11 554 5001 RSX-L/35/49/80* 11 556 5002 RSX/28/54 57 852 5002 RSX/35/49 57 853 5002 RSX-L/28/54* 57 854 5002 RSX-L/35/49* 57 855 5004 RSX/14 38 975 RPX 5001 RPX/28/54 11 538 04 5001 RPX/35/49/80 11 540 04 5001 RPX-L/28/54* 11 542 04 5001 RPX-L/35/49/80* 11 544 04 5002 RPX/28/54 57 848 04 5002 RPX/35/49 57 849 04 5002 RPX-L/28/54* 57 850 04 5002 RPX-L/35/49* 57 851 04 5004 RPX/14 38 723 04 *Continuous-line end caps to be ordered separately.

Control gear option E EDD 04 07 04 07 04 07 04 07 04 07 04 07 04 07 04 07 04 07 07 07 07 07 07 07 07

Lamps W 1 x 28/54 1 x 35/49/80 1 x 28/54 1 x 35/49/80 2 x 28/54 2 x 35/49 2 x 28/54 2 x 35/49 4 x 14 1 x 28/54 1 x 35/49/80 1 x 28/54 1 x 35/49/80 2 x 28/54 2 x 35/49 2 x 28/54 2 x 35/49 4 x 14

D mm 900 1200 900 1200 900 1200 900 1200 450 900 1200 900 1200 900 1200 900 1200 450

D1

D2

E1

E2

kg

164 164 164 164 164 164 164 164 300 164 164 164 164 164 164 164 164 300

292 292 292 292

450 600 450 600 450 600 450 600 225 450 600 450 600 450 600 450 600 225

59 59 59 59

3.3 3.9 3.4 4.0 4.5 5.3 4.6 5.4 3.5 3.3 3.9 3.4 4.0 4.5 5.3 4.6 5.4 3.5

292 292 292 292

59 59 59 59

5002

5004

1228/28/54W 1528/35/49/80W

1192/28/54W 1492/35/49/80W

237

500 series
Surface-mounted luminaires with semi-specular parabolic louvre RMV

6 5 4 d a

IP20

0.2 Joule

650 C

with PC end caps 850 C

5001 RMV

5002 RMV
C0 - C180

Application Offices, classrooms, sales areas, showrooms and financial institutions. Especially recommended for VDU workstations. Optical system Micro-segmented parabolic louvre RMV made of semi-specular anodised aluminium with a surface purity of 99.98 %. Suitable for VDU applications in accordance with EN 12464-1 due to low luminance L 1000 cd/m2 at critical angles above 65 in all planes. Louvre retention by means of spring-tensioned clips, providing earth continuity. Louvre can be lowered and hung from either side without tools. Luminaire body Powder-coated sheet steel, white, 70 mm height overall. The classic profile (45 on the upper plane and 55 to the lower plane) presents an interesting contrast to the ceiling. With white convex end caps, front-plane surface in characteristic rib design. End caps in non-continuous line options are enclosed loose. -L Continuous-line version for optically continuous louvres. With integral coupling profiles for precisely aligned continuous lines. Continuous-line exterior end caps to be ordered separately. Control gear option Versions 28/54 and 35/49/80 in MultiLamp technology allow operation of T5 lamps with different wattages. E With electronic control gear. EDD With digitally dimmable electronic control gear (DALI). Other electrical versions available on request.
5001

5001 RMV/35 UTE: 0.66 B DIN 5040: A50 CIBSE: BZ 1 NBN L 14-002: BZ 2/2/BZ 1/2.5/BZ 2

1228/28/54W 1528/35/49/80W

1192/28/54W 1492/35/49/80W

238

Accessories 240 Lamp characteristics 525

5004 RMV

Reference

Control gear option RMV E EDD 5001 RMV/28/54 57 840 04 07 5001 RMV/35/49/80 57 841 04 07 5001 RMV-L/28/54* 57 842 04 07 5001 RMV-L/35/49/80* 57 843 04 07 5002 RMV/28/54 57 844 04 07 5002 RMV/35/49 57 845 04 07 5002 RMV-L/28/54* 57 846 04 07 5002 RMV-L/35/49* 57 847 04 07 5004 RMV/14 47 812 04 *Continuous-line end caps to be ordered separately.

TOC

Lamps W 1 x 28/54 1 x 35/49/80 1 x 28/54 1 x 35/49/80 2 x 28/54 2 x 35/49 2 x 28/54 2 x 35/49 4 x 14

D mm 900 1200 900 1200 900 1200 900 1200 450

D1

D2

E1

E2

kg

164 164 164 164 164 164 164 164 300

292 292

292 292

450 600 450 600 450 600 450 600 225

59 59 59 59

3.3 3.9 3.4 4.0 4.5 5.3 4.6 5.4 3.5

5002

5004

1228/28/54W 1528/35/49/80W

1192/28/54W 1492/35/49/80W

239

Series 500
Accessories

05001 KA

Order example: Geometrical arrangement according to the draft on the left with 8 luminaires 5001 RPX-L/35 E, wire suspensions, 5LV through-wiring set: 8 piece luminaires 5001 RPX-L/35 E 8 piece end-cap node adapters 05001 KA 4 piece nodes with wire suspensions A 03 S 4 piece wire suspensions 05000 SN 1 piece ceiling rose 05900 AN 1 piece feeding tube 05000 ZR 4 piece through-wiring sets 3700/5LV/58

End-cap adapter 1 piece, white, for the connection of luminaires 5001L with nodes A 03, with 5-conductor through-wiring set 1.5 mm2.
05001 KA for 5001L 05001 KA-PC for 5001L 21 530 00 21 531 00

7496 mm

05000 SN

Order example: Continuous line (5 lengths) with luminaires 5002 RPX-L/35/49/80 E: 5 luminaires 5002 RPX-L/35/49/80 E 1 pair of end caps 05002 K 4 through-wiring sets 3700/5LV/58

Wire suspension 1 piece, consisting of: 1 ceiling fixing bracket, galvanised steel, 1 steel wire, 1.0 mm, 2 luminaire fixing clamps, 1 plastic ceiling trim cap, white.
05000 SN 21 523 00 For suspension lengths of up to 1.0 m. 05000 SN/2m 21 524 00 For suspension lengths of up to 2.0 m.

240

A 03 S

A 03 D

0769

Node with wire suspension 1 piece, consisting of: 1 node as described in A 03 D, 1 steel wire, 2 mm, for suspension lengths up to 1.5 m, 1 ceiling fixing unit. For counter-balance weights, see table on the right.
A 03 S 29 284 00

Ceiling node 1 piece, for up to four junctions, continuously adjustable between 90 and 270. Die-cast aluminium, white.
A 03 D 22 315 00

Distance plates 05000 D and, where applicable, additional counter-balance weights are required when mounting to suspended trunking 0769, see table below. Counter-balance weights (not illustrated) Required for 1-lamp luminaires with low-loss ballasts or 1- and 2-lamp luminaires with electronic control gear, when mounting to node suspensions A 03 S and to suspended trunking 07690. 05000 A12 for 5001EDD/5002 E 21 494 00 05000 A13 for 5002EDD 21 495 00 05000 A21 for 5001E 21 504 00

Ceiling rose (not illustrated) 1 piece, for the connection of the mains cable in case of ceiling outlets. AN Suitable to hold the ceiling fixing unit A 03 S.
05900 A* 05900 AN* 21 725 00 21 726 00

Distance plate (not illustrated) 1 pair, white plastic material, for distance ceiling mounting of 5001 luminaires in combination with nodes A 03 D. One pair of ceiling distance plates is required per luminaire.
05000 DD 21 513 00

1 pair, for mounting to trunking.


05000 DS 21 514 00

3700

05000 ZR

07690/5LV/25 m

05001 K 05002 K

Feeding tube 1 piece, plastic, white, 10 mm, to be shortened on site.


05000 ZR 21 525 00 1 m long, in connection with 05000 SN. 05000 ZR/2m 21 526 00 2 m long, in connection with 05000 SN/2m. or A 03 S with 05900 AN.

Through-wiring sets Colour-coded, heat-resistant individual cables 1.5 mm2. 3LV 3-conductor through-wiring. 5LV 5-conductor through-wiring.
Reference For Luminaires 3700/3LV/36 L/28/54 3700/5LV/36 L/28/54 3700/3LV/58 L/35/49/80 3700/5LV/58 L/35/49/80 07690/5LV/25m L L mm 1450 1450 1750 1750 25 m TOC 11 450 00 11 452 00 11 451 00 11 453 00 21 890 00

End caps 1 pair, white, for 500 luminaires.


05001 K 05002 K 05001 K-PC 05002 K-PC for 5001L for 5002L for 5001L for 5002L 21 528 00 21 532 00 21 529 00 21 533 00

Wiring connection unit 1 set, for mains supply with 05000 SN, 05000 SN/2m, consisting of necessary strain relief systems, fixing screws and connection terminal, 4 x 2.5 mm2.
05000 ESBN* 21 517 00

* Incoming cables are not supplied. They must be provided by the installing contractor.

241

Recessed luminaires

362

Heliosa

282 362T translucent side sections and louvre UXP

284 362 Parabolic louvre

276 Heliosa

Recessed luminaires

Quadrial

256 Quadrial UXP-S

256 Quadrial T + LED RGB

256 Quadrial CDP + S1

244

Liventy

280 Liventy recessed luminaire Diffuser OT

280 Liventy recessed luminaire Diffuser and louvre UXP-S OT

Solvan

266 Solvan recessed luminaire Cover OTA

268 Solvan recessed luminaire Diffuser T

270 Solvan recessed luminaire UXP optical system

272 Solvan recessed luminaire RAX wall-washer optics

266 Solvan recessed luminaire LED


245

Enterio

308 Enterio recessed luminaire Louvre systems (M73 M84)

314 Enterio recessed luminaire Louvre systems (M46)

312 Enterio recessed luminaire opal diffuser OA (M73, M84)

324 Enterio recessed luminaire opal diffuser OA (M57)

Recessed luminaires

313 Enterio recessed luminaire Prismatic diffuser PA (M73, M84)

324 Enterio recessed luminaire Prismatic diffuser PA (M57)

322 Enterio recessed luminaire RAV wall-washer optics (M37)

246

390/391

290 390/391 Louvre systems

296 390/391 Diffuser T

296 390/391 RAV wall-washer optics

734/735

368/369

328 734/735

300 368/369 Louvre systems

247

Conspicuously inconspicuously: TRILUX recessed luminaires.

248

What purpose does design have? In many cases: attracting attention. When it comes to the design of recessed luminaires, however, it is just the opposite: directing attention. After all, a harmonious and optimally illuminated view should be created, wherever recessed luminaires are to be used. A strength of all TRILUX recessed luminaires in addition to excellent lighting technology is their stylish restraint. Or in short: TRILUX recessed luminaires always direct light that plays up to the architecture of a room and not itself. Characteristic for all TRILUX recessed luminaire series is the conspicuously inconspicuous design be it as an extremely slender version like the TRILUX Solvan, as a square ceiling module like the Quadrial or Liventy or as a universal recessed luminaire, for instance the modules of the TRILUX 362 luminaire series. This pleasant restraint is also supported by the flush mounting of many models in the ceiling whether strip ceilings or cut-out recess openings in ceilings or walls.

249

250

What an award winner looks like: The TRILUX Quadrial.

The red-dot-award-winning TRILUX Quadrial offers great versatility. Very simple, since the optional configuration of the base module with UXP, CDP and T primary optics makes it just as much an all-round luminaire as its compatibility with different centre elements, e.g., spotlights or LED modules. One factor almost all series have in common is the convenient and tool-free installation. Even in individual or fascinating continuous-line arrangements. Ideally suited, by the way, for the latter: the TRILUX Solvan. A connection set makes the continuous installation of this luminaire series a trifle.

251

Impressive both on and off.

252

TRILUX Polaron. Reduced to a minimum in terms of form, it ensures that its light plays a major role. Be it colourful, white or white/white different mixtures of colour lights offer unique light scenarios such as the simulation of the natural course of daylight. At the same time its purist design makes the TRILUX Polaron an absolutely independent design object when switched off. It goes to show: a recessed luminaire can also be impressive thanks to its outstanding design.

253

Recessed luminaires
Programme overview and recess dimensions

Installation of luminaires in ceiling systems with exposed grids


Reference Luminaire version M and module W x L (mm) for installation in ceiling systems M 26 W 150 L1200 M 28 W 150 L1500 M 36 W 185 L1200 M 37 W 185 L1250 M 38 W 185 L1500 M 39 W 185 L1550 M 43 W 300 L 600

Installation of luminaires in ceiling systems with concealed grids

M 46 W 300 L1200

M 48 M 57 M 59 W 300 W312,5 W312,5 L1500 L 1250 L 1550

M 73 W 600 L 600

M 76 W 600 L1200

M 84 W 625 L 625

362/28 362/35 362/TC11 3623 3681/28 3681/35 3682/28 3682/35 3683/14 3684/14 3691/28 3691/35 3692/28 3692/35 3693/14 3694/14 Enterio M26 Enterio M26TW Enterio M28 Enterio M28TW Enterio M36 Enterio M36TW Enterio M37 Enterio M38 Enterio M38TW Enterio M39 Enterio M43 Enterio M46 Enterio M46TW Enterio M48 Enterio M57 Enterio M57TW Enterio M59 Enterio M73 Enterio M73TW Enterio M76 Enterio M84 Enterio M84TW Quadrial 600 Quadrial 625 Solvan C128/54* Solvan C135/49/80* Solvan C228 Solvan C235/49/80 Heliosa M73 Heliosa M84 Liventy 600 Liventy 625 734 735 Fidesca300 (228/54) Fidesca300 (235/49) Fidesca312 (228/54) Fidesca312 (235/49) Fidesca600 (414/24) Fidesca600 (428/54) Fidesca625 (414/24) Fidesca625 (428/54) Fidesca625 (435/49) 440118* 440136* 440158* * Modular spacing for strip ceilings in 100 mm module: 1 x 100. Series 390/391 (see page 290) and series 735 (see page 328) only for recessed openings.

254

Ceiling openings for recess M 87 M89 cut outs W 625 W 625 L 1250 L 1550 W x L (mm) 290 x 1210 290 x 1510 290 x 334 580 x 580 292 x 1230 292 x 1530 292 x 1230 292 x 1530 605 x 605 605 x 605 280 x 1180 280 x 1480 280 x 1180 280 x 1480 580 x 580 580 x 580 132 x 1180 132 x 1480 167 x 1180 167 x 1226 167 x 1480 167 x 1526 276 x 576 276 x 1180 276 x 1480 289 x 1226 289 x 1526 580 x 580 576 x 1180 586 x 586 573 x 573 598 x 598 73 x 1184 73 x 1484 89 x 1184 89 x 1484 580 x 580 580 x 580 586 x 586 586 x 586

Louvre versions RWV RAV/ SB CDP DP T OTA M OA/PA OA/PA RAX (PC) Page Page Page Page Page Page Page Page Page Page Page Page Page Page Page Page 282 284 284 286 286 282 284 284 286 286 284 284 286 286 282 284 284 286 300 300 304 304 302 300 300 304 304 302 300 300 304 304 302 300 300 304 304 302 300 300 304 304 302 300 300 304 304 302 300 300 304 304 302 300 300 304 304 302 300 300 304 304 302 300 300 304 304 302 300 300 304 304 302 300 300 304 304 302 316 318 324 316 316 318 324 316 314 316 318 320 316 318 320 314 316 318 320 322 324 314 316 318 320 316 318 320 314 316 318 320 322 324 316 322 314 316 318 320 322 316 314 316 318 320 322 314 316 318 320 324 314 316 318 320 314 316 318 320 324 308 309 310 311 312 312 308 309 310 311 314 316 320 308 309 310 311 312 308 309 310 311 258 260 262 258 260 262 270 268 266 266 270 268 266 266 270 272 268 266 266 270 272 268 266 266 276 276 276 276 280 280 280 280 328 328 358 256 358 358 358 256 358 358 358 256 358 358 358 256 358 358 358 256 358 358 358 256 358 358 358 256 358 358 358 256 358 358 358 256 358 358 363 363 363 UXP RPX RSX RPV RMV RSV

1176 x 278 1476 x 278 1226 x 291 1526 x 291 578 x 578 1176 x 578 603 x 603 1226 x 603 1526 x 603

255

Quadrial

256

The TRILUX Quadrial. A square recessed luminaire, which is designed for recessed installation in ceilings and is literally a fundamental innovation. And not only, because lighting and design solutions for module ceilings no longer contradict each other. Its ability to combine with other optical or even light-independent functional units such as speakers, air extraction modules or state-of-the-art sensors for daylight-dependent, energy-efficient control makes the TRILUX Quadrial a basis for connective elements of holistic lighting concepts in one. Its adaptability goes far beyond functionality, since the design scope for visual creativity is tremendous. Beginning with recessed and surface-mounted spotlights through to coloured RGB LEDs, nominated for the design award of the Federal Republic of Germany in 2009, everything is possible. The basic luminaire offers a wide variety of optical systems, such as the CDP prism system, translucent cover and sophisticated UXP-Technology. And its variability makes the TRILUX Quadrial not only extremely versatile, but was another reason for it receiving the red dot award. When it comes to installation and maintenance, the TRILUX Quadrial offers surprisingly few complications, after all the installation is clear-cut thanks to innovative plug technology. And thus especially simple.

Quadrial UXP-S Quadrial basic luminaire with low-crosssection, slender louvres in UXP-Technology for general lighting e.g. in offices.

Quadrial T + LED RGB Combination variation with translucent cover and a central LED module (RGB) for additional colour light atmosphere.

Quadrial CDP + S1 Combination variation with CDP optics with fine-prism structure and spotlight for additional accentuation, e.g. in sales areas and commercial buildings.

257

Quadrial
Multifunctional recessed luminaires with semi-specular ultra-low cross-section louvre UXP-S

6 5 4 d a

IP20

0.2 Joule

650 C

PC 850 C

Quadrial UXP-S

Quadrial UXP-S + S1

Quadrial UXP-S + 3P
C0 - C180

Recommended areas For increased lighting comfort in offices, financial institutions, sales areas, showrooms and conference rooms, especially suited for rooms with VDU workstations. + S1, + 3P, + LED-RGB multifunctional for effect and accent lighting. Universal system that can be installed in cut-out recess openings and in ceiling systems comprising of concealed or exposed grids. Quadrial 600 For 600 mm module. Quadrial 625 For 625 mm module. Optical system Parabolic ultra-low cross-section louvre in UXP-Technology, semi-specular, reflectance value 98 %. Suitable for VDU applications in accordance with EN 12464-1 due to low luminance L 1000 cd/m at critical angles above 65 in all planes. Transition areas in luminaire corners made of PLEXIGLAS or polycarbonate (PC). Entire external optics integrated in continuous square frame as a unit in the luminaire body, easy to access for maintenance purposes thanks to the pressure lock system. + S1 Additionally with centrally integrated recessed circular spotlight, pivotable and tiltable, radiant distribution characteristic Flood, including 1 metal halide lamp HIT-TC 70W. Other spotlights available on request. + 3P Additionally with centrally integrated 3-circuit track point outlet for thermally appropriate spotlights with 3-circuit track adapter. See compatibility list under www.trilux.eu/quadrial3p. + LED-RGB Additionally with LED module for colour light design, consisting of opal, square polycarbonate cover, with the aid of RGB LED integrated in the luminaire for colourful lighting.

Luminaire body Solvent-free powder-coated sheet steel, white. Decorative appearance due to innovative square arrangement of lamps and optical systems for general lighting. + S1 With centrally integrated round recessed spotlight made of aluminium, white, pivotable and tiltable. + 3P With centrally integrated track point outlet, white, for spotlight with 3-phase voltage track adapter. + LED-RGB With centrally integrated opal polycarbonate cover for dynamic colour light control. Other integratal modules, e.g. air extraction, speakers, etc. available on request. Control gear options Versions 14/24 in Multi-Lamp technology allow operation of T5 lamps with different wattages. E With electronic control gear. EDD With digitally dimmable electronic control gear (DALI). S1 versions additionally with electronic control gear for HIT lamp. + LED-RGB with digitally dimmable electronic control gear (DALI) for T5 lamps and electronic transformer with DALI interface for LED-RGB. + S1, + 3P, +LED-RGB as separate circuit for multifunctional effect and accent lighting. Systems with integral controls available on request. More information about suitable light management systems is available at www.trilux.de/lm.

Quadrial 625 UXP-S 414 UTE: 0.70 C DIN 5040: DIN 5040 CIBSE: BZ 1 NBN L 14-002: BZ 3/.8/BZ 2

258

Light management488 Lamp characteristics 525

Quadrial UXP-S + LED-RGB

Quadrial UXP-S + LED-RGB

Quadrial UXP-S + LED-RGB

Reference UXP louvre. semi-specular Quadrial 600 UXP-S 414/24 Quadrial 600 UXP-S 414 Quadrial 625 UXP-S 414/24 Quadrial 625 UXP-S 414 Quadrial 600 UXP-S PC 414/24 Quadrial 600 UXP-S PC 414 UXP louvre, semi-specular and spotlight Quadrial 600 UXP-S 414/24 + S1 Quadrial 625 UXP-S 414/24 + S1

TOC

Control gear options E EDD EDD 07 04 07 04 07 04

Lamps W 4 x 14/24 4 x 14 4 x 14/24 4 x 14 4 x 14/24 4 x 14

56 301 56 852 56 302 56 853 56 885 56 884

Axis dimension mm 600 x 600 600 x 600 625 x 625 625 x 625 600 x 600 600 x 600

kg

8.8 8.6 8.5 8.3 8.8 8.6

58 175 58 184

54 54

4 x 14/24 + 1 x 70 HIT 4 x 14/24 + 1 x 70 HIT

600 x 600 625 x 625

9.9 9.6

UXP louvre, semi-specular and 3-circuit point outlet* Quadrial 600 UXP-S 414/24 + 3P 56 313 Quadrial 600 UXP-S 414 + 3P 56 872 Quadrial 625 UXP-S 414/24 + 3P 56 314 Quadrial 625 UXP-S 414 + 3P 56 873

07 04 07 04

4 x 14/24 4 x 14 4 x 14/24 4 x 14

600 x 600 600 x 600 625 x 625 625 x 625

10.0 9.8 8.9 8.7

UXP louvre, semi-specular and LED module Quadrial 600 UXP-S 414/24 + LED-RGB 56 319 Quadrial 625 UXP-S 414/24 + LED-RGB 56 320 * Only for thermally appropriate spotlights, see www.trilux.eu/quadrial3p. Accessories Quadrial ZBB TOC 56 705 00

54 54

4 x 14 + LED-RGB 4 x 14/24 + LED-RGB

600 x 600 625 x 625

10.1 11.4

Description 1 set (4 pcs.) fixing brackets for installation in ceilings with concealed grids and cut-out ceiling openings

Quadrial 600

Quadrial 600+S1

Quadrial 625

Quadrial 625+S1

259

Quadrial
Multifunctional recessed luminaires with fine-prism structure CDP

6 5 4 d a

IP20

0.2 Joule

650 C

PC 850 C

Quadrial CDP

Quadrial CDP + S1

Quadrial CDP + 3P
C0 - C180

Recommended areas For representative lighting in offices, financial institutions, foyers, sales areas, showrooms and conference rooms. + S1, + 3P, + LED-RGB multifunctional for effect and accent lighting. Universal system that can be installed in cutout recess openings and in system ceilings comprising concealed or exposed grids. Quadrial 600 For 600 mm module. Quadrial 625 For 625 mm module. Optical system Covers made of PLEXIGLAS or polycarbonate (PC) with fine-prism structures. Overall outer optics in continuous square frame as unit integrated in the luminaire body, easy to access for maintenance purposes with the aid of pressure lock system. + S1 Additional with centrally integrated round recessed spotlight, pivotable and tiltable, radiant distribution characteristics Flood, including 1 metal halide lamp HIT-TC 70W. Other spotlights are available on request. + 3P Additionally with centrally integrated voltage track point outlet for thermally appropriate spotlights with 3-phase voltage track adapter. See compatibility list under www.trilux.eu/quadrial3p. + LED-RGB Additionally with LED module for colour light design, consisting of opal, square polycarbonate cover, with the aid of RGB LED integrated in the luminaire for colourful lighting.

Luminaire body Solvent-free powder-coated sheet steel, white. Decorative appearance thanks to innovative square arrangement of lamps and optical systems for general lighting. + S1 With centrally integrated round recessed spotlight made of aluminium, white, pivotable and tiltable. + 3P With centrally integrated track point outlet, white, for spotlight with 3-phase voltage track adapter. + LED-RGB With centrally integrated opal polycarbonate cover for dynamic colour light control. Other integratable modules, e.g. air extraction, speakers, etc. available on request. Control gear options Versions 14/24 in Multi-Lamp technology allow operation of T5 lamps with different wattages. E With electronic control gear. EDD With digitally dimmable electronic control gear (DALI). S1 versions additionally with electronic control gear for HIT lamp. + LED-RGB with digitally dimmable electronic control gear (DALI) for T5 lamps and electronic transformer with DALI interface for LED-RGB. + S1, + 3P, +LED-RGB as separate circuit for multifunctional effect and accent lighting. Systems with integrated control available on request. More information about suitable light management systems is available at www.trilux.de/lm.

Quadrial 625 CDP 414 UTE: 0.64 C DIN 5040: A50 CIBSE: BZ 3 NBN L 14-002: BZ 3

260

Light management488 Lamp characteristics 525

Quadrial CDP + LED-RGB

Quadrial CDP + LED-RGB

Quadrial CDP + LED-RGB

Reference CDP cover Quadrial 600 CDP 414/24 Quadrial 600 CDP 414 Quadrial 625 CDP 414/24 Quadrial 625 CDP 414 Quadrial 600 CDP PC 414/24 Quadrial 600 CDP PC 414 CDP cover and spotlight Quadrial 600 CDP 414/24 + S1 Quadrial 625 CDP 414/24 + S1 CDP cover and 3P point outlet* Quadrial 600 CDP 414/24 + 3P Quadrial 600 CDP 414 + 3P Quadrial 625 CDP 414/24 + 3P Quadrial 625 CDP 414 + 3P

TOC

Control gear options E EDD EDD 07 04 07 04 07 04

Lamps W 4 x 14/24 4 x 14 4 x 14/24 4 x 14 4 x 14/24 4 x 14

56 303 56 854 56 304 56 855 56 887 56 886

Axis dimension mm 600 x 600 600 x 600 625 x 625 625 x 625 600 x 600 600 x 600

kg

9.0 8.8 8.7 8.5 9.0 8.8

58 169 58 178

54 54

4 x 14/24 + 1 x 70 HIT 4 x 14/24 + 1 x 70 HIT

600 x 600 625 x 625

10.1 9.8

56 315 56 874 56 316 56 875

07 04 07 04

4 x 14/24 4 x 14 4 x 14/24 4 x 14

600 x 600 600 x 600 625 x 625 625 x 625

10.2 10.0 9.1 8.9

CDP cover and LED module Quadrial 600 CDP 414/24 + LED-RGB 56 321 54 Quadrial 625 CDP 414/24 + LED-RGB 56 322 54 * Only for thermally appropriate spotlights, see www.trilux.eu/quadrial3p. Accessories Quadrial ZBB TOC 56 705 00

4 x 14/24 + LED-RGB 4 x 14/24 + LED-RGB

600 x 600 625 x 625

10.3 11.6

Description 1 set (4 pcs.) fixing brackets for installation in ceilings with concealed grids and cut-out ceiling openings

Quadrial 600

Quadrial 600+S1

Quadrial 625

Quadrial 625+S1

261

Quadrial
Multifunctional recessed luminaires with translucent cover T

6 5 4 d a

IP20

0.2 Joule

650 C

PC 850 C

Quadrial T

Quadrial T + S1

Quadrial T + 3P
C0 - C180

Recommended areas For representative lighting in offices, financial institutions, foyers, sales areas, showrooms and conference rooms. + S1, + 3P, + LED-RGB multifunctional for effect and accent lighting. Universal system that can be installed in cutout recess openings and in system ceilings comprising concealed or exposed grids. Quadrial 600 For 600 mm module. Quadrial 625 For 625 mm module. Optical system Translucent PLEXIGLAS covers with high degree of transmission. PC Versions made of polycarbonate. Entire external optics integrated in continuous square frame as a unit in the luminaire body, easy to access for maintenance purposes thanks to the pressure lock system. + S1 Additionally with centrally integrated recessed circular spotlight, pivotable and tiltable, radiant distribution characteristic Flood, including 1 metal halide lamp HIT-TC 70W. Other spotlights available on request. + 3P Additionally with centrally integrated voltage track point outlet for thermally appropriate spotlights with 3-phase voltage track adapter. See compatibility list under www.trilux.eu/quadrial3p. + LED-RGB Additionally with LED module for colour light design, consisting of opal, square polycarbonate cover, with the aid of RGB LED integrated in the luminaire for colourful lighting.

Luminaire body Solvent-free powder-coated sheet steel, white. Decorative appearance thanks to innovative square arrangement of lamps and optical systems for general lighting. + S1 With centrally integrated round recessed spotlight made of aluminium, white, pivotable and tiltable. + 3P With centrally integrated track point outlet, white, for spotlight with 3-phase voltage track adapter. + LED-RGB With centrally integrated opal polycarbonate cover for dynamic colour light control. Other integratable modules, e.g. air extraction, speakers, etc. available on request. Control gear options Versions 14/24 in Multi-Lamp technology allow operation of T5 lamps with different wattages. E With electronic control gear. EDD With digitally dimmable electronic control gear (DALI). S1 versions additionally with electronic control gear for HIT lamp. + LED-RGB with digitally dimmable electronic control gear (DALI) for T5 lamps and electronic transformer with DALI interface for LED-RGB. + S1, + 3P, +LED-RGB as separate circuit for multifunctional effect and Accent lighting. Systems with integrated control available on request. More information about suitable light management systems is available at www.trilux.de/lm.

Quadrial 625 T 414 UTE: 0.66 E DIN 5040: A40 CIBSE: BZ 5/.75/BZ 4 NBN L 14-002: BZ 4

262

Light management488 Lamp characteristics 525

Quadrial T + LED-RGB

Quadrial T + LED-RGB

Quadrial T + LED-RGB

Reference Translucent cover Quadrial 600 T 414/24 Quadrial 600 T 414 Quadrial 625 T 414/24 Quadrial 625 T 414 Quadrial 600 T PC 414/24 Quadrial 600 T PC 414 Translucent cover and spotlight Quadrial 600 T 414/24 + S1 Quadrial 625 T 414/24 + S1 Translucent cover and 3P point outlet* Quadrial 600 T 414/24 + 3P Quadrial 600 T 414 + 3P Quadrial 625 T 414/24 + 3P Quadrial 625 T 414 + 3P

TOC

Control gear options E EDD EDD 07 04 07 04 07 04

Lamps W 4 x 14/24 4 x 14 4 x 14/24 4 x 14 4 x 14/24 4 x 14

56 305 56 856 56 306 56 857 56 889 56 888

Axis dimension mm 600 x 600 600 x 600 625 x 625 625 x 625 600 x 600 600 x 600

kg

9.0 8.8 8.7 8.5 9.0 8.8

58 172 58 181

54 54

4 x 14/24 + 1 x 70 HIT 4 x 14/24 + 1 x 70 HIT

600 x 600 625 x 625

10.1 9.8

56 317 56 876 56 318 56 877

07 04 07 04

4 x 14/24 4 x 14 4 x 14/24 4 x 14

600 x 600 600 x 600 625 x 625 625 x 625

10.2 10.0 9.1 8.9

Translucent cover and LED module Quadrial 600 T 414/24 + LED-RGB 56 323 54 Quadrial 625 T 414/24 + LED-RGB 56 324 54 * Only for thermally appropriate spotlights, see www.trilux.eu/quadrial3p. Accessories Quadrial ZBB TOC 56 705 00

4 x 14/24 + LED-RGB 4 x 14/24 + LED-RGB

600 x 600 625 x 625

10.3 11.6

Description 1 set (4 pcs.) fixing brackets for installation in ceilings with concealed grids and cut-out ceiling openings

Quadrial 600

Quadrial 600+S1

Quadrial 625

Quadrial 625+S1

263

Solvan

264

Only one of the outstanding qualities of the TRILUX Solvan recessed luminaire: Smooth transitions. A detail, so slender that it fits in the respective installation area almost seamlessly. Note that there is no mention of ceilings here, since that alone would not do justice to the TRILUX Solvan. With its slender form, small recess depth and its simple, tool-free installation that is without parallel, the Solvan is ideal both for installation in ceilings and walls. Horizontal and vertical boundlessness, with which this innovative luminaire system opens up a new dimension of light presentation enhancing interiors. And that not only in a figurative but also literal spatial sense: TRILUX Solvan continuous-line luminaires direct the viewers perception along a subtle light line and thus accentuate architectural lines. Flexibility in design, which is also complemented by 1-lamp and 2-lamp versions and which illustrates once again the many options that this luminaire offers.

Hybrid technology The combination of proven T5 lamps and innovative LED technology with the RGB colour blending offers new possibilities and submerses the room in a wide variety of light atmospheres.

Extremely flat luminaire rim The appearance of the luminaire seems well-proportioned: the slender, diffuse light line of the Solvan C is enclosed in a very flat profiled rim (3mm). The profile only seems like a light contour and thus is well-suited for architecturally demanding light solutions.

Tool-free installation A key advantage that electricians expect nowadays is easy installation in addition to the design qualities of a luminaire. With its tool-free installation, the Solvan C fulfils this requirement. Easy installation and decreased installation costs are an important argument when deciding in favour of a luminaire. Sovan C offers here the first choice.

265

Solvan
Recessed luminaires with cover made of PLEXIGLAS (OTA) and polycarbonate (OA-PC)

6 5 4 d a

IP20

0,2 Joule

650 C

OA-PC 850 C

Solvan C1-L OA01

Solvan C2-L OA03


C0 - C180

Recommended areas Very slender recessed continuous-line luminaire for cut-out recess openings, especially suitable for architecturally elegant light channels Also suitable for vertical and horizontal installation in walls. 1-lamp version C1 also suited for installation in strip ceilings (100 mm module). For all areas, where lighting is a visible and sensory experience as in conference rooms, office areas, corridors, foyers, showrooms and sales areas. LED-RGB additionally with integrated LED module for colour light design. Optical system Opal cover, fits flush in the luminaire body. OTA With stylish fine-grained surface made of PLEXIGLAS. OA-PC With smooth surface made of polycarbonate. LED-RGB Colourful illumination of cover with the aid of RGB-LEDs integrated in the luminaire. Alternative to general lighting (T5) for individual colour light design. Luminaire body Powder-coated sheet steel, white (01) or silver-grey (03). Markedly slender version with extremely flat luminaire rim of 3 mm. Continuous-line luminaires by connecting the luminaire bodies with the aid of a tool-free installation system. Installation in cut-out recess openings using rapid-mounting springs. With front-plane knock-out openings for heat-resistant through-wiring. Possible

adaptation in luminaire top for completing electrical contact with WIELAND top-ready adapter (3-pole) for mains supply and further wiring as alternative to through-wiring. End caps for individual luminaires or continuous lines to be ordered separately. Control gear options Versions 28/54 and 35/49 in Multi-Lamp technology allow operation of T5 lamps with different wattages. E With electronic control gear. ED With dimmable electronic control gear with 1-10 V interface. EDD With digitally dimmable electronic control gear (DALI). EDD + ET DALI With digitally dimmable electronic control gear (DALI) for T5 lamp and electronic transformer with DALI interface for RGB-LED. Systems with integral controls are available on request.

Solvan C1-L OTA 149 E UTE: 0.60 E DIN 5040: A40 CIBSE: BZ 4 NBN L 14-002: BZ 5/2.5/BZ 4

C0 - C180

Solvan C1-L OA-PC 149 E UTE: 0.54 E DIN 5040: A40 CIBSE: BZ 4 NBN L 14-002: BZ 5/2/BZ 4

266

Accessories 274 Light management490 Lamp characteristics 525 192

Solvan CLED-RGB 01

Reference* white Solvan C1-L OTA 128/5401 Solvan C1-L OTA 135/4901 Solvan C2-L OTA 22801 Solvan C2-L OTA 235/4901 silver-grey Solvan C1-L OTA 128/5403 Solvan C1-L OTA 135/4903 Solvan C2-L OTA 22803 Solvan C2-L OTA 235/4903 white Solvan C1-L OA-PC 128/5401 Solvan C1-L OA-PC 135/4901 Solvan C2-L OA-PC 22801 Solvan C2-L OA-PC 235/4901 silver-grey Solvan C1-L OA-PC 128/5403 Solvan C1-L OA-PC 135/4903 Solvan C2-L OA-PC 22803 Solvan C2-L OA-PC 235/4903 LED-RGB versions EDD+ET DALI Solvan C1-L OTA 128 + LED-RGB 01 Solvan C1-L OTA 135 + LED-RGB 01

TOC

Control gear options E 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 ED 05 05 05 05 05 05 05 05 05 05 05 05 05 05 05 05 EDD 07 07 07 07 07 07 07 07 07 07 07 07 07 07 07 07 EDD+ET Dali

Lamps W 1 x 28/54 1 x 35/49 2 x 28 2 x 35/49 1 x 28/54 1 x 35/49 2 x 28 2 x 35/49 1 x 28/54 1 x 35/49 2 x 28 2 x 35/49 1 x 28/54 1 x 35/49 2 x 28 2 x 35/49

51 633 51 634 51 643 51 644 51 655 51 656 51 665 51 666 51 629 51 630 51 639 51 640 51 651 51 652 51 661 51 662

Recess opening L x B (mm) 1184 x 73 1484 x 73 1184 x 89 1484 x 89 1184 x 73 1484 x 73 1184 x 89 1484 x 89 1184 x 73 1484 x 73 1184 x 89 1484 x 89 1184 x 73 1484 x 73 1184 x 89 1484 x 89

kg

3.0 3.5 3.3 3.8 3.0 3.5 3.3 3.8 3.0 3.5 3.3 3.8 3.0 3.5 3.3 3.8

56 706 56 707

54 54 54 54

1 x 28 + LED-RGB 1 x 35 + LED-RGB 1 x 28 + LED-RGB 1 x 35 + LED-RGB

1184 x 73 1484 x 73 1184 x 73 1484 x 73

3.0 3.6 3.0 3.6

Solvan C1-L OA-PC 128 + LED-RGB 01 56 708 Solvan C1-L OA-PC 135 + LED-RGB 01 56 709 *End caps for individual luminaires or continuous lines to be ordered separately.

SolvanOTA/OA-PC

267

Solvan
Recessed luminaires with diffuser T made of PLEXIGLAS

6 5 4 d a

IP40 0,2 Joule

650 C

Solvan C1-L T01


C0 - C180

Recommended areas Very slender recessed continuous-line luminaire for cut-out recess openings, especially suitable for architecturally elegant light channels Also suitable for vertical and horizontal installation in walls. 1-lamp version C1 also suited for installation in strip ceilings (100 mm module). For all areas, where lighting is a visible and sensory experience as in conference rooms, office areas, corridors, foyers, showrooms and sales areas. Optical system T Translucent diffuser made with stylish fine-grained surface made of PLEXIGLAS, extending 10 mm, flush with external luminaire rim. Luminaire body Powder-coated sheet steel, white (01) or silver-grey (03). Markedly slender version with extremely flat luminaire rim of 3 mm. Continuous-line luminaires by connecting the luminaire bodies with the aid of a tool-free installation system. Installation in cut-out recess openings using rapid-mounting springs. With front-plane knock-out openings for heat-resistant through-wiring. Possible adaptation in luminaire top for electrical contnection with WIELAND topready adapter (3-pole) for mains supply and further wiring as an alternative for throughwiring. End caps for individual luminaires or continuous lines to be ordered separately.

Versions 28/54 and 35/49 in Multi-Lamp technology allow operation of T5 lamps with different wattages. E With electronic control gear. ED With dimmable electronic control gear with 1-10 V interface. EDD With digitally dimmable electronic control gear with DALI interface.

Solvan C1-L T 149 E UTE: 0.68 D + 0.04 T DIN 5040: A40 CIBSE: BZ 3/.75/BZ 4 NBN L 14-002: BZ 4

268

Accessories 274 Lamp characteristics 525

192

Solvan C2-L T03 Reference* TOC Control gear options Lamps W 1 x 28/54 1 x 35/49 2 x 28 2 x 35/49 1 x 28/54 1 x 35/49 2 x 28 2 x 35/49 Recess opening L x W (mm) 1184 x 73 1484 x 73 1184 x 89 1484 x 89 1184 x 73 1484 x 73 1184 x 89 1484 x 89 kg

E ED EDD white Solvan C1-L T 128/5401 51 631 04 05 07 Solvan C1-L T 135/4901 51 632 04 05 07 Solvan C2-L T 22801 51 641 04 05 07 Solvan C2-L T 235/4901 51 642 04 05 07 silver-grey Solvan C1-L T 128/5403 51 653 04 05 07 Solvan C1-L T 135/4903 51 654 04 05 07 Solvan C2-L T 22803 51 663 04 05 07 Solvan C2-L T 235/4903 51 664 04 05 07 *End caps for individual luminaires or continuous lines to be ordered separately.

3.2 3.7 3.5 4.0 3.2 3.7 3.5 4.0

SolvanT

269

Solvan
Recessed luminaires with ultra-low cross-section louvre in UXP-Technology

6 5 4 d a

IP20

0,2 Joule

850 C

Solvan C1-L UXP-S01

Solvan C1-L UXP-H03


C0 - C180

Recommended areas Very slender recessed continuous-line luminaire for cut-out recess openings, especially suitable for architecturally elegant light channels 1-lamp version C1 also suitable for installation in strip ceilings (100 mm module). Suited for highly efficient, VDU-compliant lighting solutions in conference rooms, office areas, corridors, foyers, showrooms and sales areas. Optical system Ultra-low cross-section louvre in UXP-Technology, reflectance value 98 %. Suitable for VDU applications in accordance with EN 12464-1 due to low luminance L 1000 cd/m2 at critical angles above 65 in all planes. UXP-H highly-specular, scattering part 3 %. UXP-S semi-specular. Luminaire body Powder-coated sheet steel, white (01) or silver-grey (03). Markedly slender version with extremely flat luminaire rim of 3 mm. Continuous-line luminaires by connecting the luminaire bodies with the aid of a tool-free installation system. Installation in cut-out recess openings using rapid-mounting springs. With front-plane knock-out openings for heat-resistant through-wiring. Possible adaptation in luminaire top for electrical connection with WIELAND top-ready adapter (3-pole) for mains supply and further wiring as an alternative for through-wiring. End caps for individual luminaires or continuous lines to be ordered separately.

Versions 28/54, 35/49 and 35/49/80 in MultiLamp technology allow operation of T5 lamps with different wattages. E With electronic control gear. ED With dimmable electronic control gear with 1-10 V interface. EDD With digitally dimmable electronic control gear with DALI interface.

Solvan C1-L UXP-H 149 E UTE: 0.85 B DIN 5040: A60 CIBSE: BZ 1 NBN L 14-002: BZ 1

270

Accessories 274 Lamp characteristics 525

192

Solvan C2-L UXP-S01

Solvan C2-L UXP-H03

Reference*

TOC

Control gear options

Lamps W 1 x 28/54 1 x 35/49/80 2 x 28 2 x 35/49 1 x 28/54 1 x 35/49/80 2 x 28 2 x 35/49 1 x 28/54 1 x 35/49/80 2 x 28 2 x 35/49 1 x 28/54 1 x 35/49/80 2 x 28 2 x 35/49

E ED EDD white Solvan C1-L UXP-H 128/5401 51 635 04 05 07 Solvan C1-L UXP-H 135/49/8001 51 636 04 05 07 Solvan C2-L UXP-H 22801 51 645 04 05 07 Solvan C2-L UXP-H 235/4901 51 647 04 05 07 silver-grey Solvan C1-L UXP-H 128/5403 51 657 04 05 07 Solvan C1-L UXP-H 135/49/8003 51 658 04 05 07 Solvan C2-L UXP-H 22803 51 667 04 05 07 Solvan C2-L UXP-H 235/4903 51 669 04 05 07 white Solvan C1-L UXP-S 128/5401 51 637 04 05 07 Solvan C1-L UXP-S 135/49/8001 51 638 04 05 07 Solvan C2-L UXP-S 22801 51 648 04 05 07 Solvan C2-L UXP-S 235/4901 51 650 04 05 07 silver-grey Solvan C1-L UXP-S 128/5403 51 659 04 05 07 Solvan C1-L UXP-S 135/49/8003 51 660 04 05 07 Solvan C2-L UXP-S 22803 51 670 04 05 07 Solvan C2-L UXP-S 235/4903 51 672 04 05 07 *End caps for individual luminaires or continuous lines to be ordered separately.

Recess opening L x W (mm) 1184 x 73 1484 x 73 1184 x 89 1484 x 89 1184 x 73 1484 x 73 1184 x 89 1484 x 89 1184 x 73 1484 x 73 1184 x 89 1484 x 89 1184 x 73 1484 x 73 1184 x 89 1484 x 89

kg

2.6 3.2 3.0 3.5 2.6 3.2 3.0 3.5 2.6 3.2 3.0 3.5 2.6 3.2 3.0 3.5

SolvanUXP

271

Solvan
Recessed luminaires with wall-washer optics RAX

6 5 4 d a

IP20

0,2 Joule

850 C

Solvan C2-L RAX01


C0 - C180

Recommended areas Very slender recessed continuous-line luminaire for cut-out recess openings, especially suitable for lighting of vertical surfaces like e.g. school blackboards and shelves in sales areas. Also suitable for vertical and horizontal installation in walls. Optical system RAX Asymmetrical wall-washer reflector with highly reflective semi-specular surface for uniform illumination of vertical surfaces and areas. Luminaire body Powder-coated sheet steel, white (01) or silver-grey (03). Markedly slender version with extremely flat luminaire rim of 3 mm. Continuous-line luminaires by connecting the luminaire bodies with the aid of a tool-free installation system. Installation in cut-out recess openings using rapid-mounting springs. With front-plane knock-out openings for heat-resistant through-wiring. Possible adaptation in luminaire top for electrical connection with WIELAND top-ready adapter (3-pole) for mains supply and further wiring as an alternative for through-wiring. End caps for individual luminaires or continuous lines to be ordered separately.

Versions 28/54 and 35/49/80 in Multi-Lamp technology allow operation of T5 lamps with different wattages. E With electronic control gear. ED With dimmable electronic control gear with 1-10 V interface. EDD With digitally dimmable electronic control gear with DALI interface.

Solvan C2-L RAX 149 E UTE: 0.82 E DIN 5040: A40 CIBSE: BZ 4 NBN L 14-002: BZ 4

272

Accessories 274 Lamp characteristics 525

192

Solvan C2-L RAX03 Reference* TOC Control gear options Lamps W 1 x 28/54 1 x 35/49/80 1 x 28/54 1 x 35/49/80 Recess opening LxW (mm) 1184 x 89 1484 x 89 1184 x 89 1484 x 89 kg

E ED EDD white Solvan C2-L RAX 128/5401 52 903 04 05 07 Solvan C2-L RAX 135/49/8001 52 904 04 05 07 silver-grey Solvan C2-L RAX 128/5403 52 905 04 05 07 Solvan C2-L RAX 135/49/8003 52 906 04 05 07 *End caps for individual luminaires or continuous lines to be ordered separately.

3.0 3.5 3.0 3.5

SolvanRAX

273

Solvan recessed luminaires


Accessories

End caps 1 pair, for closing the ends of individual luminaires and continuous-line luminaires, snapped into place without tools.
Designation Solvan ZKS 1 01 Solvan ZKS 2 01 Solvan ZKS 1 03 Solvan ZKS 2 03 For Solvan C1, white For Solvan C2, white For Solvan C1, silver-grey For Solvan C2, silver-grey TOC 51 874 00 51 875 00 51 876 00 51 877 00

Mounting set for recess openings 1 set, for tool-free installation in cut-out recess openings (ceiling thickness 12.5/15/20 mm). Also for installation in ceilings 12.5 mm thick with C profile 60/27.
Designation Solvan ZBC TOC 51 879 00

Mounting set for strip ceilings 1 set, for the installation of 1-lamp Solvan continuous-line luminaires in strip ceilings (100 mm module).
Designation Solvan ZBP 28/54 Solvan ZBP 35/49/80 Solvan ZBP T 28/54 Solvan ZBP T 35/49 For SolvanOTA/OA/UXP For SolvanOTA/OA/UXP For SolvanT For SolvanT TOC 51 880 00 51 881 00 51 882 00 51 883 00

Continuous-line coupling OTA/OA, UXP/RAX 1 set, for connecting 2 Solvan continuous-line luminaires with diffuser or louvre or wall-washer.
Designation Solvan ZLK 1 OTA/OA Solvan ZLK 2 OTA/OA Solvan ZLK UXP For Solvan C1OTA/OA For Solvan C2OTA/OA For SolvanUXP/RAX TOC 51 892 00 51 893 00 51 878 00

274

Continuous-line coupling T 1 set, for connecting 2 Solvan continuous-line luminaires with diffuser T.
Designation Solvan ZLK 1 T 01 Solvan ZLK 2 T 01 Solvan ZLK 1 T 03 Solvan ZLK 2 T 03 For Solvan C1T, white For Solvan C2T, white For Solvan C1T, silver-grey For Solvan C2T, silver-grey TOC 51 888 00 51 889 00 51 890 00 51 891 00

Quick mains connection and further wiring Above the top of the luminaire thanks to the innovative WIELAND Top-Ready adapter, 3-pin (not for dimmable versions).
Designation ZWI GST 18i3 VN2P1 ZWI GST 18i3 315/2000 ZWI GST 18i3 315/4000 ZWI GST 18i3 315/8000 ZWI GST 18i3 FB2 ZWI GST 18i3 V5P1 Top-ready adapter Connection wire set, 2000 mm Connection wire set, 4000 mm Connection wire set, 8000 mm Connection socket, 3-pole Splitter, 1 input, 5 outputs TOC 52 270 00 49 114 00 49 116 00 52 271 00 49 117 00 49 119 00

Through-wiring set Colour-coded, heat-resistant individual wires for internal wiring in continuous-line luminaires, 1.5 mm2.
Designation Solvan ZDV 315 28/54 Solvan ZDV 315 35/49/80 Solvan ZDV 515 28/54 Solvan ZDV 515 35/49/80 3-core, for luminaire length 28/54 3-core, for luminaire length 35/49/80 5-core, for luminaire length 28/54 5-core, for luminaire length 35/49/80 TOC 51 884 00 51 885 00 51 886 00 51 887 00

Removal tool Vacuum plug for removing luminaire covers OA and OTA in case of maintenance.
Designation 03630S TOC 29 265 00

275

Heliosa
Recessed luminaires with HyperGuide optical system

6 5 4 d a

IP20

0.2 Joule

850 C

HeliosaUXP-S
C0 - C180

Recommended areas Especially recommended for offices, financial institutions, sales areas, showrooms and conference rooms. Designed for installation in cut-out recess openings and ceilings with concealed or exposed grids. M73 For 600 mm module. M84 For 625 mm module. Optical system HyperGuide secondary optics, consisting of concave specular reflector with triangle profile and even, partly segmented reflectors, all semi-specular, reflection-intensifying. Primary optics UXP-S Ultra-low cross-section louvre in UXP-Technology, semi-specular, reflectance value 98%. Luminance limited to L 1000 cd/m2 at critical angles above 65 in all planes. Primary optics UXP-H Ultra-low cross-section louver in UXP-Technology, highly-specular. Reflectance value 98 %. Scattering part 3 %. Luminance limited to L 1000 cd/m2 at critical angles above 65 in all planes. Primary optics DP Double-refraction optics in PerfectPrismTechnology, subtle convex shape, made of polycarbonate, UV-resistant. Luminance limited to L 1000 cd/m2 at critical angles above 65 in all planes.

Luminaire body Powder-coated sheet steel, silver-grey. Control gear option Versions 14/24 in Multi-Lamp technology allow operation T5 lamps with different wattages. E With electronic control gear. ED With dimmable electronic control gear with 1-10 V interface. EDD With digitally dimmable electronic control gear (DALI).

Heliosa M73 UXP-S 324 E UTE: 0.73 B DIN 5040: A50 CIBSE: BZ 1 NBN L 14-002: BZ 2
C0 - C180

Heliosa M73 DP 324 E UTE: 0.66 C + 0.01 T DIN 5040: A50 CIBSE: BZ 3/2/ BZ 2/2.5/BZ 3 NBN L 14-002: BZ 2

276

Lamp characteristics 525

HeliosaDP

Reference

TOC

Control gear options E 04 04 04 04 04 04 ED 05 05 05 05 05 05 EDD 07 07 07 07 07 07

Lamps

Axis dimension mm 600 625 600 625 600 625

Recess opening mm 580 x 580 580 x 580 580 x 580 580 x 580 580 x 580 580 x 580

kg

Heliosa M73 UXP-S 314/24 Heliosa M84 UXP-S 314/24 Heliosa M73 UXP-H 314/24 Heliosa M84 UXP-H 314/24 Heliosa M73 DP 314/24 Heliosa M84 DP 314/24 Accessories Fixing accessories Heliosa ZBB/1

51 681 51 682 51 683 51 684 51 685 51 686 TOC 46 262 00

3 x 14/24 3 x 14/24 3 x 14/24 3 x 14/24 3 x 14/24 3 x 14/24

6.3 6.5 6.3 6.5 6.4 6.6

Description 1 set (4 pcs.) fixing brackets for installation in ceilings with concealed grids and cut-out ceiling openings

HeliosaUXP

HeliosaDP

597/M73 622/M84

597/M73 622/M84

597/M73 622/M84

277

597/M73 622/M84

Liventy

278

At first glance the TRILUX Liventy distinguishes itself from other ceilingmounted luminaires thanks to its extravagant profile. The structured, curved surface forms a harmonious counterpoint for linear geometry of modular system ceilings. A creative characteristic of Liventy is the variable depth of the diffuser, which with the aid of two notched positions can be adjusted without tools. This allows the adaptation to the desired spatial ambience. Besides flexibility in light design, the Liventy is impressive thanks to an increased degree of transmission, a light output ratio of over 80 % and the IP40 rating. Thus, the Liventy also offers the best prerequisites for establishing itself as a guarantee for visually pleasing lighting comfort in commercial and public areas for the future.

Adjustable diffuser positions Two diffuser positions for different applications: In the first position, the illuminating sides of the opal diffuser body offer an increased ceiling illumination. In the second position, the curved diffuser profile remains recognisable, even with straight-lined module arrangement, the ceiling scene appears vibrant and relaxed.

UXP-Technology The Liventy UXP-S combines the elegant diffuser optics with a state-of-the-art ultralow cross-section louvre created by TRILUX. And thus maximum efficiency

279

Liventy
Recessed luminaires with decorative PLEXIGLAS diffuser Recessed luminaires with decorative PLEXIGLAS diffuser and semi-specular ultra-low cross-section louvre UXP-S

6 5 4 d a

IP40

2 Joule

650 C

UXP IP20

Liventy 600 OT
C0 - C180

Recommended applications For increased lighting comfort in offices, financial institutions, foyers, sales areas, showrooms and conference rooms. Universal system that can be installed in cutout recess openings and in ceiling systems comprising of concealed or exposed grids in 600 (625) mm module. Optical system OT Opal PLEXIGLAS diffuser with stylish double convex surface, visible from below, for decorative illumination of the ceiling with increased lighting comfort. Especially high degree of transmission and efficiency. Diffuser can be installed in two positions of different depths within the luminaire body without using tools. UXP-S OT Centrally positioned ultra-low cross-section in UXP-Technology, semi-specular, reflectance value 98 %. Opal PLEXIGLAS diffuser with stylish convex surface, along on both sides visible from below, for decorative illumination of the ceiling giving increased lighting comfort. Especially high degree of transmission and efficiency.

Luminaire body Solvent-free powder-coated sheet steel, white. Control gear option E With electronic control gear. ESD With dimmable electronic control gear, with DSI interface. EDD With digitally dimmable electronic control gear (DALI). Other electrical versions available on request.

Liventy 600 OT 314 UTE: 0.80 E + 0.05 T DIN 5040: A40 CIBSE: BZ 5 NBN L 14-002: BZ 5
C0 - C180

Liventy 600 UXP-S OT 414 UTE: 0.73 D + 0.02 T DIN 5040: A40 CIBSE: BZ 3/1.5/BZ 4 NBN L 14-002: BZ 3/2/BZ 4

280

Lamp characteristics 525

Liventy 600 UXP-S OT

Reference

TOC

Control gear options E 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 Description 11 11 ESD 11 11 11 EDD 07 07 07 07 07 07 07 07 07 07

Lamps W 3 x 14 3 x 24 4 x 14 3 x 14 3 x 24 4 x 14 2 x 14 + 2 x 24 4 x 14 2 x 14 + 2 x 24 4 x 14

Axis dimension mm 600 600 600 625 625 625 600 600 625 625

Liventy 600 OT 31401 Liventy 600 OT 32401 Liventy 600 OT 41401 Liventy 625 OT 31401 Liventy 625 OT 32401 Liventy 625 OT 41401 Liventy 600 UXP-S OT 214+22401 Liventy 600 UXP-S OT 41401 Liventy 625 UXP-S OT 214+22401 Liventy 625 UXP-S OT 41401 Accessories Fixing accessories Liventy ZBB

56 753 56 754 56 755 56 756 56 757 56 758 56 760 56 759 56 762 56 761 TOC 56 763 00

Recess opening mm 586 x 586 586 x 586 586 x 586 586 x 586 586 x 586 586 x 586 586 x 586 586 x 586 586 x 586 586 x 586

kg

4.9 5.1 4.9 5.1 5.3 5.1 6.4 6.1 6.5 6.2

1 set (4 pcs.) fixing brackets for installation in ceilings with concealed grids and cut-out ceiling openings

Liventy 600 OT

Liventy 600 UXP-S OT

Liventy 625 OT

Liventy 625 UXP-S OT

281

Series 362T
Universal recessed and surface-mounted luminaires with translucent side sections and highly-specular ultra-low cross-section louvre UXP-H or semi-specular ultra-low cross-section louvre UXP-S

6 5 4 d a

IP20

0.2 Joule

650 C

PC 850 C

3622 T UXP-H

3623 T UXP-H
C0 - C180

Recommended applications For more lighting comfort in offices, financial institutions, sales areas, showrooms and conference rooms. Universal application as surface-mounted and recessed luminaires in ceilings with cut-out recess openings as well as in ceilings with concealed or exposed grids, 625 and 600 mm modules. Optical system T UXP-H Secondary diffuser optics for increased lighting comfort, with convex, translucent PMMA or PC covers, combined with semi-specular, ultra-low cross-section louvre in UXP-Technology, reflectance value 98 %. Suitable for VDU applications in accordance with EN 12464-1 due to low luminance L 1000 cd/m2 at critical angles above 65 in all planes. UXP-H Highly-specular, scattering part 3 % UXP-S Semi-specular. Luminaire body Sheet steel, white, recess depth max. 23 mm. Underside: with front-plane plastic end caps, silver-grey, inclined by 30 and perfectly adapted to the luminaire profile. PC For increased preventive fire protection with end caps and covers made of polycarbonate. Control gear option Versions /28/54 and 35/49 in MultiLamp technology allow operation of T5 lamps with different wattages. E With electronic control gear. EDD With digitally dimmable electronic control gear (DALI). Other electrical versions available on request.

3622 T UXP-H/49 E UTE: 0.67 C + 0.02 T DIN 5040: A50 CIBSE: BZ 1/2.5/BZ 2 NBN L 14-002: BZ 2/4/BZ 3
C0 - C180

3623 T UXP-H/24 E UTE: 0.64 C + 0.01 T DIN 5040: A50 CIBSE: BZ 1/.75/BZ 2 NBN L 14-002: BZ 3

282

Accessories 288 Lamp characteristics 525

3622 T UXP-S

3623 T UXP-S

Reference UXP-H 3622 T UXP-H/28/54 3622 T UXP-H/35/49 3622 T UXP-H/80 3622 T UXP-H/28/54 PC 3622 T UXP-H/35/49 PC 3622 T UXP-H/80 PC 3623 T UXP-H/24 3623 T UXP-H/24 PC UXP-S 3622 T UXP-S/28/54 3622 T UXP-S/35/49 3622 T UXP-S/80 3622 T UXP-S/28/54 PC 3622 T UXP-S/35/49 PC 3622 T UXP-S/80 PC 3623 T UXP-S/24 3623 T UXP-S/24 PC

TOC

51 734 51 738 45 679 51 735 51 736 47 200 45 680 47 206

Control gear option E EDD 04 07 04 07 04 04 07 04 07 04 04 04

Lamps W 2 x 28/54 2 x 35/49 2 x 80 2 x 28/54 2 x 35/49 2 x 80 3 x 24 3 x 24

Axis dimension mm 300/312.5 300/312.5 300/312.5 300/312.5 300/312.5 300/312.5 600/625 600/625

D1

E1

E2

kg

1098 1398 1398 1098 1398 1398 523 523

74.5 74.5 74.5 74.5 74.5 74.5 50 50

231.5 231.5

30 30 30 30 30 30 32 32

6.4 7.7 7.7 6.4 7.7 7.7 5.3 5.3

49 758 48 614 47 212 51 739 51 740 47 205 47 213 47 207

04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04

07 07 07 07

2 x 28/54 2 x 35/49 2 x 80 2 x 28/54 2 x 35/49 2 x 80 3 x 24 3 x 24

300/312.5 300/312.5 300/312.5 300/312.5 300/312.5 300/312.5 600/625 600/625

1098 1398 1398 1098 1398 1398 523 523

74.5 74.5 74.5 74.5 74.5 74.5 50 50

231.5 231.5

30 30 30 30 30 30 32 32

6.4 7.7 7.7 6.4 7.7 7.7 5.3 5.3

3622 T UXP
D1 D

3623 T UXP
D1 D

274

310

E2 E 1175/28W/54W 1475/35W/49W/80W 1247/28W/54W 1547/35W/49W/80W 18

E2 E1

575

283

Series 362
Universal recessed and surface-mounted luminaires with highly-specular parabolic louvre semi-specular RSX or highly-specular RPX

6 5 4 d a

IP20

0.2 Joule

650 C

PC 850 C

3621 RSX

3622 RSX
C0 - C180

Recommended areas For efficient and elegant lighting of offices, sales areas, showrooms and financial institutions, especially suited to VDU workstations. TC-SEL 11W versions particularly recommended for corridors and entrance areas. Universal application as surface-mounted and recessed luminaires in ceilings with cut-out recess openings as well as in ceilings with concealed or exposed grids, 625 and 600 mm modules. Optical system Micro-segmented parabolic louvre made of made of reflection-intensifying aluminium with a surface purity of 99.99 %. Suitable for VDU applications in accordance with EN 12464-1 due to low luminance L 1000 cd/m2 at critical angles above 65 in all planes. Louvre retention by means of spring-tensioned clips, providing earth continuity. Louvre can be lowered and hung from either side without tools. RSX Semi-specular. RPX Highly-specular.

Luminaire body Sheet steel, white, glossy finish, refined to a particularly elegant convex design, oriented towards room. With flush end caps, inclined by 30 and perfectly adapted to the rounded profile of the luminaire body. Necessary recess depth is only 18 mm. PC with end caps made of polycarbonate. For increased preventive fire protection. Control gear option Versions 28/54 and 35/49/80 in MultiLamp technology allow operation of T5 lamps with different wattages. E With electronic control gear. EDD With digitally dimmable electronic control gear (DALI). Other electrical versions available on request.

3621 RSX/35 E UTE: 0.83 B DIN 5040: A60 CIBSE: BZ 2/1.5/BZ 1 NBN L 14-002: BZ 2/.8/BZ 1
C0 - C180

3622 RSX/TC11 UTE: 0.55 B DIN 5040: A60 CIBSE: BZ 1 NBN L 14-002: BZ 1
C0 - C180

3623 RSX/14 E UTE: 0.83 B DIN 5040: A50 CIBSE: BZ 2/3/BZ 1/ 4/BZ 2 NBN L 14-002: BZ 2/1/BZ 1

3621

3622

28/54W 35/49/80W 28/54W 35/49/80W

28/54W 35/49W 28/54W 35/49W

284

Accessories 288 Lamp characteristics 525

3622 RPX/TC11

3623 RPX

Reference RSX 3621 RSX/28/54 3621 RSX/35/49/80 3621 RSX/28/54 PC 3621 RSX/35/49/80 PC 3622 RSX/28/54 3622 RSX/35/49 3622 RSX/28/54 PC 3622 RSX/35/49 PC 3623 RSX/14 3623 RSX/14 PC 3622 RSX/TC11 3622 RSX/TC11 PC RPX 3621 RPX/28/54 3621 RPX/35/49/80 3621 RPX/28/54 PC 3621 RPX/35/49/80 PC 3622 RPX/28/54 3622 RPX/35/49 3622 RPX/28/54 PC 3622 RPX/35/49 PC 3623 RPX/14 3623 RPX/14 PC 3622 RPX/TC11 3622 RPX/TC11 PC

TOC

43 359 32 586 57 901 57 902 57 912 57 914 57 913 57 915 11 351 14 887 11 345 14 882 32 561 32 566 57 899 57 900 57 908 57 910 57 909 57 911 11 349 14 885 11 339 14 879

Control gear option E EDD 04 07 04 07 04 07 04 07


04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 07 07 07 07 07 07 07 07 07 07 07 07

Lamps W 1 x 28/54 1 x 35/49/80 1 x 28/54 1 x 35/49/80 2 x 28/54 2 x 35/49 2 x 28/54 2 x 35/49 3 x 14 3 x 14 2 x TC-SEL 11 2 x TC-SEL 11 1 x 28/54 1 x 35/49/80 1 x 28/54 1 x 35/49/80 2 x 28/54 2 x 35/49 2 x 28/54 2 x 35/49 3 x 14 3 x 14 2 x TC-SEL 11 2 x TC-SEL 11

Axis dimension mm 300/312.5 300/312.5 300/312.5 300/312.5 300/312.5 300/312.5 300/312.5 300/312.5 600/625 600/625 300/312.5 300/312.5 300/312.5 300/312.5 300/312.5 300/312.5 300/312.5 300/312.5 300/312.5 300/312.5 600/625 600/625 300/312.5 300/312.5

D mm 900 1200 900 1200 900 1200 900 1200 480 480 150 150 900 1200 900 1200 900 1200 900 1200 480 480 150 150

D1

D2

E1

kg

174 174 174 174 174 174 174 174 72 72 111 111 174 174 174 174 174 174 174 174 72 72 111 111 220 220 220 220

56 56 56 56 96 96 96 96 137 137 96 96 56 56 56 56 96 96 96 96 137 137 96 96

5.0 6.2 5.0 6.2 5.3 6.6 5.3 6.6 4.3 4.3 1.6 1.6 4.4 5.5 4.4 5.5 4.4 5.5 4.4 5.5 4.3 4.3 1.6 1.6

3622/TC11

3623/14

285

Series 362
Universal surface-mounted and recessed luminaires with white louvre RWV or semi-specular parabolic louvre RMV

6 5 4 d a

IP20

0.2 Joule

650 C

RWVPC 850 C

RMV

3621 RWV

3622 RWV
C0 - C180

Recommended areas For efficient and elegant lighting of offices, sales areas, showrooms and financial institutions. RWV Especially suited to VDU workstations. TC-SEL 11W versions particularly recommended for corridors and entrance areas. Universal application as surface-mounted and recessed luminaires in ceilings with cut-out recess openings as well as in ceilings with concealed or exposed grids, 625 and 600 mm modules. Optical system RWV Micro-segmented louvre made of aluminium, white, for a uniform light distribution. RMV Micro-segmented parabolic louvre made of semi-specular anodised aluminium with a surface purity of 99.98 %. Suitable for VDU applications in accordance with EN 12464-1 due to low luminance L 1000 cd/m2 at critical angles above 65 in all planes. Louvre retention by means of spring-tensioned clips, providing earth continuity. Louvre can be lowered and hung from either side without tools.

Luminaire body Sheet steel, white, glossy finish, refined to a particularly elegant convex design, oriented towards room. With flush end caps, inclined by 30 and perfectly adapted to the rounded profile of the luminaire body. Necessary recess depth is only 18mm. RWVPC with end caps made of polycarbonate. For increased demands on preventive fire protection. Control gear options Versions 28/54 and 35/49/80 in MultiLamp technology allow operation of T5 lamps with different wattages. E With electronic control gear. EDD With digitally dimmable electronic control gear (DALI). Other electrical versions available on request.

3621 RWV/35 E UTE: 0.80 C DIN 5040: A50 CIBSE: BZ 1 NBN L 14-002: BZ 2
C0 - C180

3621 RMV/35 E UTE: 0.68 C DIN 5040: A50 CIBSE: BZ 3/.75/BZ 2 NBN L 14-002: BZ 2
C0 - C180

3622 RMV/TC11 UTE: 0.48 B DIN 5040: A60 CIBSE: BZ 1 NBN L 14-002: BZ 2/.8/BZ 1

3621

3622

28/54W 35/49/80W 28/54W 35/49/80W

28/54W 35/49W 28/54W 35/49W

286

Accessories 288 Lamp characteristics 525

3622 RMV/TC11

3623 RMV

Reference RWV 3621 RWV/28/54 3621 RWV/35/49/80 3621 RWV/28/54 PC 3621 RWV/35/49/80 PC 3622 RWV/28/54 3622 RWV/35/49 3622 RWV/28/54 PC 3622 RWV/35/49 PC 3622 RWV/TC11 3622 RWV/TC11 PC RMV 3621 RMV/28/54 3621 RMV/35/49/80 3622 RMV/28/54 3622 RMV/35/49 3623 RMV/14 3622 RMV/TC11

TOC

57 903 40 649 57 904 57 905 57 916 57 918 57 917 57 919 58 117 58 116

Control gear option E EDD 04 07 04 07 04 07 04 07 04 04 04 04 04 04 07 07 07 07

Lamps W 1 x 28/54 1 x 35/49/80 1 x 28/54 1 x 35/49/80 2 x 28/54 2 x 35/49 2 x 28/54 2 x 35/49 2 x TC-SEL 11 2 x TC-SEL 11

Axis dimension mm 300/312.5 300/312.5 300/312.5 300/312.5 300/312.5 300/312.5 300/312.5 300/312.5 300/312.5 300/312.5

D1

D2

E1

kg

900 1200 900 1200 900 1200 900 1200 150 150

174 174 174 174 174 174 174 174 111 111

56 56 56 56 96 96 96 96 96 96

4.4 5.5 4.4 5.5 4.4 5.5 4.4 5.5 1.6 1.6

57 897 57 898 57 906 57 907 47 660 47 659

04 04 04 04 04 04

07 07 07 07

1 x 28/54 1 x 35/49/80 2 x 28/54 2 x 35/49 3 x 14 2 x TC-SEL 11

300/312.5 300/312.5 300/312.5 300/312.5 600/625 300/312.5

900 1200 900 1200 480 150

174 174 174 174 72 111 220

56 56 96 96 137 96

4.4 5.5 4.4 5.5 4.3 1.6

3622/TC11

3623/14

287

Series 362
Information and accessories for luminaire installation

Semi-recessed or surface-mounted Luminaires of the series 362 are credible as semi-recessed and surface-mounted luminaires. Their convex profile with the contoured side sections of the luminaire body allows the luminaires to blend harmoniously into the surrounding ceiling areas.

In the case of surface-mounted version, the surrounding shadow gap provides an interesting appearance.

The adjacent illustrations show examples of commonly used grid and ceiling systems and the flange widths permissible for luminaire mounting. The maximum total height for grids plus ceiling tile is a uniform 56 mm for all types of ceilings.

Ceilings with exposed grids Maximum height of the grid is 56 mm. Maximum lower flange width is 24 mm.
max. 56 mm

max. 24 mm

Ceilings with concealed grids Maximum height of the grid plus ceiling tile is 56 mm. Maximum lower flange width is 24 mm.
max. 56 mm

max. 24 mm

Ceilings with cut-out recess openings Maximum height of the grid plus ceiling tile is 56 mm. Maximum grid overhang is 12 mm.
max. 56 mm

max. 12 mm

288

By means of the fixing accessories 03620 described on the right, 362 luminaires can easily be mounted in all conventional ceiling types: 1. Ceiling systems with concealed grids. 2. Ceiling systems with exposed grids. 3. Ceilings with cut-out recess openings, e.g., made of wood or gypsum plaster.

Fixing accessories 1 set of mounting rails for the mounting of luminaires in ceiling systems or in ceilings with cut-out recess openings.
03620/1 For luminaires 3621, 3622. 03620/3 For luminaires 3623. 21 484 00 21 485 00

Installation suggestions for module ceilings Luminaires 3621 3622

Installation suggestions for module ceilings Luminaires 3622

Module 600 mm

Module 600 mm

Module 625 mm

Module 625 mm

Module 600 mm

Module 600 mm

Module 625 mm

Module 625 mm

Cut-out openings ... for 3622/TC11 ... for 3621, 3622 ... for 3621, 3622

334 x 290 mm 1210 x 290 mm 1510 x 290 mm

Cut-out openings ... for 3623 RPX/14 ... for 3623/14 ... for 3623/24

600 x 600 mm 600 x 600 mm 600 x 600 mm

289

Series 390, 391


Recessed luminaires with reflection-intensifying, semi-specular parabolic louvre RSX or with reflection-intensifying, highly-specular parabolic louvre RPX

6 5 4 d a

IP20

0.2 Joule

960 C

3901 RSX

3902 RSX

Recommended areas Especially recommended for offices, sales areas, showrooms and financial institutions, especially recommended for VDU workstations. Universal luminaire system for ceilings with concealed or exposed grids and for ceilings with cut-out recess openings. 390 For 625 mm module. 391 For 600 mm module (35, 49, 80 for 300 module). Optical system Micro-segmented parabolic louvre made of reflection-intensifying aluminium with a surface purity of 99.99 % for especially high light output. Suitable for VDU applications in accordance with EN 12464-1 due to low luminance L 1000 cd/m2 at critical angles above 65 in all planes. Louvre retention by means of spring-tensioned clips, providing earth continuity. Louvre can be lowered and hung from either side without tools. RSX Semi-specular. RPX Highly-specular.

Luminaire body Powder-coated sheet steel, white, elegant design with markedly slender shape. With front-plane knock-out openings for heatresistant through-wiring. Control gear option Version /28/54 and 35/49/80 in MultiLamp technology allow operation of T5 lamps with different wattages. E With electronic control gear. EDD With digitally dimmable electronic control gear (DALI). Other electrical versions available on request.

C0 - C180

3911 RSX/49 E UTE: 0.81 B DIN 5040: A60 CIBSE: BZ 2/1.5/BZ 1 NBN L 14-002: BZ 2/.8/BZ 1

290

Accessories 298 Lamp characteristics 525

3901 RPX

3902 RPX

Reference RSX 3901 RSX/28/54 3911 RSX/28/54 3911 RSX/35/49/80 3902 RSX/28/54 3912 RSX/28/54 3912 RSX/35/49 RPX 3901 RPX/28/54 3911 RPX/28/54 3911 RPX/35/49/80 3902 RPX/28/54 3912 RPX/28/54 3912 RPX/35/49

TOC

45 765 42 091 42 090 57 923 57 930 57 931 45 763 42 095 42 094 57 921 57 927 57 928

Control gear options E EDD 04 07 04 07 04 07 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 07 07 07 07 07 07 07 07 07

Lamps W 1 x 28/54 1 x 28/54 1 x 35/49/80 2 x 28/54 2 x 28/54 2 x 35/49 1 x 28/54 1 x 28/54 1 x 35/49/80 2 x 28/54 2 x 28/54 2 x 35/49

Axis dimension mm 107 107 107 187 187 187 107 107 107 187 187 187

Recess opening mm 91 x 1180 91 x 1180 91 x 1480 171 x 1180 171 x 1180 171 x 1480 91 x 1180 91 x 1180 91 x 1480 171 x 1180 171 x 1180 171 x 1480

L mm 1247 1197 1497 1247 1197 1497 1247 1197 1497 1247 1197 1497

L1

kg

1174 1174 1474 1174 1174 1474 1174 1174 1474 1174 1174 1474

3.6 3.4 4.1 5.6 5.4 6.1 3.6 3.4 4.1 5.6 5.4 6.1

3901, 3911

291

Series 390, 391


Recessed luminaires with white louvre RWV

6 5 4 d a

IP20

0.2 Joule

960 C

3901 RWV

Recommended areas Especially recommended for offices, sales areas and showrooms. Universal luminaire system for ceilings with concealed or exposed grids and for ceilings with cut-out recess openings. 390 For 625 mm module. 391 For 600 mm module (35, 49, 80 for 300 module). Optical system Micro-segmented louvre made of aluminium, white, for a uniform light distribution. Louvre retention by means of spring-tensioned clips, providing earth continuity. Louvre can be lowered and hung from either side without tools.

Luminaire body Powder-coated sheet steel, white, elegant design with markedly slender shape. With front-plane knock-out openings for heatresistant through-wiring. Control gear options Versions /28/54 and 35/49/80 in MultiLamp technology allow operation of T5 lamps with different wattages. E With electronic control gear. EDD With digitally dimmable electronic control gear (DALI). Other electrical versions available on request.

C0 - C180

3911 RWV/49E UTE: 0.71 D DIN 5040: A50 CIBSE: BZ 2/1/BZ 3 NBN L 14-002: BZ 3

292

Accessories 298 Lamp characteristics 525

3902 RWV

Reference

TOC

3901 RWV/28/54 3911 RWV/28/54 3911 RWV/35/49/80 3902 RWV/28/54 3912 RWV/28/54 3912 RWV/35/49

41 890 41 893 41 895 57 924 57 932 57 933

Control gear options E EDD 04 07 04 07 04 07 04 04 04 07 07 07

Lamps W 1 x 28/54 1 x 28/54 1 x 35/49/80 2 x 28/54 2 x 28/54 2 x 35/49

Axis dimension mm 107 107 107 187 187 187

Recess opening mm 91 x 1180 91 x 1180 91 x 1480 171 x 1180 171 x 1180 171 x 1480

L mm 1247 1197 1497 1247 1197 1497

L1

kg

1174 1174 1474 1174 1174 1474

3.6 3.4 4.1 5.6 5.4 6.1

3901, 3911

293

Series 390, 391


Recessed luminaires with cross-blade louvre RSV Recessed luminaires with semi-specular parabolic louvre RMV

6 5 4 d a

IP20

0.2 Joule

960 C

RMV

3901 RSV

3902 RSV

Recommended areas Especially recommended for offices, sales areas, showrooms and financial institutions, RMV Especially suited for VDU workstations. Universal system that can be installed in cutout recess openings and in ceiling systems comprising of concealed or exposed grids. 390 For 625 mm module. 391 For 600 mm module (35, 49, 80 for 300 module). Optical system RSV Micro-segmented louvre made of high-purity anodised aluminium, with graduated concave profile cross blades, for narrow/ wide-angle light distribution. Louvre retention by means of spring-tensioned clips, providing earth continuity. RMV Micro-segmented parabolic louvre RMV made of semi-specular anodised aluminium with a surface purity of 99.99 %. Suitable for VDU applications in accordance with EN 12464-1 due to low luminance L 1000 cd/m2 at critical angles above 65 in all planes. Louvre retention by means of springtensioned clips, providing earth continuity. Louvre can be lowered and hung from either side without tools. Louvre can be lowered and hung from either side without tools.

Luminaire body Powder-coated sheet steel, white, elegant design with markedly slender shape. With front-plane knock-out openings for heatresistant through-wiring. Control gear options Versions 28/54 and 35/49/80 in MultiLamp technology allow operation of T5 lamps with different wattages. E With electronic control gear. EDD With digitally dimmable electronic control gear (DALI). Other electrical versions available on request.

C0 - C180

3911 RSV/49 E UTE: 0.67 C DIN 5040: A50 CIBSE: BZ 3 NBN L 14-002: BZ 3/.8/BZ 2

294

Accessories 298 Lamp characteristics 525

3901 RMV

3902 RMV

Reference RSV 3901 RSV/28/54 3911 RSV/28/54 3911 RSV/35/49/80 3902 RSV/28 3912 RSV/28 3912 RSV/35/49 RMV 3901 RMV/28/54 3911 RMV/28/54 3911 RMV/35/49/80 3902 RMV/28/54 3912 RMV/28/54 3912 RMV/35/49

TOC

47 136 42 092 42 093 57 922 57 934 57 929 49 622 47 151 47 154 57 920 57 925 57 926

Control gear options E EDD 04 07 04 07 04 07 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 07 07 07 07 07 07 05 05 05

Lamps W 1 x 28/54 1 x 28/54 1 x 35/49/80 2 x 28 2 x 28 2 x 35/49 1 x 28/54 1 x 28/54 1 x 35/49/80 2 x 28/54 2 x 28/54 2 x 35/49

Axis dimension mm 107 107 107 187 187 187 107 107 107 187 187 187

Recess opening mm 91 x 1180 91 x 1180 91 x 1480 171 x 1180 171 x 1180 171 x 1480 91 x 1180 91 x 1180 91 x 1480 171 x 1180 171 x 1180 171 x 1480

L mm 1247 1197 1497 1247 1197 1497 1247 1197 1497 1247 1197 1497

L1

kg

1174 1174 1474 1174 1174 1474 1174 1174 1474 1174 1174 1474

3.6 3.4 4.1 5.6 5.4 6.1 3.6 3.4 4.1 5.6 5.4 6.1

3901, 3911

295

Series 390, 391


Recessed luminaires with translucent PLEXIGLAS diffuser T or with wall-washer optics RAV

6 5 4 d a

IP20

0.2 Joule

3901, 3911 650 C

3902, 3912 950 C

3901 T
C0 - C180

Recommended areas 3901, 3911 Offices, sales areas, showrooms and financial institutions. 3902, 3912 Recommended for blackboard lighting in schools, lighting of shelves on retail premises, showrooms and storage facilities. Universal luminaire system for ceilings with concealed or exposed grids and for ceilings with cut-out recess openings. 390 For 625 mm module. 391 For 600 mm module (35, 49, 80 for module 300). 3901, 3911 When installing in exposed ceiling systems, it is necessary to use the fixing accessories 370/1N; luminaire cannot be simply placed on the flanges of the ceiling grids. Optical system 3901, 3911 Diffuser in translucent PLEXIGLAS with internal channel prisms and high transmission degree exceeding 80 %. 3902, 3912 Wall-washer reflector RAV, asymmetrically, made of reflection-intensifying aluminium, for uniform illumination of vertical surfaces.

Luminaire body Powder-coated sheet steel, white. With frontplane knock-out openings for heat-resistant through-wiring. 3901, 3911 Elegant design with markedly slender shape. Control gear options Versions 28/54 and 35/49/80 in MultiLamp technology allow operation of T5 lamps in different wattages. E With electronic control gear. EDD With digitally dimmable electronic control gear (DALI). Other electrical versions available on request.

3911 T/49 UTE: 0.71 E + 0.04 T DIN 5040: A40 CIBSE: BZ 3/.75/ BZ 4/ 3/BZ 5 NBN L 14-002: BZ 4/2/BZ 5
C0 - C180

3912 RAV/1x49 UTE: 0.82 G DIN 5040: A30 CIBSE: BZ 7/.75/ BZ 6/4/BZ 5 NBN L 14-002: BZ 6/1.25/BZ 5

296

Accessories 298 Lamp characteristics 525

3902 RAV

Reference

TOC

Control gear options E EDD 04 04 04 04 04 04 07 07 07 07 07 07

Lamps W 1 x 28/54 1 x 28/54 1 x 35/49/80 1 x 28/54 1 x 28/54 1 x 35/49/80

Axis dimension mm 107 107 107 187 187 187

Recess opening mm 91 x 1180 91 x 1180 91 x 1480 171 x 1180 171 x 1180 171 x 1480

L mm 1247 1197 1497 1247 1197 1497

L1

kg

T 3901 T/28/54 3911 T/28/54 3911 T/35/49/80 RAV 3902 RAV/1x28/54 3912 RAV/1x28/54 3912 RAV/1x35/49/80

47 141 47 146 47 229 45 767 42 087 42 086

1174 1174 1474 1174 1174 1474

3.1 3.0 3.4 5.1 4.9 5.7

3901 T, 3911 T

3902 RAV, 3912 RAV

297

Series 390, 391


Indications and accessories for recess mounting

Efficient luminaire installation TRILUX recessed luminaires do not only shine out thanks to excellent photometrics, but also offer compatibility, since they can be installed quickly and easily in almost all standard ceiling systems. 39 series luminaires also provide the conditions for task-oriented, efficient lighting while satisfying high architectural requirements thanks to its slender appearance.

For ceilings with concealed grids The luminaires have options for mounting by means of rapidmounting swivel brackets 370/1N or swivel brackets 370/1 (can only be used with 3902, 3912). One set of these fixing accessories are necessary per luminaire. Maximum distance between lower side of ceiling tile and upper side of grid is 56 mm. Minimum grid height is 18 mm.

Practical accessories TRILUX recessed luminaires are distinguished by universal application in ceilings with concealed and exposed grids as well as in ceilings with cut-out recess openings. Practical accessories guarantee easy installation and thus economic lighting solutions.

Infinite photometrics Thanks to optically continuous louvres, continuous lines without disturbing interruptions create the impression of endless luminaire rows. Please contact your local TRILUX support centre for further details.

298

For ceilings with exposed grids The luminaires are placed on the flanges of the ceiling grids without requiring fixing accessories (except for: 39T). 3901, 3911 for module 107 mm. 3902, 3912 for module 187 mm. Minimum distance between grid flange and concrete ceiling: 130 mm. In case of shallower ceiling voids between 130 mm and 100 mm at minimum, mounting by means of accessories 370/1N or 370/1 (only to be used with 3902, 3912) is possible.

For ceilings with cut-out recess openings For mounting in ceilings with cutout openings, the luminaires are screwed directly to the existing grids of the ceiling tiles. The surrounding rim of the luminaire conceals the saw cut. Alternative mounting solution with fixing accessories 370/1N or 370/1 (only to be used with 3902, 3912). Maximum distance between lower side of ceiling tile and upper side of grid: 56 mm. Minimum grid height: 18 mm.

Through-wiring sets Heat-resistant, colour-coded individual wires 1.5 mm2, as 3-conductor (3LV) or 5-conductor wiring (5LV).
03910/3LV/1450 for luminaires 28 or 54 W 45 758 00 03910/5LV/1450 for luminaires 28 or 54 W 45 760 00 03910/3LV/1750 for luminaires 35, 49 or 80 W 45 759 00 03910/5LV/1750 for luminaires 35, 49 or 80 W 45 761 00 07690/5LV/25M 21 890 00 With colour-coded individual conductors, 1.5 mm2, 25 m long.

Fixing accessories 1 set (4 pieces) rapid-mounting swivel brackets for fixing of one luminaire.
370/1N 11 449 00

Fixing accessories 1 set (4 pieces) swivel brackets for fixing of one luminaire. Can be optionally used with 3902, 3912 instead of 370/1N.
370/1 11 448 00

299

Series 368, 369


Recessed luminaires with reflection-intensifying, semi-specular parabolic louvre RSX Recessed luminaires with reflection-intensifying, highly-specular parabolic louvre RPX

6 5 4 d a

IP20

0.2 Joule

960 C

3681 D-RSX 3691 D-RSX

3682 D-RSX 3692 D-RSX


C0 - C180

Recommended areas Especially recommended for offices, sales areas, showrooms, and financial institutions, especially suited for VDU workstations. Universal luminaire system for ceilings with concealed or exposed grids and for ceilings with cut-out recess openings. 368 For 312.5/625 mm module. 369 For 300/600 mm module. Optical system Micro-segmented parabolic louvre made of reflection-intensifying aluminium with a surface purity of 99.99 %. for especially high light output. RSX Semi-specular. RPX Highly-specular. Suitable for VDU applications in accordance with EN 12464-1 due to low luminance L 1000 cd/m2 at critical angles above 65 in all planes. Louvre retention by means of spring-tensioned clips, providing earth continuity. Louvre can be lowered and hung from either side without tools. Luminaire body Powder-coated sheet steel, white. Lateral decor cover in perforated design. With frontplane knock-out openings for heat-resistant through-wiring.

Control gear options Versions 28/54 and 35/49/80 in MultiLamp technology allow operation of T5 lamps with different wattages. E With electronic control gear. EDD With digitally dimmable electronic control gear (DALI).

3681 D-RSX/35 E UTE: 0.83 B DIN 5040: A60 CIBSE: BZ 2/1.5/BZ 1 NBN L 14-002: BZ 2/.8/BZ 1

1224 1174 1247 1197

(368128/54), (369128/54), (368128/54), (369128/54),

1524 1474 1547 1497

(368135/49/80) (369135/49/80) (368135/49/80) (369135/49/80)

1224 1174 1247 1197

(368228/54), (369228/54), (368228/54), (369228/54),

1524 1474 1547 1497

(368235/49/80) (369235/49/80) (368235/49/80) (369235/49/80)

300

Accessories 306 Lamp characteristics 525

3683 D-RPX 3693 D-RPX

3684 D-RPX 3694 D-RPX

Reference RSX 3681 D-RSX/28/54 3681 D-RSX/35/49/80 3691 D-RSX/28/54 3691 D-RSX/35/49/80 3682 D-RSX/28/54 3682 D-RSX/35/49 3692 D-RSX/28/54 3692 D-RSX/35/49 3683 D-RSX/14 3693 D-RSX/14 3684 D-RSX/14 3694 D-RSX/14 RPX 3681 D-RPX/28/54 3681 D-RPX/35/49/80 3691 D-RPX/28/54 3691 D-RPX/35/49/80 3682 D-RPX/28/54 3682 D-RPX/35/49 3692 D-RPX/28/54 3692 D-RPX/35/49 3683 D-RPX/14 3693 D-RPX/14 3684 D-RPX/14 3694 D-RPX/14

TOC

49 875 50 456 57 864 57 865 57 891 57 896 57 875 57 876 11 410 11 438 41 934 11 444 57 884 40 500 57 861 48 927 57 887 57 888 57 871 57 872 11 408 11 436 47 949 11 442

Electric options E 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04

Lamps EDD 07 07 07 07 07 07 07 07 W 1 x 28/54 1 x 35/49/80 1 x 28/54 1 x 35/49/80 2 x 28/54 2 x 35/49 2 x 28/54 2 x 35/49 3 x 14 3 x 14 4 x 14 4 x 14 07 07 07 07 07 07 07 07 1 x 28/54 1 x 35/49/80 1 x 28/54 1 x 35/49/80 2 x 28/54 2 x 35/49 2 x 28/54 2 x 35/49 3 x 14 3 x 14 4 x 14 4 x 14

Axis dimension mm 312.5 312.5 300 300 312.5 312.5 300 300 625 600 625 600 312.5 312.5 300 300 312.5 312.5 300 300 625 600 625 600

Recess opening mm 1230 x 292 1530 x 292 1180 x 280 1480 x 280 1230 x 292 1530 x 292 1180 x 280 1480 x 280 605 x 605 580 x 580 605 x 605 580 x 580 1230 x 292 1530 x 292 1180 x 280 1480 x 280 1230 x 292 1530 x 292 1180 x 280 1480 x 280 605 x 605 580 x 580 605 x 605 580 x 580

kg

5.1 6.2 4.8 5.8 5.0 6.0 4.7 5.7 5.1 4.8 4.9 4.6 5.1 6.2 4.8 5.8 5.0 6.0 4.7 5.7 5.1 4.8 4.9 4.6

599 (368414), 574 (369414) 622 (368414), 597 (369414)

301

Series 368, 369


Recessed luminaires with white louvre RWV

6 5 4 d a

IP20

0.2 Joule

960 C

3681 D-RWV 3691 D-RWV

3682 D-RWV 3692 D-RWV


C0 - C180

Recommended areas Especially recommended for offices and showrooms. Universal luminaire system for ceilings with concealed or exposed grids and for ceilings with cut-out recess openings. 368 For 312.5/625 mm module. 369 For 300/600 mm module. Optical system Micro-segmented louvre made of aluminium, white, for a uniform light distribution. Louvre retention by means of spring-tensioned clips, providing earth continuity. Louvre can be lowered and hung from either side without tools. Luminaire body Powder-coated sheet steel, white, lateral decor cover in perforated design. With frontplane knock-out openings for heatresistant through-wiring. Control gear option Versions 28/54 and 35/49/80 in Multi-Lamp technology allow operation of T5 lamps with different wattages. E With electronic control gear. EDD With digitally dimmable electronic control gear (DALI). Other electrical versions available on request.

3681 D-RWV/35 E UTE: 0.72 D DIN 5040: A50 CIBSE: BZ 2/1/BZ 3 NBN L 14-002: BZ 3

1224 1174 1247 1197

(368128/54), (369128/54), (368128/54), (369128/54),

1524 1474 1547 1497

(368135/49/80) (369135/49/80) (368135/49/80) (369135/49/80)

1224 1174 1247 1197

(368228/54), (369228/54), (368228/54), (369228/54),

1524 1474 1547 1497

(368235/49/80) (369235/49/80) (368235/49/80) (369235/49/80)

302

Accessories 306 Lamp characteristics 525

3683 D-RWV 3693 D-RWV

3684 D-RWV 3694 D-RWV

Reference RWV 3681 D-RWV/28/54 3681 D-RWV/35/49/80 3691 D-RWV/28/54 3691 D-RWV/35/49/80 3682 D-RWV/28/54 3682 D-RWV/35/49 3692 D-RWV/28/54 3692 D-RWV/35/49 3683 D-RWV/14 3693 D-RWV/14 3684 D-RWV/14 3694 D-RWV/14

TOC

32 721 32 723 57 866 45 453 57 893 57 894 57 877 57 878 11 411 11 439 47 951 11 445

Control gear options E EDD 04 07 04 07 04 07 04 07 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 07 07 07 07

Lamps W 1 x 28/54 1 x 35/49/80 1 x 28/54 1 x 35/49/80 2 x 28/54 2 x 35/49 2 x 28/54 2 x 35/49 3 x 14 3 x 14 4 x 14 4 x 14

Axis dimension mm 312.5 312.5 300 300 312.5 312.5 300 300 625 600 625 600

Recess opening mm 1230 x 292 1530 x 292 1180 x 280 1480 x 280 1230 x 292 1530 x 292 1180 x 280 1480 x 280 605 x 605 580 x 580 605 x 605 580 x 580

kg

5.1 6.2 4.8 5.8 5.0 6.0 4.7 5.7 5.1 4.8 4.9 4.6

599 (368414), 574 (369414) 622 (368414), 597 (369414)

303

Series 368, 369


Recessed luminaires with cross-blade louvre RSV Recessed luminaires with semi-specular parabolic louvre RMV

6 5 4 d a

IP20

0.2 Joule

960 C

RMV

3681 D-RSV 3691 D-RSV

3682 D-RSV 3692 D-RSV


C0 - C180

Recommended areas Especially recommended for offices, sales areas, showrooms and financial institutions. RMV Especially suited for VDU workstations. Universal luminaire system for ceilings with concealed or exposed grids and for ceilings with cut-out recess openings. 368 For 312.5/625 mm module. 369 For 300/600 mm module. Optical system RSV Micro-segmented louvre made of high-purity anodised aluminium, with graduated concave profile cross blades, for narrow/ wide-angle light distribution. RMV Micro-segmented parabolic louvre made of semi-specular anodised aluminium with a surface purity of 99.98 %. Suitable for VDU applications in accordance with EN 12464-1 due to low luminance L 1000 cd/m2 at critical angles above 65 in all planes. Louvre retention by means of spring-tensioned clips, providing earth continuity. Louvre can be lowered and hung from either side without tools. Luminaire body Powder-coated sheet steel, white, lateral decor cover in perforated design. With frontplane knock-out openings for heat-resistant through-wiring.

Control gear option Versions 28/54 and 35/49/80 in Multi-Lamp technology allow operation of T5 lamps with different wattages. E With electronic control gear. EDD With digitally dimmable electronic control gear (DALI). Other electrical versions available on request.

3681 D-RSV/35 E UTE: 0.69 C DIN 5040: A50 CIBSE: BZ 3 NBN L 14-002: BZ 3/.8/BZ 2
C0 - C180

3681 D-RMV/35 E UTE: 0.68 C DIN 5040: A50 CIBSE: BZ 2/1/BZ 3 NBN L 14-002: BZ 3

1224 1174 1247 1197

(368128/54), (369128/54), (368128/54), (369128/54),

1524 1474 1547 1497

(368135/49/80) (369135/49/80) (368135/49/80) (369135/49/80)

1224 1174 1247 1197

(368228/54), (369228/54), (368228/54), (369228/54),

1524 1474 1547 1497

(368235/49/80) (369235/49/80) (368235/49/80) (369235/49/80)

304

Accessories 306 Lamp characteristics 525

3683 D-RMV 3693 D-RMV

3684 D-RMV 3694 D-RMV

Reference RSV 3681 D-RSV/28/54 3681 D-RSV/35/49/80 3691 D-RSV/28/54 3691 D-RSV/35/49/80 3682 D-RSV/28/54 3682 D-RSV/35/49 3692 D-RSV/28/54 3692 D-RSV/35/49 3683 D-RSV/14 3693 D-RSV/14 3684 D-RSV/14 3694 D-RSV/14 RMV 3681 D-RMV/28/54 3681 D-RMV/35/49/80 3691 D-RMV/28/54 3691 D-RMV/35/49/80 3682 D-RMV/28/54 3682 D-RMV/35/49 3692 D-RMV/28/54 3692 D-RMV/35/49 3683 D-RMV/14 3693 D-RMV/14 3684 D-RMV/14 3694 D-RMV/14

TOC

40 206 32 715 57 862 57 863 57 889 57 890 57 873 57 874 11 409 11 437 47 950 11 443 57 882 57 883 57 859 57 860 57 885 57 886 57 869 57 870 47 665 47 670 47 953 47 671

Control gear options E EDD 04 07 04 07 04 07 04 07 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 07 07 07 07 07 07 07 07 07 07 07 07

Lamps W 1 x 28/54 1 x 35/49/80 1 x 28/54 1 x 35/49/80 2 x 28/54 2 x 35/49 2 x 28/54 2 x 35/49 3 x 14 3 x 14 4 x 14 4 x 14 1 x 28/54 1 x 35/49/80 1 x 28/54 1 x 35/49/80 2 x 28/54 2 x 35/49 2 x 28/54 2 x 35/49 3 x 14 3 x 14 4 x 14 4 x 14

Axis dimension mm 312.5 312.5 300 300 312.5 312.5 300 300 625 600 625 600 312.5 312.5 300 300 312.5 312.5 300 300 625 600 625 600

Recess opening mm 1230 x 292 1530 x 292 1180 x 280 1480 x 280 1230 x 292 1530 x 292 1180 x 280 1480 x 280 605 x 605 580 x 580 605 x 605 580 x 580 1230 x 292 1530 x 292 1180 x 280 1480 x 280 1230 x 292 1530 x 292 1180 x 280 1480 x 280 605 x 605 580 x 580 605 x 605 580 x 580

kg

5.1 6.2 4.8 5.8 5.0 6.0 4.7 5.7 5.1 4.8 4.9 4.6 5.1 6.2 4.8 5.8 5.0 6.0 4.7 5.7 5.1 4.8 4.9 4.6

599 (368414), 574 (369414) 622 (368414), 597 (369414)

305

Series 368, 369


Indications and accessories for recess mounting

Ceilings with concealed grids The luminaires are fixed by means of accessories 03680, 03690. One set is necessary per luminaire. The upper flange width of the grids must not exceed 19 mm.

Ceilings with exposed grid system The luminaires are placed on the flanges of the ceiling grids without requiring fixing accessories. Minimum distance between grid flange and concrete ceiling: 300 mm. In the case of lower ceiling voids between 300 mm and 100 mm at minimum, mounting by means of accessories 03680, 03690 is possible.

Ceilings with cut-out recess openings In the case of individual mounting in ceilings with cut-out openings, the luminaires are fixed to the mounting rails at the front planes. The necessary mounting accessories to be ordered separately. In the case of non-interrupted continuous lines, the luminaires are mounted by means of accessories 03680, 03690, fixed to the grids of the ceiling tiles. One set is necessary per luminaire.

306

Fixing accessories 1 set of mounting rails for the installation of luminaires in ceiling systems with concealed grids or for continuous-line mounting in ceilings with cutout recess openings.
Reference 03680/1 03680/3 03690/3 for luminaires 3681, 3682, 3691, 3692 3683, 3684 3693, 3694

Through-wiring sets
Reference 3700/3LV/36 3700/3LV/58 3700/5LV/36 3700/5LV/58 07690/5LV/25m for luminaires /28 /35 /28 /35 /28, /35 11 450 00 11 451 00 11 452 00 11 453 00 21 890 00

21 488 00 21 489 00 21 490 00

307

Enterio / EnterioTwist
Recessed luminaires with highly-specular parabolic louvre RPV 600 mm module (M73) or 625 mm module (M84)

Accessories 326 Lamp characteristics 525

6 5 4 d a

IP20

2 Joule

960 C

M73 RPV 318

M84 RPV 418

Recommended areas Especially recommended for offices. sales areas, showrooms, and financial institutions, especially suited for VDU workstations. Universal system that can be installed in cut-out recess openings and in ceiling systems comprising of concealed or exposed grids (support profiles 15 mm / 24 mm) in 600 mm module (M73) or 625 mm module (M84). The EnterioTwist luminaires for exposed grids allow for quick installation due to the integral lamps and external connection technology. Optical system Highly-specular parabolic louvre RPV made of anodised aluminium with a surface purity of 99.98 %. Suitable for VDU applications (except for: 3TCL36) in accordance with EN 12464-1 due to low luminance L 1000 cd/m2 at critical angles above 65 in all planes. Louvre retention by means of spring-tensioned clips, providing earth continuity. Louvre can be lowered and hung from either side without tools. Luminaire body Powder-coated sheet steel, white. Increased stability through extra beading in the luminaire top. Low overall height allows for placement of square luminaires on exposed grids even with low ceiling voids of 200 mm and more. Twist version Rapid-mounting luminaire EnterioTwist for exposed grids, complete with integral fluorescent lamps 3000 K (830) or 4000 K (840). TWI 3-pole ISODOM connector in luminaire top. TWW 3-pole connector type, WIELAND GST 18/3. Control gear option E With electronic control gear Other electrical versions available on request.

Reference Enterio M73 RPV 314 RPV 318 RPV 3TCL36 RPV 414 RPV 418 EnterioTwist: RPV 318TWW 840 RPV 418TWI 830 RPV 418TWI 840 RPV 418TWW 830 RPV 418TWW 840 Enterio M84 RPV 314 RPV 318 RPV 3TCL36 RPV 414 RPV 418 EnterioTwist: RPV 314TWW 840 RPV 314TWI 840 RPV 318TWW 840 RPV 318TWI 840 RPV 414TWW 840 RPV 414TWI 840 RPV 418TWW 840 RPV 418TWI 840

TOC

44 046 44 047 48 061 44 050 44 051 44 082 48 062 44 085 44 086 44 087

Control gear options E 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04

Lamps W 3 x 14 3 x 18 3 x TCL36 4 x 14 4 x 18 3 x 18 4 x 18 4 x 18 4 x 18 4 x 18

Axis dimension mm 600 x 600 600 x 600 600 x 600 600 x 600 600 x 600 600 x 600 600 x 600 600 x 600 600 x 600 600 x 600

Recess opening mm 580 x 580 580 x 580 580 x 580 580 x 580 580 x 580

kg

4.1 4.9 5.8 4.3 5.1 5.4 5.7 5.7 5.7 5.7

44 110 44 111 45 191 44 113 44 114 45 217 45 216 45 221 44 128 45 225 45 223 45 228 44 131

04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04

3 x 14 3 x 18 3 x TC-L36 4 x 14 4 x 18 3 x 14 3 x 14 3 x 18 3 x 18 4 x 14 4 x 14 4 x 18 4 x 18

625 x 625 625 x 625 625 x 625 625 x 625 625 x 625 625 x 625 625 x 625 625 x 625 625 x 625 625 x 625 625 x 625 625 x 625 625 x 625

586 x 586 586 x 586 586 x 586 586 x 586 586 x 586

4.1 4.9 5.8 4.3 5.1 4.6 4.6 5.1 5.1 4.9 4.9 5.9 5.9

C0 - C180

Enterio M73 RPV 318 UTE: 0.67 C DIN 5040: A50 CIBSE: BZ 1 NBN L 14-002: BZ 3/.8/BZ 2

M73 RPV
88

M84 RPV
88 572 622 44 45 574 622

572 597

45 45

574 597

308

Enterio / EnterioTwist
Recessed luminaires with semi-specular louvre RMV 600 mm module (M73) or 625 mm module (M84)

Accessories 326 Lamp characteristics 525

6 5 4 d a

IP20

2 Joule

960 C

M73 RMV 318

M84 RMV 418

Recommended areas Especially recommended for offices, sales areas, showrooms, and financial institutions, especially suited for VDU workstations. U versions recommended for air extraction in low-pressure ceilings. Universal system that can be installed in cut-out recess openings and in ceiling systems comprising of concealed or exposed grids (support profiles 15 mm / 24 mm) in 600 mm module (M73) or 625 mm module (M84). The EnterioTwist luminaires for exposed grids allow for quick installation due to the integral lamps and external connection technology. Optical system Semi-specular parabolic louvre RMV made of anodised aluminium with a surface purity of 99.98 %. Suitable Suitable for VDU applications in accordance with EN 12464-1 due to low luminance L 1000 cd/m2 at critical angles above 65 in all planes. Luminaire body Powder-coated sheet steel, white. Increased stability through extra beading in the luminaire top. Low overall height allows for placement of square luminaires on exposed grids even with low ceiling voids of 200 mm and more. -U with ventilation slots for low-noise air extraction in low-pressure ceilings. Twist versions Rapid-mounting luminaire EnterioTwist for exposed grids, complete with integral fluorescent lamps 3000 K (830) or 4000 K (840). TWI 3-pole ISODOM connector in luminaire top. TWW 3-pole connector, type WIELAND GST 18/3. Control gear option E With electronic control gear. Other electrical versions available on request.

Reference Enterio M73 RMV 314 RMV 318 RMV 3TCL36 RMV 414 RMV 418 -U RMV 418 EnterioTwist: RMV 318TWW 840 RMV 418TWI 830 RMV 418TWI 840 RMV 418TWW 830 RMV 418TWW 840 -U RMV 418TWW 830 Enterio M84 RMV 314 RMV 318 RMV 3TCL36 RMV 414 RMV 418 EnterioTwist: RMV 314TWI 840 RMV 314TWW 840 RMV 318TWW 840 RMV 414TWI 830 RMV 414TWI 840 RMV 414TWW 830 RMV 414TWW 840 RMV 418TWI 830 RMV 418TWI 840 RMV 418TWW 830 RMV 418TWW 840
C0 - C180

TOC

44 042 44 043 48 059 44 044 44 045 44 072 48 054 48 055 48 056 48 057 48 058 47 001

Control gear options E 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04

Lamps W 3 x 14 3 x 18 3 x TCL36 4 x 14 4 x 18 4 x 18 3 x 18 4 x 18 4 x 18 4 x 18 4 x 18 4 x 18

Axis dimension mm 600 x 600 600 x 600 600 x 600 600 x 600 600 x 600 600 x 600 600 x 600 600 x 600 600 x 600 600 x 600 600 x 600 600 x 600

Recess opening mm 580 x 580 580 x 580 580 x 580 580 x 580 580 x 580 580 x 580

kg

3.9 4.9 5.8 4.3 5.1 5.0 5.3 5.6 5.6 5.6 5.6 5.5

47 943 47 944 48 060 47 945 47 946 48 710 48 711 48 049 48 712 48 713 48 714 48 715 48 050 48 051 48 052 48 053

04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04

3 x 14 3 x 18 3 x TC-L36 4 x 14 4 x 18 3 x 14 3 x 14 3 x 18 4 x 14 4 x 14 4 x 14 4 x 14 4 x 18 4 x 18 4 x 18 4 x 18

625 x 625 625 x 625 625 x 625 625 x 625 625 x 625 625 x 625 625 x 625 625 x 625 625 x 625 625 x 625 625 x 625 625 x 625 625 x 625 625 x 625 625 x 625 625 x 625

586 x 586 586 x 586 586 x 586 586 x 586 586 x 586

4.0 5.0 5.9 4.4 5.2 4.8 4.8 5.3 5.3 5.3 5.3 5.3 5.6 5.6 5.6 5.6

Enterio M73 RMV 318 UTE: 0.63 C DIN 5040: A50 CIBSE: BZ 2 NBN L 14-002: BZ 3/1.5/BZ 2

M73 RMV
88

M84 RMV
88 572 622 44 45 574 622

572 597

45 45

574 597

309

Enterio / EnterioTwist
Recessed luminaires with cross-blade louvre RSV 600 mm module (M73) or 625 mm module (M84)

Accessories 326 Lamp characteristics 525

6 5 4 d a

IP20

1 Joule

960 C

M73 RSV 318

M84 RSV 418

Recommended areas Especially recommended for offices, sales areas, showrooms, and financial institutions. Universal system that can be installed in cut-out recess openings and in ceiling systems comprising of concealed or exposed grids (support profiles 15 mm / 24 mm) in 600 mm module (M73) or 625 mm module (M84). The EnterioTwist luminaires for exposed grids allow for quick installation due to the integral lamps and external connection technology. Optical system Specular louvre RSV made of high-purity anodised aluminium, with graduated concaveprofiled cross blades, for narrow/wide-angle light distribution. Louvre retention by means of spring-tensioned clips, providing earth continuity. Louvre can be lowered and hung from either side without tools. Luminaire body Powder-coated sheet steel, white. Increased stability through extra beading in the luminaire top. Low overall height allows for placement of square luminaires on exposed grids even with low ceiling voids of 200 mm and more. Twist versions Rapid-mounting luminaire EnterioTwist for exposed grids, complete with integral fluorescent lamps 3000 K (830) or 4000 K (840). TWI 3-pole ISODOM connector in luminaire top. TWW 3-pole connector, type WIELAND GST 18/3. Control gear option E With electronic control gear. Other electrical versions available on request.

Reference Enterio M73 RSV 314 RSV 318 RSV 3TCL36 RSV 414 RSV 418 EnterioTwist: RSV 318TWW 840 RSV 418TWI 830 RSV 418TWI 840 RSV 418TWW 830 RSV 418TWW 840 Enterio M84 RSV 314 RSV 318 RSV 3TCL36 RSV 414 RSV 418 EnterioTwist: RSV 314TWI 830 RSV 314TWW 830 RSV 314TWI 840 RSV 314TWW 840 RSV 318TWI 830 RSV 318TWI 840 RSV 318TWW 840 RSV 414TWI 830 RSV 414TWW 830 RSV 418TWI 830 RSV 418TWW 830 RSV 418TWI 840 RSV 418TWW 840
C0 - C180

TOC

44 055 44 056 48 038 44 058 44 059 44 090 44 093 44 094 44 095 44 096

Control gear options E 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04

Lamps W 3 x 14 3 x 18 3 x TC-L36 4 x 14 4 x 18 3 x 18 4 x 18 4 x 18 4 x 18 4 x 18

Axis dimension mm 600 x 600 600 x 600 600 x 600 600 x 600 600 x 600 600 x 600 600 x 600 600 x 600 600 x 600 600 x 600

Recess opening mm 580 x 580 580 x 580 580 x 580 580 x 580 580 x 580

kg

3.6 4.6 5.5 3.9 4.7 5.0 5.3 5.3 5.3 5.3

44 116 44 117 48 035 44 118 44 119 48 716 48 718 48 717 48 719 48 725 48 720 48 044 48 721 48 722 48 045 48 047 48 046 48 048

04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04

3 x 14 3 x 18 3 x TC-L36 4 x 14 4 x 18 3 x 14 3 x 14 3 x 14 3 x 14 3 x 18 3 x 18 3 x 18 4 x 14 4 x 14 4 x 18 4 x 18 4 x 18 4 x 18

625 x 625 625 x 625 625 x 625 625 x 625 625 x 625 625 x 625 625 x 625 625 x 625 625 x 625 625 x 625 625 x 625 625 x 625 625 x 625 625 x 625 625 x 625 625 x 625 625 x 625 625 x 625

586 x 586 586 x 586 586 x 586 586 x 586 586 x 586

3.7 4.7 5.6 4.0 4.9 4.6 4.6 4.6 4.6 5.1 5.1 5.1 4.9 4.9 5.4 5.4 5.4 5.4

Enterio M73 RSV 318 UTE: 0.66 C DIN 5040: A50 CIBSE: BZ 3/2/ BZ 2/2.5/BZ 3 NBN L 14-002: BZ 3

M73 RSV
88

M84 RSV
88 572 597 45 45 574 597

572 597

45 45

574 597

310

Enterio / EnterioTwist
Recessed luminaires with white louvre RWV 600 mm module (M73) or 625 mm module (M84)

Accessories 326 Lamp characteristics 525

6 5 4 d a

IP20

2 Joule

960 C

M73 RWV 318

M84 RWV 418

Recommended areas Especially recommended for offices, administrative premises and sales areas. Universal system that can be installed in cut-out recess openings and in ceiling systems comprising of concealed or exposed grids (support profiles 15 mm / 24 mm) in 600 mm module (M73) or 625 mm module (M84). The EnterioTwist luminaires for exposed grids allow for quick installation due to the integral lamps and external connection technology. Optical system White louvre RWV, for a uniform light distribution. Louvre retention by means of spring-tensioned clips, providing earth continuity. Louvre can be lowered and hung from either side without tools. Luminaire body Powder-coated sheet steel, white. Increased stability through extra beading in the luminaire top. Low overall height allows for placement of square luminaires on exposed grids even with low ceiling voids of 200 mm and more. Twist versions Rapid-mounting luminaire EnterioTwist for exposed grids, complete with integrated fluorescent lamps 3000 K (830) or 4000 K (840). TWI 3-pole ISODOM connector in luminaire top. TWW 3-pole connector, type WIELAND GST 18/3. Control gear option E With electronic control gear. Other electrical versions available on request.

Reference Enterio M73 RWV 314 RWV 318 RWV 3TCL36 RWV 414 RWV 418 EnterioTwist: RWV 318TWW 840 RWV 418TWI 830 RWV 418TWI 840 RWV 418TWW 830 RWV 418TWW 840 Enterio M84 RWV 314 RWV 318 RWV 3TCL36 RWV 414 RWV 418 EnterioTwist: RWV 318TWI 840 RWV 318TWW 840 RWV 418TWI 830 RWV 418TWI 840 RWV 418TWW 830 RWV 418TWW 840

TOC

44 064 44 065 48 036 44 067 44 068 44 099 44 102 44 103 44 104 44 105

Control gear options E 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04

Lamps W 3 x 14 3 x 18 3 x TCL36 4 x 14 4 x 18 3 x 18 4 x 18 4 x 18 4 x 18 4 x 18

Axis dimension mm 600 x 600 600 x 600 600 x 600 600 x 600 600 x 600 600 x 600 600 x 600 600 x 600 600 x 600 600 x 600

Recess opening mm 580 x 580 580 x 580 580 x 580 580 x 580 580 x 580

kg

4.3 5.3 6.2 4.7 5.5 5.8 6.1 6.1 6.1 6.1

44 120 44 121 48 037 44 122 44 123 48 723 48 039 48 040 48 041 48 042 48 043

04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04

3 x 14 3 x 18 3 x TCL36 4 x 14 4 x 18 3 x 18 3 x 18 4 x 18 4 x 18 4 x 18 4 x 18

625 x 625 625 x 625 625 x 625 625 x 625 625 x 625 625 x 625 625 x 625 625 x 625 625 x 625 625 x 625 625 x 625

586 x 586 586 x 586 586 x 586 586 x 586 586 x 586

4.4 5.4 6.3 4.8 5.6 5.9 6.2 6.2 6.2 6.2 6.2

C0 - C180

Enterio M73 RWV 318 UTE: 0.76 D DIN 5040: A40 CIBSE: BZ 3/.75/ BZ 4/1/BZ 3/3/BZ 4 NBN L 14-002: BZ 4

M73 RWV
88

M84 RWV
88 572 597 45 45 574 597

572 597

45 45

574 597

311

Enterio
Recessed luminaires with opal diffuser 600 mm module (M73) or 625 mm module (M84)

Accessories 326 Lamp characteristics 525

6 5 4 d a

IP20 oriented towards room IP40 0.2 Joule 650 C PC 0.35 Joule 850 C IP oriented towards room IP54

M73 OA

Recommended areas Sales areas, showrooms, offices, lounges, corridors and production facilities. Universal system that can be installed in cut-out recess openings and in ceiling systems comprising of concealed or exposed grids (trunking 15 mm / 24 mm). Optical system Direct, with opal cover for lending a particularly uniform luminance, mounted in a white aluminium frame. OA Cover made of PLEXIGLAS. OA-PC Cover made of polycarbonate. IP Increased degree of protection IP54 (underside). Luminaire body Powder-coated sheet steel, white. Increased stability through extra beading in the luminaire top. Low overall height allows for placement of square luminaires on exposed grids even with low ceiling voids of 200 mm and more. Control gear option E With electronic control gear. Other electrical versions available on request.

Reference Enterio M73 Enterio M73 OA 314 Enterio M73 OA 318 Enterio M73 OA 414 Enterio M73 OA 418 Enterio M73 OA-PC 314 Enterio M73 OA-PC 318 Enterio M73 OA-PC 414 Enterio M73 OA-PC 418 Enterio M73 OA-IP 314 Enterio M73 OA-IP 318 Enterio M73 OA-IP 414 Enterio M73 OA-IP 418 Enterio M73 OA-PC-IP 314 Enterio M73 OA-PC-IP 318 Enterio M73 OA-PC-IP 414 Enterio M73 OA-PC-IP 418 Enterio M84 Enterio M84 OA 314 Enterio M84 OA 318 Enterio M84 OA 414 Enterio M84 OA 418 Enterio M84 OA-IP 314 Enterio M84 OA-IP 318 Enterio M84 OA-IP 414 Enterio M84 OA-IP 418 Accessories Enterio ZSF Enterio ZBB/1
C0 - C180

TOC

51 415 45 162 51 416 45 163 51 421 51 422 51 423 51 424 51 417 51 418 51 419 51 420 51 425 51 426 51 427 51 428

Control gear options E 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04

Lamps W 3 x 14 3 x 18 4 x 14 4 x 18 3 x 14 3 x 18 4 x 14 4 x 18 3 x 14 3 x 18 4 x 14 4 x 18 3 x 14 3 x 18 4 x 14 4 x 18

Axis dimension mm 600 x 600 600 x 600 600 x 600 600 x 600 600 x 600 600 x 600 600 x 600 600 x 600 600 x 600 600 x 600 600 x 600 600 x 600 600 x 600 600 x 600 600 x 600 600 x 600

Recess opening mm 580 x 580 580 x 580 580 x 580 580 x 580 580 x 580 580 x 580 580 x 580 580 x 580 580 x 580 580 x 580 580 x 580 580 x 580 580 x 580 580 x 580 580 x 580 580 x 580

kg

3.9 3.9 4.2 4.2 3.9 3.9 4.2 4.2 3.9 3.9 4.2 4.2 3.9 3.9 4.2 4.2

45 183 45 184 45 186 45 185 51 444 51 447 51 450 51 453 TOC 52 503 00 47 167 00

04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04

3 x 14 3 x 18 4 x 14 4 x 18 3 x 14 3 x 18 4 x 14 4 x 18

625 x 625 625 x 625 625 x 625 625 x 625 625 x 625 625 x 625 625 x 625 625 x 625

586 x 586 586 x 586 586 x 586 586 x 586 586 x 586 586 x 586 586 x 586 586 x 586

4.2 4.2 4.5 4.5 3.9 3.9 4.2 4.2

Description 1 set of safety springs for installation 1 set (4 pcs) of fixing brackets

Enterio M73 OA-PC-IP 318 UTE: 0.46 E DIN 5040: A40 CIBSE: BZ 4 NBN L 14-002: BZ 5/1.5/BZ 4 M73 OA
88

M84 OA
88 572 622 44 45 574 622

572 597

45 45

574 597

312

Enterio
Recessed luminaires with prismatic diffuser 600 mm module (M73) or 625 mm module (M84)

Accessories 326 Lamp characteristics 525

6 5 4 d a

IP20 oriented towards room IP40 0.2 Joule 650 C PC 0.35 Joule 850 C IP oriented towards room IP54

M73 PA

Recommended areas Especially recommended for sales areas, showrooms, offices, lounges, corridors and production facilities. Universal system that can be installed in cut-out recess openings and in ceiling systems comprising of concealed or exposed grids (trunking 15 mm / 24 mm). Optical system Direct cover, mounted in a white aluminium frame. With photometrically effective prisms to direct the light primarily onto the working plane. PA Cover made of PLEXIGLAS. PA-PC Cover made of polycarbonate. IP Increased degree of protection IP54 (underside). Luminaire body Powder-coated sheet steel, white. Increased stability through extra beading in the luminaire top. Low overall height allows for placement of square luminaires on exposed grids even with low ceiling voids of 200 mm and more. Control gear option E With electronic control gear. Other electrical versions available on request.

Reference Enterio M73 Enterio M73 PA 314 Enterio M73 PA 318 Enterio M73 PA 414 Enterio M73 PA 418 Enterio M73 PA-PC 314 Enterio M73 PA-PC 318 Enterio M73 PA-PC 414 Enterio M73 PA-PC 418 Enterio M73 PA-IP 314 Enterio M73 PA-IP 318 Enterio M73 PA-IP 414 Enterio M73 PA-IP 418 Enterio M73 PA-PC-IP 314 Enterio M73 PA-PC-IP 318 Enterio M73 PA-PC-IP 414 Enterio M73 PA-PC-IP 418 Enterio M84 Enterio M84 PA 314 Enterio M84 PA 318 Enterio M84 PA 414 Enterio M84 PA 418 Enterio M84 PA-IP 314 Enterio M84 PA-IP 318 Enterio M84 PA-IP 414 Enterio M84 PA-IP 418 Accessories Enterio ZSF Enterio ZBB/1
C0 - C180

TOC

51 429 45 164 51 430 45 165 51 435 51 436 51 437 51 438 51 431 51 432 51 433 51 434 51 439 51 440 51 442 51 443

Control gear options E 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04

Lamps W 3 x 14 3 x 18 4 x 14 4 x 18 3 x 14 3 x 18 4 x 14 4 x 18 3 x 14 3 x 18 4 x 14 4 x 18 3 x 14 3 x 18 4 x 14 4 x 18

Axis dimension mm 600 x 600 600 x 600 600 x 600 600 x 600 600 x 600 600 x 600 600 x 600 600 x 600 600 x 600 600 x 600 600 x 600 600 x 600 600 x 600 600 x 600 600 x 600 600 x 600

Recess opening mm 580 x 580 580 x 580 580 x 580 580 x 580 580 x 580 580 x 580 580 x 580 580 x 580 580 x 580 580 x 580 580 x 580 580 x 580 580 x 580 580 x 580 580 x 580 580 x 580

kg

3.9 3.9 4.2 4.2 3.9 3.9 4.2 4.2 3.9 3.9 4.2 4.2 3.9 3.9 4.2 4.2

45 187 45 188 45 189 45 190 51 456 51 459 51 462 51 465 TOC 52 503 00 47 167 00

04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04

3 x 14 3 x 18 4 x 14 4 x 18 3 x 14 3 x 18 4 x 14 4 x 18

625 x 625 625 x 625 625 x 625 625 x 625 625 x 625 625 x 625 625 x 625 625 x 625

586 x 586 586 x 586 586 x 586 586 x 586 586 x 586 586 x 586 586 x 586 586 x 586

4.2 4.2 4.5 4.5 3.9 3.9 4.2 4.2

Description 1 set of safety springs for installation 1 set (4 pcs) of fixing brackets

Enterio M73 PA-PC-IP 318 UTE: 0.58 E DIN 5040: A40 CIBSE: BZ 5 NBN L 14-002: BZ 4

M73 PA
88

M84 PA
88 572 622 44 45 574 622

572 597

45 45

574 597

313

Enterio / EnterioTwist
Recessed luminaires with highly-specular parabolic louvre RPV

6 5 4 d a

IP20

0.2 Joule

960 C

M37 RPV 136

M46 RPV 236


C0 - C180

Recommended areas Recommended for offices, sales areas, showrooms and financial institutions, especially VDU workstations. Universal system that can be installed in cut-out recess openings and in ceiling systems comprising of concealed or exposed grids (trunkings 15 mm / 24 mm). The Enterio Twist luminaires for exposed grids allow for quick installation due to the integral lamps and external connection technology. Optical system Highly-specular parabolic louvre RPV made of anodised aluminium with a surface purity of 99.98 %. Suitable for VDU applications in accordance with EN 12464-1 due to low luminance L 1000 cd/m2 at critical angles above 65 in all planes. Louvre retention by means of spring-tensioned clips, providing earth continuity. Louvre can be lowered and hung from either side without tools. Luminaire body Powder-coated sheet steel, white. Increased stability through extra beading in the luminaire top. Twist version Rapid-mounting luminaire Enterio Twist for exposed grids, complete with integral fluorescent lamps 4000 K (840). TWW 3-pole connector, type WIELAND GST 18/3. Control gear option E With electronic control gear Other electrical versions available on request.

Enterio M39 RPV 158 UTE: 0.67 C DIN 5040: A50 CIBSE: BZ 3/.75/BZ 2 NBN L 14-002: BZ 2

314

Accessories 326 Lamp characteristics 525

M76 RPV 436

Reference

TOC

Enterio M36 RPV 128 Enterio M36 RPV 136 Enterio M37 RPV 128 Enterio M37 RPV 136 Enterio M38 RPV 135 Enterio M38 RPV 158 Enterio M39 RPV 135 Enterio M39 RPV 158 Enterio M46 RPV 228 Enterio M46 RPV 236 Enterio M48 RPV 235 Enterio M48 RPV 258 Enterio M57 RPV 228 Enterio M57 RPV 236 Enterio M59 RPV 235 Enterio M59 RPV 258 Enterio M76 RPV 336 Enterio M76 RPV 436 Enterio Twist: Enterio M57 RPV 236TWW 840

47 169 45 097 47 176 45 103 47 177 45 111 47 185 45 117 47 188 45 129 45 141 45 142 47 190 45 151 45 158 45 159 45 177 45 179 47 192

Control gear options E 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04

Lamps W 1 x 28 1 x 36 1 x 28 1 x 36 1 x 35 1 x 58 1 x 35 1 x 58 2 x 28 2 x 36 2 x 35 2 x 58 2 x 28 2 x 36 2 x 35 2 x 58 3 x 36 4 x 36 2 x 36

Axis dimension mm 185 x 1200 185 x 1200 185 x 1250 185 x 1250 185 x 1500 185 x 1500 185 x 1550 185 x 1550 300 x 1200 300 x 1200 300 x 1500 300 x 1500 312.5 x 1250 312.5 x 1250 312.5 x 1550 312.5 x 1550 600 x 1200 600 x 1200 312.5 x 1250

Recess opening mm 167 x 1180 167 x 1180 167 x 1226 167 x 1226 167 x 1480 167 x 1480 167 x 1526 167 x 1526 276 x 1180 276 x 1180 276 x 1480 276 x 1480 289 x 1226 289 x 1226 289 x 1526 289 x 1526 576 x 1180 576 x 1180

kg

3.4 3.7 3.5 3.8 3.9 4.5 4.0 4.6 4.1 4.8 5.6 6.5 4.3 5.0 5.8 6.7 8.3 9.5 4.7

M36 RPV

M38 RPV

M46/48 RPV

92

92

88 800 337 272 297 43 45

161 184

800

187

161 184 43 45

43 1174/M46, 1474/M48 1197/M46, 1497/M48 45

1174 1197

1474 1497

M37 RPV

M39 RPV

M57/59 RPV

M76 RPV

92

92

88

88 572 597

6 800 212 161 184

6 800 362 285 310

161 184

55 1174 1197 45

1224 1247

1524 1547

1224/M57, 1524/M59 1247/M57, 1547/M59

315

Enterio / EnterioTwist
Recessed luminaires with semi-specular louvre RMV

6 5 4 d a

IP20

0.2 Joule

960 C

M36 RMV 136

M43 RMV 2TCL36.


C0 - C180

Recommended areas Especially recommended for offices, sales areas, showrooms, and financial institutions, especially recommended for VDU workstations. -U versions recommended for air extraction in low-pressure ceilings. Universal system that can be installed in cut-out recess openings and in ceiling systems comprising of concealed or exposed grids (trunking 15 mm / 24 mm). The Enterio Twist luminaires for exposed grids allow for quick installation due to the integral lamps and external connection technology. Optical system Semi-specular parabolic louvre RMV made of anodised aluminium with a surface purity of 99.98 %. Suitable for VDU applications in accordance with EN 12464-1 due to low luminance L 1000 cd/m2 at critical angles above 65 in all planes. Louvre retention by means of springtensioned clips, providing earth continuity. Louvre can be lowered and hung from either side without tools. Luminaire body Powder-coated sheet steel, white. Increased stability through extra beading in the luminaire top. -U With ventilation slots for low-noise air extraction in low-pressure ceilings. Twist version Rapid-mounting luminaire Enterio Twist for exposed grids, complete with integral fluorescent lamps 3000 K (830) or 4000 K (840). TWW 3-pole connector, type WIELAND GST 18/3. Control gear option E With electronic control gear. Other electrical versions available on request.
M28 RMV M26 RMV
92

ENTERIO M28 RMV 158 UTE: 0.56 C DIN 5040: A50 CIBSE: BZ 1 NBN L 14-002: BZ 2

M36 RMV
92 161 184 800 187 43 45 1174 1197

M37 RMV
92 161 184 800 212

1224 1247

M38 RMV
92 161 184 800 187 43 45 800 337 43 45 1474 1497 1174 1197

126 149

M39 RMV

92

92 161 184 800 337 43 45

126 149

800

362

1474 1497

1524 1547

316

Accessories 326 Lamp characteristics 525

M46 RMV 236

M76 RMV 336

Reference

TOC

Enterio M26 RMV 128 Enterio M26 RMV 136 Enterio M26-U RMV 136 Enterio M28 RMV 135 Enterio M28 RMV 158 Enterio M28-U RMV 158 Enterio M36 RMV 128 Enterio M36 RMV 136 Enterio M36-U RMV 136 Enterio M37 RMV 128 Enterio M37 RMV 136 Enterio M38 RMV 135 Enterio M38 RMV 158 Enterio M38-U RMV 158 Enterio M39 RMV 135 Enterio M39 RMV 158 Enterio M43 RMV 2TCL36 Enterio M46 RMV 228 Enterio M46 RMV 236 Enterio M46-U RMV 236 Enterio M48 RMV 235 Enterio M48 RMV 258 Enterio M48-U RMV 258 Enterio M57 RMV 228 Enterio M57 RMV 236 Enterio M59 RMV 235 Enterio M59 RMV 258 Enterio M76 RMV 336 Enterio Twist: Enterio M26-U RMV 136TWW 830 Enterio M28-U RMV 158TWW 830 Enterio M36-U RMV 136TWW 830 Enterio M38-U RMV 158TWW 830 Enterio M46-U RMV 236TWW 830 Enterio M57 RMV 236TWW 840

45 081 45 082 45 085 45 088 45 089 45 092 45 095 45 096 45 099 47 926 47 925 45 109 45 110 45 113 47 929 47 930 45 124 45 127 45 128 45 135 45 139 45 140 45 146 47 933 47 934 47 939 47 940 45 176 47 006 47 005 47 004 47 003 47 002 47 935

Control gear options E 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04

Lamps W 1 x 28 1 x 36 1 x 36 1 x 35 1 x 58 1 x 58 1 x 28 1 x 36 1 x 36 1 x 28 1 x 36 1 x 35 1 x 58 1 x 58 1 x 35 1 x 58 2 x TCL36 2 x 28 2 x 36 2 x 36 2 x 35 2 x 58 2 x 58 2 x 28 2 x 36 2 x 35 2 x 58 3 x 36 1 x 36 1 x 58 1 x 36 1 x 58 2 x 36 2 x 36

Axis dimension mm 150 x 1200 150 x 1200 150 x 1200 150 x 1500 150 x 1500 150 x 1500 185 x 1200 185 x 1200 185 x 1200 185 x 1250 185 x 1250 185 x 1500 185 x 1500 185 x 1500 185 x 1550 185 x 1550 300 x 600 300 x 1200 300 x 1200 300 x 1200 300 x 1500 300 x 1500 300 x 1500 312.5 x 1250 312.5 x 1250 312.5 x 1550 312.5 x 1550 600 x 1200 150 x 1200 150 x 1500 185 x 1200 185 x 1500 300 x 1200 312.5 x 1250

Recess opening mm 132 x 1180 132 x 1180 132 x 1180 132 x 1480 132 x 1480 132 x 1480 167 x 1180 167 x 1180 167 x 1180 167 x 1226 167 x 1226 167 x 1480 167 x 1480 167 x 1480 167 x 1526 167 x 1526 276 x 576 276 x 1180 276 x 1180 276 x 1180 276 x 1480 276 x 1480 276 x 1480 289 x 1226 289 x 1226 289 x 1526 289 x 1526 576 x 1180

kg

3.1 3.4 3.1 3.6 4.2 4.2 3.4 3.7 3.4 3.5 3.8 3.9 4.5 3.9 4.0 4.6 3.8 4.1 4.8 4.1 5.6 6.5 5.6 4.3 5.0 5.8 6.7 8.3 3.2 3.7 3.5 4.0 4.5 4.7

M43 RMV

M46/48 RMV

M57/59 RMV

M76 RMV

88

88

88

6 272 297

6 285 310 43

88 572 597

272 297

55 1224/M57, 1524/M59 1247/M57, 1547/M59 1174 1197 45

574 597

1174/M46, 1474/M48 1197/M46, 1497/M48

45

317

Enterio / EnterioTwist
Recessed luminaires with cross-blade louvre RSV

6 5 4 d a

IP20

0.2 Joule

960 C

M36 RSV 136

M46 RSV 236


C0 - C180

Recommended areas Especially recommended for offices, sales areas, showrooms and financial institutions. -U versions recommended for air extraction in low-pressure ceilings. Universal system that can be installed in cut-out recess openings and in ceiling systems comprising of concealed or exposed grids (trunking 15 mm / 24 mm). The Enterio Twist luminaires for exposed grids allow for quick installation due to the integral lamps and external connection technology. Optical system Specular louvre RSV made of high-purity anodised aluminium, with graduated concaveprofiled cross blades, for narrow/wide-angle light distribution. Louvre retention by means of spring-tensioned clips, providing earth continuity. Louvre can be lowered and hung from either side without tools. Luminaire body Powder-coated sheet steel, white. Increased stability through extra beading in the luminaire top. -U with ventilation slots for low-noise air extraction in low-pressure ceilings. Twist version Rapid-mounting luminaire Enterio Twist for exposed grids, complete with integral fluorescent lamps 3000 K (830) or 4000 K (840). TWW 3-pole connector, type WIELAND GST 18/3. Control gear option E With electronic control gear. Other electrical versionsavailable on request.

Enterio M38 RSV 158 UTE: 0.65 C DIN 5040: A50 CIBSE: BZ 1 NBN L 14-002: BZ 3

318

Accessories 326 Lamp characteristics 525

Reference

TOC

Enterio M26 RSV 136 Enterio M28 RSV 158 Enterio M36 RSV 136 Enterio M36-U RSV 136 Enterio M37 RSV 128 Enterio M37 RSV 136 Enterio M38 RSV 158 Enterio M38-U RSV 158 Enterio M39 RSV 135 Enterio M39 RSV 158 Enterio M46 RSV 236 Enterio M48 RSV 258 Enterio M57 RSV 228 Enterio M57 RSV 236 Enterio M59 RSV 235 Enterio M59 RSV 258 Enterio Twist: Enterio M36-U RSV 136TWW 830 Enterio M38-U RSV 158TWW 830 Enterio M57 RSV 236TWW 840

45 084 45 091 47 170 47 172 47 927 45 104 47 178 47 181 47 931 45 118 45 132 45 144 47 937 45 153 47 941 45 160 47 173 47 182 47 193

Control gear options E 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04

Lamps W 1 x 36 1 x 58 1 x 36 1 x 36 1 x 28 1 x 36 1 x 58 1 x 58 1 x 35 1 x 58 2 x 36 2 x 58 2 x 28 2 x 36 2 x 35 2 x 58 1 x 36 1 x 58 2 x 36

Axis dimension mm 150 x 1200 150 x 1500 185 x 1200 185 x 1200 185 x 1250 185 x 1250 185 x 1500 185 x 1500 185 x 1550 185 x 1550 300 x 1200 300 x 1500 312.5 x 1250 312.5 x 1250 312.5 x 1550 312.5 x 1550 185 x 1200 185 x 1500 312.5 x 1250

Recess opening mm 132 x 1180 132 x 1480 167 x 1180 167 x 1180 167 x 1226 167 x 1226 167 x 1480 167 x 1480 167 x 1526 167 x 1526 276 x 1180 276 x 1480 289 x 1226 289 x 1226 289 x 1526 289 x 1526

kg

3.5 4.2 3.7 3.7 3.5 3.8 4.5 4.5 4.0 4.6 4.7 6.3 4.2 4.9 5.6 6.5 3.7 4.5 4.6

M26 RSV
92

M36 RSV
92

M38 RSV
92

M46/48 RSV
88 272 297 800 337 43 45 1174/M46, 1474/M48 1197/M46, 1497/M48 43 45 1474 1497

126 149 800 187 43 45

161 184 800 187 43 45

161 184

1174 1197

1174 1197

M28 RSV
92

M37 RSV
92

M39 RSV
92

M57/59 RSV
88 285 310 800 362 1224/M57, 1524/M59 1247/M57, 1547/M59

6 161 184 800 212

126 149 800 337 43 45

161 184

1474 1497

1224 1247

1524 1547

319

Enterio / EnterioTwist
Recessed luminaires with white louvre RWV

6 5 4 d a

IP20

0.2 Joule

960 C

M76 RWV 136

M36 RWV 236


C0 - C180

Recommended areas Especially recommended for offices, administrative premises and sales areas. -U versions recommended for air extraction in low-pressure ceilings. Universal system that can be installed in cut-out recess openings and in ceiling systems comprising of concealed or exposed grids (trunking 15 mm / 24 mm). The Enterio Twist luminaires for exposed grids allow for quick installation due to the integral lamps and external connection technology. Optical system White louvre RWV, for a uniform light distribution. Louvre retention by means of springtensioned clips, providing earth continuity. Louvre can be lowered and hung from either side without tools. Luminaire body Powder-coated sheet steel, white. Increased stability through extra beading in the luminaire top. -U With ventilation slots for low-noise air extraction in low-pressure ceilings. Twist version Rapid-mounting luminaire Enterio Twist for exposed grids, complete with integral fluorescent lamps 3000 K (830) or 4000 K (840). TWW 3-pole connector, type WIELAND GST 18/3. Control gear option E With electronic control gear. Other electrical versions available on request.

Enterio M38 RWV UTE: 0.75 D DIN 5040: A40 CIBSE: BZ 2/2.5/BZ 3 NBN L 14-002: BZ 4/2/BZ 3/2.5/BZ 4

320

Accessories 326 Lamp characteristics 525

M46 RWV 436

Reference

TOC

Enterio M36 RWV 136 Enterio M36-U RWV 136 Enterio M37 RWV 128 Enterio M37 RWV 136 Enterio M38 RWV 158 Enterio M38-U RWV 158 Enterio M39 RWV 135 Enterio M39 RWV 158 Enterio M46 RWV 236 Enterio M48 RWV 258 Enterio M57 RWV 228 Enterio M57 RWV 236 Enterio M59 RWV 235 Enterio M59 RWV 258 Enterio M76 RWV 336 Enterio M76 RWV 436 Enterio Twist: Enterio M36-U RWV 136TWW 830 Enterio M38-U RWV 158TWW 830 Enterio M57 RWV 236TWW 840

45 098 47 174 47 928 45 105 45 112 47 183 47 932 45 119 45 134 45 145 47 938 45 154 47 942 45 161 45 180 45 181 47 175 47 184 47 194

Control gear options E 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04

Lamps W 1 x 36 1 x 36 1 x 28 1 x 36 1 x 58 1 x 58 1 x 35 1 x 58 2 x 36 2 x 58 2 x 28 2 x 36 2 x 35 2 x 58 3 x 36 4 x 36 1 x 36 1 x 58 2 x 36

Axis dimension mm 185 x 1200 185 x 1200 185 x 1250 185 x 1250 185 x 1500 185 x 1500 185 x 1550 185 x 1550 300 x 1200 300 x 1500 312.5 x 1250 312.5 x 1250 312.5 x 1550 312.5 x 1550 600 x 1200 600 x 1200 185 x 1200 185 x 1500 312.5 x 1250

Recess opening mm 167 x 1180 167 x 1180 167 x 1226 167 x 1226 167 x 1480 167 x 1480 167 x 1526 167 x 1526 276 x 1180 276 x 1480 289 x 1226 289 x 1226 289 x 1526 289 x 1526 576 x 1180 576 x 1180

kg

4.0 3.7 3.8 3.8 4.5 4.3 4.4 4.6 5.2 6.8 4.7 5.4 6.1 7.0 10.2 10.8 3.7 4.4 5.1

M36 RWV

M38 RWV

M46/48 RWV

M76 RWV

92

92

88

88 572 597 43 45

161 184 800 187 43 45

161 184 800 337 43 45

272 297

55 1174 1197 45

1174 1197

1474 1497

1174/M46, 1474/M48 1197/M46, 1497/M48

M37 RWV
92

M39 RWV
92

M57/59 RWV
88 285 310 800 362 1224/M57, 1524/M59 1247/M57, 1547/M59

6 161 184 800 212

161 184

1224 1247

1524 1547

321

Enterio
Recessed luminaires with wall-washer optics RAV

6 5 4 d a

IP20

0.2 Joule

960 C

M37 RAV 136

M43 RAV 1TCL

Recommended areas Schools, offices, entrances and sales areas. Especially recommended for blackboard lighting in schools, lighting of shelves on retail premises, showrooms and storage facilities. Universal system that can be installed in cut-out recess openings and in ceiling systems comprising of concealed or exposed grids (trunking 15 mm/ 24 mm). Optical system Wall-washer optics RAV made of anodised aluminium with a surface purity of 99.98 %, with asymmetrical light distribution for uniform illumination of vertical surfaces. Luminaire body Powder-coated sheet steel, white. Increased stability through extra beading in the luminaire top Control gear option E With electronic control gear. Other electrical versions available on request.

C0 - C180

Enterio M37 RAV UTE: 0.74 D DIN 5040: A40 CIBSE: BZ 3 NBN L 14-002: BZ 4

322

Accessories 326 Lamp characteristics 525

M46 RAV 136

Reference

TOC

Enterio M37 RAV 128 Enterio M37 RAV 136 Enterio M39 RAV 135 Enterio M39 RAV 158 Enterio M43 RAV 1TCL36 Enterio M43 RAV 1TCL40 Enterio M43 RAV 1TCL55 Enterio M46 RAV 136 Enterio M48 RAV 158

45 101 45 102 45 115 45 116 45 121 45 122 45 123 45 094 45 108

Control gear options E 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04

Lamps W 1 x 28 1 x 36 1 x 35 1 x 58 1 x TC-L36 1 x TC-L40 1 x TC-L55 1 x 36 1 x 58

Axis dimension mm 185 x 1250 185 x 1250 185 x 1550 185 x 1550 300 x 600 300 x 600 300 x 600 300 x 1200 300 x 1500

Recess opening mm 167 x 1226 167 x 1226 167 x 1526 167 x 1526 276 x 576 276 x 576 276 x 576 276 x 1180 276 x 1480

kg

3.5 3.5 4.6 4.6 3.8 3.8 3.8 5.1 6.7

M37 RAV

M39 RAV

M43 RAV

M46/48 RAV

92

92

6 161 184 800 212

6 272 297 800 362

88

88 272 297

161 184

43 1174/M46, 1474/M48 1197/M46, 1497/M48 45

1224 1247

1524 1547

574 597

323

Enterio
Recessed luminaires with opal or prismatic PLEXIGLAS diffuser

6 5 4 d a

IP20

oriented towards room IP40

0.2 Joule

650 C

IP

oriented towards room IP54

M57 OA

M57 PA
C0 - C180

Recommended area Sales areas, showrooms, offices, lounges, corridors and production facilities. Universal luminaire system that can be installed in cut-out recess openings and in ceiling systems comprising of concealed or exposed grids (trunkings 15 mm / 24 mm). Optical system Direct, with PLEXIGLAS cover, mounted in a white aluminium frame. OA Opal, lending a particular uniform brightness. PA With photometrically effective prisms, to direct the light primarily onto the working plane. IP Increased degree of protection IP54 (underside). Luminaire body Powder-coated sheet steel, white. Increased stability through extra beading in the luminaire top. Low overall height allows for placement of square luminaires on exposed grids even with low ceiling voids of 200 mm and more. Control gear option E With electronic control gear. Other electrical versions available on request.

Enterio M39 OA 158 UTE: 0.34 E DIN 5040: A40 CIBSE: BZ 4 NBN L 14-002: BZ 5/2.5/BZ 4
C0 - C180

Enterio M39 PA 158 UTE: 0.55 E DIN 5040: A40 CIBSE: BZ 4 NBN L 14-002: BZ 4

324

Accessories 326 Lamp characteristics 525

Reference

TOC

Enterio M26 OA 128 Enterio M26 OA 136 Enterio M28 OA 135 Enterio M28 OA 158 Enterio M37 OA 128 Enterio M37 OA 136 Enterio M39 OA 135 Enterio M39 OA 158 Enterio M57 OA 228 Enterio M57 OA 236 Enterio M59 OA 235 Enterio M59 OA 258 Enterio M26 OA-IP 128 Enterio M26 OA-IP 136 Enterio M28 OA-IP 135 Enterio M28 OA-IP 158 Enterio M37 OA-IP 128 Enterio M37 OA-IP 136 Enterio M39 OA-IP 135 Enterio M39 OA-IP 158 Enterio M57 OA-IP 228 Enterio M57 OA-IP 236 Enterio M59 OA-IP 235 Enterio M59 OA-IP 258 Enterio M26 PA 128 Enterio M26 PA 136 Enterio M28 PA 135 Enterio M28 PA 158 Enterio M37 PA 128 Enterio M37 PA 136 Enterio M39 PA 135 Enterio M39 PA 158 Enterio M57 PA 228 Enterio M57 PA 236 Enterio M59 PA 235 Enterio M59 PA 258 Enterio M26 PA-IP 128 Enterio M26 PA-IP 136 Enterio M28 PA-IP 135 Enterio M28 PA-IP 158 Enterio M37 PA-IP 128 Enterio M37 PA-IP 136 Enterio M39 PA-IP 135 Enterio M39 PA-IP 158 Enterio M57 PA-IP 228 Enterio M57 PA-IP 236 Enterio M59 PA-IP 235 Enterio M59 PA-IP 258 Accessories Enterio ZSF Enterio ZBB/1

51 354 51 355 51 362 51 363 48 666 48 667 48 670 48 671 48 673 45 149 49 425 45 156 51 356 51 357 51 364 51 365 51 370 51 371 51 374 51 375 51 407 51 408 51 411 51 412 51 358 51 359 51 366 51 367 48 668 48 669 49 424 48 672 48 674 45 150 49 426 45 157 51 360 51 361 51 368 51 369 51 372 51 373 51 376 51 377 51 409 51 410 51 413 51 414 TOC 52 503 00 47 167 00

Control gear options E 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04

Lamps W 1 x 28 1 x 36 1 x 35 1 x 58 1 x 28 1 x 36 1 x 35 1 x 58 2 x 28 2 x 36 2 x 35 2 x 58 1 x 28 1 x 36 1 x 35 1 x 58 1 x 28 1 x 36 1 x 35 1 x 58 2 x 28 2 x 36 2 x 35 2 x 58 1 x 28 1 x 36 1 x 35 1 x 58 1 x 28 1 x 36 1 x 35 1 x 58 2 x 28 2 x 36 2 x 35 2 x 58 1 x 28 1 x 36 1 x 35 1 x 58 1 x 28 1 x 36 1 x 35 1 x 58 2 x 28 2 x 36 2 x 35 2 x 58

Axis dimension mm 150 x 1200 150 x 1200 150 x 1500 150 x 1500 185 x 1250 185 x 1250 185 x 1550 185 x 1550 312.5 x 1250 312.5 x 1250 312.5 x 1550 312.5 x 1550 150 x 1200 150 x 1200 150 x 1500 150 x 1500 185 x 1250 185 x 1250 185 x 1550 185 x 1550 312.5 x 1250 312.5 x 1250 312.5 x 1550 312.5 x 1550 150 x 1200 150 x 1200 150 x 1500 150 x 1500 185 x 1250 185 x 1250 185 x 1550 185 x 1550 312.5 x 1250 312.5 x 1250 312.5 x 1550 312.5 x 1550 150 x 1200 150 x 1200 150 x 1500 150 x 1500 185 x 1250 185 x 1250 185 x 1550 185 x 1550 312.5 x 1250 312.5 x 1250 312.5 x 1550 312.5 x 1550

Recess opening mm 132 x 1180 132 x 1180 132 x 1480 132 x 1480 167 x 1226 167 x 1226 167 x 1526 167 x 1526 289 x 1226 289 x 1226 289 x 1526 289 x 1526 132 x 1180 132 x 1180 132 x 1480 132 x 1480 167 x 1226 167 x 1226 167 x 1526 167 x 1526 289 x 1226 289 x 1226 289 x 1526 289 x 1526 132 x 1180 132 x 1180 132 x 1480 132 x 1480 167 x 1226 167 x 1226 167 x 1526 167 x 1526 289 x 1226 289 x 1226 289 x 1526 289 x 1526 132 x 1180 132 x 1180 132 x 1480 132 x 1480 167 x 1226 167 x 1226 167 x 1526 167 x 1526 289 x 1226 289 x 1226 289 x 1526 289 x 1526

kg

3.2 3.2 4.6 4.6 3.2 3.2 5.0 5.0 4.8 4.8 4.8 4.8 3.2 3.2 4.6 4.6 4.6 4.6 4.6 4.6 4.8 4.8 5.4 5.4 3.2 3.2 4.6 4.6 3.2 3.2 5.0 5.0 4.8 4.8 4.8 4.8 3.2 3.2 4.6 4.6 4.6 4.6 4.6 4.6 4.8 4.8 5.4 5.4

Description 1 set of safety springs for installation 1 set (4 pcs) of fixing brackets

M26 OA/PA

M28 OA/PA

M37 OA/PA

M39 OA/PA

M57 OA/PA M59 OA/PA


88 285 310 362 1224/M57, 1524/M59 1247/M57, 1547/M59

92

92

92

6 161 184 800 212

92

126 149 800 187 43 45

126 149 800 337 43 45

161 184

800

1174 1197

1474 1497

1224 1247

1524 1547

325

Enterio / EnterioTwist
Mounting instructions and accessories

Enterio Ceilings with exposed grids The sides of the luminaires are placed on the flanges of the grid system without any fixing accessories.
max. 25

Module

Enterio / EnterioTwist EnterioTwist luminaires are brought into position and placed on the exposed grid without requiring any extra fixing accessories.
max. 25

Module

Practical accessories TRILUX recessed luminaires are distinguished by universal appliction in ceilings with concealed and exposed grids, and in ceilings with cut-out recess openings. Practical accessories guarantee easy installation and thus economic lighting solutions.

E14-Emergency light fixture For permanent and stand-by operation, consisting of a E14 socket, marked with a green dot, for tubular incandescent lamps. Lamp rating max. 25 W, lamp diameter 30 mm.
Enterio ZNO/E 14 For multi-lamp luminaires (Module width 300 mm). 47 195 00

Individual battery system (not illustr.) In case of power failure, an individual battery system with reduced luminous flux is provided to ensure the continued operation of the light. Please contact your local TRILUX support centre for further details.

326

min. 200

min. 200

Ceilings with concealed grids The luminaires are mounted with the aid of fixing brackets that are available as optional accessories. The inclined body of the luminaire simplifies the installation in system ceilings. In case of asymmetrical ceiling systems, please contact your local TRILUX support centre.

Ceilings with cut-out recess openings Enterio luminaires are mounted with the aid of fixing brackets that are available separately as accessories. The surrounding rim of the luminaire conceals the saw cut.

max. 50

max. 50

max. 25

max. 25

Fixing accessories 1 set (4 pieces) fixing brackets for Enterio (except for EnterioTwist).

Fixing accessories 1 set (4 pieces) fixing brackets for Enterio (except for EnterioTwist).

Enterio ZBB/1 47 167 00 Module width up to and including 185 mm.

Enterio ZBB/2 Module width 300 mm.

47 168 00

max. 50

327

734, 735 series


Recessed luminaires with opal or prismatic PLEXIGLAS diffuser

Lamp characteristics 525

6 5 4 d a

IP40

0.2 Joule

650 C

7344, 7354

7344 P, 7354 P

Recommended areas Especially recommended for offices, sales areas, showrooms, lounges, and corridors. 734 For ceilings with concealed grids, in 600 mm module, and for ceilings with exposed grids, in 625 mm module. 735 For ceilings with concealed grids, in 625 mm module. Optical system PLEXIGLAS diffuser made in one piece, particularly stable and rigid. Safe retention of the diffuser by means of internal spring clips. 7344/18, 7354/18 with opal diffuser. P With photometrically designed prisms to direct the light primarily onto the working plane. Luminaire body Powder-coated sheet steel, white. Control gear option E With electronic control gear. Other electrical versions available on request.

Reference

TOC

7344/18 7354/18 7344 P/18 7354 P/18

12 578 12 586 12 579 12 587

Control gear options E 04 04 04 04

Lamps W 4 x 18 4 x 18 4 x 18 4 x 18

Module (mm) with exposed Trunking 625 x 625 625 x 625

Module (mm) with concealed Trunking 600 x 600 625 x 625 600 x 600 625 x 625

kg

7.4 7.4 7.8 7.8

Accessories TOC Description Fixing accessories, 1 set (4 pieces) rapid-mounting swivel brackets for fastening of luminaires 734 or 735 in ceilings with 700/50N 12 405 00 concealed grids. Grid height 15 mm to 50 mm, maximum flange width 45 mm. with 4 mounting brackets for fixing the luminaire 734 in 703/50N 12 406 00 ceilings with exposed grids. Grid height 38 mm, flange width 24 mm.
C0 - C180

7344/18 UTE: 0.45 E + 0.03 T DIN 5040: A40 CIBSE: BZ 4/.75/BZ 5 NBN L 14-002: BZ 5
C0 - C180

7344 P/18 UTE: 0.59 D + 0.03 T DIN 5040: A40 CIBSE: BZ 3/1.5/BZ 4 NBN L 14-002: BZ 4

7344

7354

7344 P

7354 P

328

329

Luminaires with high protection ratings

Aragon

711/712

713

338 Aragon weather-proof surfacemounted luminaire made of polycarbonate (IP66)

342 711/712 weather-proof surfacemounted luminaire PLEXIGLAS diffuser (IP54)

344 713 weather-proof surface-mounted luminaire PLEXIGLAS diffuser (IP54)

Luminaires with high protection ratings i

Centa-S

2911

346 Centa-S (748) (IP65)

348 2911 weather-proof downlight (IP54)

332

Fidesca

350 Fidesca Premium PM Clean-room luminaire (IP65)

350 Fidesca Standard SD Clean-room luminaire (IP65)

350 Fidesca Basic BS Clean-room luminaire (IP54)

739

4401

362 739 weather-proof recessed luminaire (IP54)

363 4401 recessed luminaire for strip ceilings (IP54)

333

Prepared for all eventualities: TRILUX luminaires with high protection ratings.

334

Light in laboratories, hospitals or factories must fulfil very specific requirements. The luminaires installed in such locations must not only be resistant to increased mechanical and chemical loads, but also have to satisfy most stringent hygiene standards. A task that is easy for our engineers to cope with when they assume the worst. For a positive surprise in every aspect: TRILUX luminaires with high protection ratings.

335

The TRILUX series, which fulfil these requirements, are just as special as the demands of the specific environments. The TRILUX Fidesca Premium (PM) clean-room luminaire is especially suited for areas where hygiene and sterility are top priority. It is easy to clean and can be sealed to a bacteria-proof standard. For areas where there is a risk of contamination due to chemical substances or possible ingress of moisture or dusts, luminaire bodies must be shielded accordingly: for instance, the TRILUX Aragon series. And in turn the TRILUX Centa-S is equipped with an extremely high-impact diffuser in order, to prevent mechanical destruction. By the way, specially protected optical systems increase the longevity and reliability of all TRILUX luminaires with increased protection rating and guarantee especially long maintenance intervals.

336

Light that not only provide security with light.

337

Aragon
Weather-proof surface-mounted luminaires with polycarbonate diffuser, for T5 fluorescent lamps T with transparent body

6 5 4 d o$ a

IP66

6 Joule

850 C

Aragon 1T

Aragon 2T
C0 - C180

Recommended areas Ceiling- and wall-mounted luminaires for damp or corrosive environments and covered exterior areas. Recommended for increased mechanical stability requirements. T The transparent luminaire body provides an indirect light component with an interesting design. Colour effects can be achieved with the transparent version of Aragon luminaires when combined with coloured lamps. Optical system Diffuser made of clear impact-resistant and UV-stabilised polycarbonate with fine-grained etched diffuser ends. Smooth exterior finish, with internal linear prisms. Diffuser made in one piece, mechanically stable. Safe retention of the diffuser by means of interlocking tabs moulded into the body and diffuser, closed without tools. S With highly-specular reflection-intensifying reflector, for symmetrical light distribution. Luminaire body Polycarbonate, recyclable, very low inflammability, light-grey. T Transparent, for additional indirect light component. With top and end cut outs for mains supply and further wiring as well as for through-wiring by means of heat-resistant internal wiring. Grommets are enclosed loose, Internal wiring to be ordered separately. Mounting by means of enclosed stainless steel fixing clamps. With stainless steel wire bracket for steel strip suspension or for chain suspension to be provided by the contractor.

Production sites subject to fire hazards Due to low surface temperatures and high IP rating suitable for production sites subject to fire hazards. Control gear option Versions 14/24, 28/54 and 35/49 in Multi-Lamp technology allow operation of T5 lamps with different wattages. E With electronic control gear. Other control gear versions available on request.

Aragon 149 T E UTE: 0.64 H + 0.19 T DIN 5040: B20 CIBSE: BZ 7/1.5/BZ 6 NBN L 14-002: BZ 7/4/BZ 6
C0 - C180

Aragon 149 S E UTE: 0.85 E + 0.05 T DIN 5040: A40 CIBSE: BZ 5 NBN L 14-002: BZ 5
C0 - C180

Aragon 149 E UTE: 0.79 H + 0.17 T DIN 5040: B20 CIBSE: BZ 6 NBN L 14-002: BZ 7/2/BZ 6

338

Lamp characteristics 525

Aragon 1

Aragon 2

Aragon 1S

Reference

TOC

Control gear options E 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04

Lamps W 1 x 14/24 1 x 28/54 1 x 35/49/80 2 x 14/24 2 x 28 2 x 35 2 x 49 2 x 54 1 x 14 1 x 28/54 1 x 35/49/80 2 x 14/24 2 x 28 2 x 35 2 x 49 2 x 54 1 x 28/54 1 x 35/49/80

D mm 390 800 1100 390 800 1100 1100 800 390 800 1100 390 800 1100 1100 800 800 1100

D1

D2

kg

Aragon 114/24 T Aragon 128/54 T Aragon 135/49/80 T Aragon 214/24 T Aragon 228 T Aragon 235 T Aragon 249 T Aragon 254 T Aragon 114/24 Aragon 128/54 Aragon 135/49/80 Aragon 214/24 Aragon 228 Aragon 235 Aragon 249 Aragon 254 Aragon 128/54 S Aragon 135/49/80 S Accessories Aragon LV 5x1200 Aragon LV 5x1500 Aragon SB

42 950 42 951 42 952 51 517 38 748 38 749 38 750 38 751 15 507 15 512 15 516 51 515 15 529 15 530 16 493 15 533 15 513 15 517 TOC 38 716 00 16 495 00 15 537 00

235 235 235 235 235 235 235 235 235 235 235 235 235 235

475 475 475 475 475 475 475 475 475 475 475 475 475 475

1.6 2.4 2.7 2.5 3.4 3.8 3.8 3,4 1.7 2.6 2.9 2.3 3.6 4.0 4.0 3.6 3.2 3.5

Description Internal wiring, 5 x 1.5 mm for luminaires 28 W, 54 W Internal wiring, 5 x 1.5 mm for luminaires 35 W, 49 W, 80 W Steel strip suspension, 1 pair, 1 m long, made of stainless steel.

Aragon 1
40

Aragon 1S, Aragon 2


40

50 110

50 110

339

Aragon
Weather-proof surface-mounted luminaires with polycarbonate diffuser, for T8 fluorescent lamps

6 5 4 d o$ a

IP66

6 Joule

850 C

Aragon 1

Aragon 2
C0 - C180

Application Ceiling- and wall-mounted luminaires for damp or corrosive environments and covered exterior areas. Recommended for areas where increased mechanical strength is required. Optical system Diffuser made of clear impact-resistant and UV-stabilised polycarbonate with fine-grained etched diffuser ends. Smooth exterior finish, with internal linear prisms. Diffuser made in one piece, mechanically stable. Safe retention of the diffuser by means of interlocking tabs moulded into the body-diffuser, closed without tools. S With highly-specular reflection-intensifying reflector. SA With highly-specular reflection-intensifying reflector, for asymmetrical light distribution. Luminaire body Polycarbonate, recyclable, very low flammability, light-grey. With top and end cut outs for mains supply and further wiring as well as for through-wiring by means of heat-resistant internal wiring. Grommets are enclosed loose. Internal wiring to be ordered separately. Mounting by means of enclosed stainless steel fixing clamps. With stainless steel wire bracket for steel strip suspension or for chain suspension (provided by the installer).

Production sites subject to fire hazards Due to low surface temperatures and high IP rating suitable for production sites subject to fire hazards. Control gear option E With electronic control gear. Other control gear versions available on request.

Aragon 158 UTE: 0.60 H + 0.16 T DIN 5040: B20 CIBSE: BZ 6 NBN L 14-002: BZ 7/2.5/BZ 6
C0 - C180

Aragon 158 S UTE: 0.68 E + 0.04 T DIN 5040: A40 CIBSE: BZ 5 NBN L 14-002: BZ 5
C0 - C180

Aragon 158 SA UTE: 0.66 G + 0.04 T DIN 5040: A30 CIBSE: BZ 5 NBN L 14-002: BZ 5

340

Lamp characteristics 525

Aragon 1S Aragon 2S Aragon 1SA

Reference

TOC

Control gear options E 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04

Lamps W 1 x 18 1 x 36 1 x 58 2 x 18 2 x 36 2 x 58 1 x 36 1 x 58 2 x 36 2 x 58 1 x 36 1 x 58

D mm 390 800 1100 390 800 1100 800 1100 800 1100 800 1100

D1

D2

kg

Aragon 118 Aragon 136 Aragon 158 Aragon 218 Aragon 236 Aragon 258 Aragon 136 S Aragon 158 S Aragon 236 S Aragon 258 S Aragon 136 SA Aragon 158 SA Accessories Aragon LV 5x1200 Aragon LV 5x1500 Aragon SB

15 508 15 518 15 523 15 527 15 531 15 534 15 519 15 524 15 532 15 535 15 520 15 525 TOC 38 716 00 16 495 00 15 537 00

235 235 235 235 235 235 235 235 235 235

475 475 475 475 475 475 475 475 475 475

2.2 3.2 3.5 2.9 4.8 5.2 4.3 4.6 5.0 5.4 4.3 4.6

Description Internal wiring, 5 x 1.5 mm for luminaires 36 W Internal wiring, 5 x 1.5 mm for luminaires 58 W Steel strip suspension, 1 pair, 1 m long, made of stainless steel.

Aragon 1
40

Aragon 1S, Aragon 2


40

50 110

50 110

341

Series 711, 712


Weather-proof surface-mounted luminaires with PLEXIGLAS diffuser

6 5 4 d o$

IP65

0.35 Joule

650 C

711

712

7112 S, 7122 S

7111, 7121
C0 - C180

Application Damp or corrosive environments, and covered exterior areas. 711 Safety class I. 712 Safety class II. Optical system Clear PLEXIGLAS diffuser with fine grained surface, made in one piece, particularly stable and rigid. Safe retention of the diffuser by means of integral rocker fasteners made of glass-fibre reinforced polyacetal. S With highly-specular, anodised reflector. Luminaire body Glass-fibre reinforced polyester resin, very low flammability, light-grey. Gear tray can be removed without using tools and hung from the luminaire body for maintenance purposes. /36 and /58 with double fitting end grommets for mains supply and further wiring and for heat-resistant through-wiring with connection pipe. Production sites exposed to fire hazards Suitable for production sites subject to fire hazards thanks to low surface temperatures and high IP rating. Control gear option E With electronic control gear. Other electric versions available on request.

7112 S/1x58 UTE: 0.71 E + 0.03 T DIN 5040: A40 CIBSE: BZ 4/.75/ BZ 3/1/BZ 4 NBN L 14-002: BZ 5
C0 - C180

7111/58 UTE: 0.68 H + 0.13 T DIN 5040: B20 CIBSE: BZ 6 NBN L 14-002: BZ 6
C0 - C180

7112/58 UTE: 0.65 H + 0.09 T DIN 5040: B30 CIBSE: BZ 5/4/BZ 6 NBN L 14-002: BZ 6

342

Lamp characteristics 525

7112, 7122

Reference

TOC

7112 S/1 x 58 7122 S/1 x 58 7111/18 7111/36 7111/58 7121/36 7121/58

12 439 12 459 12 424 12 425 12 426 12 445 12 446

Control gear option E 04 04 04 04 04 04 04

Lamps W 1 x 58 1 x 58 1 x 18 1 x 36 1 x 58 1 x 36 1 x 58

D mm 1200 1200 530 900 1200 900 1200

D1

D2*

kg

185 185 65 185 185 185 185 185 185 185 185

375 375 375 375 375 375 375 375 375 375

5.6 5.6 2.0 3.0 4.1 3.0 4.1 4.7 6.5 4.7 6.5

7112/36 12 430 04 2 x 36 900 7112/58 12 431 04 2 x 58 1200 7122/36 12 450 04 2 x 36 900 7122/58 12 451 04 2 x 58 1200 D2* = Minimum measure due to thermal expansion of luminaire diffuser, tailored to 7110 accessories. Accessories TOC Description Steel strip suspension 75N 12 676 00 1 pair, 1 m long, stainless steel V2A Through-wiring sets for non-interrupted continuous lines 7110/4LV/36 12 420 00 4 x 1.5 mm, for 712/36, 1350 mm 7110/5LV/36 12 422 00 5 x 1.5 mm, for 711/36, 1350 mm 7110/4LV/58 12 421 00 4 x 1.5 mm, for 712/58, 1650 mm 7110/5LV/58 12 423 00 5 x 1.5 mm, for 711/58, 1650 mm Internal wiring for non-interrupted continuous lines 7115/4LV/36 12 440 00 4 x 1.5 mm, for 712/36, 1130 mm 7115/5LV/36 12 442 00 5 x 1.5 mm, for 711/36, 1130 mm 7115/4LV/58 12 441 00 4 x 1.5 mm, for 712/58, 1430 mm 7115/5LV/58 12 443 00 5 x 1.5 mm, for 711/58, 1430 mm

7111, 7121

7112, 7122

343

713series
Weather-proof surface-mounted luminaires with PLEXIGLAS diffuser

6 5 4 d o$ a

IP54

0.2 Joule

650 C

7131
C0 - C180

7132

Recommended areas Damp or corrosive environments, covered exterior areas and swimming pools. Optical system PLEXIGLAS diffuser, made in one piece, particularly stable, opal. Safe retention of the diffuser by means of internal spring clips P With PLEXIGLAS diffuser with photometrically effective prisms to direct the light primarily onto the working plane. S With highly-specular, anodised reflector. Luminaire body Glass-fibre reinforced polyester resin, very low inflammability, light-grey. /36 and /58 with front-plane self-sealing openings for through-wiring inside the luminaire. Projections and indentations in the front planes ensure precise alignment of the luminaires in the continuous line. Production sites subject to fire hazards Due to low surface temperatures and high IP rating suitable for production sites subject to fire hazards. Control gear option E With electronic control gear. Other control gear versions available on request.

7131/58 UTE: 0.48 H + 0.21 T DIN 5040: B21 CIBSE: BZ 6 NBN L 14-002: BZ 6

344

Lamp characteristics 525

7131 P

7132 P

Reference

TOC

7131/36 7131/58 7132/18 7132/36 7132/58 7131 P/36 7131 P/58 7132 PS/1x58 7132 P/36 7132 P/58 Accessories Through-wiring sets 7130/3LV/36 7130/5LV/36 7130/3LV/58 7130/5LV/58 07690/5LV/25m Steel strip suspension V2A 75N

12 466 12 468 12 475 12 476 12 478 12 472 12 473 12 489 12 481 12 484 TOC 12 462 00 12 464 00 12 463 00 12 465 00 21 890 00 12 676 00

Control gear option E 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 Description

Lamps W 1 x 36 1 x 58 2 x 18 2 x 36 2 x 58 1 x 36 1 x 58 1 x 58 2 x 36 2 x 58

D mm 900 1200 530 900 1200 900 1200 1200 900 1200

D1

D2

E1

kg

195 195 65 195 195 195 195 195 195 195

390 390 390 390 390 390 390 390 390

400 550 215 400 550 400 550 550 400 550

3.7 5.0 3.3 6.6 8.7 3.9 5.2 8.3 7.0 9.4

3 x 1.5 mm, for luminaires /36, 1450 mm 5 x 1.5 mm, for luminaires /36, 1450 mm 3 x 1.5 mm, for luminaires /58, 1790 mm 5 x 1.5 mm, for luminaires /58, 1790 mm 5 x 1.5 mm, for luminaires /36, /58, 25 m 1 pair, 1 m long, for luminaires 713

7132

7131

345

Centa-S
Circular weather-proof surface-mounted luminaires with opal diffuser

6 5 4 d o$ a

IP65

0.5 Joule

650 C

PC 2 Joule

850 C

Application Ceiling- and wall-mounted luminaires for damp or corrosive environments and covered exterior areas. PC Recommended for areas where increased mechanical strength is required and preventive fire protection. Optical system Opal diffuser made of PLEXIGLAS or highimpact polycarbonate (PC) with finegrained surface. Circular diffuser in spherical form, particularly stable. Safe retention of the diffuser by means of internal spring clips. Luminaire body Polycarbonate, white. Suitable for mounting on ceilings and walls. With two gromets for mains supply and further wiring. With integrated ventilation valve for safe pressure compensation in case of temperature fluctuations. Versions for compact fluorescent lamps TC-L equipped with stainless steel lamp holders. Production sites exposed to fire hazards Due to low surface temperatures and high IP rating, the versions E are suitable for production sites subject to fire hazards. Control gear options E With electronic control gear. Other control gear versions available on request.

Decor bezel ring 0748 Conical ceiling ring with surrounding narrow rim, made of aluminium, titanium-coloured, coated in transparent lacquer. For combined mounting with mounting body.

Decor bezel ring 0749 Conical ceiling ring, wide, made of aluminium, titanium-coloured, coated in transparent lacquer. For combined mounting with luminaire body.

346

Lamp characteristics 525

7481

7482

7483

Reference

TOC

Control gear options E 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04

Lamps W 1 x TC-DEL13 1 x TC-DEL18 1 x TC-DEL13 1 x TC-DEL18 1 x TR22 2 x TC-L18 1 x TR22 2 x TC-L18 1 x TR40 2 x TC-L24 1 x TR40 2 x TC-L24

D mm 110 110 110 110 134 134 134 134 169 169 169 169

D1

D2

E1

E2

kg

7481/TCD13 7481/TCD18 7481 PC/TCD13 7481 PC/TCD18 7482/1 x TR22 7482/TCL18 7482 PC/1 x TR22 7482 PC/TCL18 7483/1 x TR40 7483/2 x TCL24 7483 PC/1 x TR40 7483 PC/2 x TCL24

12 660 12 661 12 662 12 663 12 664 12 665 12 666 12 667 12 668 12 669 12 670 12 672

51 51 51 51 85 85 85 85

100 100 100 100

80 80 80 80 32 32 32 32 83 130 83 130

28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28

1.0 1.1 1.0 1.1 0.9 1.7 0.9 1.7 1.9 3.0 1.9 3.0

Accessories TOC Description Decor bezel rings slender, aluminium, titanium-coloured, coated in transparent lacquer 07481 DD 21 844 00 1 pc., 310 mm, for 7481 07482 DD 21 845 00 1 pc., 384 mm, for 7482 07483 DD 21 846 00 1 pc., 498 mm, for 7483 Decor bezel rings wide, aluminium, titanium-coloured, coated in transparent lacquer 07491 DD 21 847 00 1 pc., 410 mm, for 7481 07492 DD 21 848 00 1 pc., 470 mm, for 7482 07493 DD 21 849 00 1 pc., 572 mm, for 7483
C0 - C180

7481/TCD18 UTE: 0.40 G + 0.04 T DIN 5040: A30 CIBSE: BZ 5 NBN L 14-002: BZ 5

7481

7482

7483

347

Series 291
Weather-proof downlights

Accessories 349 Lamp characteristics 525

6 5 4 d a o$

0.2 Joule

960 C

with cover IP54

2911/TCD + 02901 WA

2911 B/TCD + 02901 CA

Application 2911 downlights in combination with glass covers 02901 Suitable for use in damp or corrosive environments and covered exterior areas. Optical system Highly-specular reflector, made of high-purity post-anodised aluminium, for narrow/wideangle light distribution. With smooth reflector. B With facetted specular reflector. Luminaire body Die-cast aluminium, with integral bezel ring. Shadow gap between bezel ring and reflector rim. Ceiling recess mounting by means of integral swivel brackets. Production sites subject to fire hazards Thanks to low surface temperatures and IP54 in combination with glass covers, the versions E are suitable for production sites particularly subject to fire hazards. Optical accessory 1 piece, transparent moulded glass, integrated within spherical decor bezel ring, fixed without tools in basic downlights 2911 to achieve IP54 all-round. Safe retention by means of spring catches. 02901 CA With chrome decor bezel ring. 02901 WA With white decor bezel ring. Control gear options E With electronic control gear. Other control gear versions available on request.

Reference

TOC

Lamps W 1 x TC-DEL18 1 x TC-TELI26 1 x TC-DEL18 1 x TC-TELI26

2911/TCD18 E* 2911/TCT26 E*

10 958 04 10 959 04

Recess opening mm 224 224 224 224

Recess depth mm 144 144 144 144

kg

2.0 3.0 2.0 3.0

2911 B/TCD18 E* 10 960 04 2911 B/TCT26 E* 10 961 04 * Covers to be ordered separately.

C0 - C180

2911/TCD18 +02901A UTE: 0.49 C DIN 5040: A50 CIBSE: BZ 1 NBN L 14-002: BZ 2

2911/TCD18 E 2911/TCT26

348

Series 291
Covers Mounting accessories

Glass covers To achieve IP54 all-round with 291 weatherproof downlights. 1 piece, consisting of cover and bezel ring. Cover in transparent moulded glass, integrated into spherical decorative bezel ring, tool-free installation, safe retention by means of spring catches.

Transparent Fresnel lenses To achieve IP54 all-round with 291 weatherproof downlights. 1 piece, consisting of Fresnel lens and bezel ring. Fresnel lens in transparent moulded glass, integrated into spherical decorative bezel ring, toolfree installation, safe retention by means of spring catches.

Frosted Fresnel lenses To achieve IP54 all-round with 291 weatherproof downlights. 1 piece, consisting of Fresnel lens and bezel ring. Fresnel lens in frosted moulded glass, integrated into spherical decorative bezel ring, tool-free installation, safe retention by means of spring catches.

Reference 02901 CA chrome 02901 WA white

TOC 21 413 00 21 416 00

kg 0.5 0.5

Reference 02901 C-FT chrome 02901 W-FT white

TOC 21 415 00 21 418 00

kg 1.0 1.0

Reference 02901 C-FS chrome 02901 W-FS white

TOC 21 414 00 21 417 00

kg 1.0 1.0

Mounting plate 1 piece, sheet steel, 1 mm, fully galvanised, to mount downlights in suspended ceilings or in closed ceilings (wood, gypsum plaster, or similar) with low load-bearing capacity or little impression resistance.

Mounting case 1 piece, steel sheet, 1 mm, white, with pressfolded sides and integral angle brackets. For strip ceilings, in 100 mm module with 16 mm shadow gap. Not suitable for wet areas like showers, outdoor areas, etc.

Sealed housing For mounting of downlights in concrete ceilings. 1 piece, steel sheet, 1 mm, fully galvanised, with two connection openings 40 mm and four fixing brackets to be fastened on the panel.

Reference 02900/600 02900/625

TOC 21 402 00 21 403 00

kg 1.2 1.3

Reference 02900/284

TOC 21 401 00

kg 1.5

Reference 02900/150

TOC 21 400 00

kg 2.9

33 M32 188 135

324

324

349

100

Fidesca

350

Today, customers really benefit from TRILUXs many years of experience in the area of clean room lighting. After all, only someone who knows the complex requirements of clean room luminaires is able to satisfy these. Be it operating theatres or food processing industry; be it for the production of microchips or in the pharmaceutical industry, TRILUX offers the ideal solution for all clean room areas. From relatively modest standards in hygiene through to the most stringent requirements for cleanliness the TRILUX Fidesca series always has the perfect model to offer. Perfect, not least of all, because we set the same standards for clean room luminaires as for all other areas: delivering new light in best quality and workmanship.

Why the TRILUX Fidesca is not a standard solution? Because it exceeds the standards. What does a luminaire need to be perfectly suited to clean rooms? First, they must be resistant to mechanical destruction for instance, glass splinters do not belong in a clean room. No less important is an easy-to-clean surface that is impervious to cleaning agents. With the three different versions of TRILUX Fidesca Basic, Standard and Premium, TRILUX delivers luminaires that offer everything, even for every type of clean room. For instance, all three are equipped with easy-to-clean surface materials. In addition to that, the TRILUX Fidesca Standard and Premium offer high-quality laminated safety glass (LSG), which cannot splinter. What does it show: The TRILUX Fidesca is as diverse as the requirements it must fulfil.

351

Fidesca
Diversity

VSG

PREMIUM Fidesca-PM

Laser

Pivotable RV Highly-specular reflectors Reflection-intensifying coating, individually positionable, for an individually adjustable light distribution (+/ 30 from vertical), with cover made of frosted laminated safety glass.

RPX Highly-specular parabolic louvre Reflection-intensifying coating, suitable for VDU applications due to low luminance L 1000 cd/m2 at critical angles above 65, with cover made of clear laminated safety glass.

Clean-room luminaire for surface and recess mounting, classified and certified by Fraunhofer Institute1. IP65, practically bacteria-proof. Resistant for the most part against cleaning agents and disinfectants, shatter-proof thanks to laminated safety glass, lamps can be switched separately (if dimmable) with individual ECG per lamp. Optical versions for different areas of use.

25

65

65

Select luminaires of the product series have been tested and certified by the Fraunhofer Institute for Manufacturing Engineering and Automation IPA.

VSG

STANDARD Fidesca-SD

RPX Highly-specular parabolic louvre Reflection-intensifying coating, suitable for VDU applications due to low luminance L 1000 cd/m2 at critical angles above 65, with cover made of clear laminated safety glass.

With LSG cover M


Laser

Recessed clean-room luminaire, classified and certified by Fraunhofer Institute1, suitable for installation in system and gypsum plaster ceilings. IP65, practically bacteria-proof. Resistant for the most part against cleaning agents and disinfectants, shatter-proof thanks to laminated safety glass (LSG). Optical versions for different areas of use.

25

65

65

Matt-finish, for a uniform distribution of luminance. Good glare limitation when looking directly at the luminaire, e.g. for patients in wake-up zones. With LSG cover SB Clear, with integral reflector made of reflectionintensifying aluminium, narrow/wide-angle distribution of light, with high light output ratio.

Select luminaires of the product series have been tested and certified by the Fraunhofer Institute for Manufacturing Engineering and Automation IPA.

BASIC Fidesca-BS Recessed clean-room luminaire, suitable for installation in system and gypsum plaster ceilings. IP54 . Sturdy PLEXIGLAS cover, resistant for the most part against cleaning agents and disinfectants. Optical versions for different areas of use.

PLEXIGLAS covers

Made of non-yellowing and ageing-resistant polymethylmethacrylate (PMMA), P In clear, prismatic version. PS With additional specular reflector. T In translucent version, for high light output and balanced distribution of luminance.

Different air purity classes The Fraunhofer Institute for Manufacturing Engineering and Automation confirms: Luminaires may be used in clean rooms with different air purity classes according to ISO 14644-1.

Use of laser
Laser technology

Luminaire covers made of stylish fine-grained glass eliminate uncontrolled reflections when using laser technology.

VSG Laminated safety glass (LSG) Covers made of highly-resistant laminated safety glass are resistant to mechanical destruction.

352

Fidesca
Installation options

Fidesca-PM Installation Luminaires of Fidesca-PM series are designed as individual and continuous-line luminaires for ceiling mounting. A modular frame system also facilitates the installation in gypsum plaster ceilings as individual luminaires or continuous lines in any straight or rectangular arrangement. The necessary frame parts may be calculated as installation accessories for the luminaire series by using the TX-Win Cleanroom software that is available. Surface mounting, individually or as continuous lines Recessed mounting, individually or as continuous lines with modular mounting frame

Fidesca-SD Installation Luminaires of Fidesca-SD series are designed as individual luminaires for ceiling mounting. They are suitable for both ceiling systems and gypsum plaster ceilings. A modular frame system also facilitates the installation in gypsum plaster ceilings as continuous lines in any straight or rectangular arrangement. The necessary frame parts may be calculated as installation accessories for the luminaire series by using the TX-Win Cleanroom software that is available. Installation in metal case ceilings is effected using mounting rails.

Recessed installation of individual luminaires

Installation of continuous lines with modular mounting frames

Fidesca-BS Installation Luminaires of Fidesca-BS series are designed as individual luminaires for mounting to ceiling surfaces. They are suitable for installation in ceiling systems in 300, 312, 600 and 625 mm modules as well as in gypsum plaster ceilings. With the aid of mounting rails, they may also be installed in metal case ceilings.

Installation in metal case ceilings

TX-Win Cleanroom The TX-Win Cleanroom software facilitates a convenient planning of complex configurations of mounting frames for the Fidesca-PM and Fidesca-SD series. Both straight or rectangular arrangements are possible. The programme calculates every dimension of ceiling cut-out openings in the arrangement and also prepares a parts list of all frame components that are required.

353

Fidesca-PM
Surface-mounted clean-room luminaires with adjustable louvre RV or with reflection-intensifying, highly-specular parabolic louvre RPX

6 5 4 d o$ a

IP65

6 Joule

960 C

RPX

Fidesca-PM RV 2

Fidesca-PM RV 3

Recommended areas Damp or corrosive environments and clean rooms with increased hygienic requirements, e.g. labs, operating theatres, zones adjacent to operating theatres and intensive care units. Suitable for installation as recessed luminaires in combination with a mounting frame in cutout recess openings. Optical system Luminaire cover made of highly-resistant laminated safety glass with white-coated steel frame. Resistant to disinfectants and intensive UV radiation. Internal spring-tensioned contact clips automatically provide earth continuity. RV Specular reflectors with symmetrical light distribution, made of reflection-intensifying aluminium, individually adjustable for each lamp by up to +/ 30 from vertical. An optical system positioned under the T5 fluorescent lamp serves to eliminate glare and optimises the luminaires light output ratio. Luminaire cover with stylish fine-grained surface for eliminating uncontrolled reflections when using laser technology. RPX Micro-segmented, highly-specular parabolic louvre made of reflection-intensifying aluminium with a surface purity of 99.99 % for especially high light output. Suitable for VDU applications in accordance with EN 12464-1 due to low luminance L 1000 cd/m2 at critical angles above 65 in all planes. Luminaire cover, clear.

Luminaire body Powder-coated sheet steel, white, with gear tray that can be mechanically and electrically released. Electrical connection Luminaires supplied ready for connection, prepared for separate electric circuits per lamp. Each luminaire has 2 cable glands for mains supply and further wiring. Other cable glands available as accessories. Control gear options Suitable also for areas with infra-red controls. Versions 28/54 and 35/49 in Multi-Lamp technology allow operation of T5 lamps with different wattages. E With electronic control gear. ED With dimmable electronic control gear with 1-10 V interface. Other electrical versions available on request.

C0 - C180

Fidesca-PM RV 235/49 UTE: 0.57 C DIN 5040: A50 CIBSE: BZ 2/3/BZ 3 NBN L 14-002: BZ 2/1.25/BZ 3
C0 - C180

Fidesca-PM RPX 235/49 UTE: 0.73 B DIN 5040: A60 CIBSE: BZ 2 NBN L 14-002: BZ 1

354

Lamp characteristics 525

Fidesca-PM RPX 2

Fidesca-PM RPX 3

Reference

TOC

Control gear options E 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 ED 05 05

Lamps W 2 x 28/54 2 x 35/49 2 x 54 2 x 80 3 x 28/54 3 x 35/49 3 x 54 3 x 80 2 x 28/54 2 x 35/49 2 x 54 2 x 80 3 x 28/54 3 x 35/49 3 x 54 3 x 80

Fidesca-PM RV 228/54 Fidesca-PM RV 235/49 Fidesca-PM RV 254 Fidesca-PM RV 280 Fidesca-PM RV 328/54 Fidesca-PM RV 335/49 Fidesca-PM RV 354 Fidesca-PM RV 380 Fidesca-PM RPX 228/54 Fidesca-PM RPX 235/49 Fidesca-PM RPX 254 Fidesca-PM RPX 280 Fidesca-PM RPX 328/54 Fidesca-PM RPX 335/49 Fidesca-PM RPX 354 Fidesca-PM RPX 380 Accessories Fidesca-PM ZGL TC9 L Fidesca-PM ZSG Fidesca-PM ZM25 Fidesca-PM ZNL RV TC7 E Fidesca-PM ZNL RPX TC7 E

52 598 52 599 52 600 52 601 52 602 52 603 52 606 52 607 56 293 56 294 56 295 56 296 56 297 56 298 56 299 56 300 TOC 43 621 00 43 797 00 47 007 00 52 597 00 57 149 00

05 05

Dimensions LxWxH mm 1248 x 298 x 100 1548 x 298 x 100 1248 x 298 x 100 1548 x 298 x 100 1248 x 412 x 100 1548 x 412 x 100 1248 x 412 x 100 1548 x 412 x 100 1248 x 298 x 100 1548 x 298 x 100 1248 x 298 x 100 1548 x 298 x 100 1248 x 412 x 100 1548 x 412 x 100 1248 x 412 x 100 1548 x 412 x 100

kg

13.3 18.4 13.3 18.4 20.1 23.6 20.1 23.6 14.3 17.9 14.3 17.9 19.3 21.6 19.3 21.6

05 05

05 05

Description 1 pc., green light insert, for TC-S 9/66 1 pc., vacuum plug for removing the glass cover 1 set (2 pcs.), cable glands M25 1 pc., emergency light insert, for TC-SEL 7, for Fidesca-PM RV 1 pc., emergency light insert, for TC-SEL 7, for Fidesca-PM RPX

Fidesca-PM2

Fidesca-PM3

355

Fidesca-SD
Recessed clean-room luminaires with reflection-intensifying, highly-specular parabolic louvre RPX or specular reflector SB

6 5 4 d a

IP65

10 Joule

960 C

RPX

Fidesca-SD 300/312 RPX

Fidesca-SD 600/625 RPX


C0 - C180

Recommended areas Damp or corrosive environments and clean rooms with increased hygienic requirements, e.g. operating theatres, zones adjacent to operating theatres and intensive care units, production sites for food processing industry and microelectronics. Universal luminaire system for ceilings with concealed or exposed grids and for ceilings with cut-out recess openings. Optionally available with mounting frame for recess openings. Optical system Luminaire cover made of highly-resistant laminated safety glass, clear, with whitecoated aluminium frame. Resistant to disinfectants and intensive UV radiation. Internal spring-tensioned contact clips automatically provide earth continuity. RPX Micro-segmented, highly-specular parabolic louvre made of reflection-intensifying aluminium with a surface purity of 99.99 % for especially high light output. Suitable for VDU applications in accordance with EN 12464-1 due to low luminance L 1000 cd/m2 at critical angles above 65 in all planes. SB With highly-specular, anodised reflectors for wide-angle light distribution.

Luminaire body Fully galvanised sheet steel, powder-coated in white, with 4 swivel brackets for luminaire fixing. Durable sealing of ceiling void against dust and moisture due to surrounding foamed polyurethane seal. Control gear options Versions 14/24, 28/54 and 35/49 in Multi-Lamp technology allow operation of T5 lamps with different wattages. E With electronic control gear. ED With dimmable electronic control gear with 1-10 V interface. Other electrical versions available on request.

Fidesca-SD 625 RPX 424 UTE: 0.73 B DIN 5040: A60 CIBSE: BZ 2 NBN L 14-002: BZ 1
C0 - C180

Fidesca-SD 312 RPX 249 UTE: 0.73 B DIN 5040: A60 CIBSE: BZ 2/2.5/BZ 1 NBN L 14-002: BZ 1
C0 - C180

Fidesca-SD 625 SB 414 UTE: 0.90 D DIN 5040: A40 CIBSE: BZ 3/.75/ BZ 4/1/BZ 3 NBN L 14-002: BZ 4

Fidesca-SD 300

Fidesca-SD 312

1174/28W/54W, 1474/35W/49W/80W 1197/28W/54W, 1497/35W/49W/80W

1224/28W/54W, 1524/35W/49W/80W 1247/28W/54W, 1547/35W/49W/80W

356

Accessories 359 Lamp characteristics 525

Fidesca-SD 300/312 SB

Fidesca-SD 600/625 SB

Reference

TOC

Control gear options E 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 ED 05 05 05 05 05 05 05 05 05 05 05 05 05 05 05 05 05 05 05 05 05 05 05 05 05

Lamps W 2 x 28/54 2 X 35/49 2 x 80 2 x 28/54 2 X 35/49 2 x 80 4 x 14/24 4 x 28/54 4 x 14/24 3 x TC-L36 4 x 28/54 4 X 35/49 4 x 80 2 x 28/54 2 X 35/49 2 x 80 2 x 28/54 2 X 35/49 2 x 80 4 x 14/24 4 x 28/54 4 x 14/24 4 x 28/54 4 x 35/49 4 x 80

Axis dimension mm 300 x 1200 300 x 1500 300 x 1500 312.5 x 1250 312.5 x 1550 312.5 x 1550 600 x 600 600 x 1200 625 x 625 625 x 625 625 x 1250 625 x 1550 625 x 1550 300 x 1200 300 x 1500 300 x 1500 312.5 x 1250 312.5 x 1550 312.5 x 1550 600 x 600 600 x 1200 625 x 625 625 x 1250 625 x 1550 625 x 1550

kg

Fidesca-SD 300 RPX 228/54 Fidesca-SD 300 RPX 235/49 Fidesca-SD 300 RPX 280 Fidesca-SD 312 RPX 228/54 Fidesca-SD 312 RPX 235/49 Fidesca-SD 312 RPX 280 Fidesca-SD 600 RPX 414/24 Fidesca-SD 600 RPX 428/54 Fidesca-SD 625 RPX 414/24 Fidesca-SD 625 RPX 3TCL36 Fidesca-SD 625 RPX 428/54 Fidesca-SD 625 RPX 435/49 Fidesca-SD 625 RPX 480 Fidesca-SD 300 SB 228/54 Fidesca-SD 300 SB 235/49 Fidesca-SD 300 SB 280 Fidesca-SD 312 SB 228/54 Fidesca-SD 312 SB 235/49 Fidesca-SD 312 SB 280 Fidesca-SD 600 SB 414/24 Fidesca-SD 600 SB 428/54 Fidesca-SD 625 SB 414/24 Fidesca-SD 625 SB 428/54 Fidesca-SD 625 SB 435/49 Fidesca-SD 625 SB 480

56 436 56 437 56 438 56 445 56 446 56 447 56 452 56 453 56 459 56 458 56 460 56 461 56 462 56 439 56 440 56 441 56 818 56 449 56 450 56 863 56 454 56 865 56 463 56 464 56 465

10.0 12.0 12.0 11.0 13.0 13.0 10.0 18.0 12.0 12.0 19.0 25.0 25.0 10.0 12.0 12.0 11.0 13.0 13.0 10.0 17.0 10.0 19.0 23.0 23.0

Fidesca-SD 600

Fidesca-SD 625

1224/28W/54W, 1524/35W/49W/80W 1247/28W/54W, 1547/35W/49W/80W

357

Fidesca-SD
Recessed clean-room luminaires with, fine-grained laminated safety glass pane suitable for use with lasers.

Accessories 259 Lamp characteristics 525

6 5 4 d a

IP65

10 Joule

960 C

Fidesca-SD 300/312 M

Fidesca-SD 600/625 M

Recommended areas Damp or corrosive environments and clean rooms with increased hygienic requirements, e.g. operating theatres, zones adjacent to operating theatres and intensive care units, production sites for food processing industry and microelectronics. Universal luminaire system for ceilings with concealed or exposed grids and for ceilings with cut-out recess openings. Optionally available with mounting frame for recess openings. Optical system Luminaire cover made of highly-resistant laminated safety glass, stylish fine-grained surface for eliminating uncontrolled reflections when using laser technology. Aluminium frame, white-coated. Resistant to disinfectants and intensive UV radiation. Internal spring-tensioned contact clips automatically provide earth continuity. Luminaire body Fully galvanised sheet steel, powder-coated in white, with 4 swivel brackets for luminaire fixing. Durable sealing of ceiling void against dust and moisture due to surrounding foamed polyurethane seal. Control gear options Versions 14/24, 28/54 and 35/49 in Multi-Lamp technology allow operation of T5 lamps with different wattages. E With electronic control gear. ED With dimmable electronic control gear with 1-10 V interface. Other electrical versions available on request.

Reference

TOC

Fidesca-SD 300 M 228/54 Fidesca-SD 300 M 235/49 Fidesca-SD 300 M 280 Fidesca-SD 312 M 228/54 Fidesca-SD 312 M 235/49 Fidesca-SD 312 M 280 Fidesca-SD 600 M 414/24 Fidesca-SD 600 M 428/54 Fidesca-SD 625 M 414/24 Fidesca-SD 625 M 428/54 Fidesca-SD 625 M 435/49 Fidesca-SD 625 M 480

56 433 56 434 56 435 56 442 56 443 56 444 56 859 56 451 56 861 56 455 56 456 56 457

Control gear options E ED 04 05 04 05 04 05 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 05 05 05 05 05 05 05 05 05

Lamps W 2 x 28/54 2 x 35/49 2 x 80 2 x 28/54 2 x 35/49 2 x 80 4 x 14/24 4 x 28/54 4 x 14/24 4 x 28/54 4 x 35/49 4 x 80
C0 - C180

Axis dimension mm 300 x 1200 300 x 1500 300 x 1500 312.5 x 1250 312.5 x 1550 312.5 x 1550 600 x 600 600 x 1200 625 x 625 625 x 1250 625 x 1550 625 x 1550
C0 - C180

kg

10.0 12.0 12.0 11.0 13.0 13.0 10.0 17.0 11.0 19.0 23.0 23.0

Fidesca-SD 625 M 424 UTE: 0.73 E DIN 5040: A40 CIBSE: BZ 5/2/BZ 4 NBN L 14-002: BZ 4

Fidesca-SD 312 M 249 UTE: 0.73 E DIN 5040: A40 CIBSE: BZ 4 NBN L 14-002: BZ 4

Fidesca-SD 300

1174/28W/54W, 1474/35W/49W/80W 1197/28W/54W, 1497/35W/49W/80W

Fidesca-SD 312

1224/28W/54W, 1524/35W/49W/80W 1247/28W/54W, 1547/35W/49W/80W

Fidesca-SD 600

Fidesca-SD 625

1224/28W/54W, 1524/35W/49W/80W 1247/28W/54W, 1547/35W/49W/80W

358

Fidesca SD
Accessories

ZSG 40 1 pair, vacuum plug for removing the glass cover.

Plug-in socket For safety lighting with Fidesca luminaires in continuous and stand-by operation, with compact fluorescent lamps and integral electronic control gear.
Fidesca-SD ZNL TC7 E 57 881 00

Fixing accessories For mounting in metal case ceilings with clamping profiles that are parallel to the luminaire front planes. 1 set (2 pieces) angle brackets.
Fidesca-ZWS 1200 for 28/54 29 294 00 Fidesca-ZWS 1500 for 35/49/80 29 293 00

ZSG 40

29 305 00

Geometrical arrangements Longitudinal Fidesca-SD clean-room luminaires can be installed by means of stable recess frames as non-interrupted continuous lines or rectangular and/or square configurations in gypsum plaster ceilings. Simple configuration including parts list with the software tool TXWIN Cleanroom. Download at www.trilux.eu.

359

Fidesca BS
Recessed clean-room luminaires with PLEXIGLAS prismatic diffuser or translucent PLEXIGLAS diffuser

6 5 4 d a

IP54

0,5 Joule

650 C

Fidesca-BS 300/312 P

Fidesca-BS 600/625 P
C0 - C180

Recommended areas Damp or corrosive environments, covered exterior areas and clean rooms with hygienic requirements. Universal luminaire system for ceilings with concealed or exposed grids and for ceilings with cut-out recess openings. Optical system P PLEXIGLAS diffuser with photometrically effective prisms to direct the light primarily onto the working plane, particularly stable, diffuser fits flush in the luminaire body. Safe retention of the diffuser by means of internal spring clips. A tool for easy removal of the diffuser is supplied with each luminaire. PS With additional highly-specular, anodised reflector. T Translucent PLEXIGLAS diffuser, transmission 80 %. Easy-to-clean smooth exterior surface, particularly stable. Diffuser fits flush in the luminaire body. Safe retention of the diffuser by means of internal spring clips. A tool for easy removal of the diffuser is supplied with each luminaire.

Luminaire body Fully galvanised sheet steel, powder-coated in white, with 4 swivel brackets for luminaire fixing. Durable sealing of ceiling void against dust and moisture thanks to surrounding foamed polyurethane seal. Control gear option Versions 14/24 and 28/54 in Multi-Lamp technology allow operation of T5 lamps with different wattages. E With electronic control gear. Other electrical versions available on request.

Fidesca-BS 300 P UTE: 0.74 D DIN 5040: A40 CIBSE: BZ 2/.75/BZ 3 NBN L 14-002: BZ 3/1.5/BZ 4
C0 - C180

Fidesca-BS 625 T UTE: 0.71 E DIN 5040: A40 CIBSE: BZ 3/.75/BZ 4 NBN L 14-002: BZ 4

360

Lamp characteristics 525

Fidesca-BS 300/312 T

Fidesca-BS 600/625 T

Reference

TOC

Control gear options E 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04

Lamps W 1 x 28/54 1 x 28/54 2 x 28/54 2 x 28/54 4 x 14/24 4 x 14/24 2 x 28/54 2 x 28/54 4 x 14/24 4 x 14/24 3 x TC-L 36

Axis dimension mm 300 x 1200 312.5 x 1250 300 x 1200 312.5 x 1250 600 x 600 625 x 625 300 x 1200 312.5 x 1250 600 x 600 625 x 625 625 x 625

Recess opening mm 278 x 1176 291 x 1226 278 x 1176 291 x 1226 578 x 578 603 x 603 278 x 1176 291 x 1226 578 x 578 603 x 603 603 x 603

kg

Fidesca-BS 300 PS 128/54 Fidesca-BS 312 PS 128/54 Fidesca-BS 300 P 228/54 Fidesca-BS 312 P 228/54 Fidesca-BS 600 P 414/24 Fidesca-BS 625 P 414/24 Fidesca-BS 300 T 228/54 Fidesca-BS 312 T 228/54 Fidesca-BS 600 T 414/24 Fidesca-BS 625 T 414/24 Fidesca-BS 625 T 3TCL36

53 216 53 219 53 215 53 218 53 221 53 223 53 217 53 220 53 222 53 224 52 934

7.1 7.6 6.6 7.1 6.9 7.4 6.6 7.1 6.9 7.4 7.0

Reference TOC Description Fixing accessories for mounting in metal case ceilings Fidesca ZWS 1200 29 294 00 Angle brackets, 1 set (2 pieces), fully galvanised, for Fidesca-BS 300 and 312.

Fidesca-BS 300

Fidesca-BS 312

Fidesca-BS 600

Fidesca-BS 625

361

Series 739
Weather-proof recessed luminaires with prismatic PLEXIGLAS diffuser for cut-out recess openings

Lamp characteristics 525

6 5 4 d o$ a

IP54

0.35 Joule

650 C

7392 P

7392 P/TC

7393 P/TC

Application Damp or corrosive environments, and covered exterior areas. For ceilings with cut-out recess openings. Optical system PLEXIGLAS diffuser with photometrically effective prisms to direct the light primarily onto the working plane, stable, diffuser fits flush in the luminaire body and is safely retained by means of internal spring clips. A tool for easy removal of the diffuser is supplied with each luminaire. S With highly-specular, anodised reflector. Luminaire body Powder-coated sheet steel, white. The surrounding rim of the luminaire conceals the ceiling cut edge. Effective sealing of ceiling void against dust and moisture by surrounding seal in luminaire rim, in antiageing foam rubber. Production sites exposed to fire hazards Due to low surface temperatures and high IP rating, the versions E are suitable for production sites subject to fire hazards. Control gear option E With electronic control gear. ED With dimmable electronic control gear with 1-10 V interface. Other control gear versions available on request.

Reference

TOC

7392 P/36 7392 P/58 7392 PS/1x36 7392 PS/1x58 7392 P/TC11 7392 P/TC18 7393 P/TC24

12 601 12 603 12 610 12 611 12 605 12 607 53 296

Control gear options E ED 04 05 04 05 04 05 04 05 04 04 04

Lamps W 2 x 36 2 x 58 1 x 36 1 x 58 2 x TC-S(EL)11 2 x TC-L18 3 x TC-L24

Recess opening mm 1252 x 206 1555 x 206 1252 x 206 1555 x 206 304 x 304 304 x 304 404 x 404
C0 - C180

kg

7.5 10.7 7.3 9.2 2.9 3.0 5.9

7392 P/58 UTE: 0.56 D DIN 5040: A50 CIBSE: BZ 2/.75/BZ 3 NBN L 14-002: BZ 3/4/BZ 4
C0 - C180

7392 PS/1x58 UTE: 0.66 D DIN 5040: A50 CIBSE: BZ 2/2.5/ BZ 3 NBN L 14-002: BZ 3

7392 P

7392 P/TC

7393 P

* Knock-out openings for on-site installation.

362

Series 4401
Recessed luminaires for strip ceilings with opal or prismatic PLEXIGLAS diffuser

Lamp characteristics 525

6 5 4 d a

IP54

0.2 Joule

650 C

4401 F

4401 PF

Application Offices, sales areas, showrooms, lockerrooms, e.g., in sports halls and covered exterior areas. For strip ceilings in module 100, strip width 84 mm, gap width 16 mm. Optical system PLEXIGLAS diffuser, made in one piece, stable. Safe retention of the diffuser by means of internal spring clips. 4401F/ With opal PLEXIGLAS diffuser. 4401PF/ With prismatic PLEXIGLAS diffuser with photometrically effective prisms to direct the light primarily onto the working plane. Luminaire body Powder-coated sheet steel, white, with lateral black plastic profiles for visual continuation of the shadow gap. /36, /58 with end cap knock-out openings for heat-resistant through-wiring. Control gear option E With electronic control gear. ED With dimmable electronic control gear with 1-10 V interface. Other control gear versions available on request.

Reference

TOC

Control gear options E 04 04 04 04 04 04 ED 05 05

Lamps W 1 x 18 1 x 36 1 x 58 1 x 18 1 x 36 1 x 58

Strip ceilings Module 1 x 100 1 x 100 1 x 100 1 x 100 1 x 100 1 x 100

Length mm 640 1250 1550 640 1250 1550

kg

4401 F/18 4401 F/36 4401 F/58 4401 PF/18 4401 PF/36 4401 PF/58

11 506 11 507 11 508 11 512 11 513 11 514

2.9 4.0 5.1 2.9 4.0 5.1

05 05

Accessories TOC Description Fixing accessories for installation in strip ceilings 832 13 009 00 1 set, angle brackets for 4401/18, /36 833 13 010 00 1 set, angle brackets for 4401/58 Through-wiring sets 6890/3LV/36 12 395 00 3 x 1.5 mm, for luminaires /36 6890/5LV/36 12 397 00 5 x 1.5 mm for luminaires /36 W 6890/3LV/58 12 396 00 3 x 1.5 mm, for luminaires /58 W 6890/5LV/58 12 398 00 5 x 1.5 mm for luminaires /58 W
C0 - C180

4401 PF/58 UTE: 0.42 D + 0.02 T DIN 5040: A40 CIBSE: BZ 2/.75/ BZ 3/1.5/BZ 4 NBN L 14-002: BZ 3/1/BZ 4

4401

363

Ball-impac t-resistant luminaires

506

370 506 surface-mounted luminaire, louvre systems

370 5062 surface-mounted luminaire, prismatic cover

Ball-impact-resistant luminaires

366

376

366/376

372 376 recessed luminaire, prismatic cover

372 366 recessed luminaire, louvre systems

367

What permits sportsmen and TRILUX luminaires to set the world on fire? Sophisticated technology.

368

The link between sports and lighting may not be so obvious at first glance. But after all, there are many parallels between the two, e.g., the pursuit of improvement in technology and efficiency to achieve better results in the end. No wonder that our designers have developed tremendous sportsmanship when it comes to ballimpact-resistant luminaires and in turn have raised standards here. For instance the 506 series louvres. The surface-mounted luminaire designed specifically for sports halls is impressive not only due to its exacting sturdiness, but also its technology: It illuminates the events unfolding on the playing field precisely and without glare. And the Lightgate Plus Controller LGC-HX as part of a TRILUX light management system that is developed specifically for sports halls ensures that only as much energy is consumed as is required. It goes to show that sophisticated technology means increased efficiency not only in sports.

369

506
Surface-mounted luminaires, resistant to ball impact, with white louvre RWS or with specular cross-blade louvre RST Surface-mounted luminaires, resistant to ball impact, with prismatic cover PSN

6 5 4 d e a

IP20

20 Joule

960 C

PSN IP40

650 C

5062 RWS

5062 RST

5062 PSN
C0 - C180

Recommended areas Ball-impact resistant luminaires for sports halls, tennis halls and multi-purpose halls. PSN Also suited for squash courts. Optical system Direct light distribution. RWS Louvre made of solvent-free powdercoated sheet steel, white, for a uniform light distribution. RST Specular louvre with graduated concave profile cross blades, made of anodised aluminium. PSN PLEXIGLAS prismatic cover with photometrically effective prisms, retained in aluminium frame which can be hung for maintenance purposes. With highlyspecular, anodised reflectors for narrow/ wide-angle light distribution. Louvre retention by means of spring-tensioned clips, providing earth continuity. Louvre can be lowered and hung from either side without tools.

Luminaire body Powder-coated sheet steel, white. With frontplane knock-out openings for heat-resistant through-wiring. Control gear options E With electronic control gear. ED With dimmable electronic control gear with 1-10 V interface. EDD With digitally dimmable electronic control gear (DALI). Other electrical versions available on request.

5062 RWS/58 UTE: 0.70 D DIN 5040: A50 CIBSE: BZ 2/1.5/ BZ 3/2/BZ 2/2.5/BZ 3 NBN L 14-002: BZ 3
C0 - C180

5062 RST/58 UTE: 0.61 C DIN 5040: A50 CIBSE: BZ 1 NBN L 14-002: BZ 2
C0 - C180

5062 PSN/58 UTE: 0.61 D DIN 5040: A50 CIBSE: BZ 2/2.5/BZ 3 NBN L 14-002: BZ 3

370

Accessories 374 Trunkings 374 Planning references376 Light management system 480 Lamp characteristics 525

5063 RWS

5063 RST

5063 PSN

Reference RWS 5062 RWS/58 5062 RWS/80 5063 RWS/58 5063 RWS/80 RST 5062 RST/58 5062 RST/80 5063 RST/58 5063 RST/80 PSN 5062 PSN/58 5062 PSN/80 5063 PSN/58 5063 PSN/80

TOC

11 664 11 665 11 672 11 673 11 662 11 663 11 670 11 671 11 659 11 660 11 666 11 667

Control gear version E ED 04 05 04 05 04 05 04 05 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 05 05 05 05 05 05 05 05

Lamps EDD 07 07 07 07 07 07 07 07 07 07 07 07 W 2 x 58 2 x 80 3 x 58 3 x 80 2 x 58 2 x 80 3 x 58 3 x 80 2 x 58 2 x 80 3 x 58 3 x 80

D mm 1200 1200 1200 1200 1200 1200 1200 1200 1200 1200 1200 1200

D1

D2

D3

D4

E1

kg

174 174 174 174 174 174 174 174 174 174 174 174

150 150 280 280 150 150 280 280 150 150 280 280

349 349 349 349 349 349 349 349 349 349 349 349

600 600 600 600 600 600 600 600 600 600 600 600

75 75 210 210 75 75 210 210 75 75 210 210

13.7 11.8 18.2 15.1 12.3 10.4 17.0 13.9 11.9 10.1 16.5 13.4

5062

5063

2-point fixing is possible for total mounting to solid ceilings.

4-point fixing is possible for total mounting to solid ceilings.

371

Series 376, 366


Recessed luminaires, resistant to ball impact, with prismatic cover PSN, white louvre RWS or specular louvre RST

6 5 4 d e a

IP20

20 Joule

960 C

PSN IP40

650 C

3762 PSN

3763 PSN
C0 - C180

Recommended areas Especially recommended for sports halls, multi-purpose halls. PSN Also for squash courts. For ceilings with cut-out recess openings. Optical system PSN PLEXIGLAS prismatic cover with photometrically effective prisms, retained in aluminium frame which can be hung for maintenance purposes. With highly-specular, anodised reflectors for narrow/wide-angle light distribution. RWS Louvre made of solvent-free powdercoated sheet steel, white, for a uniform light distribution. RST Specular louvre with graduated concave-profiled cross blades, made of anodised aluminium. Louvre retention by means of spring-tensioned clips, providing earth continuity. Louvre can be lowered and hung from either side without tools. Luminaire body Solvent-free powder-coated sheet steel, white. With front-plane knock-out openings for heat-resistant through-wiring. Control gear options E With electronic control gear. ED With dimmable electronic control gear with 1-10 V interface. EDD With digitally dimmable electronic control gear (DALI). Other electrical versions available on request.

3762 PSN/58 UTE: 0.62 C DIN 5040: A50 CIBSE: BZ 2 NBN L 14-002: BZ 3
C0 - C180

3662 RWS/58 UTE: 0.70 D DIN 5040: A50 CIBSE: BZ 2/1.5/ BZ 3/2/BZ 2/2.5/BZ 3 NBN L 14-002: BZ 3
C0 - C180

3662 RST/58 UTE: 0.61 C DIN 5040: A50 CIBSE: BZ 1 NBN L 14-002: BZ 2

372

Accessories 374 Planning references376 Light management system 480 Lamp characteristics 525

3662 RWS

3662 RST

3663 RST

Reference

TOC

Control gear options E 04 04 04 ED 05 05 05 EDD 07 07 07

Lamps W 2 x 58 3 x 58 2 x 58 2 x 58 3 x 58

Recess opening mm 1540 x 291 1540 x 428 1540 x 291 1540 x 291 1540 x 428

kg

3762 PSN/58 3763 PSN/58 3662 RWS/58

11 465 11 466 11 376

11.4 16.3 11.5 11.4 16.4

3662 RST/58 11 375 04 05 07 3663 RST/58 11 377 04 05 07 Recessed luminaires for sports halls for T5 lamps 80 W available on request.

3762PSN

3763PSN

3662RWS/RST

3663RWS/RST
3663

373

Trunking 110N for sports and tennis halls

Trunking mounted In sports and tennis halls it is often not possible or not advisable to install surface-mounted luminaires directly on to the ceiling of the hall. This is the case when a continuous mounting surface for continuous lines is not available because of ceiling joists or sky lights or when a luminaire arrangement directed towards the court offers photometric advantages, especially in tennis halls. In these cases, the mounting of the luminaires as a non-interrupted or interrupted continuous line on to trunking is recommended. TRILUX sports hall luminaires of the 506 series are therefore connected to the angle sections 110N. Even with this mounting type, they are tested for ball impact resistance. Suspension spacings in accordance with the adjacent diagram are to be observed. Fixing accessories provided on site (dowels, screws) must be capable of supporting five times the weight of the luminaires to be mounted on them, at least 125 kg.

112

111 110N/155 113N 110N/310

max. admissible overhang

max. admissible spacing between fixings

max. admissible overhang

max. admissible spacing between fixings

max. 1550

Angle sections 1 pair, perforated, fully galvanised. For luminaire length 58 W, 80 W. Use of two-length trunkings for continuous-line mounting is recommended, one-length trunkings serve as completion.
110N/155 29 289 00 Single-length, 1525 mm long, 4 kg. 110N/310 29 290 00 Double-length, 3075 mm long, 8 kg.

Angle section coupling 1 pair, including fixing components.


113N 22 287 00 3700/

Counter-balance weight (not illustrated) 1 piece, necessary for the following luminaires when mounted to trunking 110N/.
05081 AE 21 548 00 For luminaires 5063/58 with ECG. 07690

Angle section suspensions 1 set, consisting of mounting plate with attachable chain link, bottle-screw with locking wire for 40 mm height adjustment, attachable chain link, fast-locking chain link, galvanised chain and fixing hardware. 1 set is required for one luminaire length.
111 22 284 00

Number and arrangement of the chain links for inclined suspension


Turfor luminaires ning 5062 RWS/ 5063 RWS/ angles 5062 RST/ 5063 RST/ 5062 PSN/ 5063 PSN/ 0 15 30 A 13 12 10 B 13 14 16 A 13 11 9 B 13 15 17 Number of chain links total 27 27 27

Through-wiring sets Heat-resistant, colour-coded individual wires, 1.5 mm2. 3LV 3-conductor through-wiring 5LV 5-conductor through-wiring
3700/3LV/58 11 451 00 For luminaires 58, 80, length 1750 mm. 3700/5LV/58 11 453 00 For luminaires 58, 80, length 1750 mm. 07690/5LV/25m 21 890 00 Length 25 m.

Link chain G 3.5 x 18, supplied by the metre, welded and galvanised. Necessary total length to be ordered by the metre.
112 22 285 00

374

Lighting of sports halls

Selection of lighting classes

Lighting class I

Lighting class II

Lighting class III

EN 12193 This European lighting standard deals with interior and exterior sports facilities It aims to ensure good visual conditions for sportsmen, referees and spectators. The standard also describes special requirements for film and television recordings. The specific requirements for the different sports disciplines depend upon the lighting class, which considers the competitive level and the observance distance for spectators:

Competition
International/National Regional Local Training School /leisure sports Minimum lighting requirements for sports halls

Horizontal illuminance, uniformity and colour rending indices Eav 1) lx Emin/Eav 1) Ra

Horizontal illuminance, uniformity and colour rending indices Eav1) lx Emin/Eav1) Ra

Horizontal illuminance, uniformity and colour rending indices Eav1) lx Emin/Eav1) Ra

Lighting class I: High-performance competitions such as international and national matches are generally characterised by a lot of visitors and high visual distances. This class can also include high-performance training. Lighting class II: Competitions on a medium level such as regional or local matches are generally characterised by a medium amount of visitors and medium visual distances. This class can also include highperformance training. Lighting class III: Simple competitions such as local or small associations matches are generally played without spectators. This class also includes general training, general school and leisure sports. The requirements for horizontal illuminance, uniformity and colour rendering, described in the adjacent table, refer to sports disciplines in indoor sports facilities without film or television recording.

Badminton Ice hockey/figure skating2) Fencing Hockey Squash Table tennis Basketball Indoor football (small court) Weightlifting Go-cart Handball Judo, Kendo, Karate Cycling (track) Wrestling School sports Volleyball /Fistball Aerobics/Dancing Speed ice-skating Rock climbing Climbing (on a climbing wall) Track and field Horseback riding Gymnastics Roller skating Gymnastics Tennis3) Archery Bowling/ninepins Shooting Boccia Boules Ptanque Bowls (short lane) Boxing ring Boxing training area Curling house (target) Curling rink

750

0.7

60

500

0.7

60

300

0.7

20

750

0.7

60

500

0.7

60

200

0.5

20

500

0.7

60

300

0.6

60

200

0.5

20

750 200

0.7 0.5

60 60

500 200

0.7 0.5

60 60

300 200

0.5 0.5

20 60

300 500 2000 300 300 200

0.7 0.8 0.8 0.7 0.7

60 60 80 80 60 60

200 500 1000 300 300 200

0.7 0,8 0.8 0.7 0.7

60 60 80 80 60 60

200 300 500 300 300 200

0.5 0,5 0.5 0.7 0.7

20 20 60 60 60 60
1)

In EN 12193 the medium horizontal illuminance is indicated with Eav. For light point height under 8 m Emin/Emax 0.5, for class III 0.5 is also possible. No luminaires over the pitch and up to 3 m behind the baseline.

2)

3)

375

Planning examples for the lighting of sports halls

b2 1 2B / B

b1

Planning examples The dimensions of sports halls are widely standardised. The tables below show installation examples for the illuminance levels 750 lx, 500 lx and 300 lx for common individual sports halls (table to the left) and triple sports halls (table to the right). Final intensification The lighting uniformity at the ends of the hall can be further increased, if necessary, by placing additional luminaires between the continuous-line luminaires.

Planning parameters The calculations are based on the following marginal conditions: Working plane: 0 m Reflect. values: 0.5/0.5/0.3 Maintenance factor: 0.8 Luminous flux (58 W): 5000 lm Luminous flux (80 W): 6150 lm Evaluation zone for the calculations in the tables below is in individual sports halls the standard volleyball court (24 x 15 m) and in triple sports halls the standard handball court (40 x 20 m).

Arrangement Sports hall luminaires should preferably be installed in continuous lines, parallel to the longer sides hall. In the planning tables below, w1 stands for the distance of the first continuous line to the nearest wall, w2 for the distance dimension of the second continuous line, see adjacent diagram. In case of an uneven number of continuous lines, one continuous line is installed in the middle of the hall. If halls can be split up, it can be mostly assumed that single parts of the hall are classified as lighting class III, but the total hall on the other hand as lighting class I or II. Planning results
750 lx

Optical systems RWS Solid louvre made of sheet steel, with highly-reflective powder-coating. RST Post-anodised aluminium louvre, for narrow/wide-angle light distribution, resistant to soiling. PSN Prismatic cover, resistant to ball impact, also to small balls with higher kinetic energy, e.g., squash balls.

Individual sports halls L x W x H: 27.0 x 15.0 x 5.5 m


Louvre version/ Luminaire cover Lamp type Designation

500 lx

300 lx

T8 T5 T8 T5 T8 T5 T8 T5 T8 T5 T8 T5
376

5062 RWS/58 3662 RWS/58 5062 RWS/80

Number of luminaires Illuminance Luminaire arrangement Number of luminaires Illuminance Luminaire arrangement Number of luminaires Illuminance Luminaire arrangement Number of luminaires Illuminance Luminaire arrangement Number of luminaires Illuminance Luminaire arrangement Number of luminaires Illuminance Luminaire arrangement Number of luminaires Illuminance Luminaire arrangement Number of luminaires Illuminance Luminaire arrangement Number of luminaires Illuminance Luminaire arrangement Number of luminaires Illuminance Luminaire arrangement Number of luminaires Illuminance Luminaire arrangement Number of luminaires Illuminance Luminaire arrangement

Eav b1/b2 Eav b1/b2 Eav b1/b2 Eav b1/b2 3 x 14 = 42 770 lx b1 = 1.8 3 x 11 = 33 751 lx b1 = 1.8

3 x 13 = 39 501 lx b1 = 2.2 3 x 11 = 33 508 lx b1 = 2.1 3 x 9 = 27 505 lx b1 = 2.1 3 x 8 = 24 532 lx b1 = 1.5 3 x 15 = 45 517 lx b1 = 2.2 3 x 12 = 36 504 lx b1 = 2.2 3 x 15 = 45 771 lx b1 = 2.1 3 x 12 = 36 753 lx b1 = 2.1 3 x 10 = 30 515 lx b1 = 2.1 3 x 8 = 24 503 lx b1 = 2.1 3 x 15 = 45 501 lx b1 = 2.2 3 x 12 = 36 501 lx b1 = 2.2 3 x 15 = 45 751 lx b1 = 2.2 3 x 12 = 36 739 lx b1 = 2.2 3 x 10 = 30 507 lx b1 = 2.2 3 x 8 = 24 502 lx b1 = 2.2

3 x 8 = 24 300 lx b1 = 2.2 3 x 7 = 21 315 lx b1 = 2.1 3 x 6 = 18 335 lx b1 = 2.1 3 x 5 = 15 333 lx b1 = 1.5 3 x 9 = 27 311 lx b1 = 2.2 3 x 8 = 24 329 lx b1 = 2.2 3 x 6 = 18 310 lx b1 = 2.1 3 x 5 = 15 313 lx b1 = 2.1 3 x 10 = 30 326 lx b1 = 2.2 3 x 8 = 24 325 lx b1 = 2.2 3 x 6 = 18 302 lx b1 = 2.2 3 x 5 = 15 307 lx b1 = 2.2

5063 RWS/58

5063 RWS/80

5062 RST/58 3662 RST/58 5062 RST/80

Eav b1/b2 Eav b1/b2 Eav b1/b2 Eav b1/b2

5063 RST/58 3663 RST/58 5063 RST/80

5062 PSN/58 3762 PSN/58 5062 PSN/80

Eav b1/b2 Eav b1/b2 Eav b1/b2 Eav b1/b2

5063 PSN/58 3763 PSN/58 5063 PSN/80

Multiple contact switching Triple-lamp TRILUX sports hall luminaires with electronic control gear can be connected in series. The lighting level, e.g., in 750 lx installations can thus be reduced to 500 lx. Twin-lamp luminaires can be connected in series. This is not possible for standard twin-lamp luminaires with electronic control gear because twin-lamp electronic control gear is used.

Lighting management Further options for lighting control and regulation arise in combination with the energy-saving lighting management system LIGHTGATEplus, see page 499. System versions, which are adjustable by pressing the button to three set values 750 lx, 500 lx and 300 lx typical for sports halls, save energy by considering the detected daylight component.

LIGHTGATEplus controllers are usually installed in sub-distribution boxes outside the luminaires. The sensors are also installed outside the luminaires or in the sports hall ceiling in combination with ball impact protection covers. A further requirement are dimmable luminaires with DALI interface. All TRILUX sports hall luminaires are available with dimmable electronic control gear, reference suffix EDD. Further savings potential results from presence detection. This function is also integrated in LIGHTGATEplus.

Ball impact resistance Sports halls do not only require photometric but also mechanical quality. Luminaires for sports halls must be resistant to ball impact. This demand is met by all TRILUX sports hall luminaires mounted in or on to solid ceilings or substructures as well as for suspended mounting using the appropriate trunkings 110N, see page 374.

Ball impact resistance test Sports hall luminaires must be resistant to ball impact and are therefore tested using our facilities simulating ball impact. After 36 shots with impact speeds of 60 km/h or around 39 mph, the luminaires must not show signs of severe damage or have lost luminaire components.

Triple sports halls L x W x H: 45.0 x 27.0 x 7.0 m


Louvre version/ Luminaire cover Lamp type Designation

Planning results
750 lx 500 lx 300 lx

T8 T5 T8 T5 T8 T5 T8 T5 T8 T5 T8 T5

5062 RWS/58 3662 RWS/58 5062 RWS/80

Number of luminaires Illuminance Luminaire arrangement Number of luminaires Illuminance Luminaire arrangement Number of luminaires Illuminance Luminaire arrangement Number of luminaires Illuminance Luminaire arrangement Number of luminaires Illuminance Luminaire arrangement Number of luminaires Illuminance Luminaire arrangement Number of luminaires Illuminance Luminaire arrangement Number of luminaires Illuminance Luminaire arrangement Number of luminaires Illuminance Luminaire arrangement Number of luminaires Illuminance Luminaire arrangement Number of luminaires Illuminance Luminaire arrangement Number of luminaires Illuminance Luminaire arrangement

Eav b1/b2 Eav b1/b2 Eav b1/b2 Eav b1/b2 5 x 27 = 135 753 lx b1 = 1.8 b2 = 7.2 5 x 24 = 120 814 lx b1 = 1.8 b2 = 7.2 5 x 18 = 90 777 lx b1 = 2.3 b2 = 7.9

5 x 24 = 120 542 lx b1 = 1.8 b2 = 7.2 4 x 24 = 96 524 lx b1 = 1.8 b2 = 9.5 4 x 21 = 84 549 lx b1 = 1.8 b2 = 9.5 4 x 15 = 60 509 lx b1 = 2.3 b2 = 9.5 5 x 24 = 120 510lx b1 = 2.3 b2 = 7.9 4 x 27 = 108 524 lx b1 = 2.3 b2 = 9.5 5 x 24 = 120 766 lx b1 = 2.3 b2 = 7.9 5 x 21 = 105 806 lx b1 = 2.3 b2 = 7.9 4 x 21 = 84 508 lx b1 = 2.3 b2 = 9.5 4 x 18 = 72 528 lx b1 = 2.3 b2 = 9.5 5 x 24 = 120 503 lx b1 = 2.3 b2 = 9.5 4 x 27 = 108 523 lx b1 = 2.3 b2 = 9.5 5 x 24 = 120 757 lx b1 = 2.3 b2 = 7.9 4 x 27 = 108 785 lx b1 = 2.3 b2 = 9.5 4 x 21 = 84 504 lx b1 = 2.3 b2 = 9.5 4 x 18 = 72 521 lx b1 = 2.3 b2 = 9.5

4 x 18 = 72 314 lx b1 = 1.8 b2 = 9.5 4 x 15 = 60 326 lx b1 = 1.8 b2 = 9.5 4 x 12 = 48 314 lx b1 = 1.8 b2 = 9.5 4 x 9 = 36 306 lx b1 = 2.3 b2 = 9.5 4 x 21 = 84 338 lx b1 = 2.3 b2 = 9.5 4 x 15 = 60 301 lx b1 = 2.3 b2 = 9.5 4 x 15 = 60 362 lx b1 = 2.3 b2 = 9.5 4 x 12 = 48 352 lx b1 = 2.3 b2 = 9.5 4 x 21 = 84 330 lx b1 = 2.3 b2 = 9.5 4 x 18 = 72 347 lx b1 = 2.3 b2 = 9.5 4 x 12 = 48 301 lx b1 = 2.6 b2 = 9.5 4 x 12 = 48 347 lx b1 = 2.3 b2 = 9.5

5063 RWS/58

5063 RWS/80

5062 RST/58 3662 RST/58 5062 RST/80

Eav b1/b2 Eav b1/b2 Eav b1/b2 Eav b1/b2

5063 RST/58 3663 RST/58 5063 RST/80

5062 PSN/58 3762 PSN/58 5062 PSN/80

Eav b1/b2 Eav b1/b2 Eav b1/b2 Eav b1/b2

5063 PSN/58 3763 PSN/58 5063 PSN/80

377

Planning examples for the lighting of tennis courts

Standard requirements EN 12193 defines the reference area for indoor tennis as an area with the dimensions 36 m x 18 m for each court. For the lighting classes I /II /III, illuminance levels of 750 lx/500 lx/300 lx with a uniformity of 0.7 (class I, II) or 0.5 (class III) are required there. Arrangement Luminaires in tennis halls must be arranged as continuous lines, both parallel to the side lines (outside of the court) as well as parallel to the ceiling, for adequate lighting of balls that

are served high. The luminaires must be mounted along their main axis, tilted at angle to the court. Luminaires for tennis courts Due to the diameter of tennis balls at 63.5 to 67 mm, the spacing between cross blades of louvre luminaires for tennis courts had to be reduced accordingly. This means that all TRILUX louvre luminaires for sports halls with a maximum 60 mm spacing between cross blades can be used for tennis courts.

Planning examples The planning examples below were developed for halls with two courts. The indicated photometric values can be used as approximate values for tennis courts with other dimensions. The luminaires are arranged parallel to the ceiling, tilted at angle = 30 to the court.
5,0

A uniform light distribution across the playing area is achieved by arranging two or three luminaires at a light point height of 5.0 m with a distance of approx. 3.40 m to the base-line.

Planning parameters The calculations are based on the following marginal conditions: Working plane: 0m Reflect. values: 0.5/0.5/0.3 Maintenance factor: 0.8
S

H1 3,2 8,6 23,77 36,6 12,4 3,2 3,2 12,4 4,2

36,6

Dimensions in m Ceiling inclination = 15 Continuous-line angle of tilt = 30

Tennis halls with 2 courts L x W: 36.6 x 36.6 m1)


Louvre version/ Luminaire cover Lamp type Designation 750 lx 500 lx 300lx

T8 T5 T8 T5 T8 T5 T8 T5 T8 T5 T8 T5
1)

5062 RWS/58 3662 RWS/58 5062 RWS/80

Number of luminaires Illuminance Luminaire arrangement Number of luminaires Illuminance Luminaire arrangement Number of luminaires Illuminance Luminaire arrangement Number of luminaires Illuminance Luminaire arrangement Number of luminaires Illuminance Luminaire arrangement Number of luminaires Illuminance Luminaire arrangement Number of luminaires Illuminance Luminaire arrangement Number of luminaires Illuminance Luminaire arrangement Number of luminaires Illuminance Luminaire arrangement Number of luminaires Illuminance Luminaire arrangement Number of luminaires Illuminance Luminaire arrangement Number of luminaires Illuminance Luminaire arrangement

Eav H1 /S Eav H1 /S Eav H1 /S Eav H1 /S 8x11+4x2=96 755 lx H1 =4.6 m S=3.7 m 8x11+4x2=96 502 lx H1 =4.6 m S=3.7 m 8x9+4x2=80 528 lx H1 =4.9 m S=7.7 m

8x8+4x2=72 318 lx H1 =4.9 m S=10.7 m

5063 RWS/58

5063 RWS/80

5062 RST/58 3662 RST/58 5062 RST/80

Eav H1 /S Eav H1 /S Eav H1 /S Eav H1 /S 8x12+4x3=108 762 lx H1 =4.9 m S=1.7 m 8x12+4x3=108 500 lx H1 =4.55 m S=1.7 m 8x10+4x2=88 517 lx H1 =4.8 m S=5.7 m

8x9+4x2=80 326 lx H1 =4.9 m S=7.7 m

5063 RST/58 3663 RST/58 5063 RST/80

5062 PSN/58 3762 PSN/58 5062 PSN/80

Eav H1 /S Eav H1 /S Eav H1 /S Eav H1 /S 8x12+4x4=112 759 lx H1 =4.6 m S=1.7 m 8x12+4x4=112 508 lx H1 =4.55 m S=1.7 m 8x10+4x2=88 502 lx H1 =4.8 m S=5.7 m

8x9+4x2=80 307 lx H1 =4.9 m S=7.7 m

5063 PSN/58 3763 PSN/58 5063 PSN/80

Dimensions of individual playing field L x W: 23.77 x 10.97 m.

378

Indoor sports disciplines with special lighting requirements

Due to their extensive diversity, many sports activities are not possible without artificial lighting. Depending on the sports discipline, totally different visual tasks and conditions have to be observed, thus resulting in specific lighting requirements for different types of sports e.g. as defined by the recent standard EN 12193. Moreover, various other recommendations might have to be observed, e.g. those of other sports organisations. Also the special ambient conditions determine the luminaire selection. In addition to the luminaire systems resistant to ball impact described in the section for sports halls, luminaires from different product groups are recommended for some kinds of sports disciplines as well.
Remarks

Luminaires for specific indoor sports disciplines


Sports disciplines Product group/series

Badminton

170 Bowling Ninepins Shooting 228 Boxing (ring)

506 Batten luminaires for cove lighting. Additional covers might be required for diffuser and louvre luminaires.

These TRILUX luminaire series are listed in the adjacent table with direct reference to the specific sports discipline. They are documented on the indicated pages in this catalogue or in the exterior lighting catalogue.

170

506

TRILUX floodlights Maxilux and Estadia. Ice hockey Ice figure skating Speed ice-skating Roller-skating 338 Gymnastics Sports hall luminaires resistant to ball impact, page 364. 228 Indoor cycling TRILUX floodlights Estadia and Optilux. Horseback riding In case of ammonia atmospheres, please contact your local TRILUX support centre. TRILUX floodlights Estadia and Optilux. Increased number of lamps/ luminaires might be necessary in the diving area. In case of corrosive atmospheres, please contact your local TRILUX support centre. 170 Weather-proof luminaires for fluorescent lamps are recommended for halls with ceiling heights of up to approx. 7 m. TRILUX floodlights Estadia and Optilux.

342 Swimming

342
Numbers in the illustrations refer to the corresponding pages in this catalogue.

344

379

Continuous-line luminaires, high bay luminaires and batten luminaires n r

Light management

488 RGB/white-white control

490 Task-area light management for saving energy

491 Master luminaires

Light management

482

494 Light management for light ceilings

498 Light management system components

483

Artificial light has become such a matter of course that there are only a few people who focus on this topic around the clock besides our designers. It is essential in our case and also in an economic context. Although lighting makes it possible to enjoy a twenty-four-hour day prerequisite for tremendous growth, it also contributes to ensuring the good mood of employees in a company. Good lighting increases our well-being and is thus an important factor for a pleasant work atmosphere.

384

Light as economic driver.

385

The special feature of continuous-line and high bay luminaires from TRILUX? They are designed to be so flexible that they can be adapted to every task and the relevant requirements. For instance, the TRILUX Delta series is a rapid-mounting continuous-line system, which can be combined with trunking and reflectors, is mounted easily and without complications, due to fewer fixing points. Or TRILUXs modular continuous-line systems E-Line T5, which can be tailored to both individual requirements and project-specific demands thanks to its practical accessories and architecture-compatible optical systems.

386

From standard luminaire to custom-tailored lighting: an easy process.

387

Delta
Rapid-mounting continuous-line system with integral trunking

Delta the Delta system embodies a futuristic construction principle within the sector of rapid-mounting continuousline luminaires: The purist base unit is conceived for T5 fluorescent lamps with a diameter of only 16 mm. As an extremely stable base unit, they assume the function of both conventional trunking and reflectors.

Base profiles for IP50 The base units in IP50 offer effective protection thanks to chemical-resistant silicate glass covers. Even oil gases or drilling emulsions do not leave irreversible pollution on the covers, retained in the surrounding frame. Maintenance intervals especially in rooms with an increased degree of pollution are extended and thus reduce the costs of lighting installations.

IP20

IP50

Suspension

Base unit

End cap for base unit

Gear tray for T5 lamps

Optical accessories, e.g., lamella louvre RW

Same profile for different equipment configurations Every gear tray of the Delta range can be installed in a uniform base profile. The slender design of the lighting installation is thus always

assured, independent of the photometric demands. For example, if different illuminances are required in various zones, the installation can include singlelamp and twin-lamp gear trays.

388

Continuous-line design The construction is not the only feature which distinguishes the Delta range from conventional rapid-mounting continuous-line systems. There is also the elegant design and silver-grey surface which provides an important distinction especially for areas where special demands are placed on the architectural aspects of a lighting installation.

Rapid mounting The purist base profiles as a unit comprising trunking and reflector offer significant rigidity. The benefit is in real value: as opposed to conventional rapidmounting luminaires, the number of mounting points required is considerably reduced thanks to the increased suspension distances of up to 4500 mm.

389

Delta
Combinations and base units and optical components

Optical accessories Base units can be equipped with optical accessories suitable for the relevant application, thus creating optimal conditions for varying lighting solutions.

Base units

Direct IP20 07600 M /

Page 392

Direct/indirect IP20 07600 M-G/

Page 392

Direct IP50 07610 M /

Page 393

As a construction unit, DELTA base units provide the function of both trunking and reflector of conventional rapid-mounting continuous-line systems. Three versions are available: Direct IP20: Base units with integral direct reflectors offer versatility because they can be combined with all optical accessories. Direct/indirect IP20: Base units with perforated reflectors provide an indirect component of around 6 %. This enhances the style of the luminaires and creates an appealing room atmosphere. Direct IP50: Special base units in IP50 offer effective protection of the optical systems against soiling, thanks to integral silicate glass covers.

390

Lamella louvre

Lamella louvre, perforated

Specular reflectors

Specular reflectors with lamella louvre

Specular reflectors, asymmetrical

Specular reflectors, asymmetrical, with lamella louvre SA+ (M-)RW

Specular reflectors, extremely narrowangle

Highlyspecular parabolic louvre

(M-)RW

(M-)RW-G

S + (M-)RW

SA

HRL

RPV

Page 396

Page 396

Page 398

Page 398

Page 399

Page 399

Page 400

Page 401

Page 397

Page 397

Option

Option

Option

Option

Page 403

Page 403

Gear tray 1x 35 W/T5/ 16 mm 2x 35 W/T5/ 16 mm 1x 49 W/T5/ 16 mm 2x 49 W/T5/ 16 mm 1x 80 W/T5/ 16 mm 2x 80 W/T5/ 16 mm

Luminous flux 3300 lm 6600 lm 4300 Im 8600 Im 6150 lm 12300 lm

Electronic control gear as standard Electronic control gear embodies cost-effective operational efficiency and ecological benefits. In addition to typical comfort advantages, the considerable increase of the lamp life when compared with using inductive ballasts is clear. Delta gear trays are equipped as standard with electronic control gear. Dimmable versions are available as well, reference suffix ED.

391

Delta
Base units IP20

07600 M

07600 M-G

Base unit Integral trunking and reflector profile, galvanised sheet steel, with external silver-grey and internal white polyester coating. To be equipped with gear trays without tools, for T5 lamps, in single-lamp and twin-lamp version. 07600 M-E Base unit for individual luminaires. With 5-pole female connector, direct, IP20. 07600 M-G-E Base unit, perforated, for individual luminaires. With 5-pole female connector. With defined perforations in the reflector, for a well-balanced ceiling illumination, indirect component approx. 6 %, IP20. 07600 M/ Base unit for continuous-line luminaires. Completely prewired with heat-resistant individual conductors, 1.5 mm2 or 2.5 mm2, with 5- or 7-pole female connectors and integral mechanical coupling, direct, IP20. 07600 M-G/ Base unit, perforated, for continuous-line luminaires. Completely prewired with heatresistant individual conductors, 1.5 mm2 or 2.5 mm2, with 5- or 7-pole female connectors and integral mechanical coupling. With defined perforations in the reflector, for a well-balanced ceiling illumination, indirect component approx. 6 %, IP20.

Reference

TOC

Length mm 1531 3062 4593 3062 4593 3062 4593 3062 4593

kg

07600 M-E/1500 Cable cross-section 1.5 mm2. 07600 M/II/5LV/1500 07600 M/III/5LV/1500 07600 M/II/7LV/1500 07600 M/III/7LV/1500 Cable cross-section 2.5 mm2. 07600 M/II/5LV/1500/2.5 07600 M/III/5LV/1500/2.5 07600 M/II/7LV/1500/2.5 07600 M/III/7LV/1500/2.5

46 701 00 46 702 00 40 865 00 40 704 00 46 706 00 46 752 00 46 703 00 46 705 00 46 707 00

2.6 5.2 7.8 5.4 8.0 5.3 7.9 5.5 8.1

07600 M-G-E/1500 46 708 00 1531 2.6 Cable cross-section 1.5 mm2. 07600 M-G/II/5LV/1500 46 709 00 3062 5.2 07600 M-G/III/5LV/1500 46 711 00 4593 7.8 07600 M-G/II/7LV/1500 46 713 00 3062 5.4 07600 M-G/III/7LV/1500 46 715 00 4593 8.0 Cable cross-section 2.5 mm2. 07600 M-G/II/5LV/1500/2.5 46 710 00 3062 5.3 07600 M-G/III/5LV/1500/2.5 46 712 00 4593 7.9 07600 M-G/II/7LV/1500/2.5 46 714 00 3062 5.5 07600 M-G/III/7LV/1500/2.5 46 716 00 4593 8.1 Base units can be equipped with single-lamp or twin-lamp gear trays. Gear trays to be ordered separately.

07600 M
E E

07600 M-G
E E

170

170

392

Base units IP50

Accessories for base units394 Gear trays 395 Gear trays for emergency lighting 404 Node installation406 Suspensions 407 Installation and planning 408 Lamp characteristics 525

07610 M

Base unit Integral trunking and reflector profile, galvanised sheet steel, with external silver-grey and internal white polyester coating. To be equipped with gear trays without tools, for T5 lamps, in single-lamp and twin-lamp version. 07610 M-E Base unit for individual luminaires. With 5-pole female connector, direct. With transparent silicate glass cover*, safely retained in the surrounding frame, to be hung and lowered from the reflector for maintenance purposes, IP50. 07610 M/ Base unit for continuous-line luminaires. Completely prewired with heat-resistant individual conductors, 1.5 mm2 or 2.5 mm2, with 5- or 7-pole female connectors and integral mechanical coupling, direct. With transparent silicate glass cover*, safely retained in the surrounding frame, to be hung and lowered from the reflector for maintenance purposes, IP50. * For alternative luminaire covers for increased requirements such as shatter protection (e.g. in food processing facilities), please contact your local TRILUX support centre.

Reference

TOC

Length

kg

mm 07610 M-E/1500 46 717 00 1538 5.9 Cable cross-section 1.5 mm2. 07610 M/II/5LV/1500 46 751 00 3062 11.8 07610 M/III/5LV/1500 46 718 00 4593 17.7 07610 M/II/7LV/1500 46 720 00 3062 12.0 07610 M/III/7LV/1500 46 722 00 4593 17.9 Cable cross-section 2.5 mm2. 07610 M/II/5LV/1500/2,5 46 753 00 3062 11.9 07610 M/III/5LV/1500/2,5 46 719 00 4593 17.8 07610 M/II/7LV/1500/2,5 46 721 00 3062 12.1 07610 M/III/7LV/1500/2,5 46 723 00 4593 18.0 Base units can be equipped with single-lamp or twin-lamp gear trays. Gear trays to be ordered separately.

07610 M
E E

170

393

Delta
Accessories for base units

End caps IP20 1 piece, for base units 07600, silver-grey plastic material, with 2 knock-out openings, snapped into place without tools. One pair of end caps is required per continuous line or individual luminaire. PC made of polycarbonate for increased preventive fire protection.
For continuous lines and individual luminaires (not with RPV) 07600 M-RK TOC 46 727 00 07600 M-RK PC TOC 46 728 00 For continuous lines and individual luminaires in combination with highly-specular parabolic louvre RPV 07600 M-RK-RPV TOC 40 868 00 07600 M-RK-RPV PC TOC 46 729 00

End caps IP50 1 piece, for base units 07610, silver-grey plastic material, with 2 knock-out openings. One pair of end caps is required per continuous line or individual luminaire. PC made of polycarbonate for increased preventive fire protection.
For continuous lines and individual luminaires in IP50 rating 07610 M-RK TOC 41 014 00 07610 M-RK PC TOC 46 730 00

Blanking cover IP20 / IP50 1 piece, for base units 07600 and 07610, sheet steel, white. Fixed to the base unit without tools by means of plastic-coated metal turn-lock fasteners.
07600 B/1500 TOC 21 855 00

Wiring connection unit IP20 / IP50 1 piece, necessary for cable entry through top of base units 07600 and 07610.
07600 M-ESB TOC 46 726 00

394

Gear trays

Base units 392 Gear trays for emergency lighting 404 Node installation406 Suspensions 407 Installation and planning 408 Lamp characteristics 525

7601N/ 7601N A/

7602N/

Gear trays for T5 fluorescent lamps Sheet-steel, white. Fixed to the base unit without tools by means of plastic-coated metal turn-lock fasteners. Electrical connection Electrical connection is made automatically when the gear tray is attached to the base unit. Lamp circuit connections can be set to the intended electrical circuit without tools. Control gear option Versions /35/49 in Multi-Lamp technology allow operation of T5 lamps with different wattage. E With electronic control gear. EDD With digitally dimmable electronic control gear (DALI).

Reference

TOC

Control gear options E EDD 07

Lamps W 1 x 35/49/80

Length mm 1530

kg

Single-lamp version 7601N/35/49/80

12 686

04

1.7

Single-lamp version, asymmetrical* 7601N A/35/49/80 38 863 04

07

1 x 35/49/80

1530

1.7

Twin-lamp version 7602N/35/49 47 133 04 2 x 35/49 1530 7602N/49 38 965 07 2 x 35 1530 7602N/80 12 704 04 2 x 80 1530 * Combine with asymmetrical specular reflector 07601 SA/1500 for asymmetrical light distribution.

1.8 1.8 1.8

7601N

7602N

7601N A

395

Delta
Base units, direct / lamella louvre

6 5 4 d a

IP20 0.2 Joule 650 C with PC end caps 850 C

+ M-RK

+ RW + M-RK

+ M-RW + M-RK

Recommended areas Especially recommended for production facilities, workshops, assembly halls, sales areas and training rooms. Base units Unit comprised of trunking and reflector, galvanised sheet steel, with external silvergrey and internal white polyester coating. To be equipped with gear trays and optical accessories, universally suitable for single-lamp and twin-lamp gear trays for T5 lamps. IP20. Lamella louvre Sheet steel, white or silver-grey. To be used in base units 07600. Safe retention and easy manipulation by means of snap fasteners. RW White M-RW Silver-grey Perforated lamella louvre, Sheet steel, white or silver-grey, with perforated cross blades. To be used in base units 07600. Safe retention and easy manipulation by means of snap fasteners. RW-G White M-RW-G Silver-grey

Reference

TOC

Component specifications

Base units T5, perforated* mm 07600 M-E/ see Page 392 Base units for individual luminaires, 1 length 1531 07600 M/II/ see Page 392 Base units for continuous lines, 2 lengths 3062 07600 M/III/ see Page 392 Base units for continuous lines, 3 lengths 4593 Gear tray* 7601N see Page 395 Gear tray, 1-lamp 7602N see Page 395 Gear tray, 2-lamp Accessories white 07600 RW/1500 21 875 00 + Lamella louvre, white 07600 RW-G/1500 21 877 00 + Lamella louvre, perforated, white Accessories silver-grey 07600 M-RW/1500 46 724 00 + Lamella louvre, silver-grey 07600 M-RW-G/1500 46 725 00 + Lamella louvre, perforated, silver-grey Reflector end caps 07600 M-RK 46 727 00 + Reflector end cap, silver-grey 07600 M-RK PC 46 728 00 + Reflector end cap, silver-grey, made of polycarbonate * Base units and gear trays to be ordered separately.
C0 - C180

Delta R 1x49 W UTE: 0.83 F DIN 5040: A40 CIBSE: BZ 3 NBN L 14-002: BZ 5/1.25/BZ 4

07600 M

07600 M + 07600 RW/RW-G

396

Base units G, perforated, direct/indirect / lamella louvre

Base units 392 Accessories base units 394 Gear trays395 Gear trays for emergency lighting 404 Node installation406 Suspensions 407 Installation and planning 408 Lamp characteristics 525

+ M-RK

+ RW + M-RK

+ M-RW + M-RK

Recommended areas Especially recommended for production facilities, workshops, assembly halls, sales areas and training rooms. Base units, perforated Unit comprised of trunking and reflector with defined perforation, galvanised sheet steel, with external silver-grey and internal white polyester coating. To be equipped with gear trays and optical accessories, universally suitable for single-lamp and twin-lamp gear trays for T5 lamps. IP20. Indirect component approx. 6 %. Lamella louvre Sheet steel, white or silver-grey. To be used in base units 07600. Safe retention and easy manipulation by means of snap fasteners. RW White M-RW Silver-grey Perforated lamella louvre, Sheet steel, white or silver-grey, with perforated cross blades. To be used in base units 07600. Safe retention and easy manipulation by means of snap fasteners. RW-G White M-RW-G Silver-grey

Reference

TOC

Component specifications

Base units T5* mm 07600 M-G-E/ see Page 392 Base units for individual luminaires, 1 length 1531 07600 M-G/II/ see Page 392 Base units for continuous lines, 2 lengths 3062 07600 M-G/III/ see Page 392 Base units for continuous lines, 3 lengths 4593 Gear tray* 7601N see Page 395 Gear tray, 1-lamp 7602N see Page 395 Gear tray, 2-lamp Accessories white 07600 RW/1500 21 875 00 + Lamella louvre, white 07600 RW-G/1500 21 877 00 + Lamella louvre, perforated, white Accessories silver-grey 07600 M-RW/1500 46 724 00 + Lamella louvre, silver-grey 07600 M-RW-G/1500 46 725 00 + Lamella louvre, perforated, silver-grey Reflector end caps 07600 M-RK 46 727 00 + Reflector end cap, silver-grey 07600 M-RK PC 46 728 00 + Reflector end cap, silver-grey, made of polycarbonate * Base units and gear trays to be ordered separately.
C0 - C180

Delta G 1x49 W UTE: 0.75 E + 0.05 T DIN 5040: A40 CIBSE: BZ 4 NBN L 14-002: BZ 5

07600 M-G

07600 M-G + 07600 RW/RW-G

397

Delta
Base units and specular reflector S narrow/wide-angle direct / lamella louvre

6 5 4 d a

IP20 0.2 Joule 650 C with PC end caps 850 C

+ S + M-RK

+ S + M-RW + M-RK

Recommended areas Especially recommended for production facilities, workshops, assembly halls, supermarkets, exhibition halls, machine workstations and precision assembly. Base units Unit comprised of trunking and reflector, sheet steel, galvanised, with external silvergrey and internal white polyester coating. To be equipped with gear trays and optical accessories, universally suitable for single-lamp and twin-lamp gear trays for T5 lamps. IP20. Specular reflector S Made of reflection-intensifying aluminium with a surface purity of 99.99 %, for narrow/ wideangle light distribution, for base units 07600, 07610. For emergency light version with gear trays 760 + E14 special specular reflectors 07600 S/1500/E14 (TOC 21 879 00) are to be ordered separately. Lamella louvre Sheet steel, white or silver-grey. To be used in base units 07600. Safe retention and easy manipulation by means of snap fasteners. RW White M-RW Silver-grey

Reference

TOC

Component specifications

Base units T5* mm 07600 M-E/ see Page 392 Base units for individual luminaires, 1 length 1531 07600 M/II/ see Page 392 Base units for continuous lines, 2 lengths 3062 07600 M/III/ see Page 392 Base units for continuous lines, 3 lengths 4593 Gear tray* 760N see Page 395 Gear tray, single-lamp/twin-lamp Specular reflectors 07600 S/1500 21 878 00 + Specular reflector S, narrow/wide-angle Accessories 07600 RW/1500 21 875 00 + Lamella louvre, white 07600 RW-G/1500 21 877 00 + Lamella louvre, perforated, white 07600 M-RW/1500 46 724 00 + Lamella louvre, silver-grey 07600 M-RW-G/1500 46 725 00 + Lamella louvre, perforated, silver-grey Reflector end caps 07600 M-RK 46 727 00 + Reflector end cap, silver-grey 07600 M-RK PC 46 728 00 + Reflector end cap, silver-grey, made of polycarbonate * Base units and gear trays to be ordered separately.
C0 - C180

Delta S 1x49 W UTE: 0.90 D DIN 5040: A40 CIBSE: BZ 5/1/BZ 4 NBN L 14-002: BZ 4

07600 M + 07600 S

07600 M + 07600 S + 07600 RW/RW-G

398

Base units and specular reflector SA asymmetrical / lamella louvre

Base units 392 Accessories base units 394 Gear trays395 Gear trays for emergency lighting 404 Node installation406 Suspensions 407 Installation and planning 408 Lamp characteristics 525

+ SA + M-RK

+ SA + M-RW-G + M-RK

Recommended areas Especially recommended for production facilities, workshops, assembly halls, supermarkets, exhibition halls, machine workstations and precision assembly. Base units Unit comprised of trunking and reflector, sheet steel, galvanised, with external silvergrey and internal white polyester coating. To be equipped with gear trays and optical accessories, universally suitable for singlelamp and twin-lamp gear trays for T5 lamps. IP20. Specular reflector SA Made of reflection-intensifying aluminium with a surface purity of 99.99 %, for asymmetrical light distribution, for base units 07600, 07610. Can only be used in combination with asymmetrical gear tray 7601N A. Lamella louvre Sheet steel, white or silver-grey. To be used in base units 07600. Safe retention and easy manipulation by means of snap fasteners. RW White M-RW Silver-grey Perforated lamella louvre, Sheet steel, white or silver-grey, with perforated cross blades. To be used in base units 07600. Safe retention and easy manipulation by means of snap fasteners. RW-G White M-RW-G Silver-grey

Reference

TOC

Component specifications

Base units T5* mm 07600 M-E/ see Page 392 Base units for individual luminaires, 1 length 1531 07600 M/II/ see Page 392 Base units for continuous lines, 2 lengths 3062 07600 M/III/ see Page 392 Base units for continuous lines, 3 lengths 4593 Gear tray* 7601N A see Page 395 Gear tray, single-lamp, asymmetrical Specular reflectors 07601 SA/1500 21 882 00 + Specular reflector SA, asymmetrical Accessories 07600 RW/1500 21 875 00 + Lamella louvre, white 07600 RW-G/1500 21 877 00 + Lamella louvre, perforated, white 07600 M-RW/1500 46 724 00 + Lamella louvre, silver-grey 07600 M-RW-G/1500 46 725 00 + Lamella louvre, perforated, silver-grey Reflector end caps 07600 M-RK 46 727 00 + Reflector end cap, silver-grey 07600 M-RK PC 46 728 00 + Reflector end cap, silver-grey, made of polycarbonate * Base units and gear trays to be ordered separately.
C0 - C180

Delta SA 1x49 W UTE: 0.88 E DIN 5040: A40 CIBSE: BZ 3/.75/ BZ 2/1/BZ 3 NBN L 14-002: BZ 4

07600 M + 07601 SA

07600 M + 07601 SA + 07600 RW

399

Delta
Base units and specular reflector HRL extremely narrow-angle light distribution

6 5 4 d a

IP20 0.2 Joule 650 C with PC end caps 850 C RPV

+ HRL + M-RK

Recommended areas Especially recommended for high-bay warehouses, high gangways and high halls. Base units Unit comprised of trunking and reflector, sheet steel, galvanised, with external silvergrey and internal white polyester coating. To be equipped with gear trays and optical accessories, universally suitable for single-lamp and twin-lamp gear trays for T5 lamps. IP20. Specular reflector HRL Made of reflection-intensifying aluminium with a surface purity of 99.99 %, for extremely narrow-angle light distribution, for base units 07600 in IP20 in combination with singlelamp gear trays. Not suited for base units 07600 M-G with indirect component. Lighting of high-bay warehouses Due to a lack of, or reduced daylight, highbay warehouses are mainly artificially lit. Due to the resulting extended operating times, the use of highly efficient lamps and economical luminaires is recommended. Delta in HRL versions excels with extremely narrow-angle light distribution with high light output ratios. allowing efficient conformity to illuminance standards even at high mounting levels.

Reference

TOC

Component specifications

Base units T5* mm 07600 M-E/ see Page 392 Base units for individual luminaires, 1 length 1531 07600 M/II/ see Page 392 Base units for continuous lines, 2 lengths 3062 07600 M/III/ see Page 392 Base units for continuous lines, 3 lengths 4593 Gear tray* 7601N see Page 395 Gear tray, 1-lamp Spiegelreflektoren 07601 HRL/1500 21 881 00 + Specular reflector HRL, extremely narrow-angle Reflector end cap, silver-grey 07600 M-RK 46 727 00 + Reflector end caps 07600 M-RK PC 46 728 00 + Reflector end cap, made of polycarbonate * Base units in combination with specular reflectors HRL can only be equipped with single-lamp T5 gear trays. Base units and gear trays to be ordered separately.
C0 - C180

7601 HRL/35 UTE: 0.94 C DIN 5040: A50 CIBSE: BZ 4/.75/BZ 3 NBN L 14-002: BZ 3/1.25/BZ 2

Diagrams to determine horizontal illuminance


Installation data Gangway length: L=25 m Gangway width: B Light point height: h Transverse coordinate: x Longitudinal coordinate: y Evaluation level: floor Illustration 1 Installation sketch Gangway in high-bay warehouse Illustration 3 Illustration 2 Illuminance distribution Average illuminance E across the gangway, y = 12.5 m B/2 on the centre line B = ...: on the whole gangway surface 500 500 450 400 400 350 300

Average illuminance in lx

Point illuminance EP in lx

Luminaires: Non-interrupted continuous line with 16 units 07600 + 7601N/35/49/80 + 07601 HRL/1500 Lamps: T5 lamps 35 W Luminous flux: LP = 3300 lm Light loss factor: WF = 0.8 Multiplication factors for luminaire inserts 7601/49 E: M = 1.30 7601/80 E: M = 1.86

B/2

300 250 200 150 100 50 0 0 h=22m 1m h= 6 m h= 1 4 m

B=3 m 200 B=6 m 100 50 20 0

h y x B/2 B e

12 16 20 24 28

h= 3 0 m 2m 3m

Light point height h in m

Lat. distance x to gangway centre

07600 M + 07601 HRL

400

Base units and highly-specular parabolic louvre RPV

Base units 392 Accessories base units 394 Gear trays395 Gear trays for emergency lighting 404 Node installation406 Suspensions 407 Installation and planning 408 Lamp characteristics 525

+ RPV + M-RK

Recommended areas Especially recommended for production facilities, workshops with CNC machines, switchgear control rooms, offices and rooms with VDU workstations. Base units Unit comprised of trunking and reflector, galvanised sheet steel, with external silvergrey and internal white polyester coating. To be equipped with gear trays and optical accessories, universally suitable for singlelamp and twin-lamp gear trays. IP20. Highly-specular parabolic louvre RPV Made of highly-specular anodised aluminium with a surface purity of 99.99 %. Suitable for VDU applications in accordance with EN 12464-1 due to low luminance L 1000 cd/m2 at critical angles above 65 in all planes. Can be hung on the reflector for easy maintenance. For base units 07600 in IP20. Not suitable for base units 07600 M-G with indirect component.

Bezeichnung

TOC

Component specifications

L mm 1531 3062 4593

Base units T5* 07600 M-E/ s. Seite 392 Base units for individual luminaires, 1 length 07600 M/II/ s. Seite 392 Base units for continuous lines, 2 lengths 07600 M/III/ s. Seite 392 Base units for continuous lines, 3 lengths Gear tray* 7601N see Page 395 Gear tray, 1-lamp 7602N see Page 395 Gear tray, 2-lamp Accessories 07600 RPV/1500 21 874 00 + Highly-specular parabolic louvre RPV Reflector end cap, silver-grey 07600 M-RK-RPV 40 868 00 + Reflector end cap 07600 M-RK-RPV PC 46 729 00 + Reflector end cap, made of polycarbonate * Base units and gear trays to be ordered separately.
C0 - C180

Delta RPV 1x49 W UTE: 0.83 B DIN 5040: A50 CIBSE: BZ 2 NBN L 14-002: BZ 2

07600 M + 07600 RPV

401

Delta
Base units IP50 direct

6 5 4 d o $ a

IP50 0.2 Joule 650 C with PC end caps 850 C

+ M-RK

Recommended areas Especially recommended for workplaces with an increased degree of pollution. Base units IP50 Unit comprised of trunking and reflector, galvanised sheet steel, with external silvergrey and internal white polyester coating. To be equipped with gear trays and optical accessories, universally suitable for singlelamp and twin-lamp gear trays for T5 lamps. Efficient protection against pollution in accordance with IP50 by means of a silicate glass cover retained by the continuous frame. For alternative luminaire covers for increased requirements such as shatter protection (e.g. in food processing facilities), please contact your local TRILUX support centre. Production sites exposed to fire hazards Suitable for production sites particularly subject to fire hazards thanks to low surface temperatures and high IPrating.

Reference

TOC

Component specifications

L mm 1538 3062 4593

Base units T5* 07610 M-E/ see Page 393 Base units for individual luminaires IP50, 1 length 07610 M/II/ see Page 393 Base units for continuous lines IP50, 2 lengths 07610 M/III/ see Page 393 Base units for continuous lines IP50, 3 lengths Gear tray* 7601N see Page 395 Gear tray, 1-lamp 7602N see Page 395 Gear tray, 2-lamp Reflector end cap, silver-grey 07610 M-RK 41 014 00 + Reflector end cap IP50 07610 M-RK PC 46 730 00 + Reflector end cap IP50, made of polycarbonate. * Base units and gear trays to be ordered separately.
C0 - C180

Delta R 1x49 W IP50-D UTE: 0.63 D DIN 5040: A40 CIBSE: BZ 2/2.5/BZ 3 NBN L 14-002: BZ 4/2/BZ 3

07610 M

402

Base units IP50 and specular reflector S narrow/wide-angle Base units IP50 and specular reflector SA asymmetrical

Base units 392 Accessories base units 394 Gear trays395 Gear trays for emergency lighting 404 Node installation406 Suspensions 407 Installation and planning 408 Lamp characteristics 525

+ S + M-RK

Recommended areas Especially recommended for workplaces with an increased degree of pollution. Base units IP50 Unit comprised of trunking and reflector, galvanised sheet steel, with external silvergrey and internal white polyester coating. To be equipped with gear trays and optical accessories, universally suitable for singlelamp and twin-lamp gear trays for T5 lamps. Efficient protection against pollution in accordance with IP50 by means of a silicate glass cover retained by the continuous frame. For alternative luminaire covers for increased requirements such as shatter protection (e.g. in food processing facilities), please contact your local TRILUX support centre. Specular reflector S Made of reflection-intensifying aluminium with a surface purity of 99.99 %, for narrow/ wide-angle light distribution, for base units 07600, 07610 (not suitable for base units 07600 M-G with indirect component). For emergency light versions with gear trays 760 + E14, special specular reflectors 07600 S/1500/E14 are to be ordered separately. Specular reflector SA Made of reflection-intensifying aluminium with a surface purity of 99.99 %, for narrow/ wide-angle light distribution, for base units 07600, 07610 (not suitable for base units 07600 M-G with indirect component). Can only be used in combination with asymmetrical gear tray 7601N A. Production sites exposed to fire hazards Suitable for production sites particularly subject to fire hazards thanks to low surface temperatures and high IPrating.

Reference

TOC

Component specifications

L mm 1538 3062 4593

Base units T5* 07610 M-E/ see Page 393 Base units for individual luminaires IP50, 1 length 07610 M/II/ see Page 393 Base units for continuous lines IP50, 2 lengths 07610 M/III/ see Page 393 Base units for continuous lines IP50, 3 lengths Gear tray/Specular reflector S 7601N see Page 395 Gear tray, 1-lamp 7602N see Page 395 Gear tray, 2-lamp 07600 S/1500 21 878 00 + Specular reflector S, narrow/wide-angle Gear tray/Specular reflector SA 7601N A see Page 395 Gear tray, single-lamp, asymmetrical 07601 SA/1500 21 882 00 + Specular reflector SA, asymmetrical. Reflector end cap, silver-grey 07610 M-RK 41 014 00 + Reflector end cap IP50 07610 M-RK PC 46 730 00 + Reflector end cap IP50, made of polycarbonate. * Base units and gear trays to be ordered separately.
C0 - C180 C0 - C180

Delta S 1x49 W IP50-D UTE: 0.65 D DIN 5040: A50 CIBSE: BZ 2 NBN L 14-002: BZ 3

Delta SA 1x49 W IP50-D UTE: 0,68 E DIN 5040: A40 CIBSE: BZ 3/.75/BZ 2/1/BZ 3 NBN L 14-002: BZ 4

07610 M + 07600 S

07610 M + 07601 SA

403

Delta
Gear trays for safety lighting

E + E14

Emergency lighting takes over in the event of mains failure of the general artificial lighting. It has to ensure that activities can be ended without risk and working facilities can be left safely. Emergency lighting is divided into stand-by lighting and safety lighting. Safety lighting is further divided into Safety lighting for escape routes, Anti-panic lighting and Safety lighting for workplaces with special risks.

Gear trays with emergency light socket E14 for stand-by operation
Reference TOC Lamps W 1 x 54 2 x 54 Length mm 1530 1530 kg

7601N/54 E+E14 7602N/54 E+E14

12 688 04 12 702 04

1.9 2.1

Isolux curves Illuminances achieved with DELTA gear trays for safety lighting are documented in the adjacent Isolux curves. They refer to a level on the floor and a maintenance factor of 0.8. Indirect components are not taken into consideration. Isolux curves + E14 Equipment: Tubular incandescent lamp, 40 W, luminous flux 380 lm. Isolux curves + EB Equipment: T5 fluorescent lamp, 35 W, luminous flux 3300 lm (based on nominal operation). The adjacent diagrams are based on battery operation with correspondingly adjusted luminous flux. Isolux curves + UR Equipment: T5 fluorescent lamp, 35 W, luminous flux 3300 lm. In case of different equipment the illuminance values must be multiplied by the given factors. Deviating luminous fluxes have to be considered accordingly.

Gear trays + E14 Gear trays for continuous lines and individual luminaires with electronic control gear and green emergency light socket E14. Not suitable in combination with extremely narrow-angle specular reflectors 07601 HRL/1500. Special version for narrow/wide-angle specular reflectors: 07600 S/1500/E14 (TOC 21 879 00). Sheet steel, white. Fixed to the base unit without tools by means of plastic-coated metal turn-lock fasteners. With electronic control gear (E). With additional emergency light socket E14 for tubular incandescent lamps of up to 40 W, max. lamp length 103 mm, max. diameter 30 mm, as well as for compact fluorescent lamps with integrated electronic control gear. Max. lamp length 125 mm, max. diameter 42 mm. Electrical connection The electrical connection with general and safety lighting circuits is made automatically when the gear tray is attached to the base unit. Lamp circuit connections can be set to the electrical conductor without tools. For wiring diagram see page 523.

Option to be equipped with 5-conductor through-wiring and 7-conductor through-wiring


8 10

Type of wiring Mains cable 3 LV Mains cable 5 LV Dimming 1-10 V . Emergency systems EB Individual battery UR Switching relay E 14 socket Number of conductors 3 3

5LV 3 3 3 5 2 1 2 2 3 4 5 5 5 5 6 7 2 1 2 2 7 2 2 3 3 3

7LV
0.5 lx

8 10

A Eh=0.25 lx

B Eh=0.25 lx 0.5 lx

A 7601N/54 E+E14 +07600 M/ Base unit B 7601N/54 E+E14 +07600 M-G/ Base unit, perforated C 7601N/54 E+E14 +07600 M/ Base unit +07600 RW/1500 Louvre, white D 7601N/54 E+E14 +07600 M-G/ Base unit, perforated +07600 RW/1500 Louvre, white Multiplication factors for different equipment 7601N/E+E14 M = 1,00 7602N/E+E14 M = 1.00 Suspension length 3m Suspension length 5m

6 4 2 6 6 4 4 1 lx 2 0 2 0 1 lx 0

5 2

10 8

10 8

2
Eh=0.25 lx

2 6 7 7 7

0.5 lx

10 8

0 2 1 lx

8 10

0.5 lx Eh=0.25 lx D

404

10 8

2 1 lx 0 2

8 10

Base units 392 Accessories base units 394 Gear trays395 Node installation406 Suspensions 407 Installation and planning 408 Lamp characteristics 525

E +EB3

E +UR

Gear trays with individual battery stand-by supply for constant operation
Reference TOC Operating time 3 Std. 1 Std. 3 Std. Lamps W 1 x 35 1 x 80 2 x 35 Length mm 1530 1530 1530 kg

Gear trays with switching relay for constant operation


Reference TOC Lamps W 1 x 35/49/80 2 x 35/49 2 x 80 Length mm 1530 1530 1530 kg

7601N/35 E+EB3 7601N/80 E+EB1 7602N/35 E+EB3

15 100 04 15 105 04 15 109 04

2.7 2.5 3.1

7601N/35/49/80 E+UR 7602N/35/49 E+UR 7602N/80 E+UR

15 102 04 47 134 04 15 113 04

1.9 2.1 2.1

Gear tray + EB Gear trays for continuous lines and individual luminaires equipped with electronic control gear and individual battery. Sheet steel, white. Fixed to the base unit without tools by means of plastic-coated metal turnlock fasteners. With electronic control gear (E). Fluorescent lamps in constant operation; in case of power failure one lamp is operated by means of individual battery with maintenance-free accumulators. LED indicates the charging status of the battery. + EB1 Nominal operation time 1 hour. + EB3 Nominal operation time 3 hours. Electrical connection The electrical connection with general and safety lighting circuits is made automatically when the gear tray is attached to the base unit. Lamp circuit connections can be set to the phase conductor without tools. For wiring diagram see page 523.

Gear tray + UR Gear trays for continuous lines and individual luminaires. With electronic control gear and relay to switch over to emergency power supply. Versions 35/49 in Multi-Lamp technology allow operation of T5 lamps with different wattages. Fluorescent lamps in constant operation; in case of power failure one lamp is operated by means of the emergency power source on site. Sheet steel, white. Fixed to the base unit without tools by means of plastic-coated metal turn-lock fasteners. With electronic control gear (E). Electrical connection The electrical connection with general and safety lighting circuits is made automatically when the gear tray is attached to the base unit. Lamp circuit connections can be set to the phase conductor without tools. For wiring diagram see page 523.

8 10

8 10

12 16

Eh=0.25 lx 0.5 lx

12 16

A Eh=0.25 lx 0.5 lx

B Eh=0.25 lx 0.5 lx

A 7601N/35 E+EB3 +07600 M/ Base unit B 7601N/35 E+EB3 +07600 M/ Base unit +07600RW/1500 Louvre, white C 7602N/35 E+EB3 +07600 M/ Base unit D 7602N/35 E+EB3 +07600 M/ Base unit +07600 RW/1500 Louvre, white

B Eh=0.25 lx 0.5 lx

A 7601N/35 E+UR +07600 M/ Base unit B 7601N/35 E+UR +07600 M/ Base unit +07600 RW/1500 Louvre, white C 7602N/35 E+UR +07600 M/ Base unit D 7602N/35 E+UR +07600 M/ Base unit +07600 RW/1500 Louvre, white Multiplication factors for different equipment 7601N/80 E+UR M = 1.86 Suspension length 3m Suspension length 5m

8 4 0 16 12 16 12 8 8 4 4 1 lx 1 lx 0 0

0.5 lx Eh=0.25 lx C

0.5 lx Eh=0.25 lx D

10 8

2 0 1 lx

0 2 1 lx

8 10

0 4 1 lx

12 16

16 12

16 12

0.5 lx

0.5 lx Eh=0.25 lx D

10 8

10 8

Suspension length 3m Suspension length 5m

Eh=0.25 lx C

10 8

1 lx 2 0

1 lx 0 2

8 10

4 1 lx 0 4

12 16

405

Delta
Node installation

110 75 3062 3212

110

75

110

110

75 4593 4743

75

A 03 M-D

07600 M-KA/7LV

07600 M-KA-RPV/7LV

Ceiling node 1 piece, for up to four junctions, continuously adjustable between 90 and 270. Die-cast aluminium, silver-grey.

1 piece, for the connection of nodes A 03D with base units 07600, consisting of end cap, silver-grey plastic material, with integrated node attachment in die-cast aluminium and flange-mounted inner coupling in aluminium for stable connection with the base unit. Complete with through-wiring, 7 x1.5 mm2 with connection element. PC made of polycarbonate for increased preventive fire protection.

Bezeichnung A 03 M-D

TOC 45 377 00

Bezeichnung For IP20 base units for continuous lines (not in connection with louvres RPV) 07600 M-KA/7LV 07600 M-KA/7LV PC For IP20 base units for continuous lines (in connection with parabolic louvres RPV) 07600 M-KA-RPV/7LV 07600 M-KA-RPV/7LV PC

TOC

46 731 00 46 732 00

46 733 00 46 734 00

406

Wire and chain suspensions

Base units 392 Accessories base units 394 Gear trays395 Gear trays for emergency lighting 404 Installation and planning 408 Lamp characteristics 525

A 01 DSD

A 01 SD

A 01 KD

E 05 N

For safety reasons, fixing accessories must be able to support five times the weight of the luminaires to be mounted on them. When the maximum suspension distances are retained, this results in loads of maximum 30 kg for each suspension point. All suspension accessories in the Delta range are therefore designed for at least 150 kg weight load. Fixing accessories provided on site such as dowels, ceiling hooks, etc. must meet these requirements.

Decorative wire suspension 1 piece, consisting of steel wire, galvanised, 1.75 mm, 1500 mm long, and suspension clamp. Wire length fully adjustable without tools.
A 01 DSD 22 295 00

Wire suspension 1 piece, consisting of steel wire, galvanised, 1.75 mm, 1500 mm long, and suspension clamp. Wire length fully adjustable without tools.

Chain suspension 1 piece, consisting of link chain, galvanised, 1500 mm long, with turnbuckle and suspension clamp.

Turnbuckle 1 piece, for height compensation in chain link length as well as a quick action chain lock.

A 01 SD

22 306 00

A 01 KD

22 300 00

E 05 N

23 436 00

E 03 SD

E 03 KD

E 01

E 07

07600 MH

E 06

E 04

Suspension clamp 1 piece, for wire suspensions in combination with accessories E 06 and E 07. Stainless steel, to be attached to the base units without tools. Wire length fully adjustable without tools

Suspension clamp 1 piece, for chain suspensions, stainless steel, to be attached to the base unit without tools.
E 03 KD 23 427 00

Ceiling fixing plate 1 piece, sheet steel, galvanised, with safety spring hook to attach chains and wires without tools.
E 01 23 420 00

E 03 SD

23 431 00

Mounting aid 1 pair, suspension aid for continuous lines. Recommended for mounting of suspensions at the joints of base units.

Steel wire 20 m, 1.75 mm, galvanised, with quick-acting glue to seal the wire ends from splitting when shortened. Only to be used in combination with accessory E 07.
E 06 23 437 00

Wire accessory for wire suspensions on site, with steel wire E 06 and suspension clamps E 03 SD. Wire accessory consisting of 12 grommets as wire protection, together with 12 pressure clamps to make suspension eyelets using pliers.
E 07 23 438 00

Link chain 20 m, galvanised, to be shortened on site.


E 04 23 434 00

07600MH 21 869 00

407

Delta
Mounting instructions

1st suspension point

Continuous line length/m 0 1.54

A minimum of fixing points ... achieved with Delta luminaires with integrated base profile. Time is money In practical terms, the mounting costs of continuous lines are essentially determined by the number of fixing points required. The advantageous Delta construction principle opens new horizons. The optomised cross-section base profiles as a unit of trunking and reflector provides a rigid unit. The benefit is in real value: as opposed to conventional rapid-mounting luminaires, the number of necessary fixing points is considerably reduced thanks to increased suspension distances of up to 4500 mm.

Dimensional stability for maximum suspension distances For example: a 12-length Delta continuous line with a length of 18.38 m consisting of four 3-length base units only needs 5 fixing points. The suspension clamps of the suspension accessories are positioned above the joints of the base units.

Tool-free attachment Delta base units are suspended from the ceiling by means of wires or chains. The stainless steel clips of these fixing accessories are attached without using tools. Maximum suspension distances can be achieved by mounting the suspension accessories always directly above the joints of the base units.

408

Easy-to-handle auxiliary suspensions ease the luminaire weight during the mounting work at the joints.
max. 4.50 m 2nd suspension point

3.07

4.60

Various equipment options with Delta Numerous gear trays for a wide variety of equipment configurations, to be mounted into identical base units, facilitate optimised photometric planning. Due to the fact that single-lamp and twin-lamp gear trays for T5 lamps have the same dimensions and an identical position of the male connector. They can be interchanged in the base units. Integral reflectors Reflectors form an integral element of the Delta base units. No more need to unpack the reflectors, transport them to the site and to connect them to the conventional trunkings.

Plug connections between through-wiring Modern connector technology guarantees tool-free rapid electrical connection of gear trays with the through-wiring in the base units. Slide contacts of the male connector on the gear tray allow tool-free selection of the desired electrical conductor and thus, easy selection of the respective gear tray to the desired switched circuit.

Plug connections for through-wiring Standard connectors and sockets at the ends of pre-mounted 5- or 7-conductor throughwiring sets guarantee a time-saving electrical connection of Delta base units. A 7-conductor mains cable can also be connected to the socket of the connector.

409

Delta
Mounting instructions

Suspension of base units directly above the joints by using the two auxiliary suspensions of accessory 07600 MH. 1. While the first profile is held by the suspension at the beginning and, temporarily, by one auxiliary suspension at the joint, the second auxiliary suspension is temporarily used at the end of the second base profile.

2. Following the mechanical connection of the base units by means of solid interior couplings, space brackets are positioned at each joint. 3. Reflector connectors prevent light leakage between the base profiles.

4. The suspension clamp of the wire or chain suspension is positioned directly above the joint without using tools.

5. Wires or chains are removed from the auxiliary suspension and fixed to the suspension clamp above the joint.

6. The auxiliary suspension of the first base unit can be removed without using tools.

7. End caps form a stylish conclusion of the Delta base units at the ends of the continuous line.

410

Planning information and order examples

Overhang min. 65 mm / max. 1000 mm 235-1000 170 65-100 E E

Next fixing point on the joint of the next base unit

Quick overview of Delta continuous lines

Planning information for material list


Over- Lamp length all length m 3.07 4.61 6.14 7.67 9.20 10.73 12.26 13.79 15.32 16.85 18.38 19.92 21.45 22.98 24.51 26.04 27.57 29.10 30.63 Number 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 Base profile Fixing 076/II/ 076/III/ points piece 1 2 1 2 1 2 1 2 1 2 1 2 1 piece 1 1 2 1 2 3 2 3 4 3 4 5 4 5 6 5 6 Number 2 2 3 3 3 4 4 4 5 5 5 6 6 6 7 7 7 8 8

Fixing next to the joints


1000-40 mm 40-1000 mm

Fixing above the joints The adjacent table contains information on the composition of Delta continuous lines. The required number of base units, as well as the minimum number of fixing points for different continuous-line lengths is given, assuming that the fixing clamps of the suspensions are placed directly above the joints of the base profiles. All the information is valid for single lamp and twin-lamp gear trays, independent of the kind of optical equipment and the type of fixing. Overhang dimensions The overhang dimensions at the ends of continuous lines must be min. 65 mm or max. 1000 mm.

If Delta continuous lines cannot be fixed directely above the joints of the base units to the concrete ceiling by means of wire or chain suspension, they have to be suspended at the left and right of the joint according to the illustration above.

Order example: Non-interrupted continuous line 35 W (T5 lamp) with top feeding 13.79 m long (equals 9 lamp lengths), equipped with single-lamp, dimmable gear trays and parabolic louvres. Decorative wire suspensions. IP20.

1. Base unit: 2. Base unit and fixing accessories:

Base unit, 3 lengths Wiring connection unit End cap Decorative wire suspension

3 x 07600 M/III/7LV/1500 1 x 07600 M-ESB 2 x 07600 M-RK-RPV 4 x A 01 DSD 9 x 7601N/35/49/80 E 9 x 07600 RPV/1500

3. Gear trays: 4. Optical equipment:

Gear trays, 1-lamp, 35 W Highly-specular parabolic louvre

411

E-Line T5
Continuous-line system for T5 fluorescent lamps

Individual solutions with a universal system. In short: E-Line. The rapidmounting continuous-line system provides a combination of practical single components which can be adapted precisely to meet individual requirements. Flexibility that convinces. Not only because of its constants: visual-task oriented photometrics, increased efficiency and compatibility with various architectural environments. This is especially true for the T5 versions which stand out thanks to low cross-sections and a wide range of available components.

Suspension

Trunking

Trunking end cap

Gear tray for T5 lamps

Reflector end caps

Same profile for different equipment configurations Same luminaire cross-section for single-lamp and twin-lamp gear trays E-Line T5.

412

Electronic control gear as standard E-Line-T5 variants equipped as standard with electronic control gear ensure maximum lighting efficiency. Versions with MultiLamp electronic control gear allows the operation of different wattage lamps.

Geometrical arrangements Nodes and other accessories expand the planning scope of geometrical arrangements significantly and offer many possible architectural solutions.

413

E-Line T5
Combinations of reflectors and optical accessories
Lamella louvre (M-)RW

Combination versatility Radial and rectangular reflectors can be combined in several ways with optical accessories. Self-suspended E-Line reflectors contain a light-controlling optical system, thus additional optical accessories are not required. Opalescent foil diffusers open up completely new applications. This allows perfect adaptation of E-Line continuous lines to projectspecific photometric and architectural demands. The adjacent matrix shows the compatibility of reflectors with different optical accessories. The pages indicated relate to the subsequent product pages featuring the characteristics of the respective components, their dimensions and their photometrics as well as product and application illustrations.

Radial reflectors 07690 (M-)R/28 07690 (M-)R/35

Page 418

Page 419

Perforated radial reflectors 07690 (M-)G/28 07690 (M-)G/35

Page 422

Page 423

Reflectors, high 07690 (M-)RH/35

Option

Self-suspended reflector 07690 SBF/35

Page 426

Self-suspended reflector 07690 STF/35

Page 426

Self-suspended reflector 07690 SAF/35

Page 426

Hall reflector, narrow-angle 07690 HRF/35

Page 427

Rectangular reflector 07691 M-STB/35

Page 428

Rectangular reflector 07691 M-UXP-H/35

Page 428

414

Parabolic louvre Matt RMV Semi-specular RSX Highly specular RPX

Specular reflector asymmetrical SA* narrow/wideangle SWW*

Foil covers

Wedge F1

Lenticular F2

Circular F3

Page 420

Page 420

Page 430

Page 430

Page 430

Page 424

Page 424

Page 425

The word Option means that a combination is technically possible, but is not described in detail on the following application pages. Rough photometrical planning for these versions can be obtained using the photometric data tables of comparable combinations. A variety of different TRILUX software systems are available for more detailed planning, please contact your local TRILUX support centre. * Specular reflectors SA, SWW also in combination with lamella louvre RW, see page 421.

415

E-Line T5
Gear trays IP 20

6 5 4 d a

IP20 0.2 Joule 850 C

7691

7691 M
C0 - C180

Recommended areas As a basis for all further optical accessories. As a batten for non-specific, passive or tertiary building areas with general illumination requirements, e.g., storage rooms, technical rooms or ancillary rooms without continuously occupied workplaces. Gear trays Fixed to the trunking by means of stainless steel snap fasteners without tools. Sheet steel, white. M Silver-grey. Electrical connection Electrical connection is made automatically when the gear tray is attached to the trunking. Lamp circuit connections can be set to the electrical conductor without tools. Control gear options Versions 28/54 and 35/49 in MultiLamp technology allow operation of T5 lamps with different wattages. E With electronic control gear. EDD With digital dimmable electronic control gear with DALI interface. Other electrical versions available on request.

E-Line 1x49 W UTE: 0.69 H + 0.23 T DIN 5040: B21 CIBSE: BZ 6 NBN L 14-002: BZ 6

416

Gear trays for emergency lighting 432 Trunking and wiring 454 Accessories 459 Suspensions 462 Node installation463 Installation and planning 464 Lamp characteristics 525

7692

7692 M

Reference White 7691/28/54 7691/35/49/80 Silver-grey 7691 M/28/54 7691 M/35/49/80

TOC

Control gear options E 04 04 04 04 EDD 07 07 07 07

Lamps W 1 x 28/54 1 x 35/49/80 1 x 28/54 1 x 35/49/80

Length mm 1230 1530 1230 1530

kg

46 227 34 982 46 236 46 238

1.2 1.4 1.2 1.4

White 7692/28/54 46 675 7692/35/49 47 008 7692/35/49/80 46 249 7692/80 47 128 Silver-grey 7692 M/28/54 46 676 7692 M/35/49 47 009 7692 M/35/49/80 46 257 7692 M/80 46 261 Trunkings to be ordered separately.

04 04 04 04 04 04

07 07

2 x 28/54 2 x 35/49 2 x 35/49/80 2 x 80 2 x 28/54 2 x 35/49 2 x 35/49/80 2 x 80

1230 1530 1530 1530 1230 1530 1530 1530

1.3 1.4 1.4 1.4 1.3 1.4 1.4 1.4

07 07

7691

7692

87

63

63

417

87

E-Line T5
Radial reflector R

6 4 d a

IP20 0.2 Joule 650 C

with PC accessories 850 C

07690 R

07690 M-R

Recommended areas Especially recommended for production facilities, workshops, assembly halls, supermarkets, exhibition halls and sales areas. Reflector R Radial sheet steel reflector, galvanised, with white polyester coating. Fixed to the gear tray by means of stainless steel snap fasteners without tools. Reflector M-R Radial sheet steel reflector, galvanised, with external silver-grey and internal white polyester coating. Fixed to the gear tray by means of stainless steel snap fasteners without tools.. Reflector accessories PC For increased preventive fire protection.

Reference

TOC

Components Reference

White 07690 R/28 46 654 00 Reflector R 07690 R/35 46 653 00 Reflector R Reflector accessories 07690 RK 46 636 00 Reflector end caps 07690 RK PC 46 638 00 Reflector end cap, made of polycarbonate 07690 RV 46 640 00 Reflector connectors 07690 RV PC 46 642 00 Reflector connector, made of polycarbonate Silver-grey 07690 M-R/28 46 656 00 Reflector M-R 07690 M-R/35 46 655 00 Reflector M-R Reflector accessories 07690 M-RK 46 646 00 Reflector end caps 07690 M-RK PC 46 648 00 Reflector end cap, made of polycarbonate 07690 M-RV 46 650 00 Reflector connectors 07690 M-RV PC 46 652 00 Reflector connector, made of polycarbonate Trunkings and gear trays to be ordered separately.

for gear trays single-lamp or twin-lamp 28, 54 W 35, 49, 80 W

28, 54 W 35, 49, 80 W

C0 - C180

E-Line R 1x49 W UTE: 0.85 E DIN 5040: A40 CIBSE: BZ 4 NBN L 14-002: BZ 5/2.5/BZ 4

07690 R

117

103

117

418

103

Radial reflector R and lamella louvre RW

Gear trays416 Gear trays for emergency lighting 432 Trunking and wiring 454 Accessories 459 Suspensions 462 Node installation463 Installation and planning 464 Lamp characteristics 525

07690 R + 07690 RW

07690 M-R + 07690 M-RW

Recommended areas Especially recommended for production facilities, workshops, assembly halls, supermarkets, exhibition halls, sales areas and training rooms. Reflector R Radial reflector, sheet steel, galvanised, with white polyester coating. Fixed to the gear tray by means of stainless steel snap fasteners without tools. Lamella louvre RW Sheet steel, white. Can be hung on the reflector for easy maintenance. Reflector M-R Radial reflector, sheet steel, galvanised, with external silver-grey and internal white polyester coating. Fixed to the gear tray by means of stainless steel snap fasteners without tools. Lamella louvre M-RW Sheet steel, silver-grey. Can be hung on the reflector for easy maintenance. Reflector accessories PC For increased preventive fire protection.

Reference

TOC

Components Reference

White 07690 R/28 46 654 00 Reflector R 07690 RW/28 43 744 00 + Lamella louvre RW 07690 R/35 46 653 00 Reflector R 07690 RW/35 43 745 00 + Lamella louvre RW Reflector accessories 07690 RK 46 636 00 Reflector end caps 07690 RK PC 46 638 00 Reflector end cap, made of polycarbonate 07690 RV 46 640 00 Reflector connectors 07690 RV PC 46 642 00 Reflector connector, made of polycarbonate Silver-grey 07690 M-R/28 46 656 00 Reflector M-R 07690 M-RW/28 43 746 00 + Lamella louvre M-RW 07690 M-R/35 46 655 00 Reflector M-R 07690 M-RW/35 43 747 00 + Lamella louvre M-RW Reflector accessories 07690 M-RK 46 646 00 Reflector end caps 07690 M-RK PC 46 648 00 Reflector end cap, made of polycarbonate 07690 M-RV 46 650 00 Reflector connectors 07690 M-RV PC 46 652 00 Reflector connector, made of polycarbonate Trunkings and gear trays to be ordered separately.

for gear trays single-lamp or twin-lamp 28, 54 W 28, 54 W 35, 49, 80 W 35, 49, 80 W

28, 54 W 28, 54 W 35, 49, 80 W 35, 49, 80 W

C0 - C180

E-Line RW 1x49 W UTE: 0.77 E DIN 5040: A40 CIBSE: BZ 3/4/BZ 4 NBN L 14-002: BZ 4

07690 R + 07690 RW

113

117

117

419

113

E-Line T5
Radial reflector R with specular reflector SA or SWW

6 4 d a

IP20 0.2 Joule 650 C with PC end caps 850 C

07690 R + 07690 S

07690 M-R + 07690 S

Recommended areas Especially recommended for production facilities, workshops, assembly halls, supermarkets, exhibition halls and sales areas. Reflector R Radial sheet steel reflector, galvanised, with white polyester coating. Fixed to the gear tray by means of stainless steel snap fasteners without tools. Reflector M-R Radial sheet steel reflector, galvanised, with external silver-grey and internal white polyester coating. Fixed to the gear tray by means of stainless steel snap fasteners without tools. Specular reflector SA Made of highly-specular, anodised aluminium for asymmetrical light distribution. To be inserted in reflector 07690 R without tools. Specular reflector SWW Made of highly-specular, anodised aluminium, with double wall washer characteristic, especially for illuminating vertical surfaces that are opposed to each other, e.g. goods shelves. To be inserted in reflector 07690R without tools. Reflector accessories PC For increased preventive fire protection.

Reference

TOC

Components Reference

for gear trays single-lamp or twin-lamp 28, 54 W 28, 54 W 35, 49, 80 W 35, 49, 80 W 28, 54 W 28, 54 W 35, 49, 80 W 35, 49, 80 W

White, with specular reflector SA, asymmetrical 07690 R/28 46 654 00 Reflector R 07690 SA/28 56 838 00 + Specular reflector SA 07690 R/35 46 653 00 Reflector R 07690 SA/35 47 969 00 + Specular reflector SA White, with specular reflector SWW, wide-angle 07690 R/28 46 654 00 Reflector R 07690 SWW/28 56 840 00 + Specular reflector SWW 07690 R/35 46 653 00 Reflector R 07690 SWW/35 56 839 00 + Specular reflector SWW Reflector accessories, white 07690 RK 46 636 00 Reflector end caps 07690 RK PC 46 638 00 Reflector end cap, made of polycarbonate 07690 RV 46 640 00 Reflector connectors 07690 RV PC 46 642 00 Reflector connector, made of polycarbonate Silver-grey, with specular reflector SA, asymmetrical 07690 M-R/28 46 656 00 Reflector M-R 07690 SA/28 56 838 00 + Specular reflector SA 07690 M-R/35 46 655 00 Reflector M-R 07690 SA/35 47 969 00 + Specular reflector SA Silver-grey, with specular reflector SWW, wide-angle 07690 M-R/28 46 656 00 Reflector M-R 07690 SWW/28 56 840 00 + Specular reflector SWW 07690 M-R/35 46 655 00 Reflector M-R 07690 SWW/35 56 839 00 + Specular reflector SWW Reflector accessories, silver-grey 07690 M-RK 46 646 00 Reflector end caps 07690 M-RK PC 46 648 00 Reflector end cap, made of polycarbonate 07690 M-RV 46 650 00 Reflector connectors 07690 M-RV PC 46 652 00 Reflector connector, made of polycarbonate Trunkings and gear trays to be ordered separately.
C0 - C180

28, 54 W 28, 54 W 35, 49, 80 W 35, 49, 80 W 28, 54 W 28, 54 W 35, 49, 80 W 35, 49, 80 W

C0 - C180

7691R+SA/49 UTE: 0.87 E DIN 5040: A40 CIBSE: BZ 3 NBN L 14-002: BZ 5/.8/BZ 4

7691R+SWW/49 UTE: 0.97 C DIN 5040: A50 CIBSE: BZ 4/2/BZ 3 NBN L 14-002: BZ 3

07690 R + 07690 SA

07690 R + 07690 SWW

420

Radial reflector R with specular reflector SA and lamella louvre RW

Gear trays416 Gear trays for emergency lighting 432 Trunking and wiring 454 Accessories 459 Suspensions 462 Node installation463 Installation and planning 464 Lamp characteristics 525

07690 R + 07690 RW + 07690 SA

07690 M-R + 07690 M-RW + 07690 SA

Recommended areas Especially recommended for production facilities, workshops, assembly halls, supermarkets, exhibition halls, sales areas and training rooms. Reflector R Radial reflector, sheet steel, galvanised, with white polyester coating. Fixed to the gear tray by means of stainless steel snap fasteners without tools. Lamella louvre RW Sheet steel, white. Can be hung on the reflector for easy maintenance. Reflector M-R Radial reflector, sheet steel, galvanised, with external silver-grey and internal white polyester coating. Fixed to the gear tray by means of stainless steel snap fasteners without tools. Lamella louvre M-RW Sheet steel, silver-grey. Can be hung on the reflector for easy maintenance. Specular reflector SA Made of highly-specular, anodised aluminium for asymmetrical light distribution. To be inserted in reflector 07690 R without tools. Reflector accessories PC For increased preventive fire protection.

Reference

TOC

Components Reference

White 07690 R/28 46 654 00 Reflector R 07690 RW/28 43 744 00 + Lamella louvre RW 07690 SA/28 56 838 00 + Specular reflector SA, asymmetrical 07690 R/35 46 653 00 Reflector R 07690 RW/35 43 745 00 + Lamella louvre RW 07690 SA/35 47 969 00 + Specular reflector SA, asymmetrical Reflector accessories 07690 RK 46 636 00 Reflector end caps 07690 RK PC 46 638 00 Reflector end cap, made of polycarbonate 07690 RV 46 640 00 Reflector connectors 07690 RV PC 46 642 00 Reflector connector, made of polycarbonate Silver-grey 07690 M-R/28 46 656 00 Reflector M-R 07690 M-RW/28 43 746 00 + Lamella louvre M-RW 07690 SA/28 56 838 00 + Specular reflector SA, asymmetrical 07690 M-R/35 46 655 00 Reflector M-R 07690 M-RW/35 43 747 00 + Lamella louvre M-RW 07690 SA/35 47 969 00 + Specular reflector SA, asymmetrical Reflector accessories 07690 M-RK 46 646 00 Reflector end caps 07690 M-RK PC 46 648 00 Reflector end cap, made of polycarbonate 07690 M-RV 46 650 00 Reflector connectors 07690 M-RV PC 46 652 00 Reflector connector, made of polycarbonate Trunkings and gear trays to be ordered separately.

for gear trays single-lamp or twin-lamp 28, 54 W 28, 54 W 28, 54 W 35, 49, 80 W 35, 49, 80 W 35, 49, 80 W

28, 54 W 28, 54 W 28, 54 W 35, 49, 80 W 35, 49, 80 W 35, 49, 80 W

C0 - C180

7691R+SA+RW/49 UTE: 0.80 D DIN 5040: A40 CIBSE: BZ 3 NBN L 14-002: BZ 4

07690 R + 07690 SA + 07690 RW

421

E-Line T5
Perforated radial reflector G

6 5 4 d a

IP20 0.2 Joule 650 C with PC end caps 850 C

07690 G

07690 M-G

Recommended areas Especially recommended for workshops, precision assembly, sales areas, supermarkets and training areas. Reflector G Radial sheet steel reflector, galvanised, with white polyester coating. With defined perforation for balanced uplighting. Indirect component approx. 9 %. Fixed to the gear tray by means of stainless steel snap fasteners without tools. Reflector M-G Radial sheet steel reflector, galvanised, with external silver-grey and internal white polyester coating. With defined perforation for balanced uplighting. Indirect component approx. 9 %. Fixed to the gear tray by means of stainless steel snap fasteners without tools.

Reference

TOC

Components Reference

White 07690 G/28 46 660 00 Perforated reflector G 07690 G/35 46 661 00 Perforated reflector G Reflector accessories 07690 RK 46 636 00 Reflector end caps 07690 RK PC 46 638 00 Reflector end cap, made of polycarbonate 07690 RV 46 640 00 Reflector connectors 07690 RV PC 46 642 00 Reflector connector, made of polycarbonate Silver-grey 07690 M-G/28 46 662 00 Perforated reflector M-G 07690 M-G/35 46 659 00 Perforated reflector M-G Reflector accessories 07690 M-RK 46 646 00 Reflector end caps 07690 M-RK PC 46 648 00 Reflector end cap, made of polycarbonate 07690 M-RV 46 650 00 Reflector connectors 07690 M-RV PC 46 652 00 Reflector connector, made of polycarbonate Trunkings and gear trays to be ordered separately.

for gear trays single-lamp or twin-lamp 28, 54 W 35, 49, 80 W

28, 54 W 35, 49, 80 W

C0 - C180

E-Line G 1x49 W UTE: 0.81 E + 0.07 T DIN 5040: A40 CIBSE: BZ 4/0.75/ BZ 3/1/BZ 4 NBN L 14-002: BZ 5

07690 G

117

103

117

422

103

Perforated radial reflector G and lamella louvre RW

Gear trays416 Gear trays for emergency lighting 432 Trunking and wiring 454 Accessories 459 Suspensions 462 Node installation463 Installation and planning 464 Lamp characteristics 525

07690 G + 07690 RW

07690 G + 07690 RW

Recommended areas Especially recommended for workshops, precision assembly, sales areas, supermarkets and training areas. Reflector G Radial sheet steel reflector, galvanised, with white polyester coating. With defined perforation for balanced uplighting. Indirect component approx. 13 %. Fixed to the gear tray by means of stainless steel snap fasteners without tools. Lamella louvre RW Sheet steel, white. Can be hung on the reflector for easy maintenance. Reflector M-G Radial sheet steel reflector, galvanised, with external silver-grey and internal white polyester coating. With defined perforation for balanced uplighting. Indirect component approx. 13 %. Fixed to the gear tray by means of stainless steel snap fasteners without tools. Lamella louvre M-RW Sheet steel, silver-grey. Can be hung on the reflector for easy maintenance.

Reference

TOC

Components Reference

White 07690 G/28 46 660 00 Perforated reflector G 07690 RW/28 43 744 00 + Lamella louvre RW 07690 G/35 46 661 00 Perforated reflector G 07690 RW/35 43 745 00 + Lamella louvre RW Reflector accessories 07690 RK 46 636 00 Reflector end caps 07690 RK-PC 46 638 00 Reflector end cap, made of polycarbonate 07690 RV 46 640 00 Reflector connectors 07690 RV-PC 46 642 00 Reflector connector, made of polycarbonate Silver-grey 07690 M-G/28 46 662 00 Perforated reflector M-G 07690 M-RW/28 43 746 00 + Lamella louvre M-RW 07690 M-G/35 46 659 00 Perforated reflector M-G 07690 M-RW/35 43 747 00 + Lamella louvre M-RW Reflector accessories 07690 M-RK 46 646 00 Reflector end caps 07690 M-RK PC 46 648 00 Reflector end cap, made of polycarbonate 07690 M-RV 46 650 00 Reflector connectors 07690 M-RV PC 46 652 00 Reflector connector, made of polycarbonate Trunkings and gear trays to be ordered separately.

for gear trays single-lamp or twin-lamp 28, 54 W 35, 49, 80 W

28, 54 W 35, 49, 80 W

C0 - C180

E-Line G-RW 1x49 W UTE: 0.73 E + 0.08 T DIN 5040: A40 CIBSE: BZ 3/2/BZ 4 NBN L 14-002: BZ 4

07690 G + 07690 RW

113

117

117

423

113

E-Line T5
High reflector RH and reflection-intensifying, semi-specular parabolic louvre RSX, or semi-specular parabolic louvre RMV

6 5 4 d a

IP20 0.2 Joule 650 C

with PC accessories 850 C

07690 RH/35 + 07690 RSX/35

07690 M-RH/35 + 07690 RSX/35

Application Production facilities, switchgear control rooms, offices, precision assembly, precision mechanics, training rooms, labs, showrooms and sales areas. RSX suitable for VDU workstations. Reflector RH High-Radial sheet steel reflector, galvanised, with white polyester coating. Deep cross section. Fixed to the gear tray by means of stainless steel snap fasteners without tools. Reflector M-RH High-Radial sheet steel reflector, galvanised, with external silver-grey and internal white polyester coating. Deep cross section. Fixed to the gear tray by means of stainless steel snap fasteners without tools. Reflection-intensifying parabolic louvre RSX Made of reflection-intensifying, semi-specular aluminium with a surface purity of 99.99 % for especially high light output. Suitable for VDU applications in accordance with EN 12464-1 due to low luminance L 1000 cd/m2 at critical angles above 65 in all planes. Can be hung on the reflector for ease of maintenance. Parabolic louvre RMV Made of semi-specular anodised aluminium with a surface purity of 99.98 %. Suitable for VDU application usage in accordance with EN 12464-1 due to low luminance L 1000 cd/m2 at critical angles above 65 in all planes. Can be hung on the reflector for ease of maintenance.

Reference

TOC

Components Reference

White 07690 RH/35 46 657 00 Reflector RH, high form 07690 RSX/35 46 664 00 + Specular louvre RSX, semi-specular 07690 RMV/35 46 670 00 + Semi-specular louvre RMV Reflector accessories 07690 RKH 46 635 00 Reflector end caps 07690 RKH PC 46 637 00 Reflector end cap, made of polycarbonate 07690 RVH 46 639 00 Reflector connectors 07690 RVH PC 46 641 00 Reflector connector, made of polycarbonate Silver-grey 07690 M-RH/35 46 658 00 Reflector RH, high form 07690 RSX/35 46 664 00 + Specular louvre RSX, semi-specular 07690 RMV/35 46 670 00 + Semi-specular louvre RMV Reflector accessories 07690 M-RKH 46 645 00 Reflector end caps 07690 M-RKH PC 46 647 00 Reflector end cap, made of polycarbonate 07690 M-RVH 46 649 00 Reflector connectors 07690 M-RVH PC 46 651 00 Reflector connector, made of polycarbonate Trunkings and gear trays to be ordered separately.
C0 - C180

for gear trays single-lamp or twin-lamp 35, 49, 80 W 35, 49, 80 W

35, 49, 80 W 35, 49, 80 W

C0 - C180

E-Line RSX 1x49 W UTE: 0.80 B DIN 5040: A50 CIBSE: BZ 2 NBN L 14-002: BZ 2/1.5/BZ 1/4/BZ 2

E-Line RMV 1x49 W UTE: 0.60 B DIN 5040: A50 CIBSE: BZ 2 NBN: BZ 2/1.25/BZ 1

07690 RH + 07690 RMV/RSX

117

122

117

424

122

Gear trays416 Gear trays for emergency lighting 432 Trunking and wiring 454 Accessories 459 Suspensions 462 Node installation463 Installation and planning 464 Lamp characteristics 525

07690 RH/35 + 07690 RPX/35

07690 M-RH/35 + 07690 RPX/35

Application Production facilities, switchgear control rooms, offices, precision assembly, precision mechanics, training rooms, labs, showrooms and sales areas. Suitable for VDU workstations. Reflector RH High-Radial sheet steel reflector, galvanised, with white polyester coating. Deep cross section. Fixed to the gear tray by means of stainless steel snap fasteners without tools. Reflector M-RH High-Radial sheet steel reflector, galvanised, with silver-grey polyester coating. Deep cross section. Fixed to the gear tray by means of stainless steel snap fasteners without tools. Highly-specular parabolic louvre RPX Made of reflection-intensifying, highly-specular aluminium with a surface purity of 99.99 % for especially high light output. Suitable for VDU applications in accordance with EN 12464-1 due to low luminance L 1000 cd/m2 at critical angles above 65 in all planes. Can be hung on the reflector for ease of maintenance.

Reference

TOC

Components Reference

White 07690 RH/35 46 657 00 Reflector RH, high form 07690 RPX/35 46 663 00 + Highly specular louvre RPX Reflector accessories 07690 RKH 46 635 00 Reflector end caps 07690 RKH PC 46 637 00 Reflector end cap, made of polycarbonate 07690 RVH 46 639 00 Reflector connectors 07690 RVH PC 46 641 00 Reflector connector, made of polycarbonate Silver-grey 07690 M-RH/35 46 658 00 Reflector RH, high form 07690 RPX/35 46 663 00 + Highly specular louvre RPX Reflector accessories 07690 M-RKH 46 645 00 Reflector end caps 07690 M-RKH PC 46 647 00 Reflector end cap, made of polycarbonate 07690 M-RVH 46 649 00 Reflector connectors 07690 M-RVH PC 46 651 00 Reflector connector, made of polycarbonate Trunkings and gear trays to be ordered separately.

for gear trays single-lamp or twin-lamp 35, 49, 80 W

35, 49, 80 W

C0 - C180

E-Line RPX 1x49 W UTE: 0.80 B DIN 5040: A50 CIBSE: BZ 2 NBN L 14-002: BZ 2/1.5/BZ 1/4/BZ 2

07690 RH + 07690 RPX

117

122

117

425

122

E-Line T5
Self-suspended specular reflectors SBF, STF, SAF

6 5 4 d a

IP20 0.2 Joule 650 C with PC end caps 850 C

07690 SBF/35

07690 STF/35

07690 SAF/35

Application Production facilities, workshops and assembly halls. SAF recommended for wall and shelf lighting. Self-suspended specular reflector SBF Made of highly-specular, anodised aluminium for wide-angle light distribution. To be fixed directly to gear trays. Self-suspended specular reflector STF Made of highly-specular, anodised aluminium for narrow-angle light distribution. To be fixed directly to gear trays. Self-suspended specular reflector SAF Made of highly-specular, anodised aluminium for asymmetrical light distribution. To be fixed directly to gear trays.

Reference

TOC

Components Reference Specular reflector SBF, wide-angle Specular reflector STF, narrow-angle Specular reflector SAF, asymmetrical

07690 SBF/35 07690 STF/35 07690 SAF/35

46 643 00 47 604 00 46 644 00

for gear trays single-lamp or twin-lamp 35, 49, 80 W 35, 49, 80 W 35, 49, 80 W
C0 - C180

E-Line SBF 1x49 W UTE: 0.97 D DIN 5040: A40 CIBSE: BZ 4/1.25/BZ 3 NBN L 14-002: BZ 4/4/BZ 3
C0 - C180

E-Line STF 1x49 W UTE: 0.97 D DIN 5040: A50 CIBSE: BZ 2 NBN L 14-002: BZ 3
C0 - C180

E-Line SAF 1x49 W UTE: 0.97 D DIN 5040: A40 CIBSE: BZ 5 NBN L 14-002: BZ 4

07690 SBF

07690 STF

07690 SAF

142

142

151

151

147

147

426

110

Especially for high halls and high-bay warehouses Self-suspended reflector HRF

Gear trays416 Gear trays for emergency lighting 432 Trunking and wiring 454 Accessories 459 Suspensions 462 Node installation463 Installation and planning 464 Lamp characteristics 525

07690 HRF/35

Self-suspended reflector HRF Made of highly-specular, anodised aluminium for extremely narrow-angle light distribution. To be fixed directly to gear trays. Lighting of high-bay warehouses Because of a lack of, or reduced daylight, high-bay warehouses are mainly artificially lit. Due to extended operating times, the use of highly efficient lamps and economical luminaires is recommended. Gear trays with electronic control gear for reduced energy consumption and increased lamp life are perfect for these applications. E-Line in HRF-versions excels with extremely narrow-angle luminous intensity distribution with high light output ratios, allowing efficient conformity to illuminance standards even at high mounting heights.

Reference

TOC

Components Reference Specular reflector HRF, narrow-angle

07690 HRF/35

46 677 00

for gear trays single-lamp or twin-lamp 35, 49, 80 W

Trunkings and gear trays to be ordered separately. End caps and connectors are not necessary.
C0 - C180

E-Line HRF 1x49 W UTE: 1.00 C DIN 5040: A50 CIBSE: BZ 3 NBN L 14-002: BZ 2

Diagrams to determine horizontal illuminances


Installation data Gangway length: L = 25 m Gangway width: B Light point height: h Transverse coordinate: x Longitudinal coordinate: y Evaluation level: floor Illustration 1 Installation sketch Gangway in high-bay warehouse Illustration 3 Illustration 2 Illuminance distribution Average illuminance E across the gangway, y = 12.5 m B/2 on the centre line B = ...: on the whole gangway surface 1000 1000 B/2 800 900 800 h=6m 700

Average illuminance in lx

Point illuminance EP in lx

Luminaires: Non-interrupted continuous line with 16 units 7691/35/49/80 E + 07690 HRF/35 Lamps: T5 lamps 80 W Luminous flux: LP = 6150 lm Light loss factor: v = 0.8

B=3 m 600 B=6 m 400

600 500 400 300 200 h = 2 2 m 100 0 0 1m h= 3 0 m 2m 3m h=14m

h y x B/2 B

200 100 50 0

12 16 20 24 28

Light point height h in m

Lat. distance x to gangway centre

07690 HRF

122

185

185

427

122

E-Line T5
Rectangular reflectors with specular louvre M-STB or ultra-low-profile louvre M-UXP-H

6 5 4 d a

IP20 0.2 Joule 650 C with PC accessories 850 C UXP

07691 M-STB/35

07691 M-UXP-H/35

Application Production facilities, switchgear control rooms, offices, precision assembly, precision mechanics, training rooms, labs, showrooms and sales areas. Ultra-low cross-section louvre UXP-H suitable for VDU-workstations. Rectangular reflector with specular louvre M-STB Rectangular reflector, made of silver-grey sheet steel, galvanised. Fixed to the gear tray by means of stainless steel snap fasteners without tools. With integrated reflector for narrow/wide-angle light distribution, made of reflection-intensifying, highly-specular aluminium with a surface purity of 99.99 %. Rectangular reflector with ultra-low cross-section louvre M-UXP-H Rectangular reflector, made of silver-grey sheet steel, galvanised. Fixed to the gear tray by means of stainless steel snap fasteners without tools. With integrated ultra-low crosssection louvre in UXP-Technology, highlyspecular, reflectance value 98 %, stray illumination 3 %. Suitable for VDU applications in accordance with EN 12464-1 due to low luminance L 1000 cd/m2 at critical angles above 65 in all planes.

Reference

TOC

Components Reference

for gear trays single-lamp 1 x 35, 49, 80 W 1 x 35, 49, 80 W

07691 M-STB/35 46 665 00 Reflector with specular louvre STB 07691 M-UXP-H/35 46 666 00 Reflector with ultra-low-profile louvre UXP Trunkings and gear trays to be ordered separately.

C0 - C180

E-Line M-STB 1x49 W UTE: 0.88 D DIN 5040: A40 CIBSE: BZ 3 NBN L 14-002: BZ 4/.8/BZ 3/1/BZ 4
C0 - C180

E-Line M-UXP-H 1x49 W UTE: 0.80 B DIN 5040: A50 CIBSE: BZ 1 NBN L 14-002: BZ 2/1.25/BZ 1

07691 M-STB

07691 M-UXP-H

63

103

63

428

103

3-circuit track module

Gear trays416 Gear trays for emergency lighting 432 Trunking and wiring 454 Accessories 459 Suspensions 462 Node installation463 Installation and planning 464 Lamp characteristics 525

7691 M-AD

Application For illumination and accent lighting. To accommodate spotlights in sales areas, showrooms, museums, foyers, conference rooms and exhibition halls. 3-circuit track module AD White sheet steel, with integrated 3-circuit track for Euroadapter, available track length 500 mm (7691 AD/36) or 800 mm (7691 AD/58). Fixed to the trunking by means of stainless steel snap fasteners without tools. Maximum total weight of the spotlights attached to a conductor rail module: 10 kg. M Silver-grey. Electrical connection Electrical connection is made automatically when the gear tray is attached to the trunking. Lamp circuit connections can be set to each electrical conductor without tools.

Reference White 7691 AD-36 7691 AD-58 Silver-grey 7691 M-AD-36 7691 M-AD-58

TOC

Components Reference 3-circuit rail module AD 3-circuit rail module AD 3-circuit rail module M-AD 3-circuit rail module M-AD

Length mm 1230 1530 1230 1530

35 073 00 35 074 00 46 735 00 46 736 00

The illustrated spotlights are not supplied. Trunkings and gear trays to be ordered separately.

07691 AD/M-AD

52

63

500/36 W 800/58 W

429

E-Line T5
Opal foil diffusers

6 5 4 d a

IP20 0.2 Joule 650 C

07690 F1
C0 - C180

Application Sales areas, supermarkets and exhibition halls. Ideal as replaceable medium for logos, slogans or decorative prints. Opal foil diffuser Foil diffuser, consisting of foil carrier, 2 shaped end caps and corresponding blank foil. Foil carrier made of sheet steel. Fixed to the gear tray by means of stainless steel snap fasteners without tools. Foil blanks and shaped end caps made of polycarbonate, wedgeshaped, eliptical or circular. Highly-flexible translucent cover with lightselective coating or as replaceable surface for logos and slogans or decorative prints. Foil diffusers in continuous-line arrangements do not require any special end cap adapters.

E-Line F1 1x49 W UTE: 0.55 J + 0.31 T DIN 5040: B11 CIBSE: BZ 7/3/BZ 8 NBN L 14-002: BZ 9/.8/BZ 8
C0 - C180

E-Line F2 1x49 W UTE: 0.59 G + 0.26 T DIN 5040: B32 CIBSE: BZ 5 NBN L 14-002: BZ 5/1.5/BZ 6
C0 - C180

E-Line F3 1x49 W UTE: 0.52 J + 0.33 T DIN 5040: B21 CIBSE: BZ 7/0.75/ BZ 6/1/BZ 7 NBN L 14-002: BZ 7

430

Gear trays416 Gear trays for emergency lighting 432 Trunking and wiring 454 Accessories 459 Suspensions 462 Node installation463 Installation and planning 464 Lamp characteristics 525

07690 F2

07690 F3

Reference Wedge, white 07690 F1/28 07690 F1/35 Silver-grey 07690 M-F1/28 07690 M-F1/35 Lens, white 07690 F2/28 07690 F2/35 Silver-grey 07690 M-F2/28 07690 M-F2/35 Round, white 07690 F3/28 07690 F3/35 Silver-grey 07690 M-F3/28 07690 M-F3/35

TOC

Components Reference Foil, opal, foil carrier and end caps Foil, opal, foil carrier and end caps Foil, opal, foil carrier and end caps Foil, opal, foil carrier and end caps

46 737 00 46 738 00 46 743 00 46 744 00

for lamp single-lamp or twin-lamp 1 x 28, 54 W 1 x 35, 49, 80 W 1 x 28, 54 W 1 x 35, 49, 80 W

2 x 28 W 2 x 35, 49 W 2 x 28 W 2 x 35, 49 W

46 739 00 46 740 00 46 745 00 46 746 00

Foil, opal, foil carrier and end caps Foil, opal, foil carrier and end caps Foil, opal, foil carrier and end caps Foil, opal, foil carrier and end caps

1 x 28, 54 W 1 x 35, 49, 80 W 1 x 28, 54 W 1 x 35, 49, 80 W

2 x 28 W 2 x 35, 49 W 2 x 28 W 2 x 35, 49 W

46 741 00 46 742 00 46 747 00 46 748 00

Foil, opal, foil carrier and end caps Foil, opal, foil carrier and end caps Foil, opal, foil carrier and end caps Foil, opal, foil carrier and end caps

1 x 28, 54 W 1 x 35, 49, 80 W 1 x 28, 54 W 1 x 35, 49, 80 W

2 x 28 W 2 x 35, 49 W 2 x 28 W 2 x 35, 49 W

Accessories TOC Description 07690 E-F 46 749 00 End cap, white 07690 M-E-F 46 750 00 End cap, silver-grey Trunkings and gear trays to be ordered separately. Note lamp.

07690 F1/M-F1

07690 F2/M-F2

07690 F3/M-F3

118

118

165

165

165

63

63

170

170

122

122

431

165

E-Line T5
Gear trays for emergency lighting

6 5 4 d a

IP20 0.2 Joule 850 C

Gear trays416 Trunking and wiring 454 Accessories 459 Suspensions 462 Node installation463 Installation and planning 464 Lamp characteristics 525

7691EB / 7692EB

7691UR / 7692UR

Gear trays with individual battery supply for continuous operation


Reference White 7691/35/49/80 E+EB (1h) 7692/35 E+EB (1h) 7692/49 E+EB (1h) 7691/35/49/80 E+EB (3h) 7692/35 E+EB (3h) Silver-grey 7691 M/35/49/80 E+EB (1h) 7692 M/35 E+EB (1h) 7692 M/49 E+EB (1h) 7691 M/35/49/80 E+EB (3h) 7692 M/35 E+EB (3h) TOC Opera- Lamps tion time W 1 hour 1 x 35, 49, 80 1 hour 2 x 35 1 hour 2 x 49 3 hour 1 x 35, 49, 80 3 hour 2 x 35 1 hour 1 hour 1 hour 3 hour 3 hour 1 x 35, 49, 80 2 x 35 2 x 49 1 x 35, 49, 80 2 x 35 L mm 1530 1530 1530 1530 1530 1530 1530 1530 1530 1530 kg

Gear trays with switching relay for continuous operation


Reference White 7691/35/49/80 E+UR 7692/35/49/80 E+UR Silver-grey 7691 M/35/49/80 E+UR 7692 M/35/49/80 E+UR TOC Lamps W 1 x 35, 49, 80 2 x 35, 49, 80 1 x 35, 49, 80 2 x 35, 49, 80 Length mm 1530 1530 1530 1530 kg

46 229 04 46 247 04 46 673 04 46 230 04 46 248 04 46 239 04 46 255 04 46 674 04 46 240 04 46 256 04

1.9 2.0 2.2 2.4 2.4 1.9 2.0 2.2 2.4 2.4

46 231 04 46 250 04 46 241 04 46 258 04

1.5 1.7 1.5 1.7

Gear tray + EB Gear trays for continuous lines and individual luminaires equipped with individual battery, IP20. Sheet steel, white. Fixed to the trunking by means of stainless steel snap fasteners without tools. With electronic control gear for general lighting. M Silver-grey. Fluorescent lamps in constant operation, in case of power failure one lamp is operated by means of individual battery with maintenance-free accumulators. LED indicates the charging status of the battery.

+ EB (1h) Nominal operation time 1 hour. + EB (3h) Nominal operation time 3 hours (not in combination with continuous line wiring in module 510 mm). Electrical connection The electrical connection with general lighting circuit and charging circuit is made automatically when the gear tray is attached to the trunking. Lamp circuit connections can be set to the electrical conductor without tools. For wiring diagram see page 523.

Gear tray +UR Gear trays for continuous lines and individual luminaires. With electronic control gear and relay to switch over to emergency power supply. Electronic control gear in Multi-Lamp technology allows operation of T5 lamps with different wattages. Fluorescent lamps in constant operation, in case of power failure one lamp is operated by means of the emergency power source on site. Sheet steel, white. Fixed to the trunking by means of stainless steel snap fasteners without tools. With electronic control gear for general lighting. M Silver-grey.

Electrical connection The electrical connection with general and safety lighting circuits is made automatically when the gear tray is attached to the trunking. Lamp circuit connections can be set to the phase conductor without tools. For wiring diagram see page 523.

9 12

Eh=0.5 lx

Eh=0.5 lx

9 12

5 lx 1 lx

9 12

3 1 lx 5 lx

12

0 5 lx

0 5 lx

9 12

Suspension height 3 m Suspension height 5 m

1 lx 3

5 lx 0

12

5 lx 0

5 lx

1 lx

Illustration A: 7691/35E+EB(3h) batten Illustration B: 7691/35E+EB(3h) in combination with reflector R Illustration C: 7692/35E+EB(3h) batten Illustration D: 7692/35E+EB(3h) in combination with reflector R

9 12

A Eh = 0.5 lx

B Eh = 0.5 lx

1 lx

1 lx 5 lx 0 3

9 12

Illustration A: 7691/35 E+UR batten Illustration B: 7691/35 E+UR in combination with reflector R Illustration C: 7692/35 E+UR batten Illustration D: 7692/35 E+UR in combination with reflector R Suspension height 3 m Suspension height 5 m

6 1 lx 6

1 lx 3

Eh=0.5 lx

Eh=0.5 lx

Eh = 0.5 lx

3 Eh = 0.5 lx

432

E-Line T8
Continuous-line system for T8 fluorescent lamps

E-Line T8 the system E-Line is the universal rapidmounting continuous-line system for individual solutions, consisting of practical single components which can be adapted precisely to individual requirements. The different E-Line versions for T8 lamps provide task-oriented, efficient lighting with maximum planning flexibility

Reflectors for differentiated lighting To satisfy each and every situation with the optimum lighting solution, E-Line assures an extensive planning scope with four different reflector systems to choose from and a wide variety of optical accessories.

433

E-Line T8
Combinations of reflectors and optical components

Lamella louvre T-RW

Combination versatility Radial reflectors can be combined in several ways with optical accessories. Self-suspended E-Line reflectors contain a light-controlling optical system, thus additional optical accessories are not required. This allows perfect adaptation of E-Line continuous lines to project-specific photometrical and architectural demands. The adjacent matrix shows the compatibility of reflectors with different optical accessories. The pages indicated relate to the subsequent product pages featuring the characteristics of the respective components, their dimensions and photometrics as well as product and application illustrations. The word Option means that a combination is technically possible, but is not described in detail on the following application pages. Rough photometrical plans for these versions can be obtained using the photometric data tables of comparable combinations. A variety of different TRILUX software systems is available for more detailed planning, please contact your local TRILUX support centre.

Radial reflectors 07691 R/ 07692 R/

Page 438

Perforated radial reflectors 07691 G/58 07692 G/58

Page 440

High reflectors 07691 RH/58 07692 RH/58

Option

Perforated high reflectors 07691 GH/58 07692 GH/58

Option

Self-suspended reflector, narrow/wide-angle 07690 STF/58

Page 450

Self-suspended reflector, asymmetrical 07690 SAF/58

Page 450

Self-suspended reflector, extremely narrow-angle 07691 HRFN/58

Page 451

Trapezium-shaped reflectors 07690 T/36 07690 T/58

Page 452

Page 452

434

Lamella louvre RW

Specular reflectors Wide-angle SB*

Asymmetrical SA*

Narrow-angle ST*

Prismatic diffuser P

Specular louvre RSV

Parabolic louvre Semi-spec. RMV

Highly-spec. RPV

Page 439

Page 442

Page 442

Page 442

Page 444

Page 441

Option

Option

Option

Page 446

Page 447

Page 448

Option

Option

Page 446

Page 447

Page 448

* Specular reflectors SB, SA, and ST also in combination with lamella louvre RW, see page 443.

435

E-Line T8
Gear trays IP20

6 4 d a

IP20 0.2 Joule 850 C

7691

7692

Application As basis for all further optical accessories. Batten for non-specific, building areas with general illumination requirements, e.g., storage rooms, technical rooms or ancillary rooms without continuously occupied workplaces. Gear trays Sheet steel, white. Fixed to the trunking by means of stainless steel snap fasteners without tools. Electrical connection Electrical connection is made automatically when the gear tray is attached to the trunking. Lamp circuit connections can be set to the electrical conductor without tools. Control gear option E With electronic control gear. ED With dimmable electronic control gear with 1-10 V interface.

Reference

TOC

Control gear options E 04 04 04 04 ED 05 05 05 05

Lamps W 1 x 36 1 x 58 2 x 36 2 x 58

Length mm 1230 1530 1230 1530


C0 - C180

kg

Single-lamp version 7691N/36 45 365 7691N/58 45 369 Twin-lamp version 7692/36 12 722 7692/58 12 724

1.4 2.0 2.0 2.3

E-Line 1x58 W UTE: 0.68 H + 0.27 T DIN 5040: B21 CIBSE: BZ 6 NBN L 14-002: BZ 6

7691N

7692

63

94

101

436

E-Line T8
Gear trays IP50 and IP50o

6 4 d a

IP50 0.2 Joule 850 C

o $

1 Joule

Gear trays for emergency lighting 453 Trunkings and wiring 454 Accessories 459 Suspensions 462 Node installation463 Installation and planning 464 Lamp characteristics 525

7681

7682

Application As basis for all further optical accessories. As batten for non-specific, building areas with increased levels of dust. 768D/ For rooms with particular fire hazard. Gear trays Sheet steel, white. Fixed to the trunking by means of stainless steel snap fasteners without tools. With dust-protection joints to observe IP50. 768D/ With additional impact-resistant lamp protection tube. Suitable for production sites particularly subject to fire hazards thanks to low surface temperatures and high IP rating. Electrical connection Electrical connection is made automatically when the gear tray is attached to the trunking. Lamp circuit connections can be set to the electrical conductor without tools. Control gear option E With electronic control gear. ED With dimmable electronic control gear with 1-10 V interface.

Reference

TOC

Control gear options E 04 04 04 04 ED 05 05 05 05

Lamps W 1 x 58 1 x 58 2 x 58 2 x 58

Length mm 1530 1530 1530 1530


C0 - C180

kg

Single-lamp version 7681/58 12 710 7681 D/58 12 711 Twin-lamp version 7682/58 12 713 7682 D/58 12 714

2.0 2.5 3.0 2.8

E-Line 1x58 W IP50 UTE: 0.68 H + 0.27 T DIN 5040: B21 CIBSE: BZ 6 NBN L 14-002: BZ 6

7681

7682

63

116

437

E-Line T8
Radial reflector R

6 4 d a

IP20 0.2 Joule 650 C with PC accessories 850 C

768 IP50

768D

Optics without dust protection

o $

IP50 1 Joule

07691 R

07692 R

Application Production facilities, workshops, assembly halls, supermarkets, exhibition halls and sales areas. Reflector R Radial sheet steel reflector, galvanised, with white polyester coating. Fixed to the gear tray by means of stainless steel snap fasteners without tools. Reflector accessories PC For increased preventive fire protection.

Reference

TOC

Components Reference

for gear trays 1 x 36 W 1 x 58 W 1-lamp 1-lamp 1-lamp 1-lamp 2 x 36 W 2 x 58 W 2-lamp 2-lamp 2-lamp 2-lamp

Single-lamp version 07691 R/36 21 985 00 Radial reflector R 07691 R/58 21 987 00 Radial reflector R Reflector accessories 07691 RK 21 993 00 Reflector end cap RK 07691 RK PC 21 996 00 Reflector end cap RK, made of polycarbonate. 07691 RV 22 003 00 Reflector connector RV 07691 RV PC 22 006 00 Reflector connector RV, made of polycarbonate. Twin-lamp version 07692 R/36 22 027 00 Radial reflector R 07692 R/58 22 029 00 Radial reflector R Reflector accessories 07692 RK 22 035 00 Reflector end cap RK 07692 RK PC 22 038 00 Reflector end cap RK, made of polycarbonate. 07692 RV 22 045 00 Reflector connector RV 07692 RV PC 22 048 00 Reflector connector RV, made of polycarbonate. Trunkings and gear trays to be ordered separately.

C0 - C180

E-Line R 1x58 W UTE: 0.82 E DIN 5040: A40 CIBSE: BZ 4 NBN L 14-002: BZ 5

07691 R

07692 R

115

175

258

438

129

Radial reflector R and lamella louvre RW

Gear trays436 Gear trays for emergency lighting 453 Trunkings and wiring 454 Accessories 459 Suspensions 462 Node installation463 Installation and planning 464 Lamp characteristics 525

07691 R + 07691 RW

07692 R + 07692 RW

Application Production facilities, workshops, assembly halls, supermarkets, exhibition halls, sales areas and training rooms. ReflectorR Radial sheet steel reflector, galvanised, with white polyester coating. Fixed to the gear tray by means of stainless steel snap fasteners without tools. Lamella louvre RW Sheet steel, white. For use in reflectors 0769 R, 0769 G, 0769 RH, 0769 GH. Can be hung on the reflector for easy maintenance. Reflector accessories PC For increased demands on preventive fire protection.

Reference

TOC

Components Reference

for gear trays

Single-lamp version 07691 R/36 21 985 00 Radial reflector R 07691 RW/36 22 007 00 + Lamella louvre RW 07691 R/58 21 987 00 Radial reflector R 07691 RW/58 22 009 00 + Lamella louvre RW Reflector accessories 07691 RK 21 993 00 Reflector end cap RK 07691 RK PC 21 996 00 Reflector end cap RK, made of polycarbonate. 07691 RV 22 003 00 Reflector connector RV 07691 RV PC 22 006 00 Reflector connector RV, made of polycarbonate. Twin-lamp version 07692 R/36 22 027 00 Radial reflector R 07692 RW/36 22 049 00 + Lamella louvre RW 07692 R/58 22 029 00 Radial reflector R 07692 RW/58 22 051 00 + Lamella louvre RW Reflector accessories 07692 RK 22 035 00 Reflector end cap RK 07692 RK PC 22 038 00 Reflector end cap RK, made of polycarbonate. 07692 RV 22 045 00 Reflector connector RV 07692 RV PC 22 048 00 Reflector connector RV, made of polycarbonate. Trunkings and gear trays to be ordered separately.

1 x 36 W 1 x 58 W 1-lamp 1-lamp 1-lamp 1-lamp

2 x 36 W 2 x 58 W 2-lamp 2-lamp 2-lamp 2-lamp

C0 - C180

E-Line RW 1x58 W UTE: 0.74 E DIN 5040: A40 CIBSE: BZ 3/2/BZ 4 NBN L 14-002: BZ 4

07691 R + 07691 RW

07692 R + 07692 RW

133

175

258

439

147

E-Line T8
Perforated radial reflector G

6 4 d a

IP20 0.2 Joule 650 C with PC accessories 850 C

768 IP50

768D

Optics without dust protection

o $

IP50 1 Joule

07691 G/58

07692 G/58

Application Workshops, precision assembly, sales areas, supermarkets and training rooms. Reflector G Radial sheet steel reflector, galvanised, with white polyester coating. With defined perforation for balanced uplighting. Indirect component approx. 9 %. Fixed to the gear tray by means of stainless steel snap fasteners without tools. Reflector accessories PC For increased demands on preventive fire protection.

Reference

TOC

Components Reference

for gear trays 1 x 58 W 1-lamp 1-lamp 1-lamp 1-lamp 2 x 58 W 2-lamp 2-lamp 2-lamp 2-lamp

Single-lamp version 07691 G/58 21 976 00 Perforated radial reflector R Reflector accessories 07691 RK 21 993 00 Reflector end cap RK 07691 RK PC 21 996 00 Reflector end cap RK, made of polycarbonate. 07691 RV 22 003 00 Reflector connector RV 07691 RV PC 22 006 00 Reflector connector RV, made of polycarbonate. Twin-lamp version 07692 G/58 22 021 00 Perforated radial reflector R Reflector accessories 07692 RK 22 035 00 Reflector end cap RK 07692 RK PC 22 038 00 Reflector end cap RK, made of polycarbonate. 07692 RV 22 045 00 Reflector connector RV 07692 RV PC 22 048 00 Reflector connector RV, made of polycarbonate. Trunkings and gear trays to be ordered separately.

C0 - C180

E-Line G 1x58 W UTE: 0.70 E + 0.07 T DIN 5040: A30 CIBSE: BZ 5 NBN L 14-002: BZ 5

07691 G

07692 G

115

175

258

440

129

Perforated radial reflector G and lamella louvre RW

Gear trays436 Gear trays for emergency lighting 453 Trunkings and wiring 454 Accessories 459 Suspensions 462 Node installation463 Installation and planning 464 Lamp characteristics 525

07691 G/58 + 07691 RW/58

07692 G/58 + 07692 RW/58

Application Workshops, precision assembly, sales areas, supermarkets and training rooms. Reflector G Radial sheet steel reflector, galvanised, with white polyester coating. With defined perforation for balanced uplighting. Indirect component approx. 14 %. Fixed to the gear tray by means of stainless steel snap fasteners without tools. Lamella louvre RW Sheet steel, white. For use in reflectors 0769 R, 0769 G, 0769 RH, 0769 GH. Can be hung on the reflector for easy maintenance. Reflector accessories PC For increased preventive fire protection.

Reference

TOC

Components Reference

for gear trays

Single-lamp version 07691 G/58 21 976 00 Perforated radial reflector R 07691 RW/58 22 009 00 + Lamella louvre RW Reflector accessories 07691 RK 21 993 00 Reflector end cap RK 07691 RK PC 21 996 00 Reflector end cap RK, made of polycarbonate. 07691 RV 22 003 00 Reflector connector RV 07691 RV PC 22 006 00 Reflector connector RV, made of polycarbonate. Twin-lamp version 07692 G/58 22 021 00 Perforated radial reflector R 07692 RW/58 22 051 00 + Lamella louvre RW Reflector accessories 07692 RK 22 035 00 Reflector end cap RK 07692 RK PC 22 038 00 Reflector end cap RK, made of polycarbonate. 07692 RV 22 045 00 Reflector connector RV 07692 RV PC 22 048 00 Reflector connector RV, made of polycarbonate. Trunkings and gear trays to be ordered separately.

1 x 58 W 1-lamp 1-lamp 1-lamp 1-lamp

2 x 58 W 2-lamp 2-lamp 2-lamp 2-lamp

C0 - C180

E-Line G-RW 1x58 W UTE: 0.61 E + 0.10 T DIN 5040: B41 CIBSE: BZ 4/3/BZ 5 NBN L 14-002: BZ 5

07691 G + 07691 RW

07692 G + 07692 RW

133

175

258

441

147

E-Line T8
Radial reflector R with specular reflectors SB, ST or SA

6 4 d a

IP20 0.2 Joule 650 C with PC accessories 850 C

768 IP50

768D

Optics without dust protection

o $

IP50 1 Joule

07691 R/58 + 07691 S/58

07692 R/58 + 07692 S/58

Application Production facilities, workshops, assembly halls, supermarkets, exhibition halls, machine workstations and precision assembly. Reflector R Radial sheet steel reflector, galvanised, with white polyester coating. Fixed to the gear tray by means of stainless steel snap fasteners without tools. Specular reflector SB Made of highly-specular, anodised aluminium for wide-angle light distribution. To be inserted in reflector 0769 R without tools. Specular reflector ST Made of highly-specular, anodised aluminium for narrow-angle light distribution. To be inserted in reflector 0769 R without tools. Specular reflector SA Made of highly-specular, anodised aluminium for narrow-angle light distribution. To be inserted in reflector 0769 R without tools. Reflector accessories PC For increased preventive fire protection.

Reference

TOC

Components Reference

for gear trays

Single-lamp version 07691 R/58 21 987 00 Radial reflector R 07691 SB/58 22 015 00 + Specular reflector SB, wide-angle 07691 R/58 21 987 00 Radial reflector R 07691 ST/58 22 017 00 + Specular reflector ST, narrow-angle 07691 R/58 21 987 00 Radial reflector R 07691 SA/58 22 012 00 + Specular reflector SA, asymmetrical Reflector accessories 07691 RK 21 993 00 Reflector end cap RK 07691 RK PC 21 996 00 Reflector end cap RK, made of polycarbonate. 07691 RV 22 003 00 Reflector connector RV 07691 RV PC 22 006 00 Reflector connector RV, made of polycarbonate. Twin-lamp version 07692 R/58 22 029 00 Radial reflector R 07692 SB/58 22 054 00 + Specular reflector SB, wide-angle 07692 R/58 22 029 00 Radial reflector R 07692 ST/58 22 056 00 + Specular reflector ST, narrow-angle 07692 R/58 22 029 00 Radial reflector R 07692 SA/58 22 053 00 + Specular reflector SA, asymmetrical Reflector accessories 07692 RK 22 035 00 Reflector end cap RK 07692 RK PC 22 038 00 Reflector end cap RK, made of polycarbonate. 07692 RV 22 045 00 Reflector connector RV 07692 RV PC 22 048 00 Reflector connector RV, made of polycarbonate. Trunkings and gear trays to be ordered separately.
C0 - C180 C0 - C180

1 x 58 W 1 x 58 W 1 x 58 W 1-lamp 1-lamp 1-lamp 1-lamp

2 x 58 W 2 x 58 W 2 x 58 W 2-lamp 2-lamp 2-lamp 2-lamp

C0 - C180

E-Line SB 1x58 W UTE: 0.83 E DIN 5040: A40 CIBSE: BZ 4/.75/ BZ 3/1/BZ 4/1.5/BZ 3 NBN L 14-002: BZ 5/2/BZ 4

E-Line ST 1x58 W UTE: 0.83 D DIN 5040: A40 CIBSE: BZ 4 NBN L 14-002: BZ 4

E-Line SA 1x58 W UTE: 0.83 E DIN 5040: A40 CIBSE: BZ 4/.75/BZ 3/1/BZ 4 NBN L 14-002: BZ 5/2.5/BZ 4

0769SB

0769ST

0769SA

115

129

115

129

115

175

258

175

258

175

258

442

129

Radial reflector R with specular reflectors SB, ST or SA and lamella louvre RW

Gear trays436 Gear trays for emergency lighting 453 Trunkings and wiring 454 Accessories 459 Suspensions 462 Node installation463 Installation and planning 464 Lamp characteristics 525

07691 R/58 + 07691 S/58 + 07691 RW/58

07692 R/58 + 07692 S/58 + 07692 RW/58

Application Production facilities, workshops, assembly halls, supermarkets, exhibition halls, machine workstations and precision assembly. Reflector R Radial sheet steel reflector, galvanised, with white polyester coating. Fixed to the gear tray by means of stainless steel snap fasteners without tools. Specular reflector SB Made of highly-specular, anodised aluminium for wide-angle light distribution. To be inserted in reflector 0769 R without tools. Specular reflector ST Made of highly-specular, anodised aluminium for narrow-angle light distribution. To be inserted in reflector 0769 R without tools. Specular reflector SA Made of highly-specular, anodised aluminium for asymmetrical light distribution. To be inserted in reflector 0769 R without tools. Lamella louvre RW Sheet steel, white. To be used in reflectors 0769 R. Can be hung on the reflector for ease of maintenance. Reflector accessories PC For increased demands on preventive fire protection.

Reference

TOC

Components Reference

for gear trays

Single-lamp version 07691 R/58 21 987 00 Radial reflector R 07691 SB/58 22 015 00 + Specular reflector SB, wide-angle 07691 RW/58 22 009 00 + Lamella louvre RW 07691 R/58 21 987 00 Radial reflector R 07691 ST/58 22 017 00 + Specular reflector ST, narrow-angle 07691 RW/58 22 009 00 + Lamella louvre RW 07691 R/58 21 987 00 Radial reflector R 07691 SA/58 22 012 00 + Specular reflector SA, asymmetrical 07691 RW/58 22 009 00 + Lamella louvre RW Reflector accessories 07691 RK 21 993 00 Reflector end cap RK 07691 RK PC 21 996 00 Reflector end cap RK, made of polycarbonate. 07691 RV 22 003 00 Reflector connector RV 07691 RV PC 22 006 00 Reflector connector RV, made of polycarbonate. Twin-lamp version 07692 R/58 22 029 00 Radial reflector R 07692 SB/58 22 054 00 + Specular reflector SB, wide-angle 07692 RW/58 22 051 00 + Lamella louvre RW 07692 R/58 22 029 00 Radial reflector R 07692 ST/58 22 056 00 + Specular reflector ST, narrow-angle 07692 RW/58 22 051 00 + Lamella louvre RW 07692 R/58 22 029 00 Radial reflector R 07692 SA/58 22 053 00 + Specular reflector SA, asymmetrical 07692 RW/58 22 051 00 + Lamella louvre RW Reflector accessories 07692 RK 22 035 00 Reflector end cap RK 07692 RK PC 22 038 00 Reflector end cap RK, made of polycarbonate. 07692 RV 22 045 00 Reflector connector RV 07692 RV PC 22 048 00 Reflector connector RV, made of polycarbonate. Trunkings and gear trays to be ordered separately.
C0 - C180 C0 - C180

1 x 58 W

1 x 58 W

1 x 58 W 1-lamp 1-lamp 1-lamp 1-lamp

2 x 58 W

2 x 58 W

2 x 58 W 2-lamp 2-lamp 2-lamp 2-lamp

C0 - C180

E-Line SB-RW 1x58 W UTE: 0.75 E DIN 5040: A40 CIBSE: BZ 3/.75/ BZ 2/1/BZ 3/2/ BZ 2/2.5/BZ 3 NBN L 14-002: BZ 4 0769SB 0769ST 0769SA

E-Line ST-RW 1x58 W UTE: 0.75 D DIN 5040: A40 CIBSE: BZ 3 NBN L 14-002: BZ 3/.8/BZ 4

E-Line SA-RW 1x58 W UTE: 0.75 E DIN 5040: A40 CIBSE: BZ 3/4/BZ 4 NBN L 14-002: BZ 4/.8/BZ 3/1/BZ 4

133

133

133

147

147

175

258

175

258

175

258

443

147

E-Line T8
Radial reflector R and PLEXIGLAS prismatic diffuser P

6 4 d a

IP20 0.2 Joule 650 C with PC accessories 850 C

768 IP50

768D

Optics without dust protection

o $

07691 R/58 + 07691 P/58

07692 R/58 + 07692 P/58

Application Sales areas, showrooms, offices, precision assembly, production facilities, workshops and training rooms. Reflector R Radial sheet steel reflector, galvanised, with white polyester coating. Fixed to the gear tray by means of stainless steel snap fasteners without tools. Prismatic diffuser P Convex-shaped diffuser made of PLEXIGLAS, with computer-calculated longitudinal prisms. Safe retention by means of stainless steel clips. To be used in reflectors 0769 R, 0769 G, 0769 RH, 0769 GH. Can be hung on the reflector for ease of maintenance.

Reference

TOC

Components Reference

for gear trays

Single-lamp version 07691 R/58 21 987 00 Radial reflector R 07691 P/58 21 983 00 + PLEXIGLAS prismatic diffuser P Reflector accessories 07691 RK 21 993 00 Reflector end cap RK 07691 RK PC 21 996 00 Reflector end cap RK, made of polycarbonate. 07691 RV 22 003 00 Reflector connector RV 07691 RV PC 22 006 00 Reflector connector RV, made of polycarbonate. Twin-lamp version 07692 R/58 22 029 00 Radial reflector R 07692 P/58 22 025 00 + PLEXIGLAS prismatic diffuser P Reflector accessories 07692 RK 22 035 00 Reflector end cap RK 07692 RK PC 22 038 00 Reflector end cap RK, made of polycarbonate. 07692 RV 22 045 00 Reflector connector RV 07692 RV PC 22 048 00 Reflector connector RV, made of polycarbonate. Trunkings and gear trays to be ordered separately.

1 x 58 W 1-lamp 1-lamp 1-lamp 1-lamp

2 x 58 W 2-lamp 2-lamp 2-lamp 2-lamp

C0 - C180

E-Line P 1x58 W UTE: 0.69 E + 0.01 T DIN 5040: A40 CIBSE: BZ 3/1.5/BZ 4 NBN L 14-002: BZ 4

0769

444

Gear trays436 Gear trays for emergency lighting 453 Trunkings and wiring 454 Accessories 459 Suspensions 462 Node installation463 Installation and planning 464 Lamp characteristics 525

445

E-Line T8
High reflector RH or high perforated reflector GH and semi-specular louvre RSV

6 4 d a

IP20 0.2 Joule 650 C with PC accessories 850 C RMV

07691H + 07691 RSV

07692H + 07692 RSV

Application Precision assembly, precision mechanics, training rooms, schools, offices, laboratories, showrooms and sales areas. Reflector RH For gear trays in IP20. High radial sheet steel reflector, galvanised, with white polyester coating. Deep cross section, especially recommended for combination with louvres RSV, RMV, RPV. Fixed to the gear tray by means of stainless steel snap fasteners without tools. Reflector GH For gear trays in IP20. High radial sheet steel reflector, galvanised, with white polyester coating. With defined perforation for balanced uplighting. Indirect component approx. 10 %. Deep cross section, especially recommended for combination with louvres RSV, RMV, RPV. Fixed to the gear tray by means of stainless steel snap fasteners without tools. Specular louvre RSV For narrow/wide-angle light distribution with graduated concave-profiled cross blades, made of anodised aluminium. To be used in high reflectors 0769 RH, 0769 GH. Can be hung on the reflector for ease of maintenance. Reflector accessories PC For increased preventive fire protection.

Reference

TOC

Components Reference

for gear trays

Single-lamp version 07691 RH/36 21 989 00 High reflector RH 07691 RSV/36 22 001 00 + Specular louvre RSV 07691 RH/58 21 991 00 High reflector RH 07691 RSV/58 22 002 00 + Specular louvre RSV 07691 GH/58 21 978 00 High reflector GH, perforated 07691 RSV/58 22 002 00 + Specular louvre RSV Reflector accessories 07691 RKH 21 994 00 Reflector end cap RKH 07691 RKH PC 21 995 00 Reflector end cap RKH, made of polycarbonate. 07691 RVH 22 004 00 Reflector connector RVH 07691 RVH PC 22 005 00 Reflector connector RVH, made of polycarbonate. Twin-lamp version 07692 RH/36 22 031 00 High reflector RH 07692 RSV/36 22 043 00 + Specular louvre RSV 07692 RH/58 22 033 00 High reflector RH 07692 RSV/58 22 044 00 + Specular louvre RSV 07692 GH/58 22 023 00 High reflector GH, perforated 07692 RSV/58 22 044 00 + Specular louvre RSV Reflector accessories 07692 RKH 22 036 00 Reflector end cap RKH 07692 RKH PC 22 037 00 Reflector end cap RKH, made of polycarbonate. 07692 RVH 22 046 00 Reflector connector RVH 07692 RVH PC 22 047 00 Reflector connector RVH, made of polycarbonate. Trunkings and gear trays to be ordered separately.
C0 - C180

1 x 36 W 1 x 58 W 1 x 58 W 1-lamp 1-lamp 1-lamp 1-lamp 2 x 36 W 2 x 36 W 2 x 58 W 2 x 58 W 2 x 58 W 2 x 58 W 2-lamp 2-lamp 2-lamp 2-lamp

C0 - C180

E-Line RSV 1x58 W UTE: 0.62 C DIN 5040: A50 CIBSE: BZ 1 NBN L 14-002: BZ 2

E-Line G-RSV 1x58 W UTE: 0.58 C + 0.03 T DIN 5040: A50 CIBSE: BZ 1 NBN L 14-002: BZ 2

0769RH + RSV

0769GH + RSV

143

142

143

176

258

176

258

446

142

High reflector RH or high perforated reflector GH and semi-specular parabolic louvre RMV

Gear trays436 Gear trays for emergency lighting 453 Trunkings and wiring 454 Accessories 459 Suspensions 462 Node installation463 Installation and planning 464 Lamp characteristics 525

07691H + 07691 RMV

07692H + 07692 RMV

Application Precision assembly, precision mechanics, training rooms, schools, offices, laboratories, showrooms and sales areas. Reflector RH For gear trays in IP20. High radial sheet steel reflector, galvanised, with white polyester coating. Deep cross section, especially recommended for combination with louvres RSV, RMV, RPV. Fixed to the gear tray by means of stainless steel snap fasteners without tools. Reflector GH For gear trays in IP20. High radial sheet steel reflector, galvanised, with white polyester coating. With defined perforation for balanced uplighting. Indirect component approx. 10 %. Deep cross section, especially recommended for combination with louvres RSV, RMV, RPV. Fixed to the gear tray by means of stainless steel snap fasteners without tools. Parabolic louvre RMV Made of semi-specular anodised aluminium with a surface purity of 99.98 %. Suitable for VDU applications in accordance with EN 12464-1 due to low luminance L 1000 cd/ m2 at critical angles above 65 in all planes. To be used in high reflectors 0769 RH, 0769 GH. Can be hung on the reflector for easy maintenance. Reflector accessories PC For increased preventive fire protection.

Reference

TOC

Components Reference

for gear trays

Single-lamp version 07691 RH/36 21 989 00 High reflector RH 07691 RMV/36 21 997 00 + Parabolic louvre RMV 07691 RH/58 21 991 00 High reflector RH 07691 RMV/58 21 998 00 + Parabolic louvre RMV 07691 GH/58 21 978 00 High reflector GH, perforated 07691 RMV/58 21 998 00 + Parabolic louvre RMV Reflector accessories 07691 RKH 21 994 00 Reflector end cap RKH 07691 RKH PC 21 995 00 Reflector end cap RKH, made of polycarbonate. 07691 RVH 22 004 00 Reflector connector RVH 07691 RVH PC 22 005 00 Reflector connector RVH, made of polycarbonate. Twin-lamp version 07692 RH/36 22 031 00 High reflector RH 07692 RMV/36 22 039 00 + Parabolic louvre RMV 07692 RH/58 22 033 00 High reflector RH 07692 RMV/58 22 040 00 + Parabolic louvre RMV 07692 GH/58 22 023 00 High reflector GH, perforated 07692 RMV/58 22 040 00 + Parabolic louvre RMV Reflector accessories 07692 RKH 22 036 00 Reflector end cap RKH 07692 RKH PC 22 037 00 Reflector end cap RKH, made of polycarbonate. 07692 RVH 22 046 00 Reflector connector RVH 07692 RVH PC 22 047 00 Reflector connector RVH, made of polycarbonate. Trunkings and gear trays to be ordered separately.
C0 - C180

1 x 36 W 1 x 58 W 1 x 58 W 1-lamp 1-lamp 1-lamp 1-lamp

2 x 36 W 2 x 58 W 2 x 58 W 2-lamp 2-lamp 2-lamp 2-lamp

C0 - C180

E-Line RMV 1x58 W UTE: 0.62 B DIN 5040: A50 CIBSE: BZ 2 NBN L 14-002: BZ 2

E-Line G-RMV 1x58 W UTE: 0.57 B + 0.03 T DIN 5040: A50 CIBSE: BZ 1 NBN L 14-002: BZ 2/1.5/BZ 1/4/BZ 2

0769RH + RMV

0769GH + RMV

143

143

176

142

258

176

258

447

142

E-Line T8
High reflector RH or high perforated reflector GH and highly-specular parabolic louvre RPV

6 4 d a

IP20 0.2 Joule 650 C

with PC accessories 850 C

07691H + 07691 RPV

07692H + 07692 RPV

Application Precision assembly, precision mechanics, training rooms, schools, offices, laboratories, showrooms and sales areas. Reflector RH For gear trays in IP20. High radial sheet steel reflector, galvanised, with white polyester coating. Deep cross section, especially recommended for combination with louvres RSV, RMV, RPV. Fixed to the gear tray by means of stainless steel snap fasteners without tools. Reflector GH For gear trays in IP20. High radial sheet steel reflector, galvanised, with white polyester coating. With defined perforation for balanced uplighting. Indirect component approx. 10 %. Deep cross section, especially recommended for combination with louvres RSV, RMV, RPV. Fixed to the gear tray by means of stainless steel snap fasteners without tools. Highly-specular parabolic louvre RPV Made of highly-specular anodised aluminium with a surface purity of 99.99 %. Suitable for VDU applications in accordance with EN 12464-1 due to low luminance L 1000 cd/ m2 at critical angles above 65 in all planes. To be used in high reflectors 0769 RH, 0769 GH. Can be hung on the reflector for ease of maintenance. Reflector accessories PC For increased preventive fire protection.

Reference

TOC

Components Reference

for gear trays

Single-lamp version 07691 RH/36 21 989 00 High reflector RH 07691 RPV/36 21 999 00 + Parabolic louvre RPV 07691 RH/58 21 991 00 High reflector RH 07691 RPV/58 22 000 00 + Parabolic louvre RPV 07691 GH/58 21 978 00 High reflector GH, perforated 07691 RPV/58 22 000 00 + Parabolic louvre RPV Reflector accessories 07691 RKH 21 994 00 Reflector end cap RKH 07691 RKH PC 21 995 00 Reflector end cap RKH, made of polycarbonate. 07691 RVH 22 004 00 Reflector connector RVH 07691 RVH PC 22 005 00 Reflector connectors RVH, made of polycarbonate. Twin-lamp version 07692 RH/36 22 031 00 High reflector RH 07692 RPV/36 22 041 00 + Parabolic louvre RPV 07692 RH/58 22 033 00 High reflector RH 07692 RPV/58 22 042 00 + Parabolic louvre RPV 07692 GH/58 22 023 00 High reflector GH, perforated 07692 RPV/58 22 042 00 + Parabolic louvre RPV Reflector accessories 07692 RKH 22 036 00 Reflector end cap RKH 07692 RKH PC 22 037 00 Reflector end cap RKH, made of polycarbonate. 07692 RVH 22 046 00 Reflector connector RVH 07692 RVH PC 22 047 00 Reflector connectors RVH, made of polycarbonate. Trunkings and gear trays to be ordered separately.
C0 - C180

1 x 36 W 1 x 58 W 1 x 58 W 1-lamp 1-lamp 1-lamp 1-lamp

2 x 36 W 2 x 58 W 2 x 58 W 2-lamp 2-lamp 2-lamp 2-lamp

E-Line RPV 1x58 W UTE: 0.65 B DIN 5040: A50 CIBSE: BZ 2/1/BZ 1 NBN L 14-002: BZ 2/1.5/BZ 1/4/BZ 2

07691RH + RPV

GH + RPV

143

142

176

258

176

143

258

448

142

Gear trays436 Gear trays for emergency lighting 453 Trunkings and wiring 454 Accessories 459 Suspensions 462 Node installation463 Installation and planning 464 Lamp characteristics 525

449

E-Line T8
Self-suspended specular reflectors STF, SAF

6 4 d a

IP20 0.2 Joule 650 C with PC end caps 850 C

07690 STF/58

07690 SAF/58

Application Production facilities, workshops and assembly halls. SAF reflector: recommended for wall and shelf lighting. Self-suspended specular reflector STF Made of highly-specular, anodised aluminium for narrow/wide-angle light distribution. To be mounted directly to gear trays in IP20. Self-suspended specular reflector SAF Made of highly-specular, anodised aluminium for asymmetrical light distribution. To be mounted directly to gear trays in IP20.

Reference

TOC

Components Reference

07690 STF/58 21 960 00 Specular reflector STF, narrow/wide-angle. 07690 SAF/58 21 957 00 Specular reflector SAF, asymmetrical distribution Trunkings and gear trays to be ordered separately.

for gear trays single-lamp or twin-lamp 58 W 58 W

C0 - C180

E-Line STF 1x58 W UTE: 0.79 D DIN 5040: A40 CIBSE: BZ 5/.75/BZ 4/2/BZ 3 NBN L 14-002: BZ 4/1/BZ 3
C0 - C180

E-Line SAF 1x58 W UTE: 0.85 F DIN 5040: A40 CIBSE: BZ 4 NBN L 14-002: BZ 5/1/BZ 4

0769STF

0769SAF

138

184

138

138

184

215

215

450

138

Especially for high halls and high-bay warehouses Self-suspended specular reflector HRFN

Gear trays436 Gear trays for emergency lighting 453 Trunkings and wiring 454 Accessories 459 Suspensions 462 Node installation463 Installation and planning 464 Lamp characteristics 525

07691 HRFN/58

Self-suspended reflector HRFN Made of highly-specular, anodised aluminium for extremely narrow-angle light distribution. To be fixed directly to gear trays in IP20. Lighting of high-bay warehouses Because of a lack of, or reduced daylight, high-bay warehouses are mainly artificially lit. Due to the resulting extended operating times, the use of highly efficient lamps and economical luminaires is recommended. Gear trays with electronic control gear for reduced energy consumption and increased lamp life are perfect for these applications. E-Line in HRFN-versions excels with extremely narrow-angle luminous intensity distribution with high light output ratios, allowing efficient achievement of standard conforming illuminance even in case of high mounting heights.

Reference

TOC

Components Reference

07691 HRFN/58 45 373 00 Specular reflector HRFN, very narrow angle Trunkings and gear trays to be ordered separately.

for gear trays single-lamp or twin-lamp 1 x 58 W

C0 - C180

E-Line HRF 1x58 W UTE: 0.85 C DIN 5040: A50 CIBSE: BZ 4/.75/BZ 3 NBN L 14-002: BZ 3/2/BZ 2/2.5/ BZ 3/3/BZ 2/4/BZ 3

Diagrams to determine horizontal illuminances


Installation data Gangway length: L=25 m Gangway width: B Light point height: h Transverse coordinate: x Longitudinal coordinate: y Evaluation level: floor Luminaires: Non-interrupted continuous line with 16 units 0691N/58 + 07691 HRFN/58 Lamps: Triphosphor lamps 58 W Luminous flux: LP = 5200 lm Light loss factor: v = 0.8
y x B/2 B e h

Illustration 1 Installation sketch Gangway in high-bay warehouse

Illustration 3 Illustration 2 Illuminance distribution Average illuminance E across the gangway, y=12.5 m B/2 on the centre line B= ...: on the whole gangway surface
500 B/2 400 400 500 450

Average illuminance in lx

B=3m 300 B=6m 200

Point illuminance EP in lx

350 300 250 200 150 100 50 0 0 1m 2m h=6m h = 14 m h=22m h=30 m 3m

100 50 20 0 4

12

16

20

24

28

Light point height h in m

Lat. distance x to gangway centre

0769HRFN

223

451

138

E-Line T8
Trapezium-shaped reflector T and lamella louvre T-RW

6 5 4 d a

IP20 0.2 Joule 650 C with PC accessories 850 C

07690 T/

07690 T/ 07690 T-RW/

Application Production facilities, workshops, assembly halls, sales areas, supermarkets and training rooms. Reflector T Universally suitable for single-lamp and twinlamp gear trays in IP20. Trapeziumshaped reflector made of sheet steel, galvanised, with white polyester coating. Fixed to the gear tray by means of stainless steel snap fasteners without tools. Lamella louvre T-RW Sheet steel, white. To be used in reflectors 07690 T. Can be hung on the reflector for ease of maintenance. Reflector accessories PC For increased preventive fire protection.

Reference

TOC

07690 T/36 21 962 00 07690 T-RW/36 21 968 00 + 36 W 07690 T/58 21 964 00 07690 T-RW/58 21 970 00 + 58 W Reflector accessories 07690 RKT 21 954 00 Reflector end cap RKT 07690 RKT PC 21 955 00 Reflector end cap RKT, polycarbonate. 07690 RVT PC 21 956 00 Reflector connector RVT, polycarbonate. Trunkings and gear trays to be ordered separately.
C0 - C180

Components Reference Reflector T, trapezium-shaped Lamella louvre T-RW Reflector T, trapezium-shaped Lamella louvre T-RW

for gear trays single-lamp or twin-lamp

E-Line T 1x58 W UTE: 0.74 E DIN 5040: A40 CIBSE: BZ 3/4/BZ 4 NBN L 14-002: BZ 4

07690 T

07690 T + 07690 T-RW

146

146

146

209

209

209

209

452

146

E-Line T8
Gear trays for emergency lighting

6 4 d a

IP20 0.2 Joule 850 C

Gear trays436 Trunkings and wiring 454 Accessories 459 Suspensions 462 Node installation463 Installation and planning 464 Lamp characteristics 525

769E14

769UR 769EB

Reference

Lamps Length kg W mm Gear trays with emergency light socket E14 for stand-by operation or constant operation 7691N/58+E14 45 371 02 1 x 36 1530 1.8 7692/58+E14 12 725 02 2 x 58 1530 3.7

TOC

Reference

Gear trays + E14 Gear trays for continuous lines and individual luminaires with a green emergency light socket E14, IP20. 7691 for 1 fluorescent lamp 36 W with additional emergency light socket E14 for tubular incandescent lamps of up to 40 W as well as for compact fluorescent lamps with integrated ballast. Max. lamp length 126 mm, max. diameter 42 mm. 7692 for 2 fluorescent lamps 58 W with additional emergency light socket E14 for tubular incandescent lamps of up to 40 W, e.g., OSRAM T30/73 (40 W). Max. lamp length 73 mm, max. diameter 42 mm. Sheet steel, white. Fixed to the trunking by means of stainless steel snap fasteners without tools. With low-loss inductive ballasts, parallel-compensated, to operate the general lighting. Electrical connection The electrical connection with general and safety lighting circuits is made automatically when the gear tray is attached to the trunking. Lamp circuit connections can be set to the phase conductor without tools. For wiring diagram see page 523.

Operating Lamps Length time W mm Gear trays with individual battery stand-by supply for constant operation 7691N/58 E+EB (1h) 45 367 04 1 Std. 1 x 58 1530 7691N/58 E+EB (3h) 45 368 04 3 Std. 1 x 58 1530 7692/58 E+EB (1h) 15 128 04 1 Std. 2 x 58 1530 7692/58 E+EB (3h) 15 129 04 3 Std. 2 x 58 1530 Gear trays with switching relay for constant operation 7691N/58 E+UR 45 372 04 1 x 58 1530 7692/58 E+UR 15 130 04 2 x 58 1530

TOC

kg

2.6 3.2 2.8 3.4 1.4 1.6

Gear trays +EB Gear trays for continuous lines and individual luminaires equipped with individual battery, IP20. Fluorescent lamps in constant operation, in case of power failure one lamp is operated by means of individual battery with maintenance- free accumulators. LED indicates the charging status of the battery. + EB (1h) Nominal operation time 1 hour. + EB (3h) Nominal operation time 3 hours (not in combination with continuous-line wiring in module 510 mm). Gear trays +UR Gear trays for continuous lines and individual luminaires. Version with electronic control gear and relay to switch over to emergency power supply.

Fluorescent lamps in constant operation, in case of power failure one lamp is operated by means of the emergency power source on site. Sheet steel, white. Fixed to the trunking by means of stainless steel snap fasteners without tools. With electronic control gear for general lighting. Electrical connection The electrical connection with general and safety lighting circuits is made automatically when the gear tray is attached to the trunking. Lamp circuit connections can be set to the electrical conductor without tools. For wiring diagram see page 523.

12 16

Eh=0.5 lx

Eh=0.5 lx

Eh=0.5 lx

Eh=0.5 lx

Eh = 0.5 lx

12 16

8 10

8 10

B Eh = 0.5 lx

12 16

12 16

10 8

2 0 5 lx

0 2 5 lx 1 lx

8 10

3 1 lx 5 lx

0 5 lx

3 1 lx

16 12

0 5 lx

0 5 lx

12 16

1 lx

1 lx

1 lx 4

10 8

Eh=0.5 lx

10 8

Eh=0.5 lx

Eh=0.5 lx

Eh=0.5 lx

Eh = 0.5 lx

Eh = 0.5 lx

A 7691N/58+E14 batten B 7691N/58+E14 in combination with reflector R

C 7692/58+E14 batten D 7692/58+E14 in combination with reflector R

A 7691/58 E+EB batten B 7691/58 E+EB in combination with reflector R

C 7692/58 E+EB batten D 7692/58 E+EB in combination with reflector R

A 7691/58 E+UR batten B 7691/58 E+UR in combination with reflector R

C 7692/58 E+UR batten D 7692/58 E+UR in combination with reflector R

10 8

1 lx 6 4

5 lx 0 2

8 10

1 lx 3

5 lx 0

16 12

5 lx 0

5 lx

1 lx

5 lx

1 lx

1 lx

1 lx 5 lx 0 4

12 16

453

E-Line T8
Trunkings and wiring options

Single-length trunking prewired for individual luminaires.

Trunking prewired for modular system.

Trunking unwired for modular system for throughwiring sets with integrated connector sockets in modular spacing or for variable system for flatband cables or individual cables and connector sockets to be located as required.

Trunking Individual luminaires, prewired trunking Gear trays, reflectors and optical accessories can be combined to versatile individual luminaires.

Accessories for unwired trunkings

Modular system, prewired trunking Continuous lines with modular luminaire spacing are rapidly installed, saving both time and money.

Modular system, unwired trunking Trunkings wired on site allow continuous-line installation with modular luminaire spacing.

Variable system, unwired trunking Trunkings wired on site allow continuous-line installation with variable luminaire spacing.

454

Gear trays436 Gear trays for emergency lighting 453 Accessories 459 Suspensions 462 Node installation463 Installation and planning 464 Lamp characteristics 525

The E-Line trunking are available for both 5-conductor and 7-conductor wiring sets. These are particularly recommended for three-phase voltage connection and simultaneous operation of gear trays equipped with dimming or emergency light inserts. Examples for individual luminaires and continuous-line arrangements

Individual luminaires with gear trays 1530 mm and single-length trunking 07690/I/58 /7 LV/E.

Continuous lines with gear trays 1230 mm or 1530 mm in modular spacing. Trunking prewired.

Continuous lines with gear trays 1230 mm or 1530 mm in modular spacing. Trunking wired on site. Continuous lines with gear trays 1530 mm in 510 mm spacing. Trunking wired on site.

Continuous lines with gear trays 1230 mm or 1530 mm with spacings to be chosen at will. Trunking wired on site.

455

E-Line T5/T8
Universal trunking

07690U

Trunking, unwired Trunking 07690/-U is the basis for the variable system for continuous lines with longitudinal luminaire spacings to be chosen at will. Connector sockets can also be wired on site with auto-connect flatband cables or with individual wires with suitable plug connection. Continuous lines can also be wired on site by means of 5-conductor or 7-conductor throughwiring sets which are equipped with connector sockets in a modular spacing of 510 mm, 1230 mm or 1530 m, allowing rapid installation of corresponding modular or multiple blanking spacing. In the case of wiring in 510 mm module, additional trunking sections may be necessary. For throughwiring sets and wiring accessories, see page 459. Trunking versions The E-Line rapid-mounting system is based on a dimenionsally stable trunking which house gear trays in both IP20 or IP50 (only in combination with E-Line T8). IP50 can be achieved by special trunking end caps 07680 E-R and gasket accessories 07680 KD for the joints. The twin- and triple-length trunking equipped as standard with couplings forms the basis of E-Line continuous lines. The single-length version is primarily designed for combination as individual luminaires, but can also be used for a subsequent extension of E-Line continuous lines.

Reference TOC White unwired 07690/II/36-U 21 908 00 07690/III/36-U 21 928 00 07690/II/58-U 21 918 00 07690/III/58-U 21 938 00 Supplementary modules 07690/510/U 21 889 00 07690/1020/U 21 888 00

Reference Silver-grey unwired 07690 M/II/36-U 07690 M/III/36-U 07690 M/II/58-U 07690 M/III/58-U Supplementary modules 07690 M/510/U 07690 M/1020/U

TOC

Length mm 2460 3690 3060 4590 510 1020

kg

43 689 00 43 695 00 43 701 00 43 707 00 43 687 00 43 686 00

2.4 3.6 3.0 4.5 0.5 1.0

Trunking 07690/-U Sheet steel, galvanised, with white polyester coating, unwired. Trunking can easily be wired on site. For through-wiring sets and accessories, see page 459. M Silver-grey.

Luminaire arrangement on trunking with on-site wiring Continuous lines with gear trays 1230 mm or 1530 mm for un-interrupted or interrupted continuous lines. Modular wiring system in lamp length. Continuous lines with gear trays 1530 mm in 510 mm spacing. Modular wiring system in 13 lamp length. Continuous lines with gear trays 1230 mm or 1530 mm with spacings to be chosen at will. Wired on site with flatband cable or individual conductors.

456

Gear trays436 Gear trays for emergency lighting 453 Accessories 459 Suspensions 462 Node installation463 Installation and planning 464 Lamp characteristics 525

07690LV

Trunking, prewired Trunking 07690//5LV, 07690//7LV for uninterrupted continuous lines or continuous lines with blanking covers in lamp length are prewired and equipped with a female connector per lamp length for tool-free electrical connection with the gear tray. 5-conductor through-wiring sets or 7-conductor throughwiring sets are optionally available for extended electrical continuous-line equipment.

Continuous-line equipment with 5-conductor or 7-conductor wiring Possible electrical continuous-line equipment are assigned to relevant trunking wiring in the adjacent table.

Reference TOC White unwired Cable cross-section 5 x 1.5 mm2 07690/II/36-5LV 21 902 00 07690/III/36-5LV 21 922 00 07690/II/58-5LV 21 912 00 07690/III/58-5LV 21 932 00 Cable cross-section 7 x 1.5 mm2 07690/II/36-7LV 21 906 00 07690/III/36-7LV 21 926 00 07690/II/58-7LV 21 916 00 07690/III/58-7LV 21 936 00 Cable cross-section 5 x 2.5 mm2 07690/II/36-5LV 2.5 21 900 00 07690/III/36-5LV 2.5 21 921 00 07690/II/58-5LV 2.5 21 910 00 07690/III/58-5LV 2.5 21 930 00 Cable cross-section 7 x 2.5 mm2 07690/II/36-7LV 2.5 21 904 00 07690/III/36-7LV 2.5 21 924 00 07690/II/58-7LV 2.5 21 914 00 07690/III/58-7LV 2.5 21 934 00

Reference TOC Silver-grey unwired Cable cross-section 5 x 1.5 mm2 07690 M/II/36-5LV 43 691 00 07690 M/III/36-5LV 43 697 00 07690 M/II/58-5LV 43 703 00 07690 M/III/58-5LV 43 709 00 Cable cross-section 7 x 1.5 mm2 07690 M/II/36-7LV 43 693 00 07690 M/III/36-7LV 43 699 00 07690 M/II/58-7LV 43 705 00 07690 M/III/58-7LV 43 711 00 Cable cross-section 5 x 2.5 mm2 07690 M/II/36-5LV/2.5 46 616 00 07690 M/III/36-5LV/2.5 46 618 00 07690 M/II/58-5LV/2.5 46 620 00 07690 M/III/58-5LV/2.5 46 622 00 Cable cross-section 7 x 2.5 mm2 07690 M/II/36-7LV/2.5 46 617 00 07690 M/III/36-7LV/2.5 46 619 00 07690 M/II/58-7LV/2.5 46 621 00 07690 M/III/58-7LV/2.5 46 623 00

Length Female kg connector mm spacings 2460 3690 3060 4590 2460 3690 3060 4590 2460 3690 3060 4590 2460 3690 3060 4590 1230 1230 1530 1530 1230 1230 1530 1530 1230 1230 1530 1530 1230 1230 1530 1530 2.7 4.0 3.3 5.0 2.8 4.2 3.5 5.2 2.8 4.2 3.5 5.3 2.9 4.4 3.7 4.5

Mains cable 3 LV Mains cable 5 LV Dimming 1-10 V . Emergency lighting EB Individual battery UR Switching relay E 14 socket

Number of conductors

Type of wiring

Trunking 07690/5LV, 7LV Sheet steel, galvanised, with white polyester coating, completely wired with heat-resistant individual conductors, 1.5 mm2 or 2.5 mm2, each with a 5-pole or 7-pole female connector per lamp length. M Silver-grey.

3 3 3 3 3 5 3 3 3 5 5 5 5 2 2 2 2 1 2 1 2 2 1 2

3 4 5 2 5 5 5 6 7 2 7 6 7 2 7 7 7LV 5LV

Luminaire arrangement on prewired trunking Uninterrupted or interrupted continuous lines in modular spacings with gear trays of 1230 mm or 1530 mm. Trunking completely prewired.

457

E-Line T5/T8
Universal trunking for individual luminaires

Gear trays436 Gear trays for emergency lighting 453 Trunkings and wiring 454 Suspensions 462 Node installation463 Installation and planning 464 Lamp characteristics 525

07690/I/

Trunking for individual luminaires, prewired ready for connection E-Line individual luminaires are especially recommended, for applications such as individual lighting of workstations or for lighting of small, separated room zones. Trunking 07690/I//E (2.5) is the basis for individual luminaires. They are equipped as standard with a 7-pole female connector and a 7-conductor through-wiring set. Sockets and connectors protect the cable ends and allow for electrical connection as well as rapid connection with through-wiring sets of existing E-Line continuous lines in case these are extended. All E-Line gear trays and reflectors as well as corresponding optical accessories can be used for individual luminaires.

Reference TOC White unwired Cable cross-section 7 x 1.5 mm2 07690/I/36-7LV/E 30 016 00 07690/I/58-7LV/E 21 898 00 Cable cross-section 7 x 2.5 mm2 07690/I/36-7LV/E 2.5 46 633 00 07690/I/58-7LV/E 2.5 30 026 00

Reference TOC Silver-grey unwired Cable cross-section 7 x 1.5 mm2 07690 M/I/36-7LV/E 45 374 00 07690 M/I/58-7LV/E 43 688 00 Cable cross-section 7 x 2.5 mm2 07690 M/I/36-7LV/E/2.5 46 632 00 07690 M/I/58-7LV/E/2.5 46 615 00

Length mm 1230 1530

kg

1.4 1.8

1230 1530

1.5 1.9

Trunking 07690/I//E (2.5) Sheet steel, galvanised, white, with white polyester coating, completely prewired with heatresistant individual conductors, 7-conductor, and a 7-pole female connector. M Silver-grey.

1238/36 W 1238/28 W, 54 W

1538/58 W 1538/35 W, 49 W, 80 W

Examples for individual luminaires Individual luminaire with singlelength trunking 07690/I/36-7LV/ 1.5/E and gear tray 1230 mm. Individual luminaire with singlelength trunking 07690/I/58-7LV/ 2.5/E and gear tray 1530mm.

458

Accessories for trunking


E-Line T5 / T8 E-Line T8

IP20

IP50, IP50

o$

Blanking covers IP20 1 piece, for trunking 07690, plastic extrusion (PVC), white, easy to shorten on site, if necessary. For IP20. M Silver-grey. PC Made of polycarbonate.

Blanking covers IP50 1 piece, for continuous lines in IP 50 with trunking 07690, plastic extrusion, white, 1530 mm long.

White 510 mm 07690 B/510 1020 mm 07690 B/1020 1230 mm 07690 B/36 07690 B/36 PC 1530 mm 07690 B/58 07690 B/58 PC

TOC 21 944 00 21 941 00 21 942 00 21 943 00 21 945 00 21 946 00

Silver-grey 510 mm 07690 M-B/510 1020 mm 07690 M-B/1020 1230 mm 07690 M-B/36 07690 M-B/36 PC 1530 mm 07690 M-B/58 07690 M-B/58 PC

TOC 43 740 00 43 741 00 43 736 00 43 737 00 43 738 00 43 739 00

White Length 1530 mm 07680 B/58

TOC 29 269 00

End caps IP20 1 piece, for trunking 07690, plastic material, white, with 2 knockout openings. To be snapped into place without tools. For IP20. One pair of end caps is required per continuous line. M Silver-grey. PC Made of polycarbonate.
White TOC 07690 E-R 21 947 00 07690 E-R PC 21 948 00 For trapezium-shaped reflectors 07690 E-T 21 949 00 07690 E-T PC 21 950 00

End caps IP50 1 piece, for trunking 07690 in combination with radial reflectors. Plastic, white, with 2 knockout openings and 2 cable glands M 16. End caps to be snapped into place without tools. For IP50. One pair of end caps is required per continuous line.

Silver-grey 07690 M-E-R 07690 M-E-R PC

TOC 43 742 00 43 743 00

White 07680 E-R

TOC 21 886 00

For special end caps for foil covers, see page 430

Cable holder 1 piece, for trunking 07690. Stainless steel, for max. 4 sheathed cables, 5 x 2.5 mm2, to be snapped onto trunking without tools.
For IP 20 and IP 50 07690 LHA TOC 21 952 00

Trunking connection gasket 1 set, for continuous lines in IP50. Interior, not visible from the outside. Necessary for a durable and safe sealing of trunking joints. One set is required per joint.
For IP 20 and IP 50 07680 KD TOC 21 887 00

459

E-Line T5/T8
Through-wiring sets and accessories for unwired trunking units Modular system

Modular system Unwired E-Line trunking units can be wired on site easily with through-wiring sets for modular arrangement of gear trays. For the modular system there are two options available: Modular system with female connector spacings 1230 or 1530 mm (lamp length) Modular system with female connector spacings 510 mm (13 lamp length 1530 mm module). The modular system with female connectors mounted at 1230 mm or 1530 mm spacings allows for easy installation of blanking distances equaling one whole lamp length or multiples thereof. The modular system with female connectors mounted at 510 mm spacings allows for easy installation of blanking distances equaling one-third of or multiples of a lamp length. In both versions, the female connectors of the throughwiring accessories are positioned by means of defined stops in the trunking units and fixed without using tools. Easy insertion of the gear trays is thus guaranteed.

Through-wiring sets with pre-mounted female connectors.


Reference Wiring 5 LV 07690/5LV-36/37m 07690/5LV-36/37m 2.5 07690/5LV-58/46m 07690/5LV-58/46m 2.5 07690/5LV-510/46m 07690/5LV-510/46m 2.5 Wiring 7 LV 07690/7LV-58/46m 07690/7LV-58/46m 2.5 07690/7LV-510/46m 07690/7LV-510/46m 2.5 TOC for gear trays T5 28. 54 W 28, 54 W 35, 49, 80 W 35, 49, 80 W 35, 49, 80 W 35, 49, 80 W 35, 49, 80 W 35, 49, 80 W 35, 49, 80 W 35. 49. 80 W T8 36 W 36 W 58 W 58 W 58 W 58 W 58 W 58 W 58 W 58 W Leiter spacings mm 1230; 1/1 Lampenlnge 1230; 1/1 Lampenlnge 1530; 1/1 Lampenlnge 1530; 1/1 Lampenlnge 510; 1/3 Lampenlnge 510; 1/3 Lampenlnge 1530; 1/1 Lampenlnge 1530; 1/1 Lampenlnge 510; 1/3 Lampenlnge 510; 1/3 Lampenlnge Cross- Length section m mm2 1.5 37 2.5 37 1.5 46 2.5 46 1.5 46 2.5 46 1.5 2.5 1.5 2.5 46 46 46 46

21 892 00 46 667 00 21 894 00 46 668 00 21 893 00 45 661 00 21 897 00 46 669 00 21 896 00 30 006 00

Equipment options for 5-conductor (5LV) and 7-conductor (7LV) wiring


Mains cable 3 LV Mains cable 5 LV Dimming 1-10 V . Emergency lighting EB Individual battery UR Switching relay E 14 socket Number of conductors

Through-wiring sets to wire unwired trunking on site when gear trays are mounted at modular spacings in lamp length. For gear trays 1230 or 1530 mm. With 1 female connector per lamp length. Colour-coded individual conductors, 1.5 mm2 or 2.5 mm2, cable holders and premounted female connectors. 07690/5LV-36/37m: 5-conductor, 37 m long, for 30 lamp lengths 28, 36, 54 W. Modular spacings, 1230 mm. 07690/5LV-58/46m: 5 conductors, 46 m long, for 30 lamp lengths 35, 49, 58, 80 W. Modular spacings, 1530 mm. 07690/7LV-58/46m: 7 conductors, 46 m long, for 30 lamp lengths 35, 49, 58, 80 W. Modular spacings, 1530 mm.
Type of wiring

Through-wiring sets to wire unwired trunking on site when gear trays are mounted at modular spacings of 510 mm. For gear trays 1530 mm. 3 female connectors per lamp length. Consisting of colourcoded individual conductors, 1.5 mm2 or 2.5 mm2, cable holders and premounted female connectors. 07690/5LV-510mm/46m: 5 conductors, 46 m long, for gear trays 35, 49, 58, 80 W. Modular spacings, 510 mm. 07690/7LV-510mm/46m: 7 conductors, 46 m long, for gear trays 35, 49, 58, 80 W. Modular spacings, 510 mm.

3 3 3 3 3 5 3 3 3 5 5 5 5 2 2 2 2 1 2 1 2 2 1 2

3 4 5 2 5 5 5 6 7 2 7 6 7 2 7 7 7LV 5LV

Obligatory accessories: Wiring connector 7-pole connector for secure electrical completion of throughwiring sets. Suitable for mains connection. Also necessary for interconnection of through-wiring sets or for mains connection within the throughwiring.
07690 VV 21 973 00

460

Variable system

Variable system Unwired E-Line trunking units can be wired on site easily with through-wiring sets for variable arrangement of gear trays. For the variable system there are two options available: Variable system with flatband cable Variable system with individual conductors The variable wiring systems offer maximum freedom when positioning the gear trays within the continuous line. Here, the upper parts of the female connector contact with the wiring at any position in the unwired trunking: in case of flatband cable by means of contact cutting edges (female connectors are secured by flat nose pliers) and in case of individual conductor through-wiring by means of plug-connection.

Flatband wiring for female connectors 07690 SK, luminaire spacings to be chosen at will.
Reference TOC crosssection mm2 1.5 1.5 Length m 46 46

Individual wiring for female connector 07690 TO, luminaire spacings to be chosen at will
Reference TOC crosssection mm2 Length

Wiring 5LV 07690/5LV/46m Wiring 7LV 07690/7LV/46m

21 891 00 21 895 00

m Wiring 5LV 07690/5LV/25m 21 890 00 1.5 25 Cable holders for securing individual conductors in the trunking to be ordered separately.

Through-wiring sets to wire unwired trunking on site when gear trays are mounted at variable spacings. For gear trays 58 W. Consisting of flatband cable, 1.5 mm2, with colour-coded earthed wire, including cable holders for fixing to the trunking. 07690/5LV/46m: 5 conductors, 46 m long, female connector spacings to be chosen at will. 07690/7LV/46m: 7 conductors, 46 m long, female connector spacings to be chosen at will. Earthed feeding All through-wiring sets must be electrically secured at their conclusion by means of the wiring connector 07690 VV. Mains connection is also effected with this component. It is fixed to a metal contact stud at the beginning of the trunking and thus ensures the complete trunking is earthed, without using tools.

Through-wiring sets to wire unwired trunking on site when gear trays are mounted at variable spacings. For gear trays 58 W. Consisting of 5 colourcoded individual conductors, 1.5 mm2. 07690/5LV/25m: 5 colour-coded, intertwined heatresistant individual conductors, 25 m long, female connector spacings to be chosen at will.

Female connector 7-pole, for electrical connection of flatband cables 07690/5LV/46 m and 07690/7LV/46 m.
07690 SK 21 959 00

Female connector 5-pole, for electrical connection of individual conductors.


07690 TO 21 967 00

Wiring connector 7-pole connector for secure electrical completion of throughwiring sets. Suitable for mains connection. Also necessary for interconnection of throughwiring sets or for mains connection within the through-wiring.

Cable holders, internal (not illustrated) 10 pieces, for approx. 4.5 m trunking length, plastic material, for max. 25 individual conductors, 2.5 mm2, to be snapped onto trunking.
07690 LHI 21 953 00

Wiring connector Connector for mains supply and tool-free earthing of the trunking.

07690 VV

21 973 00

07690 VV

21 973 00

461

E-Line T5/T8
Suspensions for trunking

A 01 DSX

A 01 SX

A 01 KX

A 01 PX A01 M-PX

The fixing accessories shown are universally suitable for trunking 07690 in combination with all E-Line gear trays and corresponding optical components, and, in addition, when using trunking for TRILUX surface-mounted luminaires. Maximum distance between the shown fixing accessories is 2500 mm. For reduced spacings in case of node arrangements, see page 463. For safety reasons, fixing accessories must be able to support five times the weight of the luminaires to be mounted on them. When the maximum suspension distances are retained, this results in loads of maximum 20 kg for each suspension point. All suspension accessories in the E-Line range are therefore designed for at least 100 kg weight load. Fixing accessories provided on site such as dowels, ceiling hooks, etc. must meet these requirements.

Decorative wire suspension Consisting of steel wire, galvanised, 1.75 mm, 1500 mm long and suspension clamp. Wire length fully adjustable without tools.

Wire suspension Consisting of steel wire, galvanised, 1.75 mm, 1500 mm long and suspension clamp E 03 SX. Wire length fully adjustable without tools.

Chain suspension Consisting of link chain, galvanised, 1500 mm long, with turnbuckle and suspension clamp E 03 KX.

Pendant suspension PX, consisting of pendant rod, steel, white, 13 mm, with vernier clip, stainless steel, for tool free height adjustment of up to 20 mm, 1500 mm long, suspension clamp, stainless steel, to attach to trunking.
A 01 PX 29 283 00 A 01 M-PX 45 379 00

A 01 DSX 22 296 00

A 01 SX

22 307 00

A 01 KX

22 301 00

E 07

E 03 SX

E 03 KX

D 01 X

E 04

E 06

E 05 N

E 01

Wire accessory Consisting of 12 grommets and pressure clamps to make suspension eyelets with pliers (e.g., Klauke K 39 or Cimco BH), recess size 10 mm. Can be combined with E 06 and E 03 SX.
E 07 23 438 00

Suspension clamp For wire suspensions in combination with accessories E 06 and E 07. Stainless steel, to be attached to the trunking without tools. Wire length fully adjustable without tools.
E 03 SX 23 432 00

Suspension clamp For chain suspensions, stainless steel, to be attached to the trunking without tools.
E 03 KX 23 428 00

Fixing clamp Stainless steel, with slotted plate for direct ceiling mounting, to snap the trunking into place without tools. Distance between trunking and fixing surface 9 mm.
D 01 X 23 212 00

Link chain Galvanised, 20 m long, can be shortened on site.


E 04 23 434 00

Steel wire 1.75 mm, galvanised, 20 m long, with quick-acting glue to seal the wire ends.

Turnbuckle For height compensation in chain link length as well as a quick-action chain lock.
E 05 N 23 436 00

Ceiling fixing plate Sheet steel, galvanised, with safety spring hook to attach chains, wires or pendant rods without tools.
E 01 23 420 00

E 06

23 437 00

462

Node suspensions

Gear trays436 Gear trays for emergency lighting 453 Trunkings and wiring 454 Accessories 459 Installation and planning 464 Lamp characteristics 525

07690 KA/7LV 07690 M-KA/7LV

A 03 S A 03 M-S

A 03 P A 03 M-P

A 03 D A 03 M-D

ma

50 x. 2

0 ma

50 x. 1

110

180

1530

180

110

1538/58W 2000

05900 AN 05000 ZR

Ceiling rose 1 piece, for the connection of the mains cable in case of nodes with wire suspension.
05900AN* 21 726 00 * Incoming cables are not supplied. They must be provided by the contractor.

Node with wire suspension 1 piece, consisting of: 1 node for up to 4 connections, adjustable between 60 and 300, die-cast aluminium, white, 1 steel wire, 2.0 mm, galvanised, 1500 mm long, length completely adjustable without tools, 1 ceiling fixing unit, nickeled. M Silver-grey.

A03S A03M-S

29 284 00 45 375 00

Node with pendant suspension 1 piece, consisting of: 1 node for up to 4 connections, angles continuously adjustable between 60 and 300, die-cast aluminium, white, 1 steel pendant rod, 13 mm, with vernier clip for height compensation of up to 20 mm, 1500 mm long, to be adapted to reduced suspension lengths on site thanks to the tool-free adjustable vernier clip, threading is not necessary, 1 plastic ceiling trim cap, white. M Silver-grey.

Node 1 piece for up to 4 connections, angles completely adjustable between 60 and 300. Die-cast aluminium, white. M Silver-grey. Order example: X-shaped node with 4 connections: 1 node A 03 D, 4 adapters 07690 KA/7LV.

A03D A03M-D

22 315 00 45 377 00

Feeding tube In combination with A 03 S. 1 piece, plastic, white, 10 mm, can be shortened on site. To guide and cover the mains cable.
05000 ZR 05000 ZR/2m 1 m long 2 m lang 21 525 00 21 526 00

A03P A03M-P

29 285 00 45 376 00

Node adapter 1 piece, for the connection of nodes A 03 with trunking 07690, for continuous lines in IP 20, consisting of: 1 adapter profile, white sheet steel, with integrated adapter element in die-cast aluminium, white, 1 stable inner coupling, sheet steel, galvanised, 1 blanking cover, plastic extrusion, white, 1 through-wiring set 7x mm2, 1 connection element for electrical connection with through-wiring set in the continuous line, prewired in factory or wired on site. 2.5 cross-sectional area 2.5 mm2. M Silver-grey.

07690 KA/7LV 21 951 00 07690 KA/7LV 2.5 46 672 00 07690 M-KA/7LV 45 378 00 07690 M-KA/7LV 2.5 46 671 00

463

E-Line T5/T8
Planning and order example

Suspension spacings E-Line allows for suspension distances of up to 2500 mm. Spacings might have to be reduced in case of node suspensions, see page 463. At continuous-line ends aminimum overhang dimension of 50 mm or a maximum overhang dimension of 500 mm has to be observed.

Overhang 50 mm - 500 mm

Planning suggestions for continuous lines with gear trays 1230 mm All the information is valid for single-lamp and twin-lamp gear trays, independent of ballast type, optical equipment and the type of fixing. The adjacent tables provide a quick overview regarding the composition of E-Line continuous lines. In the case of different continuous-line lengths the required number of trunking units as well as the minimum number of fixing points (based on a maximum distance of 2500 mm between fixings) is given. As to trunking units in module 510 mm to be wired on site, please check the tables on page 465 with information on additional trunking sections which might be necessary.
Over- Lamp length all Trunkings 07690 Fixing /II/36-U /III/36-U points /II/36-5 LV /III/36-5 LV /II/36-7 LV /III/36-7 LV m Number Piece Piece No. 2.47 2 1 2 3.70 3 1 3 4.93 4 2 3 6.16 5 1 1 4 7.39 6 2 4 8.62 7 2 1 5 9.85 8 1 2 5 11.08 9 3 6 12.31 10 2 2 6 13.54 11 1 3 7 14.77 12 4 7 16.00 13 2 3 7 17.23 14 1 4 8 18.46 15 5 8 19.69 16 2 4 9 20.92 17 1 5 9 22.15 18 6 10 23.38 19 2 5 10 24.61 20 1 6 11

Planning suggestions for continuous lines with gear trays 1530 mm


Over- Lamp length all Trunkings 07690 Fixing /II/58-U /III/58-U points /II/58-5 LV /III/58-5 LV /II/58-7 LV /III/58-7 LV m Number Piece Piece No. 3.07 2 1 2 4.60 3 1 3 6.13 4 2 4 7.66 5 1 1 4 9.19 6 2 5 10.72 7 2 1 5 12.25 8 1 2 6 13.78 9 3 7 15.31 10 2 2 7 16.84 11 1 3 8 18.37 12 4 8 19.90 13 2 3 9 21.43 14 1 4 10 22.96 15 5 10 24.49 16 2 4 11 26.02 17 1 5 12 27.55 18 6 12 29.08 19 2 5 13 30.61 20 1 6 13

Order example: Un-interrupted continuous line 28 W with prewired trunking (7-conductor wiring) 12.31 m long (equals 10 lamp lengths), equipped with single-lamp, dimmable gear trays, reflectors and lamella louvres. Direct ceiling mounting. IP20.

1. Trunkings

Trunking, 2 lengths Trunking, 3 lengths

2 x 07690/II/36-7LV 2 x 07690/ III/36-7LV 2 x 07690 E-R 6 x D 01 X 10 x 7691/28 ED 10 x 07690 R/28 9 x 07690 RV 2 x 07690 RK 10 x 07690 RW/28

2. Trunking accessories Trunking end caps and fixing accessories Ceiling fixing clamps 3. Gear trays 4. Reflectors and accessories Optical equipment Gear tray, 1-lamp Reflector, trapezium-shaped Reflector connectors Reflector end cap Lamella louvre

Order example: Variable continuous line, silver-grey, 35W with trunking to be wired on site (5-conductor wiring) and uniform spacings of 612 mm between the gear trays 12.25 m long (equals 8 lamp lengths), equipped with twin-lamp gear trays, high reflectors and parabolic louvres RMV. Chain suspensions. IP20.

1. Trunkings

Trunking, 2 lengths Trunking, 3 lengths

1 x 07690 M/II/58-U 2 x 07690 M/III/58-U 2 x 07690 M-E-R 3 x 07690 M-B/58 1 x 07690/5LV/46m 1 x 07690 VV 6 x 07690 SK 6 x A 01 KX 6 x 7692 M/35 6 x 07690 M-RH/35 12 x 07690 M-RKH 6 x 07690 RMV/35

2. Trunking accessories Trunking end caps Blanking cover and fixing Flatband cable accessories Wiring connector Female connector Chain suspension 3. Gear trays 4. Reflectors and accessories Optical equipment Gear tray, 2-lamp Reflector, radial Reflector end cap Parabolic louvre RMV

464

Spacing between fixings max. 2500 mm

Further spacings between fixings max. 2500 mm

Planning suggestions for modular system with 510 mm spacing between the gear trays 1530 mm
Over- Lamp length all Trunkings 07690 Profile 0760 /II/58-U /III/58-U /510/U /1020/U Fixing points

Planning suggestions for modular system with 1020 mm spacing between the gear trays 1530 mm
Over- Lamp length all Trunkings 07690 Profile 0760 /II/58-U /III/58-U /510/U /1020/U Fixing points

m Number Piece 3.58 2 1 5.62 3 7.66 4 1 9.70 5 1 11.74 6 13.78 7 15.82 8 2 17.86 9 1 19.90 10 2 21.94 11 1 23.98 12 26.02 13 1 28.06 14 30.10 15 2 32.14 16 34.18 17 2 36.22 18 1 38.26 19 2 40.30 20 1

Piece 1 1 2 1 3 2 3 3 4 5 5 6 5 7 6 7 7 8

Piece 1 1 1 1 1 1 1

Piece 1 1 1 1 1 1

No. 3 3 4 5 6 7 7 8 9 10 11 11 12 13 14 15 16 16 17

m Number Piece 4.09 2 1 6.64 3 2 9.19 4 11.74 5 2 14.29 6 16.84 7 1 19.39 8 21.94 9 1 24.49 10 2 27.04 11 1 29.59 12 2 32.14 13 34.69 14 2 37.24 15 39.79 16 1 42.34 17 44.89 18 1 47.44 19 2 49.99 20 1

Piece 2 1 3 3 4 4 4 5 5 7 6 8 8 9 9 9 10

Piece 1 1 1 1 1 1

Piece 1 1 1 1 1 1 1

No. 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21

Order example: Modular continuous line 58 W with trunkings to be wired on site and uniform blanking cover spacings of 510 mm between the gear trays 9.70 m long (equals 5 lamp lengths and 4 blanking covers 510 mm), equipped with twinlamp gear trays with electronic control gear, radial reflectors and parabolic louvres. Decorative wire suspension. IP20.

1. Trunkings

Trunking, 3 lengths Additional trunking

2 x 07690/III/58-U 1 x 07690/510/U

2 x 07690 E-R Trunking end caps 2. Trunking accessories 4 x 07690 B/510 Blanking cover and fixing 1 x 07690/5LV-510/46m Through-wiring set accessories 1 x 07690 VV Wiring connector 5 x A 01 DSX Decorative wire suspension 3. Gear trays 4. Reflectors and accessories Optical equipment Gear tray, 2-lamp Reflector, radial Reflector end cap Highly-specular parabolic louvre 5 x 7692/58 E 5 x 07692 RH/58 10 x 07692 RKH 5 x 07692 RPV/58

Special gear trays for 58 W fluorescent lamps are available for continuous lines and individual luminaires in IP50 reference 7681/58 or 7682/58. This allows of un-interrupted achievement continuous lines or continuous lines with IP50 blanking covers for module 1530 mm. In addition, special trunking end caps 07680 E-R and gasket accessories 07680 KD for the joints are necessary in order to observe IP50. Only radial reflectors and corresponding optical accessories are used trapezium-shaped or selfsuspended reflectors are not available for IP50.

Order example: Modular continuous line 58 W with trunkings to be wired on site and uniform blanking cover spacings of 1020 mm between the gear trays 14.29 m long (equals 6 lamp lengths and 5 blanking covers 1020 mm), equipped with singlelamp gear trays and self-suspended reflectors, asymmetrical light distribution. Wire suspension. IP20.

1. Trunkings

Trunking, 3 lengths Additional trunking

3 x 07690/III/58-U 1 x 07690/510/U

Trunking end caps 2 x 07690 E-T 2. Trunking accessories Blanking cover 5 x 07690 B/1020 and fixing Through-wiring set 1 x 07690/5LV-510/46m accessories 1 x 07690 VV Wiring connector 7 x A 01 SX Decorative wire suspension 3. Gear trays 4. Reflectors Gear tray, 1-lamp Self-suspended reflectors, asymmetrical 6 x 7691/58 6 x 07690 SAF/58

465

Series 796
Rapid-mounting continuous-line luminaires with silicate glass cover

6 4 d o$ a

IP50

2 Joule

960 C

7961 S
C0 - C180

Application Workplaces with an increased degree of pollution. Also recommended in areas where drilling is performed. Optical system Highly-specular, anodised reflectors for narrow/wide-angle light distribution. Luminaire body With integral trunking, sheet steel, white, stove-enamelled. Gear tray can be removed and hung in the luminaire body without using tools. Protection against dust ingress by means of silicate glass cover, clear, safely retained in a continuous frame, can be lowered and removed to ease maintenance. For alternative luminaire covers for increased protection such as shatter protection (e.g. in food processing facilities), please contact your local TRILUX support centre. Electrical connection Luminaires supplied ready for connection, each lamp length with 4-pole connection terminal and additional earth connection terminal for cables of up to 2.5 mm2, connected with individual cables 5 x 1.5 mm2. Electrical connection with gear tray by means of 4-pole female connector, quick-release button to rearrange the lamp circuit connection to L1, L2 or L3. With two grommets on each end cap for mains supply and further wiring. Control gear option E With electronic control gear. Versions 35/49 in Multi-Lamp technology allow operation of T5 lamps with different wattages.

7961 S/58 W UTE: 0.73 D DIN 5040: A40 CIBSE: BZ 3 NBN L 14-002: BZ 4/1/BZ 3
C0 - C180

7962 S/58 W UTE: 0.61 D DIN 5040: A40 CIBSE: BZ 3 NBN L 14-002: BZ 4/0,8/BZ 3
C0 - C180

7963 S/58 W UTE: 0.68 D DIN 5040: A40 CIBSE: BZ 2 NBN L 14-002: BZ 3

466

Accessories 468 Lamp characteristics 525

7962 S

7963 S

Reference

TOC

Control gear options E 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04

Lamps W 1 x 35/49/80 1 x 58 2 x 35/49/80 2 x 58 3 x 35/49/80 3 x 58 2 x 35/49/80 2 x 58 4 x 35/49/80 4 x 58 6 x 35/49/80 6 x 58 3 x 35/49/80 3 x 58 6 x 35/49/80 6 x 58 9 x 35/49/80 9 x 58

Length mm 1555 1555 3103 3103 4651 4651 1555 1555 3103 3103 4651 4651 1555 1555 3103 3103 4651 4651

kg

7961 S/I/35/49/80 7961 S/I/58 7961 S/II/35/49/80 7961 S/II/58 7961 S/III/35/49/80 7961 S/III/58 7962 S/I/35/49/80 7962 S/I/58 7962 S/II/35/49/80 7962 S/II/58 7962 S/III/35/49/80 7962 S/III/58 7963 S/I/35/49/80 7963 S/I/58 7963 S/II/35/49/80 7963 S/II/58 7963 S/III/35/49/80 7963 S/III/58

47 832 46 826 47 833 46 827 47 834 46 828 47 838 46 829 47 839 46 830 47 840 46 831 47 835 46 832 47 836 12 950 47 837 12 951

12.4 12.4 24.8 24.8 37.2 37.2 12.4 12.4 24.8 24.8 37.2 37.2 21.2 21.2 42.4 42.4 63.6 63.6

7961/7962

7963

467

Series 796
Accessories and fixing spacings

Overhang 50 -780 mm

Fixing spacing max. 1440 mm (796/I/58); max. 2330 mm (796/II/58)

Fixing spacings: Direct ceiling installation


Overhang 50 -780 mm Fixing spacing max. 2330 mm Fixing spacing max. 2330 mm

Suspended

Fixing spacings of up to 2330 mm (approx. 112 lamp lengths) can be realised when suspending continuousline luminaires with integral trunking. At continuous-line ends a maximum overhang dimension of 780 mm (approx. 12 lamp length) or a minimum overhang dimension of 50 mm has to be observed. Continuous-line couplings are not required for direct ceiling mounting. Each continuousline luminaire is fixed separately to the ceiling. The electrical connection in conformance with the degree of protection is made by means of a through-wiring set with a connection tube 07771/5LV. Safety For safety reasons, fixing accessories must be able to support five times the weight of the luminaires to be mounted on them. In case the maximum suspension distances are retained, this results in loads of maximum 30 kg for each suspension point. All suspension accessories are therefore designed for at least 150 kg weight load. Fixing accessories provided on site such as dowels, ceiling hooks, etc. should meet these requirements.

Planning suggestions Component combination


Continous- Lamp Continuous-line line length luminaires 796 length 58 W /I/58 /II/58 m 1.56 3.11 4.66 6.21 7.76 9.31 10.86 12.41 13.96 15.52 17.06 18.61 20.17 21.72 23.26 24.82 26.37 27.92 No. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 Pieces 1 Pieces 1 2 1 2 1 2 1 2 1 2 1

796 continuous lines Direct ceiling mounting


Throughwiring sets 07771/5LV Pieces 1 1 1 2 2 2 3 3 3 4 4 4 5 5 5 Fixing points

796 continuous lines Suspended


Couplings Suspension Over07770/5LV points hang approx. mm 50 290 50 780 390 50 780 390 50 780 390 50 780 390 50 780 390 50

/III/58 Pieces 1 1 2 1 2 3 2 3 4 3 4 5 4 5 6

No. 2 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18

Pieces 1 1 1 2 2 2 3 3 3 4 4 4 5 5 5

No. 2 2 3 3 4 5 5 6 7 7 8 9 9 10 11 11 12 13

D 01N

E 04

A 02 K-SP

A 02 S/2,5

B 03

E 01

Chain suspension Consisting of link chain, galvanised, 1500 mm long, suspension clamp B 03, safety spring hook and turnbuckle with 40 mm height compensation.

Wire suspension Consisting of steel wire, galvanised, 2.5 mm, 1500 mm long, suspension clamp B 03 and safety spring hook. Wire length fully adjustable without tools also after continuous-line mounting.
A 02 S/2,5 22 314 00

Ceiling fixing clamp With mounting plate, sheet steel, white. Spacing between trunking and fixing surface 86 mm. Not suitable for fixing to walls.

Link chain Galvanised, 20 m long, to be shortened on site.


E 04 23 434 00

A 02 K-SP

22 311 00

D 01N

23 211 00

Suspension clamp Sheet steel, galvanised.


E 01 22 535 00

Ceiling fixing plate Sheet steel, galvanised, with safety spring hook to attach chains and wires without tools.

E 01

23 420 00

468

Fixing spacing max. 2280 mm (796/III/58)

Fixing spacing max. 2330 mm

Order example for direct ceiling mounting Continuous line (5 lengths) with continuous-line luminaires 7961 S//58 (total length 7.76 m)
1. Luminaires Continuous-line luminaire (2 lengths) Continuous-line luminaire (3 lengths) 2. Mounting accessories Through-wiring set

Order example for suspended mounting Continuous line (5 lengths) with continuous-line luminaires 7961 S//58 (total length 7.76 m)
1. Luminaires Continuous-line luminaire (2 lengths) 1 x 7961 S/II/58 Continuous-line luminaire (3 lengths) 1 x 7961 S/III/58 2. Mounting accessories Continuous-line coupling with through-wiring set 3. Fixing accessories Ceiling fixing plate Chain suspension

The adjacent table provides a quick overview regarding the component combination of 796 continuous lines. The necessary accessories for the different kinds of mounting are described. The possible maximum fixing spacing is based on the information in the table.

1 x 7961 S/II/58 1 x 7961 S/III/58

1 x 07771/5LV

1 x 07770/5LV

3. Fixing accessories Ceiling fixing clamp

5 x D 01N

4 x E 01 4 x A 02 K-SP

5 lamp lengths and fixing spacings of max. 2330 mm (2-length trunking) or 2280 mm (3-length trunking) result in 5 fixing points according to the adjacent table.

5 lamp lengths and max. 2330 mm suspension spacing result in 4 suspension points according to the adjacent table.

07770/5LV

E 02

B 05

D 02

07771/5LV

Supporting clips for T-beam With flange widths 70 mm, 80 mm or 100 mm, sheet steel, galvanised. With safety spring hook to attach chains and wires without tools.
E 02/70 E 02/80 E 02/100 23 422 00 23 423 00 23 421 00

Inclined suspension For inclined luminaire mounting of up to 30 around the longitudinal axis. Steel, white. With safety spring hook to attach chains and wires without tools.
B 05* 22 537 00

Inclined fixing Steel, white, for direct ceiling or wall mounting.

D02/2*

23 215 00

* Inclined mounting with fixing accessories D 02 or B 05 results in deviating fixing dimensions: 7961, 7962 maximum fixing spacing 1550 mm, maximum overhang dimension 775 mm (approx. 12 lamp length). 7963 not suitable for inclined mounting.

Continuous-line coupling with through-wiring set (Only for suspended mounting.) Stable exterior coupling, sheet steel, galvanised, with wiring accessory 07771/5LV.
07770/5LV 22 061 00

Through-wiring set IP50 (Only for direct ceiling mounting.) 5-conductor throughwiring set, 1.5 mm2, 700 mm long, and plastic connection tube for max. 8 individual conductors, 1.5 mm2.
07770/5LV 22 062 00

469

Winlight Q
High bay luminaires symmetrical or asymmetrical light distribution

6 5 4 d e a O

IP54

6 Joule

960 C

7981 SD
C0 - C180

Application High rooms, halls, storage facilities, production sites, trade fair and exhibition halls. Suitable for use in high sports halls, damp or corrosive environments and covered exterior areas. HST-HIT Hybrid version can be optionally equipped with tubular high-pressure sodium vapour lamps or tubular metal halide lamps. Optical system Narrow/wide-angle optical system with symmetrical light distribution. Reflector made of anodised aluminium, with glass cover. SD Textured, specular. SH Smooth, highly-specular. With asymmetrical light distribution. AD Textured, specular. Luminaire body Powder-coated sheet steel, white, separate ballast housing and lamp housing. Gear tray with all operating components can be swung out. Plug-type luminaire fixing on enclosed galvanised mounting plate. Cable entry by means of two grommets M25 for mains supply and further wiring. Electrical connection Luminaires supplied ready for connection, with 5-pole connection terminal for wires of up to 4 mm2, including earth connection terminal. Control gear option K With inductive ballast, HST-HIT with integrated thermal protection.

7983 SD/1xHIT400 UTE: 0.84 C DIN 5040: A50 CIBSE: BZ 1 NBN L 14-002: BZ 3/1/BZ 2
C0 - C180

7983 AD/1xHIT400 UTE: 0.84 D DIN 5040: A40 CIBSE: BZ 3 NBN L 14-002: BZ 4/4/BZ 3

470

Lamp characteristics 525

7983 SH

7981 AD

Reference
Symmetrical versions 7981 SD/HST150 7981 SD/HST-HIT250 7983 SD/1xHST-HIT400 7983 SH/1xHME250 7983 SH/1xHME400 Asymmetrical versions 7981 AD/HST150 7981 AD/HST-HIT250 7983 AD/1xHST-HIT400 Accessories Aluminium louvre 07981 RS 07983 RS Chain suspension A 01 WQ Emergency light 684/1

TOC

12 954 12 955 12 959 12 960 12 961 12 952 12 953 12 956 TOC 22 138 00 22 140 00 22 309 00 12 391 10

Control gear option K 02 02 02 02 02


02 02 02 Description

Lamps W 1 x HST150 1 x HST/HIT250 1 x HST/HIT400 1 x HME250 1 x HME400


1 x HST150 1 x HST/HIT250 1 x HST/HIT400

D mm 400 400 400 400 400


400 400 400

D1

D2

kg

204 204 204 204 204 204 204 204

252 252 252 252 252 252 252 252

10.0 11.1 14.9 13.4 14.7 10.0 11.1 14.9

made of aluminium, semi-specular, for increased glare limitation, for 7981 made of aluminium, semi-specular, for increased glare limitation, for 7983 4-point suspension, 1 set, 1000 mm length with E27 screw-in socket, for QT 32 halogen incandescent lamps

7981

471

Series 614
Batten luminaires

6 5 4 d a

IP20

0.2 Joule

650 C

6141
C0 - C180

6142

Recommended areas Production facilities, workshops, assembly halls and storage facilities. Versions without reflector for non-specific, passive or tertiary building areas with general illumination requirements, e.g. , storage rooms, technical rooms or ancillary rooms without continuously occupied workplaces. Luminaire body Galvanised sheet steel, white, end caps made of plastic ABS, white. Easy mounting by means of separate mounting profile. Top integral wiring channel for external mains supply and further wiring. Luminaires are fixed to the mounting profile by means of plastic-coated metal turn-lock fasteners without using tools. Electrical connection Plug-type female connector on the mounting profile. Luminaire connection is made automatically when placing the luminaire on the mounting profile. Control gear options Versions /14/24, /28/54 and 35/49/80 in Multi-Lamp technology allow operation of T5 lamps with different wattages. E With electronic control gear. ED With digitally dimmable electronic control gear with 1-10 V interface. Other electrical versions available on request.

6142/49 UTE: 0.71 H + 0.20 T DIN 5040: B31 CIBSE: BZ 5 NBN L 14-002: BZ 6
C0 - C180

6142/58 + 06140 R/58 UTE: 0.68 E DIN 5040: A40 CIBSE: BZ 3 NBN L 14-002: BZ 4

472

Lamp characteristics 525

614 + 06140 R

Reference

TOC

6141/14/24 6141/18 6141/28/54 6141/35/49/80 6141/36 6141/58 6142/28/54 6142/35/49 6142/80 6142/36 6142/58

40 548 12 320 34 364 34 365 12 321 12 322 47 601 47 602 47 603 12 323 12 324

Control gear options E ED 04 04 05 04 05 04 05 04 05 04 05 04 04 04 04 04

Lamps W 1 x 14/24 1 x 18 1 x 28/54 1 x 35/49/80 1 x 36 1 x 58 2 x 28/54 2 x 35/49 2 x 80 2 x 36 2 x 58

L mm 578 622 1178 1478 1232 1532 1178 1478 1478 1232 1532

D1

E1

kg

440 470 920 1100 920 1100 920 1100 1100 920 1100

69 76 129 189 156 216 129 189 189 156 216

422 470

1.0 1.5 1.5 1.8 2.0 2.8 1.8 2.3 2.3 2.8 4.1

05 05

Accessories* TOC L Description Reflector T8 mm 06140 R/36 21 794 00 1235 Trapezium-shaped reflector for 614/36 T8, 1 pc. 06140 R/58 21 795 00 1535 Trapezium-shaped reflector for 614/58 T8, 1 pc. Reflector T5 06140 R/28 56 841 00 1181 Trapezium-shaped reflector for 614/28/54 T5, 1 pc. 06140 R/35 56 842 00 1481 Trapezium-shaped reflector for 614/35/49/80 T5, 1 pc. Aluminium louvre 07690 T-RW/36 21 968 00 White lamella louvre for trapezium-shaped reflector 06140 R/36 T8, 1 pc. 07690 T-RW/58 21 970 00 White lamella louvre for trapezium-shaped reflector 06140 R/58 T8, 1 pc. Chain suspension 73N 12 616 00 1 pair, knotted-link chain, 0.9 m long, bright galvanised, with ring screw. * Accessories to be ordered separately for the corresponding individual luminaire.

6141

6142

614 + 06140

E1 86 *94 79 *91 68 *101 6141/14/24, 6141/18

473

Emergency lighting

And when nothing is working, the emergency luminaire from TRILUX is on.

Light is needed at all times and everywhere. And is taken for granted at all times and everywhere. The consequence: its sudden absence, say due to a power failure, poses a genuine emergency situation. Thats why there is a demand nowadays more than ever before for lighting systems that work exceptionally well in emergencies, to help prevent panic and finally ensure that facilities can be exited safely. Emergency lighting from TRILUX can do all that. After all, as with every other lighting solution, we focus on one ideal an ideal that sets standards when it comes to reliability: the sun. Emergency and safety lighting do not only outline escape routes but also maintain a sufficient level of lighting. Stand-by lighting units ensure that vital activities can be continued, e.g., to prevent a lost production or eliminate a risk to employees. Another noteworthy fact: Every TRILUX emergency light unit is adapted to its area of application in accordance with EN 1838. And this is further proof that you can rely on New Light from TRILUX.

476

Emergency lighting

Emergency lighting takes over in the event of mains failure of the general artificial lighting. It has to ensure that activities can be ended without risk and working facilities can be left safely. Emergency lighting is divided into stand-by lighting and safety lighting. Safety lighting is further divided into Safety lighting for escape routes, Anti-panic lighting and Safety lighting for workplaces with special risks. Emergency light units Each TRILUX emergency light unit is adjusted to its field of application in accordance with EN1838. Emergency light gear trays for Delta and E-Line continuous-line systems are described on pages 404 (for Delta), 432 (for E-Line T5) and 452 (E-Line T8), Emergency light inserts for Winlight-Q are on page 470. 740 series luminaires with integral individual battery system are described on page 138. Other luminaires with premounted individual battery systems and switching units are available on request. Emergency light units for recess mounting in louvre or diffuser luminaires are explained on the following pages.

(not less than half the route width) has to be illuminated with at least 50 % of this value. The relation of the highest to the lowest illuminance on the centre line of the escape route may not exceed 40 :1. TRILUX emergency light inserts in luminaires for working facilities definitely comply with the required limits of the physiological glare. Anti-panic lighting Anti-panic lighting is required to avoid panic in case of failure of artificial lighting, thus assuring that people safely reach escape routes. Apart from 0.5 m wide marginal zones, the minimum horizontal illuminance of 0.5 lx on the free floor surface is required. In all other aspects the same requirements as horizontal escape routes apply. Safety lighting for workplaces with special risk Safety lighting for workplaces with special risk must be provided to enable necessary tasks to be completed without hazard. thus

observing the safety of the persons present and the service personel. In order to limit the physiological glare, maximum luminous intensities depending on the light point height h are required, e.g. 3200 cd for 2.5 m h < 3.0 m. Stand-by lighting to continue vital activities Stand-by lighting takes over the tasks of the general artificial lighting as a substitute for the unaltered continuation of vital activities. If stand-by lighting is arranged for organisational reasons instead of safety reasons (e.g. to prevent lost production) the minimum general illuminance must be observed. If stand-by lighting would take over the tasks of the emergency lighting, the requirements described in EN 1838 must be met.

Safety lighting in accordance with EN 1838 Escape routes EN 1838 requires that the illuminance of emergency lighting for escape routes may not fall below 1 lx along the centre axis of the floor. The centre line of the escape route

General requirements for the emergency lighting system Some fundamental photometric requirements for emergency and stand-by lighting are described in the table below. The information

is based on the European standard for emergency lighting: EN 1838. Country-specific deviations, e.g. by national regulations, are possible also see footnotes.

Emergency escape route lighting for a width of up to 2 m Maintenance value of minimum illuminance Power-on delay 1 lx along the centre line of the escape route1) 50 % of the required illuminance in 5 s, 100 % in 60 s2) Emin : Emax 1 : 40 Ra 40

Anti-panic lighting

High risk task area lighting 0.1 Em, at least 15 lx Maximum 0.5 s

Stand-by lighting to continue vital activities


3)

0.5 lx on the free floor surface 50% of the required illuminance in 5 s, 100 % in 60 s2) Emin : Emax 1 : 40 Ra 40

Maximum 0.5 s

Uniformity Colour rendering


1)

Emin : Emax 1 : 10 Ra 40

3) 3)

2) 3)

Deviations in Italy: Emin = 2 lx or 5 lx at stairs and exits in cinemas, theatres, ... Ireland: Emin = 0.5 lx, UK: Emin = 0.2 lx. Deviations in Germany: 100 % in 15 s, Ireland: 5 s, UK: 5 s, if applicable, up to 15 s. Quality characteristics as with mains operation.

477

Emergency light components


for louvre luminaires

545/E14

545/2G7 EB1

545/2G7 EB2

Plug-in socket For permanent and stand-by operation, consisting of a green socket E14 for tubular incandescent lamps or compact fluorescent lamps with integral electronic control gear. Lamp rating max. 25 W, lamp diameter max. 30 mm. Including stainless steel clamps for attachment to lateral louvre reflectors, 2-pole connection terminal for wires of up to 2.5 mm2 on self-adhesive clamp support and connection wiring with plug-in coupling.
545/E14 TOC 12 031 00 With housing to be installed outside, for recessed louvre luminaires according to selection table.

Individual battery systems For stand-by operation, consisting of one socket 2G7 for compact fluorescent lamps TC-EL 11 W. Including stainless steel clamps for attachment to lateral louvre reflectors, single supply unit with sealed high-temperature nickel-cadmium accumulators and connection wiring with plug-in coupling. Nominal operation time 3 hours. Transfer time < 0.5 s. Integrated LED in socket as indication for charging.

With 2-pole connection terminal for wires of up to 2.5 mm2 for the connection of the charging circuit.
545/2G7 EB1 TOC 12 030 00 With gear tray for installation in surfacemounted or suspended louvre luminaires according to selection table. 545/2G7 EB2 TOC 14 980 00 With housing to be installed outside, for recessed louvre luminaires according to selection table

Selection table Emergency light inserts for louvre luminaires


Reference E14 insert Recessed louvre luminaires Enterio ZNO/E14 Enterio1) 3662 R 545/E14 3663 RST 545/E14 Fidesca SD 312SD 545/E14 Fidesca SD 265 545/E14 Fidesca SD 300SB 545/E14 Fidesca SD 600 545/E14 Surface-mounted and suspended louvre luminaires 5062 R 545/E14 5063 R 545/E14
1)

EB insert available on request 545/2G7 EB2 545/2G7 EB2 545/2G7 EB2 545/2G7 EB2 545/2G7 EB2 545/2G7 EB2 545/2G7 EB1 545/2G7 EB1

Except for 1-lamp. Not for Enterio OA, PA.

E14-Emergency light fixture For permanent and stand-by operation, consisting of a E14 socket, marked with a green dot, for tubular incandescent lamps or compact fluorescent lamps with max. 25 W, lamp diameter 30 mm.
Enterio ZNO/E 14 For multi-lamp luminaires (Module width 300 mm). TOC 47 195 00

Individual battery system (not illustrated) In case of power failure, an individual battery system with reduced luminous flux is provided to ensure the continued operation of the light. Please contact your local TRILUX support centre for further details.

478

Emergency components (E14)


for diffuser luminaires

Emergency light inserts 67, 68 Many TRILUX diffuser luminaires for dry and wet environments can be equipped on site with special E14 emergency light sockets. Both incandescent lamps and compact fluorescent lamps with integral electronic control gear can serve as the light source. Emergency light inserts for permanent and stand-by operation, consisting of an E14 socket marked with a green dot for tubular incandescent lamps, lamp rating max. 25 W, lamp diameter max. 30 mm. With 2-pole connection terminal for wires of up to 2.5 mm2, including fixing material and accessories for cable feeding to comply with the degree of protection (not required for 677/1 and 682/1), version in safety class II. Easy installation is possible by means of screw connection.

Reference E14 emergency light sockets for 25 W tubular lamps. 676/1 677/1 679/1 680/1 682/1 683/1 688/1 545/E14

TOC

12 381 00 12 383 00 12 386 00 12 387 00 12 389 00 12 390 00 12 393 00 12 031 00

Arrangement of emergency light inserts The arrangement of the emergency light inserts to the diffuser luminaires is documented in the adjacent selection table.

Reference Recessed diffuser luminaires 4401 F 4401 PF Fidesca BS 312 P Fidesca BS 312 S Fidesca BS 625 Fidesca BS 300 P Fidesca BS 300 PS Fidesca 600 7344 7344 P 7354 7354 P 7392 P/1) 7392 PS/1x

E14 insert 676/1 676/1 676/1 545/E14 676/1 676/1 545/E14 676/1 676/1 676/1 676/1 676/1 680/1 679/1

Reference E14 insert Surface-mounted diffuser luminaires 3441 688/1 3451N 676/1 3451 PN 676/1 3452 676/1 676/1 3452 P1) 3452 PN 676/1 676/1 3452 PSN2) 7112 677/1 7122 677/1 682/1 7402NE3) 7403N/2xE 682/1 7403N/TC11 E 676/1 7483 683/1
1) 2) 3)

2-lamp, but not suited for TC 11 W or TC 18 W. Installation only by manufacturer. Not for TR lamps.

Emergency light components


Series-specific emergency luminaires

Series-specific emergency luminaires with individual battery systems for operating on demand or for continuous duty with changeover switch can be found on the product pages indicated for the series in the adjacent table.

Athenik Inperla BLUEmotion Deca 740

Page 25 Page 36 Page 66 Page 133 Page 138

479

Light management

Light management

488 RGB/white-white control

490 Task-area light management for saving energy

491 Master luminaires

Light management

482

494 Light management for light ceilings

498 Light management system components

483

TRILUX Light knows when it is needed. And when not.

484

The most important question of our era is how we can use natural resources responsibly and with great care so that our environment and future are preserved with sustainability in mind and without having to accept considerable compromises in daily life. Intelligent light management systems from TRILUX are an exemplary answer to this question, since they are already able to save more than 50% of the energy consumed compared to conventional lighting.

485

Light management systems from TRILUX make lighting systems not only conceivably efficient thanks to presence detection and daylight control, they themselves are efficient when it comes to operation and set-up: The luminaire-integrated systems can be installed based on the plug-and-play principle and manually operated with the aid of simple push-button control or remote control. In addition, TRILUX light management systems make light as natural and individual as ever before. Time-controlled mixing of coloured lamps can simulate either the natural course of daylight or provide lighting with a mood of your choice. No matter how you decide, one thing is especially difficult in the long run: choosing a luminaire. After all, almost every TRILUX series is compatible with light management systems.

486

Every person is different, and that is true for light from TRILUX too.

487

Light management

Dynamic lighting Darkness at night, changing colour impressions and changing light intensities during the daytime have an impact of the human biorhythm. In workplaces and public areas where there is no natural daylight, this effect can be simulated by a time-controlled mix of different-coloured

lamps. Decorative accents can also be produced full of atmosphere by means of mixing coloured lighting. In this case, it is necessary to differentiate between two principles.

RGB control The term RGB control stands for the mix of light from several lamps in the colours red, green and blue. The light of the three base colours is mixed in the optical system of the luminaire or on a common reflective surface,

e.g. a rooms ceiling. Every light colour of the spectrum can be attained by continuous dimming. This mix process is especially well suited for decorative effects by means of colourful lighting.

Examples of available luminaires:


Flatbed Color Line Color Stripe Color Shelf Chloe NV-RGB Plenar RGB Plenar RGBW Polaron RGB Quadrial Page 10 Page 10 Page 10 Page 11 Page 11 Page 96 Page 96 Page 180 Page 258

488

White-white control White-white control stands for the mixing of white light with lamps of different colour temperatures (light colours). When using only two light colours, it is possible to attain every intermediate value between the two selected colour temperatures by means of continuous, varying dimming. In practise it is recommended in many cases to use daylight-white fluorescent lamps (e.g., light colour 865) and

warm-white fluorescent lamps (e.g., light colour 827, interna). White-white controllers are especially suited for lighting workplaces and public areas (shopping areas, etc.), where there is a particular demand for colour recognition: The colour rendering characteristics (colour rendering index) of the installed lamps are maintained for the most part.

Examples of available luminaires:


BLUEmotion IPX BLUEmotion CM Plenar WW Polaron WD2 2 3623 T Page 68 Page 68 Page 96 Page 180 Page 282

Energy-efficient lighting (see page 516) Task-area lighting is currently in flux. It is not only necessary to observe strict statutory requirements on energy consumption but also users needs in an ever-changing work environment. Consistent use of innovative technologies has made it possible to satisfy these requirements. The most important tools for energy-efficient lighting are: High-performance optical systems for targeted light control Intelligent lighting electronics for light control and management User-friendly system solutions for a high acceptance among users. Energy-efficiency and quality of light are not contradictions, but rather a unit.

Light Management Systems For many possible lighting tasks with constant regulation of the daylight illuminance, there are already standardised solutions like EDS free-standing and suspended luminaires, and master luminaires of almost all TRILUX luminaire series with integrated LIGHTGATEplus systems (see page 493). In the case of colourdynamic lighting control there are also solution systems that are optimised for such applications like EASY master luminaires of the BLUEmotion series or control systems for LMS Plenar light ceilings (page 494). All of the above light management system solutions are based on the DALI interface and can be used exclusively or optionally in broadcast operation. In this case, it is not necessary for the electronic control gear to be addressed

... additional ECG group

... additional ECG group

PE N L

PE N L

PE N L

PE N L

PE N L

Dali

Dali

Dali

Dali

Dali Gr. 2

Dali Gr. 1

Luminaire group 1

EVG

EVG

Luminaire group 2

individually. A plug-and-play installation is possible. Should several groups be controlled, this results in separate control lines and connections at the control unit, similar to the 1-10 V interface. Simple dimmers for installation in flush mounting boxes are also offered by switch manufacturers for the DALI broadcast operation (see page 500). This in no way affects the insensitivity to reverse polarity and all other advantages offered by the DALI interface. The specific control units of the LED 28 COLOR system (page 13) complete the portfolio for sophisticated decorative applications.

EVG

EVG

DALIcontrol unit

489

Task-area light management for saving energy


Individual luminaire EDS

Characteristics Presence detection by means of infrared detector Constant regulation of light to an illuminance to be determined individually Manual dimming of the individual luminaire

Task lighting systems allow for a high degree of individuality. They are available as freestanding luminaires or as suspended luminaires with special, contrast-enhancing optical systems. They are also predestined for being equipped with integral light management systems. Daylight-dependent control and presence detection at the workplace ensure maximum energy savings. Manual intervention, whilst simultaneously deactivating the automatic functions completes the system. It ensures the setting of a desired lighting level at all times by means of intuitive key control.

Task-area luminaires with integral light management EDS are conceived as individual luminaires. Options for additional luminaires are not included. The push-buttons that are necessary for operating all TRILUX free-standing luminaires are integrated into the stand. Task-area suspended luminaires with light management are to be operated with the aid of the system switches.

Examples of available luminaires with task-area lighting management:


Free-standing luminaires Offset S1EDS Offset S2EDS Luceo SEDS DualLG Suspended task-area luminaires Offset H1 UXP-ADEDS Offset H1 CDPEDS Page 120 Page 120 Page 126 Page 128 Page 190 Page 190

490

Master luminaires for saving energy or mixing colours

General lighting systems comprising of multiple luminaires are usually controlled by a common light management system. The luminaires can be combined into one or more groups. For this purpose, TRILUX recom-

mends using master luminaires in many cases. Some examples of master luminaires are listed in the table on page 493. TRILUX master luminaires are luminaires that come with an integral controller and are ready for

plug-and-play installation. Suspended luminaires also have an integral sensor unit.

The controller uses the innovative DALI interface for this purpose. Master luminaires are available as energysaving systems for applications with daylightdependent control in the versions ActiM and

LGM and for mixing colours in the version EasyM for dynamic light. They are designed for the direct connection of one or more luminaire groups in broadcast operation. ActiM and LGM both have two terminals (DALI 1

and DALI 2) for this purpose. Luminaires of the LGM model also allow for the actuation of up to four luminaire groups in addressing operation.

LGM Broadcast operation (DALI connection), maximum 25 ECG units per channel (including master luminaire)

EVG

DALI 1 DALI 2

N a

T1 T2 T3 T4

Luminaire group 1 Luminaire group 2

LGM Addressing operation (DALI connection), maximum 50 ECG units (including master luminaire)

EVG DALI 1 L N a

DALI 2

T1 T2 T3 T4

Luminaire group 1 to 4

All TRILUX master luminaires offer an intuitive one-button control. The ON/OFF functions which are operated with a short press of the button and dimming with a long press while

changing dim direction offers maximum functionality with minimum installation expenditure.

491

Master luminaires
Connection and wiring instructions

LGM One-button control, connection of a push-button, jumper between terminals T2 and T4

EVG

DALI 1 DALI 2

N a

T1 T2 T3 T4

Push-button

Master luminaires LGM also allow the connection of up to four mechanical push-buttons with other functions (see page 491). They can

be connected to a building management system with the aid of their push-button inputs and make-contact elements. Additional

operating functions can be used by implementing a system remote control.

LGM Multiple-button control, connection of up to four push-buttons

EVG

DALI 1 DALI 2

N a

T1 T2 T3 T4

Push-button 1

Push-button 2

Push-button 3

Push-button 4

Master luminaires EasyM are connected with associated slave luminaires EasyS by means of ready-to-connect through-wiring sets. Addressing is not necessary. The connection of push-buttons is not planned for master luminaires EasyM. Operating functions can be called by a system remote control.

492

Master luminaires for saving energy

Sample table of master luminaires


Reference With integrated ActiLume system (sensor and controller) Luceo H UXP-H 135/49/80 EDD+ActiM 03 Luceo H UXP-H 235/49/80 EDD+ActiM 03 Luceo H UXP-AD 235/49/80 EDD+ActiM 03 TOC 56 432 07 51 113 07 51 080 07

Page
206 206 206

With integrated LIGHTGATEplus system (controller LGC- ES 01/L/D) 3911 RPX/35/49/80 EDD+LGM 3331W-TS/35/49/80 EDD+LGM 5041 RSX-L/35/49/80 EDD+LGM 3623 RPX/14 EDD+LGM With integrated LIGHTGATEplus system (sensor and controller LGC- ES 01/L/D) Luceo H UXP-H 228/54 EDD+LGM 03 With integrated LIGHTGATEplus system (sensor and controller LGC- ES 01/L/D) 3622 T UXP-H/28/54 EDD+LGM2 SOF

56 779 07 56 780 07 56 781 07 56 781 07

SOF

SOF

Sample table of master luminaires for mixing colours


Master luminaires with integrated DALI Easy light management BLUEmotion H-L IPX 328/54 EDD + Easy Master BLUEmotion H-L IPX 335/49/80 EDD + Easy Master Continuous-line slave luminaires, combinable with master luminaire BLUEmotion H-L IPX 328/54 EDD + Easy Slave BLUEmotion H-L IPX 335/49/80 EDD + Easy Slave Master luminaires with integrated DALI Easy light management BLUEmotion H-L CM 328/54 EDD + Easy Master BLUEmotion H-L CM 335/49/80 EDD + Easy Master Continuous-line slave luminaires, combinable with master luminaire BLUEmotion H-L CM 328/54 EDD + Easy Slave BLUEmotion H-L CM 335/49/80 EDD + Easy Slave 51 606 07 51 608 07 68 68

51 604 07 51 609 07

68 68

52 169 07 52 171 07

68 68

52 170 07 52 172 07

68 68

Energy saving systems not integrated in the luminaire The LIGHTGATEplus system in many TRILUX master luminaires is available for installation outside of luminaires. The installation in a sub-division board is especially advantageous for sports halls and industrial production sites. To this end, it is recommended installing the controllers in housings for DIN rail mounting. Characteristics Daylight control Presence detection Manual dimmability Calling of several light levels Control of several luminaire groups Easy to install

493

Light management for light ceilings

Plenar light ceilings by TRILUX are equipped as standard with dimmable electronic control gear including DALI control input with an additional dimming function. The terminals of the luminaires are designed in such a way that separate control lines can be connected for each light colour. This allows the use of simple mechanical push-buttons as dimming control

and different digital light control systems with DALI interface. Uncomplicated solutions for light management tasks, particularly for dynamic and colour light control of Plenar light ceilings, are possible using the DALI Easy and LMS Plenar systems described below. All components of the light management systems are not installed in the luminaires.

494

DALI Easy DALI Easy (OSRAM) is a colour light mixing system, which can be operated with up to four control channels. The system is operated using a convenient infrared remote control or mechanical push-button. A group of lamps having the same colour can be operated by every control channel. When using two groups of white lamps with different colour temperature (white-white control), any interim value

of the colour temperature can be set. It is even possible to mix the light from lamps in the base colours red, green and blue (RGB control), or the base colours with additional white lamp (RGBW control). Every setting of the light colours can be saved and called up as a light scene (max. 16 scenes) again. All light scenes can be called automatically in succession in a chronological sequence. Switching between the light scenes is implemented with cross-

fading. Individual adjustable dynamic lighting can be realised in this manner with TRILUX Plenar light ceilings. The system can be optionally set using special user software via a computer, with the aid of an infrared remote control system or mechanical push-buttons. The connection is realised for DALI broadcast operation. The electronic control gear devices operated in the light ceiling do not need to be addressed (plug and play).

Connection diagram Operation of fluorescent lamps N L


Mains switch and/or timer (optional)

PE

External push-button (optional) L N

DALI EASY II
Easy Signal

CND (-) CH4 = (W) CH3 = (B) CH2 = (G) CH1 = (R)

~ ~ DA DA

DALI EVG
Lamp (red)

Y-Connector

Infrared receiver (optional)

~ ~ DA DA

DALI EVG
Lamp (green)

Y-Connector

Push-button coupler (optional)

~ ~ DA DA

DALI EVG
Lamp (blue)

~ ~ DA DA Y-Connector

DALI EVG
Lamp (white)

Max. overall length 100m

EASY PC Kit (optional)

Note Operating functions can be called by using a remote control system. Line-of-sight between IR receiver and remote control is essential. Up to four IR receivers may be connected. To ensure the effective operation of the remote

control, the IR receiver should not be subjected to direct incidental light. Thats why the IR receiver should preferably be installed in an area that is easy to shade.

495

Light Management for light ceilings

LMS-Plenar Light management systems of LMS Plenar series are available for controlling static light scenes and dynamic sequences for whitewhite, RGB and RGBW control. LMS-Plenar Dynamic, consisting of a power supply, gateway and control panel LMS-Plenar Static, consisting of a power supply, controller (gateway) and a 8-button keypad.

All systems can be extended by adding other gateways for controlling several light ceilings and other keypads as auxiliary controls. Systems LMS-Plenar Dynamic can be extended by adding a radio remote control. The systems are delivered ready for operation, pre-addressed and pre-programmed (plug and play). An EIB(KNX) building management system may be connected.

LMS-Plenar Dynamic RGBW Power supply

Light control panel Plenar light ceilings

Touch panel DALI Gateway

Keypad

Remote control

496

LMS-Plenar Static WW Plenar light ceilings Keypad

DALI Gateway

Power supply

Light ceilings are connected for DALI broadcast operation. Addressing the electronic control gear in the light ceiling is not necessary (plug and play).

Number of light ceilings per controller (gateway)


DALI Easy Plenar HD1-Q 1300 EDD WW Plenar HD1-Q 1300 EDD RGB Plenar HD1-Q 1300 EDD RGBW Plenar HD2-Q 1600 EDD WW Plenar HD2-Q 1600 EDD RGB Plenar HD2-Q 1600 EDD RGBW Plenar HD3-Q 650 EDD WW Plenar HD3-Q 650 EDD RGB Plenar C1-M 1200 EDD WW Plenar C1-M 1200 EDD RGB Plenar C1-M 1200 EDD RGBW Plenar C2-M 1250 EDD WW Plenar C2-M 1250 EDD RGB Plenar C2-M 1250 EDD RGBW Plenar C3-Q 1600 EDD WW Plenar C3-Q 1600 EDD RGB Plenar C3-Q 1600 EDD RGBW Plenar C4-M 625 EDD WW Plenar C4-M 625 EDD RGB Plenar C1-R 1300 EDD WW Plenar C1-R 1300 EDD RGB Plenar C1-R 1300 EDD RGBW Plenar C2-R 1600 EDD WW Plenar C2-R 1600 EDD RGB Plenar C2-R 1600 EDD RGBW 4 3 2 3 3 2 8 5 5 3 2 5 3 2 4 2 2 8 10 2 2 1 2 2 1 LMS-Plenar Static WW 16 LMS-Plenar Static RGBW 10 10 12 10 8 32 20 10 8 20 8 8 16 8 8 32 32 8 6 6 8 6 6 8 6 6 8 6 6 32 32 16 8 8 20 8 8 12 10 8 32 20 10 8 LMS-Plenar Dynamic WW 16 LMS-Plenar Dynamic RGBW 10 10 Page 96 96 96 96 96 96 96 96 96 96 96 96 96 96 96 96 96 96 96 96 96 96 96 96 96

32 20

32 20

497

Lighting management
System components

Max. number of push-buttons

Max. number of sensors 1 3 3 3 3 3 3 9

Controller Individual luminaires EDS 1

One button control ON/OFF/Dim/ setpoint programming

Multiple button control

2)

Master luminaires

ActiLume

ON/OFF/Dim

11)

10

LIGHTGATEplus: LGC-ES01/L/D Office control system (Standard) 4 ON/OFF/ Dim/100% T1 group 1 ON/OFF/Dim T2 group 2 ON/OFF/Dim T3 OFF T4 light scene T1 setpoint 1 / light scene 1 T2 setpoint 2 / light scene 2 T3 setpoint 3 / light scene 3 T4 OFF

50

LGC-ES02/L/D Setpoint control (Variation)

50

LGC-ES03/L/D Individual group control (Variation)

T1 group 1 ON/OFF/Dim T2 group 2 ON/OFF/Dim T3 group 3 ON/OFF/Dim T4 group 4 ON/OFF/Dim T1 group 1 ON/OFF T2 group 2 ON/OFF T3 group 1 ON/OFF/Dim T4 group 2 ON/OFF/Dim T1 group 1-4 ON/OFF/ setpoint 1/light scene 1 T2 group 1-4 ON/OFF/ setpoint 2/light scene 2 T3 group 1-4 ON (50 %)/Dim up T4 group 1-4 ON (50 %)/Dim down

50

LGC-ES04/L/D Classroom control (Variation)

50

LGC-ES05/L/D OT room control (Variation)

50

External system (sub-distribution board)

LGC-HX01/S/D

T1 group 1-3 setpoint 1 T2 group 1-3 setpoint 2 T3 group 1-3 setpoint 3 T4 group 1-3 Dim up T5 group 1-3 Dim down T6 OFF

192

1) 2)

second group with offset not intended for connecting other luminaires

498

Max. number of ECG

Max. number of DALI groups

Max. number of control groups

ActiLume

LMS ACTI IRT 8010/00 Reference LMS ACTI IRT 8010/00 LMS ACTI LRH 8010/00 LMS ACTI IRT 8098/00 LMS ACTI IRT 8099/00 LMS ACTI LRM 8118/00

LMS ACTI IRT 8098/00

LMS ACTI IRT 8099/00

LMS ACTI LRM 8118/00 TOC 50 439 00 50 442 00 50 440 00 50 441 00 50 443 00

Description Remote control ON/OFF/Dim Wall mount for IRT 8010/00 Remote control with programmable basic functions Remote control with advance functions Expansion sensor

LIGHTGATEplus

LGC-ES0

LGC-HX01/S/D

LGI-DA

LGR-SC

LGS

LGM Reference LGC-ES01/L/D LGC-ES02/L/D LGC-ES03/L/D LGC-ES04/L/D LGC-ES05/L/D LGC-HX01/S/D LGI-DA LGI-DA/S LGR-SC LGS-RPL/S LGS-0P0/S/T LGM-RM LGM-SM 0MD2 0MK1 0L02 0L05 0L10 0L20 0L50 0BS

0M Description Controller for luminaire installation Controller for luminaire installation Controller for luminaire installation Controller for luminaire installation Controller for luminaire installation Hall controller for installation in the sub-distribution board Interface converter, DALI 1-10 V Interface converter, DALI 1-10V, for sub-distribution board Remote control Sensor (light, presence detection, radio receiver) Radio presence detector Ceiling recess-mounting set Surface-mounting set Modular two-way splitter for data cables Modular coupling for data cables Data cable 2 m Data cable 5 m Data cable 10 m Data cable 20 m Data cable 50 m Ball impact cage for sensors TOC 50 444 00 50 445 00 50 446 00 50 447 00 56 784 00 56 785 00 50 566 00 56 786 00 50 449 00 50 448 00 56 787 00 50 450 00 50 451 00 50 567 00 22 274 00 22 261 00 22 262 00 22 263 00 22 264 00 22 265 00 22 255 00

499

Light management
System components

DALI Easy

LMS DALI Easy II Reference LMS DALI Easy II LMS Easy IR RMC LMS Easy IR CI LMS Easy IR SK LMS Easy CI Box LMS Easy PB Coupler LMS Easy PC Kit

LMS Easy IR RMC

LMS Easy IR CI

LMS Easy IR SK

LMS Easy CI Box

LMS Easy PB Coupler TOC 53 172 00 48 343 00 52 787 00 52 788 00 53 167 00 53 163 00 53 214 00

Description Controller IR remote control Sensor for ceiling recess mounting Surface-mounting set Mounting box Push-button coupler Easy Color Control Software

LMS Plenar

LMS Plenar Dynamic Reference LMS-Plenar Static WW

LMS Plenar Static

KNX EIB Color Touch

Remote control

KNX EIB Dali Gateway

Power supply TOC 53 267 00

Description consisting of: KNX/EIB power supply KNX/EIB tactile sensor, quadruple, stainless steel KNX/EIB-DALI Gateway, octuple, REG consisting of: KNX/EIB power supply KNX/EIB tactile sensor, quadruple, stainless steel KNX/EIB-DALI Gateway, octuple, REG consisting of: KNX/EIB power supply Light control panel KNX/EIB-DALI Gateway, octuple, REG consisting of: KNX/EIB power supply Light control panel KNX/EIB-DALI Gateway, octuple, REG KNX/EIB-DALI Gateway, octuple, REG KNX/EIB tactile sensor, quadruple, stainless steel, WW KNX/EIB tactile sensor, quadruple, stainless steel, RGBW KNX/EIB Color Touch LMS Plenar wireless system KNX/EIB switching element, quadruple, C load, REG KNX/EIB universal dimmer 500 W, REG KNX/EIB control unit, triple, REG KNX/EIB shutters/blinds actuator, quadruple, REG

LMS-Plenar Static RGBW

53 268 00

LMS-Plenar Dynamic WW

53 271 00

LMS-Plenar Dynamic RGBW

53 272 00

Extensions

53 280 00 53 274 00 53 275 00 58 147 00 53 273 00 53 276 00 53 277 00 53 278 00 53 279 00

500

Lighting controller LR 803

Lighting controller LR 803 The lighting controller LR 803 helps to reduce the energy costs in rooms with windows or sky lights considerably. Depending on the daylight, up to three luminaire groups can be switched on and off. The LR 803 system consists of a lighting controller and a light-measuring sensor. The light controller is a high-quality compact device. It has three separate outputs, which enables three groups of luminaires to be switched on and off automatically depending on the daylight. The maximum rated current is 10 A per output. The number of fluorescent lamps can be increased correspondingly by adding suitable contactors.
Reference LR 803 Description Electronic lighting controller including light-measuring sensor TOC 25 968 00

Lighting controller The control points for the luminaire groups A, B and C can be adjusted by potentiometers. To facilitate setting the control points, an LED is assigned to each of the three potentiometers, which shows the switching state that the device has initiated, while ignoring the time delay. The delay on the switching commands for the luminaire circuits can be set to meet the particular requirements (approx. 15 s ...10 min). It is set to 5 minutes at the factory, a time long enough for short-duration changes in the daylight level from initiating unnecessary switching operations.

Light-measuring sensor The light-measuring sensor comprises a light sensor with terminal block and a box with grommet. It is mounted so that only daylight insofar as it affects the lighting levels in the room reaches the sensor and measures daylight illuminances between 100 and 10 000 lx. The wiring between the sensor and the controller is carried out with standard cables. The high level of interference suppression of the device makes it possible to use cable lengths up to 100 m between controller and sensor.

Luminaire group

A B C

Daylight-exposed surface

Application example Three luminaire groups A, B and C are installed in a room (see adjacent sketch). The controller is switched off in the manual switch position, see wiring diagram, and the groups of luminaires can be switched on and off in the usual way by the switches S1, S2, S3 in the room. After closing the switches S1, S2, and S3 and switching the controller to automatic mode, the luminaire groups are switched on and off automatically, dependant on the daylight.

Hand Automat.

501

Trunking kn

Series 190
Trunking 190 VZ for damp or corrosive environments

max. admissible overhang: 1 /2 luminaire length 58 W

190 VZ

Trunking 190 VZ for weather-proof surface-mounted luminaires. Made of sheet steel, galvanised, particularly torsionally rigid. Upper side with dovetailed profile for positioning of suspensions as required. For sheathed cable of up to 12 mm, front-face cable entry.

190 VZ/II/58 2 lengths, 3148 mm long. 190 VZ/III/58 3 lengths, 4722 mm long.

TOC 10 662 00 TOC 10 663 00

Ceiling fixing clamp 1 piece, made of stainless steel V2A, spacing between trunking and fixing surface 15 mm.

Suspension clamp (not illustrated) 1 piece, for chain suspension.


196 VZ 47 585 00

Cable holders 6 pieces, bright galvanised. For cable feeding in trunking 190 VZ/.

193N

10 669 00

Suspension clamp 1 piece, for chain suspension with turnbuckle and chain.
196 VZ-K 47 586 00

197 VZ

10 676 00

Steel strip suspension See page 505.


194N 10 671 00

Luminaire support brackets 1 pair, made of galvanised steel. For safe and sealed luminaire fixing.
195 VZ 10 674 00

Trunking coupling 1 piece, made of galvanised steel, particularly stable, for precisely aligned continuous lines.

Blanking cover 1 piece, plastic extrusion, light-grey, 1570 mm long, to be snapped into place without tools, can be shortened on site.

End caps 1 pair, plastic, lightgrey. One pair of end caps is required for each continuous line.

191 VZ

10 665 00

190 B/58 10 661 00

192 VZ

10 667 00

504

Series 190
Trunking 190 for hostile atmospheres

max. 1590 max. admissible overhang: 1 /2 luminaire length 58 W

max. 1590

190

Polyester trunking 190 for weather-proof surface-mounted luminaires. Made of glassfibre reinforced polyester resin, very low flamability, light-grey, particularly torsionally rigid. Chemically resistant against low and medium concentrations of inorganic acids and against almost all organic acids as well as against organic solvents with the exception of acetone and chlorinated hydrocarbons. Upper side with dovetailed profile for positioning of suspensions as required. For sheathed cable of up to 12 mm, front-face cable entry.

190/II/58 2 lengths, 3148 mm long 190/III/58 3 lengths, 4722 mm long

TOC 10 659 00 TOC 10 660 00

Ceiling fixing clamp 1 piece, made of stainless steel V2A, spacing between trunking and fixing surface 15 mm.

Steel strip suspension 1 piece, 1 m long, made of stainless steel V2A, including fixing claw.

Cable holders 6 pieces, bright galvanised, for sheathed cable 12 mm. For cable feeding in trunking 190/.

193N

10 669 00

194N

10 671 00

197

10 675 00

Luminaire support brackets 1 pair, for safe and sealed luminaire fixing made of stainless steel V2A.
195N 14 796 00

Trunking coupling 1 piece, made of stainless steel V2A, particularly stable, for precisely aligned continuous lines.

Blanking cover 1 piece, plastic extrusion, light-grey, 1570 mm long, to be snapped into place without tools, can be shortened on site.

End caps 1 pair, plastic, lightgrey. One pair of end caps is required for each continuous line.

191

10 664 00

190 B/58 10 661 00

192N

10 666 00

505

Trunking 07690
for ceiling mounting and suspending of surface-mounted luminaires

Trunking For ceiling mounting and suspending of surface-mounted luminaires. Also to be used to contain wiring. Trunking made of sheet steel, galvanised, with white polyester coating, equipped as standard with couplings, galvanised. /II/ Twin-length version. /III/ Triple-length version. Wire feeding At the ceiling by means of knock-out openings at a distance of 220 mm and 385 mm from the trunking end. At the end caps by means of knock-out openings in the end caps 07690 E-T. Wiring arrangement Within the trunking for max. 2 sheathed cables, 5 x 2.5 mm2, or approx. 25 individual conductors. Cable holders 07690 LHI to be ordered separately for this purpose. Wiring arrangement on the trunking upper surface with cable holders 07690 LHA to be ordered separately.
Reference 07690/II/36-U 07690/III/36-U 07690/II/58-U 07690/III/58-U
63 41

TOC 21 908 00 21 928 00 21 918 00 21 938 00


max. 775 max. 150

Length (mm) 2460 3690 3060 4590


max. 2325

kg 2,4 3,6 3,0 4,5

110

180

1530

180

110

2000

07690 TL

07690 VK

07690 LHI

07690 E-T

07690 B/

07690 LHA

Counter-balance weights for luminaires suspended on the trunking


Series Counter-balance weight 333 03331 TRS* 5001/36 05000 A10** 5001/58 05000 A11** 5001/E 05000 A12** 5002/E 05000 A12** 5041 05000 A19 * Counter-balance weights for luminaires suspended on trunking, see page 173. ** Additional distance plates 05000 DS are necessary for fixing luminaires, see page 241.

Luminaire fixing device 1 pair, sheet steel, galvanised, for mounting of luminaires, to be positioned on the trunking as required. Not for 333 (see page 170).
07690 TL 21 966 00

Connection terminal 4-pole, with earth connection terminal for wires of up to 2.5 mm2, for mains supply and further wiring. Earth connection to the trunking is achieved.
07690 VK 21 972 00

Internal cable holder 10 pieces, for approx. 4.5 m trunking length, plastic, for max. 25 individual conductors, 2.5 mm2, to be snapped into trunking without tools.
07690 LHI 21 953 00

Trunking end cap 1 piece, plastic, white, with two knock-out openings, to be snapped into the trunking front end. One pair of end caps is required per continuous line.
07690 E-T 21 949 00

Blanking cover Plastic extrusion, 1230 mm or 1530 mm long, white, can be easily shortened on site.

External cable holder 1 piece, for trunking 07690. Stainless steel, for max. 4 sheathed cables, 5x2.5 mm2, to be snapped onto trunking.
07690 LHA 21 952 00

07690 B/36 07690 B/58

21 942 00 21 945 00

506

ma

500 x. 1

ma

50 x. 2

A 03 S

A 03 D

07690 KA/7LV

07690 KA/7LV

Node
A 03 S with wire suspension 29 284 00 1 steel wire, 2.0 mm, galvanised, 1500 mm long, length completely adjustable without tools, 1 ceiling fixing unit, with threaded cap.

Node adapter 1 piece, for the connection of nodes A 03 with surface trunking 07690, consisting of: 1 adapter profile, white sheet steel, with integrated adapter element in die-cast aluminium, white, 1 stable inner coupling, sheet steel, galvanised, 1 blanking cover, plastic extrusion, white, 1 through-wiring set 7 x 1.5 mm2.
07690 KA/7LV 21 951 00

Fixing spacings When mounting more than two node adapters, the spacing between fixings is reduced to max. 1500 mm. The maximum suspension spacings as shown in the diagrams above are to be observed for nodes with wire or pendant suspensions. The maximum spacing between fixings for nodes with one or two junctions is max. 2500 mm. Through-wiring set (not illustrated) 5 colour-coded, intertwined, heat-resistant individual cables, 1.5 mm2, 25 m long.
07690/5LV/25m 21 890 00

A 03 D 22 315 00 1 piece, for up to four junctions, angles completely adjustable between 60 and 300, die-cast aluminium, white.

Order example: X-shaped node with 4 connections: 1 ceiling node A 03 D, 4 adapters 07690 KA/7LV.

05900 AN

0769

Ceiling rose 1 piece, for the connection of the mains cable in the case of ceiling outlets.
05900 A* (not illustrated) 05900 AN* Suitable for accommodating the ceiling fixing unit of A 03 S. 21 725 00 21 726 00

Suspension accessories Continuous grooves in the inclined upper part of the trunking enable the tool-free attachment of stainless steel clamps for suspension or ceiling fixing accessories as required (for suspension accessories, see page 462).

Trunking units with nodes The combination of trunking units and nodes offer additional scope for planning and achievement of lighting installations. Continuously adjustable angles and cross points with up to four connections create the conditions for optimally adjusted lay-outs. Stylish geometrical arrangements offer interior design perspectives.

Feeding tube* (not illustrated) 1 piece, plastic material, white, 10 mm, to be shortened on site. To guide and cover the mains cable, only to be used with accessory A 03 S.
05000 ZR 1 m long 05000 ZR/2m 2 m long 21 525 00 21 526 00

* Incoming cables are not supplied. They must be provided by the contractor.

507

Information no

Energy efficiency

512 Efficient photometrics: Louvre technology

514 Efficient photometrics: Diffuser technology

515 Control gear

516 Energy efficiency: Energy requirement Application example

Energy efficiency and technical information nc

Notes
TOC TRILUX ORDER CODE

Zur effizienten Auftragsabwicklung enthlt dieser Katalog das Bestellnummernsystem TOC (TRILUX ORDER CODE). Allen Leuchtenbezeichnungen und Systemkomponenten wird eine siebenstellige TOC-Nummer

zugewiesen. Fr Leuchten und Gertetrger bei Lichtbandsystemen wird die fnfstellige TOC-Basisnummer um eine zweistellige Zahl zur Kennzeichnung der elektrischen Ausstattungsstufe ergnzt.

6
522 Operating conditions and symbols 523 Wiring and installation suggestions

Beispiel aus einer Katalogseite mit Delta-Gertetrgern


Bezeichnung 1-lampige Ausfhrung 7601N/35/49/80 7602N/80 TOC 12 686 12 704 E 04 04 EDD 07

Beispiel fr TOC-Anwendung Leuchtenbezeichnung: Vollstndige TOC-Nummer:

7601N/35/49/80 EDD 12 686 07 TOC-Nummer zur eindeutigen Kennzeichnung von Leuchten, Gertetrgern und Systemkomponenten bei allen Bestellvorgngen zu verwenden.

Die Kennzeichnung EDD in der Leuchtenbezeichnung (fr dimmbares elektronisches Vorschaltgert DALI) findet sich in diesem Beispiel in der Endung 07 wieder. Wir bitten, ausschlielich die vollstndige siebenstellige

Legende Schaltvarianten TOC


TOCEndung 00 01 02 04 05 07 08 Abkrzung Bedeutung Zubehr Induktiv Kompensiert Elektronisches Vorschaltgert (EVG) EVG dimmbar EVG dimmbar DALI EVG dimmbar mit Sensor TOCEndung 10 11 40 42 50 51 54 Abkrzung Bedeutung Netzanschluss direkt EVG dimmbar DSI Elektronischer Trafo EVG + Elektronischer Trafo Bentigt weitere Komponenten Elektronischer Trafo DALI (RGB) Kombination aus mehreren Schaltungsarten

L K E ED EDD EDS

ESD ET

524 TOC explanations

525 Lamp data

511

Efficient photometrics
Louvre technology

TRILUX lighting systems are highly efficient and meet the latest photometric requirements. Consistent use of T5 lamps and innovative optical materials result in the described high light output ratios. Examples of innova-

tive lighting technologies include translucent plastic optical systems and specular materials in lambda/2 technology. UXP-Technology stands for luminaires of extremely slender designs, which are both decorative and

eco-friendly in their application. Efficiency and lighting comfort do not represent a contradiction here, but rather a unity.

T5 lamps Since T5 fluorescent lamps were introduced on the market in 1997, TRILUX has been developing luminaires that consistently leverage the advantages of this lamp. Besides the high luminous efficiency, it is above all the reduced

cross-section of 16mm that makes the slender designs possible, with indirect light component for suspended installation in rooms of normal height. Maximum flexibility due to Multi-Lamp Technology is a matter of course for TRILUX nowadays.

UXP-Technology The latest generation of innovative slender specular louvres utilises the TRILUX-developed UXP-Technology (ultra-high cross-sectional performance). The basis of this technology is an aluminium substrate with silver surface and reflection-intensifying layer system. The result: a maximum reflectance value of 98 %. Optical systems with an extremely reduced crosssection allow for high-performance luminaires with pleasant decorative appearances for maximum lighting quality.

Reflectionintensifying protective layers

High-purity silver

Aluminium base material

Size comparison of specular louvres for T8 lamps (left), T5 lamps without or with UXP-Technology

Up to four T5 fluorescent lamps can nowadays fit in task-area luminaires, the dimensions of which, do not exceed those of classic singlelamp suspended luminaires. UXP louvre technology guarantees the high light output that is obligatory for TRILUX.

Examples of series: Luceo, BLUEmotion, Offset, Solvan, Quadrial, 362T, Heliosa, E-Line

Offset H1 UXP-H

LB = 91 %

512

Reflection intensification A reflective layer of high-purity aluminium is applied to an aluminium substrate. This coating system, which is applied in a vacuum, has a film thickness in the range of the light-wave length, is also used to intensify reflection and provide protection against corrosion and damage. The reflectance value of this louvre is 95 % and is thus used for TRILUXs RSX and RPX louvre versions.

Reflectionintensifying protective layers

High-purity silver

Examples of series: 362, DiVisio, 390, 391, 504, 505, 5931 (T200)

Aluminium base material

3623 RSX/14

LB = 83 %

Task-area louvre (lateral light incidence on the task area) Special task area louvres provide contrastpromoting lighting conditions by means of effective light control in the longitudinal luminaire plane. In addition to the indirect component, the light-focus lamellas of the louvre system result in a glare-free direct lighting above the task area. Task-area optical systems are available as reflectionintensifying louvres RPX and as louvres in UXP-Technology.

Examples of series: Offset, Luceo, DiVisio, 5941 (T200), BLUEmotion

Anodisation the proven technology with good price/performance ratio Proven surface protection for aluminium louvres and reflectors. Ageing stability and easy to clean. Used in ranges with a good price/performance ratio.

T8

Examples of series: Enterio, 366, 506, E-Line

RSV, RPV, RMV

513

Efficient photometrics
Diffuser technology

PLEXIGLAS diffusers and covers proven, non-yellowing and ageing resistant Non-yellowing polymethylmethacrylate (PMMA) in clear or opal version forms the base material for many TRILUX luminaire diffusers. Translucent PMMA is an economic alternative to the opal material.

Translucent PLEXIGLAS: Fine spherical inclusions with a differing refractive index ensure a low-loss forward diffusion for high light output.

Examples of series: Opal: 740 Prismatic: 345P, 4401 PF Translucent: 39, Solvan, 362T, 5041T, 5051T

CDP prism system for VDU-compliant illumination with visible light The innovative optics CDP (Conical Deglaring Prism) for suspended and free-standing luminaires, consist of fine-prism covers with partly reflective coating, which results in an increased indirect component and a VDU-compliant luminance limitation of less than 1000 cd/m2.

CDP prisms, magnified approx. 10 times

Examples of series: BLUEmotion, Offset, Luceo

VDU-compliant double prism system with TRILUX know-how: PerfectPrism The double prism system PerfectPrism guides the light by means of its double-layer structure lengthwise and crosswise in relation to the luminaires. The luminance is limited suitably for VDU usage to the subtly convex surface.

Examples of series: Heliosa

Polycarbonate diffusers robust with increased inflammability High-impact polycarbonate is the ideal base material for luminaire diffusers, which may be used in rooms subject to increased stress. Moreover, polycarbonate is characterised by increased inflammability and thus contributes to increased preventive fire protection.

Examples of series: Aragon, Centa-S

514

Control gear

Warm-start electronic control gear The series of luminaires in this catalogue are equipped as standard with electronic control gear (ECG). These are primarily so-called warm-start electronic control gear which are characterised by a lamp-preserving start with a defined electrode pre-heating. The electronic control gear represents modern operating electronics for fluorescent lamps. The advantages electronic control gear units have to offer create decisive requirements for saving energy, environmental compatibility, comfort and safety: Maximum lamp service life (20,000 hours for tubular fluorescent lamps) even in areas with increased switching rates. No stroboscopic effect, no lamp flickering, Flicker-free warm lamp start, High performance factor compensation capacitors are therefore not required, Safety cut-off in case of defective lamp, High thermal safety, Unlimited use according to EU directive 2000/55/EC. TRILUX luminaires with only switchable ECG have the suffix E at the end of the reference, e.g. 5001 RPX/35 E. Luminaires with dimmable electronic control gear with 1-10 V interface are marked with the suffix ED, e.g. 5001 RPX/35 ED. Versions that have the DALI* interface are indicated with EDD, e.g., BLUEmotion H IPX 349 EDD. 1 Quality Electronic control gear in TRILUX luminaires are high-quality products of a renowned manufacturer. Developed and produced according to international quality assurance requirements in compliance with ISO 9001. 2 Input voltage Constant luminous flux output with the mains voltage bracket of 230 V 10 % up to 240 V + 10 %. 3 Mains frequency Suitable for operation in service band of the mains VAC of 50 to 60 Hz or for direct current. 4 Emergency lighting Electronic control gear are generally suited for operation with 220 V direct current in emergency lighting installations. When selecting luminaires for this application, please consult your local TRILUX support centre. 5 High power factor High power factor 0.95, therefore no additional steps for power factor compensation required.

6 Lamp ignition, also in case of low temperatures Electronic control gear guarantee safe lamp ignition and lamp operation according to the standards for temperatures up to 20 C. Please consult your local TRILUX support centre for further details. 7 ENEC label The ENEC label documents tested safety and methods of working according to EN 61347/60929. 8 EMC label The EMC label (Electro Magnetic Compatibility) confirms the conformity with the standards for electro-magnetic compatibility EN 55015, EN 61000 Part 3-2, EN 61547.

fication process is over, the operating data of the electronic control gear is adapted to the type and the wattage class of the used fluorescent lamps and they remain stored. Only a quick test measurement is conducted during subsequent start phases. The system recognises the use of a lamp with differing performance data which leads to a renewed lamp identification process. Standard high technology Luminaires for T5 fluorescent lamps with a reduced diameter of only 16 mm stand for particular user advantages: Highly efficient or high output T5 lamps can be exchanged thanks to the use of electronic control gear in Multi-Lamp technology. Many louvre and diffuser luminaire series are equipped as standard with Multi-Lamp electronic control gear. These series essentially consist of only two luminaire bodies in module 1200 mm and 1500 mm. Multi-Lamp technology allows the operation of T5 fluorescent lamps in wattages of 28/54W or 35/49/80W. The relevant luminaires have the corresponding designation in their reference. Tangible advantages Electronic control gear units allow operation of T5 lamps with different wattages. Illuminances are variable in case of changing light requirements without exchanging the lamps. Simplified logistics. Warm start of all lamps < 1 s. Warm start, resulting in increased lamp service life independent of switching rate. Voltage life of up to 380 V ~ (with only switchable electronic control gear E). Efficient protection in case of neutral conductor interferences (with only switchable electronic control gear E).

Multi-Lamp technology Electronic control gear units in Multi-Lamp technology represent a new era in the further development of electronic control gear for fluorescent lamps. Independent recognition, optimal start and standard-conforming operation of different lamps are the characteristics of the inherent intelligence of these devices. During the start phase of the fluorescent lamps, the micro-processor-controlled electronic control gear system takes various measurements of the lamp operating parameters and compares these with the internationally standardised lamp data stored within the micro-controller. This way, preheating currents, electrode voltage and electrode impedance as well as operating current and lamp voltage are measured. Once the identi-

* DALI: Digital Addressable Lighting Interface.

515

Energy efficiency
Energy required by lighting

Efficient Lighting When it comes to work areas, the amount of power that lighting systems require may vary significantly depending on the technology of the lighting systems. The deployment of modern systems can reduce energy consumption by up to more than 80 %. The most important elements in the quest for energyefficient lighting are: Efficient lighting technology High luminous efficiency of lamps Low power loss of control gear High light output ratio of luminaires driven by optical systems with high degrees of reflection and/or transmission and intelligent geometry High degree of lighting efficiency due to bright rooms and targeted light control Intelligent Lighting Electronics Use of daylight to reduce artificial lighting Artificial lighting is turned off if the space is empty User-friendly System Solutions Easy to install Intuitive operation High acceptance among contractors and users

6 surface-mounted luminaires with opal diffuser Lamps: 2 x 58 W (T8, 26 mm) Control gear: conventional ballast KVG Connected load: 900 W = 100 %

6 surface-mounted luminaires with specular louvre Lamps: 1 x 58 W (T8, 26 mm) Control gear: Low-loss ballast VVG Connected load: 420 W = 47 %

6 surface-mounted and suspended luminaires with specular louvre Lamps: 1 x 35 W (T5, 16 mm) Control gear: Electronic control gear EVG Connected load: 234 W = 26 %

6 surface-mounted and suspended luminaires with specular louvre Lamps: 1 x 35 W (T5, 16 mm) Control gear: Dimmable electronic control gear (Dimm-ECG) Connected load: 234 W = 26 % + Light management 13 % (Reduction of energy required by 50 %)

100 %

47 % -53 %

26 % -74 %

13 % -87 %

Statutory Requirements In Europe nowadays there is the EU Directive 2002/91/EC that marks the energy performance of buildings. In doing so, the demand for greater energy efficiency has become a statutory requirement. The Energy Saving Act will soon make it mandatory for public and functional buildings to obtain energy efficiency certification from their respective authorities. Energy efficiency is evaluated here by way of comparison with the reference value specified (see diagram). The evaluation process is defined in the standard DIN V 18599 and is thus entirely neutral. For lighting parameters include: Additional energy expenditures, i.e. for air-conditioning, waste heat generated by the installation, are taken into account. It also considers the efficiency of power generation based on primary energy sources. That is why the electrical energy is evaluated by multiplying with a primary energy factor that changes from country to country. As a result, the efficiency of electric lighting installations becomes the focus of attention. Normally lighting amounts to more than 25 % of the primary energy demand in a building.

Surface-mounted and suspended luminaires with specular louvre with T5 lamp + light management

Surface-mounted and suspended luminaires with specular louvre with T5 lamp

Surface-mounted luminaires with specular louvre with T8 lamp

Surface-mounted luminaires with opal PLEXIGLAS diffuser with T8 lamp

25 %

50 %

75 %

100 %

125 %

150 %

175 %

200 %

225 %

Reference value

516

The following pages show two examples of energy-efficient lighting. Further examples are documented in the special brochure entitled Energy Efficiency, which is available for downloading at www.trilux.eu.

Lighting Quality All energy-related analyses of lighting should not overlook that the qualitative characteristics of lighting must be viewed as a sum of factors and not individually. Thats why efficient lighting always means transforming the electric energy applied into the highest possible lighting quality and comfort. Besides illuminance, other quantitative and qualitative characteristics are to be taken into account for good lighting. The most important ones include: A balanced distribution of luminance The prevention of direct and reflex glare Light colour and colour rendering Constant flicker-free output Direction of lighting and shadowing They influence the visual acuity, comfort and well-being of the user, whereas it is desirable to focus on the natural situation of daylight as a whole. Especially the relation of direct and diffuse light components, balanced in daylight, can be realised very easily in light-coloured rooms with suspended luminaires.
Illuminance

Distribution of luminance

Direction of light

Flickering Direct and reflex formation

Light colour and colour rendering

Daylight

TRILUX-Software The energy saving potential of modern lighting systems can be calculated with the aid of the photometric planning software TX-Win developed by TRILUX and leading lighting software consultants. The planned lighting system is evaluated here in comparison to the reference values of EnEV based on DIN V 18599. All the necessary data and calculation procedures are already specified in the user-friendly software package, which is available for downloading at www.trilux.eu.

Connected load/kW Specific connected load/W/m2 (*) Useful energy requirement/kWh/a

0,92 13,2 1328 /

(*) corresponds to the electric weighting output based on the spatial area according to DIN V 18599-4 1024 without/with consideration of daylight supply. Reference value EnEv: 2185 kWh/a

517

Energy efficiency
3-axis office with suspended louvre luminaires Luceo

Energy requirement Reference values as per EnEV Planned lighting installation Energy savings

491 kWh/a 195 kWh/a 60 %

Room information 3-axis office with double workplace, 25 m2


Luminaires 1 x Luceo H UXP-H 135 EDD+ActiM (35 W) 5 x Luceo H UXP-H 135 EDD (35 W) Light Management System Connected load Energy saving due to light management ActiLume 232,5 Watt

48 %

Version 1 6 luminaires TRILUX Luceo H UXP H 135 EDD ActiLume light controller and sensor integrated in a master luminaire Master-luminaire with 7-core sheathed cable 2-channel broadcast operation DALI addressing not necessary Luminaire row close to window with master luminaire on control line 1 Luminaire row far away from window on control line 2 Switch close to the door Functions Daylight-dependent control dimming, deactivation, reactivation Offset operation (close to window/far away from window) Presence detection at place of work ON/OFF via switch Version 2 like version 1, except without switch Additional presence detection sensor close to door. Functions ON/OFF only by means of presence detection Version 3 like version 1, except all luminaires together on control line 1 1 button in close proximity to door Functions 1-channel control ON/OFF and dimming via push-button (one-button operation).

Comment When using continuous-line luminaires, a one-button control and simultaneous 2-channel broadcast operation are possible with a 7-core sheathed cable connection (see connection of continuous-line luminaire).

Offset control Two groups of luminaires are controlled in relation to the daylight. The setpoint is adjustable. Group 1, which is close to the window, is controlled by the master luminaire and dimmed only at relevant daylight levels. Group 2, which is further from the window, is always dimmed less (Offset = 30%), since, logically, less daylight is available here. In case of sufficient daylight over a longer period, both groups are switched off. One-button control Short press of button: ON/OFF Lighting installation always starts in daylight dependent regulated operation. Long press of button to dim When dimming, the lighting installation switches over to manual operation, the set level of artificial light remains constant without regard to daylight until the light installation is switched off and switched back on, to return it to automatic mode. Presence detection remains active.

Order form 1 x master luminaire Luceo H UXP-H 135/49/80 EDD+ActiM 03 5 x DALI-luminaire Luceo H UXP-H 135/49/80 EDD 03 12 x wire suspension Luceo ZST/1000 6 x connection socket Luceo ZAA/03 1 x switch on site alternative (version 2) 1 x presence detection sensor LMS ACTI LRM 8118/00 alternative (version 3) 1 x mechanical push-button 1 x IR-remote control (optional) LMS ACTI IRT 8010/00

TOC

56 432 07

49 018 07

46 037 00

46 018 00

50 443 00 on site

50 439 00

518

230 V

230 V

Switch 4,0 Presence detection sensor (Version 2) 4,0

Push-button

3,0 DALI 2 2,0

3,0

2,0

1,0

1,0

y/m

0,0 0,0 x/m

y/m

DALI 1

0,0 0,0 x/m Version 3 1,0

DALI 1

1,0

2,0

3,0

4,0

5,0

2,0

3,0

4,0

5,0

Version 1/2

Connecting version 1 (condition as supplied to customer) Connecting the control lines between the master luminaire and other DALI luminaires for broadcast operation Both groups are connected separately using the DALI connections DALI addressing not necessary Master luminaire is part of group 1 Activation of lighting with the switch upon entry Connecting version 2 like version 1, except connection of lighting to continuous phase without switch Additional presence detection sensor close to door, connection to DALI line Activation of lighting by presence detection sensor upon entry.

Connecting version 3 (changing connection) Connecting the control lines between the master luminaire and other DALI luminaires for broadcast operation All luminaires form one group DALI addressing not necessary Change connections of DALI 2 to LS and NS LS is a connection terminal for pulsed phase (230 V) NS and N can be bridged Activate lighting with the push-button upon entry Additional presence detection sensor close to door possible

Connection of continuous-line Connecting the control lines for broadcast operation, 2 DALI groups DALI 1 is further wired in the continuousline DALI 2 is led back to the ceiling rose LS is a terminal for pulsed phase (230 V) NS and N can be bridged Activate lighting with the push-button upon entry Additional presence detection sensor close to door possible

EDD + Acti Master

EDD + Acti Master

EDD + Acti Master

EDD DALI

LS NS L N a
L N P

DALI 1 DALI 2 Window Corridor

Taster L N P

LS NS L N a

DALI 1 DALI 2 Window Corridor

LS NS

L N a

DALI 1 DALI 2 Window Corridor

L N a

DALI 1 Window

L N P DALI 1 DALI 2

L N P DALI 1

L N P DALI 2

519

Energy efficiency
Triple sports hall with suspended louvre luminaires that are resistant to ball impact

Energy requirement Reference values as per EnEV Planned lighting installation Energy savings

65738 kWh/a 31002 kWh/a 53 %

Room information Triple sports hall, 1215 m2 (500 Lux)


Luminaires 72 x 5063 RWS/58 EDD Light Management System Connected load Energy saving due to light management LIGHTGATEplus 3963 Watt

31 %

Version 72 luminaires 5063 RWS 3 LIGHTGATEplus hall controller In each part of the hall: 4 rows of luminaires each 2 rows of luminaires as group to DALI connection No DALI addressing necessary DALI 1 far from window DALI 2 close to window 3 sensors for recessed mounting in ceiling with ball impact cages 3 push buttons behind cover that can be closed Master controller in middle hall 2 additional switches with control lamps behind the cover that can be closed Functions Individual hall use (if switch S2 at master controller opened): Room lighting controlled in relation to daylight 2 independent control groups for each hall in broadcast operation with one light sensor each Presence detection for each hall over the entire room with the aid of 3 sensors Automatic actuation to 200 lx, per hall upon entry, in regulated operation Possible settings per hall (behind wall cover if applicable) Push-button 1: First setpoint 200 lx Push-button 2: Second setpoint 300 lx Push-button 3: Third setpoint 500 lx Reactivation to 200 lx after absence, in regulated operation

Entire hall (if switch S2 is closed:) As in individual halls, however: With presence detection using 9 sensors over the entire hall Light control of the entire hall using the sensors of a controller (master) Adjustment options when opening the wall cover Switch S1 for changing from controlled operation (setpoint) to manual operation (fixed dimming value), presence detection deactivated Push-button 1: First setpoint/dimming value, 200 lx Push-button 2: Second setpoint/dimming value, 300 lx Push-button 3: Third setpoint/dimming value, 500 lx
Order form 72 x sports hall luminaire 5063 RWS/58 EDD 3 x controller LGC-HX01/S/D 9 x sensor LGS-RPL/S 9 x surface-mounting set LGM-SM 9 x ball impact cages OBS 18 x data cables (50 m) 0L50 2 x data cables (2 m) 0L02 9 x coupling 0MK1 9 x push-button with control lamp 24VDC, LED 24VDC 2 x switch with control lamp 24VDC, LED 24VDC 3 x power contactor (optional) TOC 11 672 07 56 785 00 50 448 00 50 451 00 22 255 00 22 265 00 22 261 00 22 274 00 on site on site on site

Light control When entering the hall, the light is switched ON automatically in the relevant hall by means of presence detection. The light management system controls light in the hall in two areas which are independent of each other using two light sensors (see Technical Appendix). Upon entry, lighting is regulated to the first set point that has been saved. This setpoint should be set to 200 lux for sports classes in school (see Technical Appendix). In case of sufficient daylight in area 1, the lighting is switched off. Presence detection Presence detection generally relates to the individual hall in individual hall operation mode or the entire hall in entire hall operation mode. A third sensor without light control function is installed in each hall for reliable presence detection. Possible settings Other possible system settings can only be accessed by authorised persons. Two other setpoints, e.g. 300 lux for training and 500 lux for competitions, can be called using the T2 and T3 push-buttons. The first setpoint can be called again using push-button T1. By activating switch S1 in overall hall operation, it is possible to disable the control and presence detection so that the fixed preset dimming values of the lighting installation can be called without regard to daylight.

520

27,0
DALI 2 DALI 2 DALI 2

24,0
Sensor 2 Sensor 2 Sensor 2

21,0

18,0

DALI 2

DALI 2

DALI 2

15,0
Hall 1

Sensor 3 Hall 2 DALI 1

Sensor 3 Hall 3 DALI 1

Sensor 3

12,0

DALI 1

9,0
Sensor 1 Sensor 1 DALI 1 Sensor 1 DALI 1

6,0
DALI 1

3,0

5,0

10,0

15,0

20,0

25,0

30,0

35,0

40,0

45,0

Sensor 1 Sensor 2 Sensor 3 Slave Contr. Slave Contr. Interface T1 T2 T3 T4 T5 T6 T7 COM1 COM2 Sen. 1-3 Sen. 4-6 Sen. 7-9

Sensor 1 Sensor 2 Sensor 3 Slave Contr. Slave Contr. Interface T1 T2 T3 T4 T5 T6 T7 COM1 COM2 Sen. 1-3 Sen. 4-6 Sen. 7-9

Sensor 1 Sensor 2 Sensor 3 Slave Contr. Slave Contr. Interface T1 T2 T3 T4 T5 T6 T7 COM1 COM2 H1 H2 H3 H4 H5 H6 H7 COM1 COM2 Sen. 1-3 Sen. 4-6 Sen. 7-9 LightgatePlus DALI

LightgatePlus DALI

Controller LGC-HX01/S/D T1: Preset 1 T2: Preset 2 T3: Preset 3 T4: DIM UP T5: DIM DOWN T6: OFF H1 H2 H3 H4 H5 H6 H7 COM1 COM2 DA2 DA2 DA3 DA3 S1 S2 H8 H9 COM

LightgatePlus DALI

Controller LGC-HX01/S/D T1: Preset 1 T2: Preset 2 T3: Preset 3 T4: DIM UP T5: DIM DOWN T6: OFF H1 H2 H3 H4 H5 H6 H7 COM1 COM2 DA2 DA2 DA3 DA3 S1 S2 H8 H9 COM

Controller LGC-HX01/S/D T1: Preset 1 T2: Preset 2 T3: Preset 3 T4: DIM UP T5: DIM DOWN T6: OFF DA2 DA2 DA3 DA3 S1 S2 H8 H9 COM

L L L N N PE DA1 DA1 +Ub

L L L N N PE DA1 DA1 +Ub

L1 N DALI 1 DALI 2 DALI 1 DALI 2 DALI 1 DALI 2

Halle 1

Halle 2

S1

H8

S2

H9

On Off T1.1 H1.1 T2.1 H2.1 T3.1 H3.1

On Off T1.1 H1.1 T2.1 H2.1 T3.1 H3.1

On Off T1.1 H1.1 T2.1 H2.1 T3.1 H3.1

Connecting controllers 3 controllers in master/slave switch, connection with data cables, 2 switches and control lamps 24V to S1 and S2 or H8 and H9 of the master controller (average)

Connection per controller like individual sports hall, except: 3 push buttons and control lamps 24V, to T1, T2 and T3 and/or H1, H2 and H3 1 power contactor K1 (optional), for disconnecting power supply of ECG, the STANDBY power of the control gear units is not necessary (see individual sports hall)

L L L N N PE DA1 DA1 +Ub Halle 3

Selection of operating mode Selection of operating mode via DIP switches Setting master/slave1/slave2 via DIP switches 1 and 2 DALI groups as separate control groups with DIP7 = OFF (joint control with DIP7=ON) Selected DIP switch position, see figure

521

Operating conditions and symbols

Operating conditions All TRILUX interior luminaires are supplied ready for connection for a mains voltage of 230 V 10 % with a nominal frequency of 50 Hz. They are intended if not indicated otherwise for ceiling mounting (in case of surface-mounted luminaires with total installation to even fixing surfaces). The luminaires are if not indicated otherwise planned for the exclusive use in interiors with rated ambient temperatures of +25C. Appropriate mounting in accordance with the mounting instructions is required in order to observe the assured characteristics. Special operating conditions In case of deviating operating conditions, please contact your local TRILUX support centre. This also applies in case of less favourable operating conditions, such as special chemical or physical influences, e.g., humidity, salt mist, alkaline solutions, acids, softeners, gases, maritime or tropical climates, UV radiation, constant or short vibrations, cleaning methods, etc. 65-Labels All luminaires documented in this catalogue are marked with VDE and/or ENEC-VDE labels. TRILUX luminaires are tested by the VDE test board as an independent institute in accordance with EN 60598 (VDE 0711) and carry the VDE or ENEC label. In addition, the production is monitored by VDE inspectors who take samples at random for further examination. e-Labels Sports hall luminaires are also tested for ball impact resistance and marked with the e-symbol. 4-Labels All luminaires documented in this catalogue are tested according to EN 55015 and carry the EMC label for radio interference suppression. Luminaires certified by the VDE test board in this regard bear the 4-label. Multi-lamp luminaires equipped with inductive ballasts are subject to radio interference sup-

pression for single-phase connection. When dividing the lamp circuits for series switching, an additional radio interference suppression capacitor must be installed on site for each further circuit. Radio interference suppression capacitors are to be connected between conductor and neutral conductor. d-Labels All luminaires documented in this catalogue are marked with the d-label, which guarantees that during abnormal operation (constant preheating of the lamp electrodes) a temperature of 130 C at the fixing area or in case of of defective ballasts (shorted coil) a temperature of 180 C at the fixing area is not exceeded. The TRILUX luminaires featured in this catalogue are suitable for mounting on construction materials which retain their shape and remain stable at temperatures of up to 180 C (normal and very low inflammability according to DIN 4102-1). Please contact your local TRILUX support centre if TRILUX luminaires need to be sheathed with heating-insulating materials. o$-Labels The design of o-labelled luminaires is such that the temperature limits must not be exceeded on either the horizontal or vertical

surfaces of the luminaire. In addition, they protect the lamps against mechanical damage and are always equipped with electronic control gear due to higher thermal safety requirements. o-labelled TRILUX luminaires are predestined for use in areas exposed to fire hazards caused by dust and fibrous substances. a-Labels Luminaires with earthed conductor connection generally satisfy the safety class I, even if it is only used for electro-magnetic compatibility. M-Labels Safety class II. Degree of protection The degree of protection is indicated with the IP code, e.g., IP20. Impact resistant The tested impact resistance of luminaires is provided in Joule. Hot wire test The hot wire test documents the tested temperature resistance (650 C, 850 C, 960 C) of luminaire surface materials.

VDU workstations must be set up in accordance with ergonomic requirements. The luminaires permissible average luminances are defined in EN 12464-1. Average illuminances L 1000 cd/m2 are permissible for modern screen technologies. The conformance with this limit has been

documented for the products featured in this catalogue. Screens which have a very reflective surface may require further reduced limits L 200 cd/m2 which are satisfied by many louvre luminaires. For more information please contact your local TRILUX support centre.

522

Wiring and installation suggestions

General mains 230 V L1 L2 L3 N PE

Control line 1...10 V

Wiring diagram 1

General mains 230 V L1 L2 L3 N PE

Safety current supply

Wiring diagram 2

U<

ECG dimmable
VVG

Charging circuit L1 General mains 230 V L2 L3 N PE

Wiring diagram 3

General mains 230 V L1 L2 L3 N PE

Safety current supply ECG

Wiring diagram 4

ECG U<

Battery Charger Electronics Charging control U< Single supply unit Switching relay

Wiring diagram 1 Dimmable luminaires must be connected with a 2-core control line in addition to the normal mains supply.

Wiring diagram 2 Luminaires with emergency lighting socket E14 are also connected with the emergency lighting circuit in addition to the general lighting circuit.

Wiring diagram 3 Luminaires with individual battery system EB are also connected to the unconnected phase conductor. Even if the luminaire is switched on, the integrated accumulator is being charged and the mains supply monitored.

Wiring diagram 4 Luminaires with switching relay UR are switched to the emergency lighting circuit, when there is a direct or alternating current of 220 V = or 230 V.

Cable cross-sections through wiring set for rapid-mounting continuous lines Continuous lines are to be planned in such a way that a minimum voltage of 207 V is available to even the most distant gear tray in the continuous line. That is why it is essential that the number of gear trays indicated in the adjacent table is observed with regard to permissible current loading and voltage drop. When applying this table, particular attention must be given to the possibility that the maximum number may

be further limited due to the contactors or mains switches that are used. Since the load of the through-wiring and the related temperature rise can also have repercussions on other luminaire components, the Delta and E-Line continuous lines are generally tested with a through-wiring load of 10 A (16 A) with a cable crosssection of 1.5 mm2 (2.5 mm2).

Gear trays T8 1 x 36 W 2 x 36 W 1 x 58 W 2 x 58 W T5 1 x 35 W 2 x 35 W 1 x 49 W 2 x 49 W 1 x 54 W 2 x 54 W 1 x 80 W 2 x 80 W

Max. number

62 (100) 31 (50) 40 (64) 20 (32) 58 (94) 29 (47) 41 (64) 20 (32) 38 (66) 19 (33) 25 (41) 12 (20)

523

TOC TRILUX ORDER CODE

To ensure efficient order processing, this catalogue contains the reference system TOC (TRILUX ORDER CODE). All luminaire designations and system components are assigned a 7-digit TOC number. For luminaires

and gear trays of continuous-line systems the 5-digit TOC base number is supplemented by a 2-digit number to indicate the electrical equipment configuration.

Example taken from a catalogue page with Delta gear trays


Reference 1-lamp version 7601N/35/49/80 7602N/80 TOC 12 686 12 704 E 04 04 EDD 07

TOC reference example Luminaire designation: Complete TOC number:

7601N/35/49/80 EDD 12 686 07 the complete 7-digit TOC number for clear identification of luminaires, gear trays and system components when placing your order.

The reference suffix EDD in the luminaire designation (for dimmable electronic control gear DALI) is reflected in this example by the ending 07. We kindly ask you to use exclusively

Legend Switching variants TOC


TOC suffix 00 01 02 04 05 07 08 Abbreviation Significance Accessory Inductive Compensated Electronic control gear (ECG) Dimmable ECG Dimmable ECG DALI Dimmable ECG with sensor TOC suffix 10 11 40 42 50 51 54 Abbreviation Significance Mains connection direct Electronic control gear dimmable DSI Electronic transformer ECG + electronic transformer Requires other components Electronic transformer DALI (RGB) Combination of multiple versions

L K E ED EDD EDS

ESD ET

524

Lamp characteristics

Lamp type

PL

LF

Ra

OSRAM designation

W
T16 T16 T16 T16 T16 T16 T16 T16 T16 T16 T16 T16 T16 T16 T16 T16 T16 T16 T16 T16 T16 T16 T16 T16 T16 T16 T16 T16 T16 T16 T16 T16 T16 T16 T16 T16 T16 T16 T16 T16 T16 T16 T16 T16 T16 T16 T16 T16 T16 T16 T16 T16 T16 T16 T16 T16 T16 T16 T16 T16 T16 T16 T16 T16
PL L LF = Lamp rating = Lamp length = Lamp diameter = Lamp colour

mm
549 549 549 549 549 549 549 549 549 549 549 549 549 549 849 849 849 849 849 849 849 849 849 849 849 849 1149 1149 1149 1149 1149 1149 1149 1149 1149 1149 1149 1149 1149 1149 1149 1449 1449 1449 1449 1449 1449 1449 1449 1449 1449 1449 1449 1449 1449 1449 1449 1449 1449 1449 1449 1449 1449 1449

mm
16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 ww ww nw tw tw ww ww nw nw tw tw nw nw tw ww ww nw nw tw tw ww ww nw nw tw tw ww ww nw nw tw tw ww ww nw nw tw tw nw nw tw ww ww nw nw tw tw ww ww nw nw tw tw nw nw tw ww ww nw nw tw tw nw tw

80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 90 90 90 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 90 90 90 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 90 90 90 80 80 80 80 80 80 90 90 FH 14W/827 HE FH 14W/830 HE FH 14W/840 HE FH 14W/865 HE FH 14W/880 HE FQ 24W/827 HO FQ 24W/830 HO FQ 24W/835 HO FQ 24W/840 HO FQ 24W/865 HO FQ 24W/880 HO FQ 24W/940 FQ 24W/965 FH 21W/827 HE FH 21W/830 HE FH 21W/835 HE FH 21W/840 HE FH 21W/865 HE FH 21W/880 HE FQ 39W/827 HO FQ 39W/830 HO FQ 39W/835 HO FQ 39W/840 HO FQ 39W/865 HO FQ 39W/880 HO FH 28W/827 HE FH 28W/830 HE FH 28W/835 HE FH 28W/840 HE FH 28W/865 HE FH 28W/880HE FQ 54W/827 HO FQ 54W/830 HO FQ 54W/835 HO FQ 54W/840 HO FQ 54W/865 HO FQ 54W/880 HO FQ 54W/940 FQ 54W/965 FH 35W/827 HE FH 35W/830 HE FH 35W/835 HE FH 35W/840 HE FH 35W/865 HE FH 35W/880 HE FQ 49W/827 HO FQ 49W/830 HO FQ 49W/835 HO FQ 49W/840 HO FQ 49W/865 HO FQ 49W/880 HO FQ 49W/940 FQ 49W/965 FQ 80W/827 HO FQ 80W/830 HO FQ 80W/835 HO FQ 80W/840 HO FQ 80W/865 HO FQ 80W/880 HO FQ 80W/940 FQ 80W/965

EVG (Im) (cd)2)


1200 1200 1200 1100 1050 1750 1750 1750 1750 1600 1550 1400 1400 1900 1900 1900 1900 1750 1700 3100 3100 3100 3100 2850 2750 2600 2600 2600 2600 2400 2350 4450 4450 4450 4450 4100 4000 3800 3800 3300 3300 3300 3300 3050 3000 4300 4300 4300 4300 4100 4050 3700 3700 6150 6150 6150 6150 5700 5550 5500 5500

Philips designation

Socket EVG (Im) (cd)2)


1200 1200 1200 1100 1750 1750 1750 1650 1400 1400 1400 1900 1900 1900 1750 3100 3100 3100 2900 2600 2600 2600 2400 4450 4450 4450 4250 3800 3800 3800 3300 3300 3300 3100 4300 4300 4300 4100 3700 3700 3700 6150 6150 6150 5850 G5 G5 G5 G5 G5 G5 G5 G5 G5 G5 G5 G5 G5 G5 G5 G5 G5 G5 G5 G5 G5 G5 G5 G5 G5 G5 G5 G5 G5 G5 G5 G5 G5 G5 G5 G5 G5 G5 G5 G5 G5 G5 G5 G5 G5 G5 G5 G5 G5 G5 G5 G5 G5 G5 G5 G5 G5 G5 G5 G5 G5 G5 G5 G5

T5

14 14 14 14 14 24 24 24 24 24 24 24 24 24 21 21 21 21 21 21 39 39 39 39 39 39 28 28 28 28 28 28 54 54 54 54 54 54 54 54 54 35 35 35 35 35 35 49 49 49 49 49 49 49 49 49 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80

TL5 HE 14W/827 TL5 HE 14W/830 TL5 HE 14W/840 TL5 HE 14W/865 TL5 HO 24W/827 TL5 HO 24W/830 TL5 HO 24W/840 TL5 HO 24W/865 TL5 HO 24W/940 TL5 HO 24W/950 TL5 HO 24W/965 TL5 HE 21W/827 TL5 HE 21W/830 TL5 HE 21W/840 TL5 HE 21W/865 TL5 HO 39W/827 TL5 HO 39W/830 TL5 HO 39W/840 TL5 HO 39W/865 TL5 HE 28W/827 TL5 HE 28W/830 TL5 HE 28W/840 TL5 HE 28W/865 TL5 HO 54W/827 TL5 HO 54W/830 TL5 HO 54W/840 TL5 HO 54W/865 TL5 HO 54W/940 TL5 HO 54W/950 TL5 HO 54W/965 TL5 HE 35W/827 TL5 HE 35W/830 TL5 HE 35W/840 TL5 HE 35W/865 TL5 HO 49W/827 TL5 HO 49W/830 TL5 HO 49W/840 TL5 HO 49W/865 TL5 HO 49W/940 TL5 HO 49W/950 TL5 HO 49W/965 TL5 HO 80W/827 TL5 HO 80W/830 TL5 HO 80W/840 TL5 HO 80W/865 -

Ra = Colour rendering index FW = Colour rendering VVG = Low-loss ballast EVG = Electronic control gear

* All luminous flux indications based on 25 C.

525

Lamp characteristics

Lamp type

PL

LF

Ra

OSRAM designation

W
T16 coloured T16 coloured T16 coloured T16 coloured T16 coloured T16 coloured T16 coloured T16 coloured T16 coloured T16 coloured T16 coloured T16 coloured T16 coloured T16 coloured T16 coloured T16 coloured T16 coloured T16 coloured T16 coloured T16 coloured T16 coloured T16 coloured T16 coloured T16 coloured T26 T26 T26 T26 T26 T26 T26 T26 T26 T26 T26 T26 T26 T26 T26 T26 T26 T26 T26 T26 T26 T26 T26 T26 T26 T26 T26 T26 T26 T26 T26 T26 T26 T26 T26 T26 14 14 14 24 24 24 21 21 21 39 39 39 28 28 28 54 54 54 35 35 35 80 80 80 18 18 18 18 18 18 18 18 18 18 32 32 32 36 36 36 36 36 36 36 36 36 36 51 51 51 58 58 58 58 58 58 58 58 58 58

mm
549 549 549 549 549 549 849 849 849 849 849 849 1149 1149 1149 1149 1149 1149 1449 1449 1449 1449 1449 1449 590 590 590 590 590 590 590 590 590 590 1200 1200 1200 1200 1200 1200 1200 1200 1200 1200 1200 1200 1200 1500 1500 1500 1500 1500 1500 1500 1500 1500 1500 1500 1500 1500

mm
16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 26 26 26 26 26 26 26 26 26 26 26 26 26 26 26 26 26 26 26 26 26 26 26 26 26 26 26 26 26 26 26 26 26 26 26 26 red green blue red green blue red green blue red green blue red green blue red green blue red green blue red green blue ww ww nw nw tw tw ww nw tw tw ww nw tw ww ww nw nw tw tw ww nw tw tw ww nw tw ww ww nw nw tw tw ww nw tw tw

80 80 80 80 80 80 90 90 90 90 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 90 90 90 90 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 90 90 90 90 FH 14W/60 HE FH 14W/66 HE FH 14W/67 HE FQ 24W/60 HO FQ 24W/66 HO FQ 24W/67 HO FH 21W/60 HE FH 21W/66 HE FH 21W/67 HE FQ 39W/60 HO FQ 39W/66 HO FQ 39W/67 HO FH 28W/60 HE FH 28W/66 HE FH 28W/67 HE FQ 54W/60 HO FQ 54W/66 HO FQ 54W/67 HO FH 35W/60 HE FH 35W/66 HE FH 35W/67 HE FQ 80W/60 HO FQ 80W/66 HO FQ 80W/67 HO L 18W/827 L 18W/830 L 18W/835 L 18W/840 L 18W/865 L 18W/880 L 18W/930 L 18W/940 L 18W/954 L 18W/965 L 36W/827 L 36W/830 L 36W/835 L 36W/840 L 36W/865 L 36W/880 L 36W/930 L 36W/940 L 36W/954 L 36W/965 L 58W/827 L 58W/830 L 58W/835 L 58W/840 L 58W/865 L 58W/880 L 58W/930 L 58W/940 L 58W/954 L 58W/965

EVG (Im) (cd)2)


930 1550 300 1500 2500 525 1500 2500 500 2450 4100 850 2100 3500 700 3450 6300 1200 2650 4450 875 4525 7650 1550 1300 1300 1300 1300 1250 1250 1050 1150 1100 1100 3200 3200 3200 3200 3150 2750 2600 2750 2700 2700 5000 5000 5000 5000 4750 4700 4200 4400 4350 4350

Philips designation

Socket EVG (Im) (cd)2)


900 1675 310 1400 2750 550 1800 3350 625 3450 6900 1500 1300 1300 1300 1250 1050 1150 1100 1100 2750 2750 2600 3200 3200 3200 3150 2700 2700 2700 2700 4480 4480 4175 5000 5000 5000 4750 4200 4400 4350 4350 G5 G5 G5 G5 G5 G5 G5 G5 G5 G5 G5 G5 G5 G5 G5 G5 G5 G5 G5 G5 G5 G5 G5 G5 G13 G13 G13 G13 G13 G13 G13 G13 G13 G13 G13 G13 G13 G13 G13 G13 G13 G13 G13 G13 G13 G13 G13 G13 G13 G13 G13 G13 G13 G13 G13 G13 G13 G13 G13 G13

T5

TL5 HE 14W/150 TL5 HE 14W/170 TL5 HE 14W/180 TL5 HO 24W/150 TL5 HO 24W/170 TL5 HO 24W/180 TL5 HO 28W/150 TL5 HO 28W/170 TL5 HO 28W/180 TL5 HO 54W/150 TL5 HO 54W/170 TL5 HO 54W/180 TL-D S80 18W/827 TL-D S80 18W/830 TL-D S80 18W/840 TL-D S80 18W/865 TL-D 90 DeLuxe 18W/930 TL-D 90 DeLuxe 18W/940 TL-D 90 DeLuxe 18W/950 TL-D 90 DeLuxe 18W/965 TL-D Eco 36W/830 TL-D Eco 36W/840 TL-D Eco 36W/865 TL-D S80 36W/827 TL-D S80 36W/830 TL-D S80 36W/840 TL-D S80 36W/865 TL-D 90 DeLuxe 36W/930 TL-D 90 DeLuxe 36W/940 TL-D 90 DeLuxe 36W/950 TL-D 90 DeLuxe 36W/965 TL-D Eco 51W/830 TL-D Eco 51W/840 TL-D Eco 51W/865 TL-D S80 58W/827 TL-D S80 58W/830 TL-D S80 58W/840 TL-D S80 58W/865 TL-D 90 DeLuxe 58W/930 TL-D 90 DeLuxe 58W/940 TL-D 90 DeLuxe 58W/950 TL-D 90 DeLuxe 58W/965

T8

* All luminous flux indications based on 25 C.

526

Lamp type

PL

LF

Ra

OSRAM designation

W
T-R 16 T-R 16 T-R 16 T-R 16 T-R 16 T-R 16 T-R 16 T-R 16 T-R 16 T-R 16 T-R 16 T-R 16 T-R 16 T-R 16 22 22 22 22 40 40 40 40 55 55 55 55 60 60

mm
230 230 230 230 305 305 305 305 305 305 305 305 379 379

mm
16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 ww ww nw tw ww ww nw tw ww ww nw tw ww nw

80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 FC 22W/827 FC 22W/830 FC 22W/840 FC 22W/865 FC 40W/827 FC 40W/830 FC 40W/840 FC 40W/865 FC 55W/827 FC 55W/830 FC 55W/840 FC 55W/865 -

EVG (Im) (cd)2)


1800 1800 1800 1700 3200 3200 3200 3000 4200 4200 4200 3800 -

Philips designation

Socket EVG (Im) (cd)2)


1800 1800 3300 3300 4200 4200 5000 5000 2GX13 2GX13 2GX13 2GX13 2GX13 2GX13 2GX13 2GX13 2GX13 2GX13 2GX13 2GX13 2GX13 2GX13

TL5-C 22W/830 TL5-C 22W/840 TL5-C 40W/830 TL5-C 40W/840 TL5-C 55W/830 TL5-C 55W/840 TL5-C 60W/830 TL5-C 60W/840

Lamp type

PL

LF

Ra

OSRAM designation

Philips designation

Socket EVG (Im) (cd)2)


600 600 600 900 900 900 1200 1200 1200 1800 1800 1800 1700 1700 1700 2800 2800 2800 1200 1200 1200 950 950 950 1800 1800 1800 1500 1500 1500 2900 2900 2900 2750 2600 2350 2350 2350 G24q-1 G24q-1 G24q-1 G24q-1 G24q-1 G24q-1 G24q-2 G24q-2 G24q-2 G24q-3 G24q-3 G24q-3 2G10 2G10 2G10 2G10 2G10 2G10 2G11 2G11 2G11 2G11 2G11 2G11 2G11 2G11 2G11 2G11 2G11 2G11 2G11 2G11 2G11 2G11 2G11 2G11 2G11 2G11

W
TC-DEL TC-DEL TC-DEL TC-DEL TC-DEL TC-DEL TC-DEL TC-DEL TC-DEL TC-DEL TC-DEL TC-DEL TC-F TC-F TC-F TC-F TC-F TC-F TC-L TC-L TC-L TC-L TC-L TC-L TC-L TC-L TC-L TC-L TC-L TC-L TC-L TC-L TC-L TC-L TC-L TC-L TC-L TC-L 10 10 10 13 13 13 18 18 18 26 26 26 24 24 24 36 36 36 18 18 18 18 18 18 24 24 24 24 24 24 36 36 36 36 36 36 36 36

mm
95 95 95 130 130 130 140 140 140 160 160 160 165 165 165 217 217 217 225 225 225 225 225 225 320 320 320 320 320 320 415 415 415 415 415 415 415 415 ww ww nw ww ww nw ww ww nw ww ww nw ww ww nw ww ww nw ww ww nw ww nw tw ww ww nw ww nw tw ww ww nw tw tw ww nw tw

80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 90 90 90 80 80 80 90 90 90 80 80 80 80 80 90 90 90 DULUX D/E 10W/827 DULUX D/E 10W/830 DULUX D/E 10W/840 DULUX D/E 13W/827 DULUX D/E 13W/830 DULUX D/E 13W/840 DULUX D/E 18W/827 DULUX D/E 18W/830 DULUX D/E 18W/840 DULUX D/E 26W/827 DULUX D/E 26W/830 DULUX D/E 26W/840 DULUX F 24W/827 DULUX F 24W/830 DULUX F 24W/840 DULUX F 36W/827 DULUX F 36W/830 DULUX F 36W/840 DULUX L 18W/827 DULUX L 18W/830 DULUX L 18W/840 DULUX L 18W/930 DULUX L 18W/940 DULUX L 18W/954 DULUX L 24W/827 DULUX L 24W/830 DULUX L 24W/840 DULUX L 24W/930 DULUX L 24W/940 DULUX L 24W/950 DULUX L 36W/827 DULUX L 36W/830 DULUX L 36W/840 DULUX L 36W/865 DULUX L 36W/880 DULUX L 36W/930 DULUX L 36W/940 DULUX L 36W/954 Master PL-C 10W/827/4P Master PL-C 10W/830/4P Master PL-C 10W/840/4P Master PL-C 13W/827/4P Master PL-C 13W/830/4P Master PL-C 13W/840/4P Master PL-C 18W/827/4P Master PL-C 18W/830/4P Master PL-C 18W/840/4P Master PL-C 26W/827/4P Master PL-C 26W/830/4P Master PL-C 26W/840/4P Master PL-L 18W/827/4P Master PL-L 18W/830/4P Master PL-L 18W/840/4P Master PL-L 90 18W/930/4P Master PL-L 90 18W/940/4P Master PL-L 90 18W/950/4P Master PL-L 24W/827/4P Master PL-L 24W/830/4P Master PL-L 24W/840/4P Master PL-L 90 24W/930/4P Master PL-L 90 24W/940/4P Master PL-L 90 24W/950/4P Master PL-L 36W/827/4P Master PL-L 36W/830/4P Master PL-L 36W/840/4P Master PL-L 90 36W/930/4P Master PL-L 90 36W/940/4P Master PL-L 90 36W/950/4P

527

Lamp characteristics

Lamp type

PL

LF

Ra

OSRAM designation

Philips designation

Socket EVG (Im) (cd)2)


3500 3500 3500 3325 3000 2200 4800 4800 4800 4800 4100 3650 3650 3650 6000 6000 5600 250 250 400 400 400 600 600 600 900 900 900 900 900 900 1200 1200 1200 1800 1800 1800 2400 2400 2400 3200 3200 3200 4300 4300 4300 4000 4000 5200 6000 6000 9000 9000 2G11 2G11 2G11 2G11 2G11 2G11 2G11 2G11 2G11 2G11 2G11 2G11 2G11 2G11 2G11 2G11 2G11 2G7 2G7 2G7 2G7 2G7 2G7 2G7 2G7 2G7 2G7 2G7 GX24q-1 GX24q-1 GX24q-1 GX24q-2 GX24q-2 GX24q-2 GX24q-3 GX24q-3 GX24q-3 GX24q-3 GX24q-3 GX24q-3 GX24q-4 GX24q-4 GX24q-4 GX24q-5 GX24q-5 GX24q-5 2G8-1 2G8-1 GX24q-6 2G8-1 2G8-1 2G8-1 2G8-1

W
TC-L TC-L TC-L TC-L TC-L TC-L TC-L TC-L TC-L TC-L TC-L TC-L TC-L TC-L TC-L TC-L TC-L TC-SEL TC-SEL TC-SEL TC-SEL TC-SEL TC-SEL TC-SEL TC-SEL TC-SEL TC-SEL TC-SEL TC-TEL(I) TC-TEL(I) TC-TEL(I) TC-TEL(I) TC-TEL(I) TC-TEL(I) TC-TEL(I) TC-TEL(I) TC-TEL(I) TC-TEL(I) TC-TEL(I) TC-TEL(I) TC-TEL(I) TC-TEL(I) TC-TEL(I) TC-TEL(I) TC-TEL(I) TC-TEL(I) TC-TEL(I) TC-TEL(I) TC-TEL(I) TC-TEL(I) TC-TEL(I) TC-TEL(I) TC-TEL(I) 40 40 40 40 40 40 55 55 55 55 55 55 55 55 80 80 80 5 5 7 7 7 9 9 9 11 11 11 13 13 13 18 18 18 26 26 26 32 32 32 42 42 42 57 57 57 60 60 70 85 85 120 120

mm
535 535 535 535 535 535 535 535 535 535 535 535 535 535 565 565 565 85 85 115 115 115 145 145 145 215 215 215 90 90 90 100 100 100 115 115 115 130 130 130 155 155 155 179 179 179 182 182 219 223 223 300 300 ww ww nw tw tw tw ww ww nw tw tw ww nw tw ww nw tw ww nw ww ww nw ww ww nw ww ww nw ww ww nw ww ww nw ww ww nw ww ww nw ww ww nw ww ww nw ww nw nw ww nw ww nw

80 80 80 80 80 90 80 80 80 80 80 90 90 90 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 DULUX L 40W/827 DULUX L 40W/830 DULUX L 40W/840 DULUX L 40W/865 DULUX L 40W/880 DULUX L 40W/954 DULUX L 55W/827 DULUX L 55W/830 DULUX L 55W/840 DULUX L 55W/865 DULUX L 55W/880 DULUX L 55W/930 DULUX L 55W/940 DULUX L 55W/954 DULUX L 80W/830 DULUX L 80W/840 DULUX L 80W/880 DULUX S/E 5W/827 DULUX S/E 5W/840 DULUX S/E 7W/827 DULUX S/E 7W/830 DULUX S/E 7W/840 DULUX S/E 9W/827 DULUX S/E 9W/830 DULUX S/E 9W/840 DULUX S/E 11W/827 DULUX S/E 11W/830 DULUX S/E 11W/840 DULUX T/E 13W/827 PLUS DULUX T/E 13W/830 PLUS DULUX T/E 13W/840 PLUS DULUX T/E 18W/827 (IN) PLUS DULUX T/E 18W/830 (IN) PLUS DULUX T/E 18W/840 (IN) PLUS DULUX T/E 26W/827 (IN) PLUS DULUX T/E 26W/830 (IN) PLUS DULUX T/E 26W/840 (IN) PLUS DULUX T/E 32W/827 (IN) PLUS DULUX T/E 32W/830 (IN) PLUS DULUX T/E 32W/840 (IN) PLUS DULUX T/E 42W/827 (IN) PLUS DULUX T/E 42W/830 (IN) PLUS DULUX T/E 42W/840 (IN) PLUS DULUX T/E 57W/830 IN PLUS DULUX T/E 57W/840 IN PLUS DULUX T/E 70W/840 IN PLUS DULUX 120W/840 HO CONSTANT DULUX 120W/830 HO CONSTANT Master PL-L 40W/830/4P Master PL-L 40W/840/4P Master PL-L 55W/830/4P Master PL-L 55W/840/4P Master PL-L 90 55W/930/4P Master PL-L 90 55W/940/4P Master PL-L 90 55W/950/4P Master PL-L 80W/830 HF 4P Master PL-L 80W/840 HF 4P PL-S 5W/827 4P PL-S 5W/840 4P PL-S 7W/827 4P PL-S 7W/830 4P PL-S 7W/840 4P PL-S 9W/827/4P PL-S 9W/830/4P PL-S 9W/840/4P PL-S 11W/827/4P PL-S 11W/830/4P PL-S 11W/840/4P Master PL-T 13W/827/4P Master PL-T 13W/830/4P Master PL-T 13W/840/4P Master PL-T 18W/827/4P Master PL-T 18W/830/4P(TOP) Master PL-T 18W/840/4P(TOP) Master PL-T 26W/827/4P Master PL-T 26W/830/4P(TOP) Master PL-T 26W/840/4P(TOP) Master PL-T 32W/827/4P(TOP) Master PL-T 32W/830/4P(TOP) Master PL-T 32W/840/4P(TOP) Master PL-T 42W/827/4P(TOP) Master PL-T 42W/830/4P(TOP) Master PL-T 42W/840/4P(TOP) Master PL-T 57W/827/4P(TOP) Master PL-T 57W/830/4P(TOP) Master PL-T 57W/840/4P(TOP) Master PL-H 60W/830/4P Master PL-H 60W/840/4P Master PL-H 85W/830/4P Master PL-H 85W/840/4P Master PL-H 120W/830/4P Master PL-H 120W/840/4P

* All luminous flux indications based on 25C. With suffix (IN) and (TOP) also available in amalgam technology for increased ambient temperatures. IN and TOP without brackets are versions that are only available in amalgam technology. 1) Operation with ballast for sodium vapour lamps 2) Luminous intensity in cd 3) In preparation 4) + 10-20% with control gear for high-pressure sodium vapor lamps

528

Lamp type

PL

LF

Ra

OSRAM designation (Im) (cd)2)

Philips designation (Im) (cd)2)


MASTER HPI Plus 250W/745 BU E40 MASTER HPI Plus 400W/745 BU E40 MASTERcolour CDM-Tm Mini 20W/830 MASTERcolour CDM-TC 35W/830 MASTERcolour CDM-TC Elite 35W/930 MASTERcolour CDM-TC 35W/942 MASTERcolour CDM-Tm Mini 35W/930 MASTERcolour CDM-TC 70W/830 MASTERcolour CDM-TC Elite 70W/930 MASTERcolour CDM-TC 70W/942 MASTERcolour CDM-T 35W/830 MASTERcolour CDM-T Elite 35W/930 MASTERcolour CDM-T 35W/942 MASTERcolour CDM-T 70W/830 MASTERcolour CDM-T Elite 70W/930 MASTERcolour CDM-T 70W/942 MASTERcolour CDM-T 150W/830 MASTERcolour CDM-T 150W/942 MASTERcolour CDM-T 250W/830 MASTERcolour CDM-T 250W/942 MASTER HPI-T PLUS 250W/645 MASTER HPI-T PLUS 400W/645 180004) 325004) 1650 3300 3500 3300 3000 6400 7300 5900 3300 3500 3300 6600 7300 6600 14000 12700 23000 23300 205004) 350004) -

Socket

mm mm

Metal halide lamps, ellipsoid ( 250 W only for closed luminaires) HIE 150 144 55 ww 70 HQI-E 150/WDL 12900 HIE 150 144 55 nw 80 HQI-E 150/NDL 12500 190001) HIE 250 226 90 tw 90 HQI-E 250/D1) HIE 250 226 90 nw 69 340001) HIE 400 290 120 tw 90 HQI-E 400/D1) HIE 400 285 120 nw 69 HQI-E 400/N clear1) 420001) Metal halide lamps, ellipsoid (CE with ceramic burner) HIE-CE 70 138 54 ww 80 HCI-E/P 70/830 WDL PB clear 7000 HIE-CE 70 138 54 ww 80 HCI-E/P 70/830 WDL PB coated 6700 HIE-CE 70 138 54 nw 90 HCI-E/P 70/942 NDL PB clear 6600 HIE-CE 70 138 54 nw 90 HCI-E/P 70/942 NDL PB coated 6300 9000 HIE-CE 100 138 54 ww 80 HCI-E/P 100/830 WDL PB clear3) HIE-CE 100 138 54 ww 80 HCI-E/P 100/830 WDL PB coated3) 8500 8800 HIE-CE 100 138 54 nw 90 HCI-E/P 100/942 NDL PB clear3) HIE-CE 100 138 54 nw 90 HCI-E/P 100/942 NDL PB coated3) 8300 HIE-CE 150 138 54 ww 80 HCI-E/P 150/830 WDL PB clear 14200 HIE-CE 150 138 54 ww 80 HCI-E/P 150/830 WDL PB coated 13700 HIE-CE 150 138 54 nw 90 HCI-E/P 150/942 NDL PB clear 14200 HIE-CE 150 138 54 nw 90 HCI-E/P 150/942 NDL PB coated 13700 Metal halide lamps, tubular (CE with ceramic burner, only for closed luminaires) HIT-TC-CE 20 52 17 ww 80 HIT-TC-CE 20 52 15 ww 80 HCI-TC 20/830 WDL PB 1700 HIT-TC-CE 35 85 15 ww 80 HCI-TC 35/830 WDL PB 3500 HIT-TC-CE 35 85 15 ww 90 HCI-TC 35/930 WDL PB Shoplight3) 2800 HIT-TC-CE 35 85 15 nw 90 HCI-TC 35/942 NDL PB 3400 HIT-TC-CE 35 52 17 ww 90 6900 HIT-TC-CE 70 85 15 ww 80 HCI-TC 70/830 WDL PB3) HIT-TC-CE 70 85 15 ww 90 HCI-TC 70/930 WDL PB Shoplight 6200 HIT-TC-CE 70 85 15 nw 90 HCI-TC 70/942 NDL PB 6600 Metal halide lamps, tubular (CE with ceramic burner, only for closed luminaires) HIT-CE 35 105 20 ww 80 HCI-T 35/830 WDL PB 3600 HIT-CE 35 105 20 ww 90 HCI-T 35/930 WDL PB Shoplight3) 2800 HIT-CE 35 105 20 nw 90 HCI-T 35/942 NDL PB 3500 HIT-CE 70 105 20 ww 80 HCI-T 70/830 WDL PB 7300 HIT-CE 70 105 20 ww 90 HCI-T 70/930 WDL PB Shoplight 6300 HIT-CE 70 105 20 nw 90 HCI-T 70/942 NDL PB 6800 9500 HIT-CE 100 105 19 ww 80 HCI-T 100/830 WDL PB3) HIT-CE 100 105 19 nw 90 HCI-T 100/942 NDL PB3) 9300 HIT-CE 150 110 25 ww 80 HCI-T 150/830 WDL PB 15000 HIT-CE 150 110 25 nw 90 HCI-T 150/942 NDL PB 14500 HIT-CE 250 135 25 ww 80 HIT-CE 250 135 25 nw 90 HIT-CE 250 175 34 ww 80 HCI-TM 250/830 WDL PB1) 260001) HIT-CE 250 175 34 nw 90 HCI-TM 250/942 NDL PB1) 250001) HIT-CE 250 226 46 ww 80 HCI-T 250/830 WDL PB1) 260001) HIT-CE 250 226 46 nw 90 HCI-T 250/942 NDL PB1) 3) 250001) 400001) HIT-CE 400 175 34 nw 90 HCI-TM 400/942 NDL PB1) 3) HIT 70 84 25 ww 80 HQI-T 70/WDL 5300 HIT 70 84 25 nw 80 HQI-T 70/NDL 5800 HIT 150 84 25 ww 80 HQI-T 150/WDL 13000 HIT 150 84 25 nw 80 HQI-T 150/NDL 13000 HIT 250 257 47 nw 65 HIT 250 225 46 tw 90 HQI-T 250/D1) 200001) HIT 400 275 46 nw 65 HQI-T 400/N1) 420001) HIT 400 286 47 nw 65 HIT 400 285 62 tw 90 HQI-BT 400/D1) 350001)

E 27 E 27 E 40 E 40 E 40 E 40 E 27 E 27 E 27 E 27 E 27 E 27 E 27 E 27 E 27 E 27 E 27 E 27 PGJ5 G8,5 G8,5 G8,5 G8,5 PGJ5 G8,5 G8,5 G8,5 G12 G12 G12 G12 G12 G12 G12 G12 G12 G12 G12 G12 G22 G22 E40 E40 G22 G12 G12 G12 G12 E 40 E 40 E 40 E 40 E 40

529

Lamp characteristics

Lamp type

PL

LF

Ra OSRAM designation (Im) (cd)2)


14500 14500 17000 27000 27000 31100 48000 48000 48000 55500 15000 15000 17500 28000 28000 33200 48000 48000 56500 -

Philips designation (Im) (cd)2)


SON 150W/220 E MASTER SON PIA 150W/221 Hg Free MASTER SON PIA PLUS 150W/220 SON Comfort 150W/621 SON 250W/220 E MASTER SON PIA 250W/221 Hg Free MASTER SON PIA PLUS 250W/220 SON Comfort 250W/621 SON 400W/220 E MASTER SON PIA Hg Free 400 W MASTER SON PIA 400W/221 Hg Free MASTER SON PIA PLUS 400W/220 SON Comfort 400W/621 SON-T 150W/220 MASTER SON-T PIA 150W/221 Hg Free MASTER SON-T PIA PLUS 150W/220 SON-T Comfort 150W/621 SON-T 250W/220 MASTER SON-T PIA 250W/221 Hg Free MASTER SON-T PIA PLUS 250W/220 SON-T Comfort 250W/621 SON-T 400W/220 MASTER SON-T PIA 400W/221 Hg Free MASTER SON-T PIA PLUS 400W/220 SON-T Comfort 400W/621 14500 14500 17000 12500 27000 27000 31100 22000 48000 48000 48000 55500 37000 15000 15000 17500 13000 28000 28000 32200 23000 10700 48000 56500 38000

Socket

mm

mm

High-pressure sodium vapour lamps, ellipsoid HSE 150 227 91 ww 20 NAV E 150 HSE 150 227 91 ww 20 NAV E 150 4Y HSE 150 227 91 ww 20 NAV E 150 SUPER 4Y HSE 150 227 91 ww 60 HSE 250 227 120 ww 20 NAV E 250 HSE 250 227 120 ww 20 NAV E 250 4Y HSE 250 227 120 ww 20 NAV E 250 SUPER 4Y HSE 250 227 120 ww 60 HSE 400 290 122 ww 20 NAV E 400 HSE 400 290 122 ww 20 NAV E 400 4Y HSE 400 290 122 ww 20 NAV E 400 4Y HSE 400 290 122 ww 20 NAV E 400 SUPER 4Y HSE 400 290 122 ww 60 High-pressure sodium vapour lamps, tubular HST 150 211 48 ww 20 NAV T 150 HST 150 211 48 ww 20 NAV T 150 4Y HST 150 211 48 ww 20 NAV T 150 SUPER 4Y HST 150 211 48 ww 60 HST 250 257 48 ww 20 NAV T 250 HST 250 257 48 ww 20 NAV T 250 4Y HST 250 257 48 ww 20 NAV T 250 SUPER 4Y HST 250 257 48 ww 60 HST 400 285 48 ww 20 NAV T 400 HST 400 285 48 ww 20 NAV T 400 4Y HST 400 285 48 ww 20 NAV T 400 SUPER 4Y HST 400 285 48 ww 60 -

E 40 E 40 E 40 E 40 E 40 E 40 E 40 E 40 E 40 E 40 E 40 E 40 E 40 E 40 E 40 E 40 E 40 E 40 E 40 E 40 E 40 E 40 E 40 E 40 E 40

Lamp type

PL

LF Ra

OSRAM designation (Im) (cd)2)


HALOPAR 30 64845 SP HALOPAR 30 64845 FL Decostar 51 48865 ES SP Decostar 51 48865 ES FL Decostar 51 48865 ES WFL Decostar 51 48865 ES VWFL Decostar 51 TITAN 46865SP Decostar 51 TITAN 46865FL Decostar 51 TITAN 46865WFL Decostar 51 TITAN 46865VWFL Decostar 51S 44865 SP Decostar 51S 44865 WFL Decostar 51 48870 ES SP Decostar 51 48870 ES FL Decostar 51 48870 ES WFL Decostar 51 48870 ES VWFL Decostar 51 TITAN 46870SP Decostar 51 TITAN 46870FL Decostar 51 TITAN 46870WFL Decostar 51 TITAN 46870VWFL Decostar 51S 44870 SP Decostar 51S 44870 WFL 10 75002) 30 24002) 10 24 36 60 10 24 36 60 10 36 10 24 36 60 10 24 36 60 10 125002) 44002) 22002) 11002) 80002) 31002) 15002) 7002) 60002) 10002) 150002) 57002) 28502) 14302) 125002) 44002) 22002) 12002) 78002)

Philips designation (Im) (cd)2)


HalogenA PAR30S HalogenA PAR30S MASTERline ES 35W MASTERline ES 35W MASTERline ES 35W MASTERline ES 35W Brilliantline Dichroic 12V MR50 Brilliantline Dichroic 12V MR50 Brilliantline Dichroic 12V MR50 Brilliantline Dichroic 12V MR50 Accentline 35W 12V Accentline 35W 12V MASTERline ES 45W MASTERline ES 45W MASTERline ES 45W MASTERline ES 45W Brilliantline Dichroic 12V MR50 Brilliantline Dichroic 12V MR50 Brilliantline Dichroic 12V MR50 Brilliantline Dichroic 12V MR50 Accentline 50W 12V Accentline 50W 12V Accentline 50W 12V 10 55252) 30 17002) 8 24 36 60 10 24 36 60 10 36 8 24 36 60 10 24 36 60 10 24 36 135002) 44002) 22002) 10502) 80002) 31002) 15002) 7002) 37502) 10002) 160002) 54502) 28502) 13002) 130002) 44002) 22002) 11002) 62002) 21002) 15002)

Socket

mm mm

Mains-voltage halogen reflector lamps QPAR-30 75 90,5 97 ww 100 QPAR-30 75 90,5 97 ww 100 Low-voltage halogen reflector lamps QR-CBC 51 35 46 51 ww 100 QR-CBC 51 35 46 51 ww 100 QR-CBC 51 35 46 51 ww 100 QR-CBC 51 35 46 51 ww 100 QR-CBC 51 35 46 51 ww 100 QR-CBC 51 35 46 51 ww 100 QR-CBC 51 35 46 51 ww 100 QR-CBC 51 35 46 51 ww 100 QR-CBC 51 35 46 51 ww 100 QR-CBC 51 35 46 51 ww 100 QR-CBC 51 50 46 51 ww 100 QR-CBC 51 50 46 51 ww 100 QR-CBC 51 50 46 51 ww 100 QR-CBC 51 50 46 51 ww 100 QR-CBC 51 50 46 51 ww 100 QR-CBC 51 50 46 51 ww 100 QR-CBC 51 50 46 51 ww 100 QR-CBC 51 50 46 51 ww 100 QR-CBC 51 50 46 51 ww 100 QR-CBC 51 50 46 51 ww 100 QR-CBC 51 50 46 51 ww 100

E27 E27 GU5,3 GU5,3 GU5,3 GU5,3 GU5,3 GU5,3 GU5,3 GU5,3 GU5,3 GU5,3 GU5,3 GU5,3 GU5,3 GU5,3 GU5,3 GU5,3 GU5,3 GU5,3 GU5,3 GU5,3 GU5,3

35W 35W 35W 35W

50W 50W 50W 50W

36 14502)

* All luminous flux indications based on 25C. With suffix (IN) and (TOP) also available in amalgam technology for increased ambient temperatures. IN and TOP without brackets are versions that are only available in amalgam technology. 1) Operation with ballast for sodium vapour lamps 2) Luminous intensity in cd 3) In preparation 4) + 10-20% with control gear for high-pressure sodium vapor lamps

530

Lamp type

PL

LF

Ra

OSRAM designation (Im) (cd)2)


4 8 24 4 8 24 45 8 24 45 350002) 225002) 45002) 400002) 330002) 58002) 20002) 450002) 85002) 28002) 300 600 910 1450 1800 1050 790 1050 1470 2400 2400 3500

Philips designation (Im) (cd)2)


MASTERline 111 30W MASTERline 111 30W MASTERline 111 45W MASTERline 111 45W MASTERline 111 45W MASTERline 111 60W MASTERline 111 60W MASTERline 111 60W Capsuleline Capsuleline Capsuleline Capsuleline Capsuleline Clickline 75W HalogenA 230V T32 HalogenA 230V T32 HalogenA 230V T32 Plusline Small 230V 200W 230002) 40002) 330002) 53002) 19002) 480002) 85002) 28002) 300 600 950 1575 2200 1050 840 1550 2550 3520

Socket

mm mm

Low-voltage halogen reflector lamps with aluminium reflector QR-LP 111 35/30 63 111 ww 100 Halospot 111 41832 SP QR-LP 111 35/30 63 111 ww 100 Halospot 111 48832 ES SP QR-LP 111 35/30 63 111 ww 100 Halospot 111 48832 ES FL QR-LP 111 50/45 63 111 ww 100 Halospot 111 41835 SSP QR-LP 111 50/45 63 111 ww 100 Halospot 111 48835 ES SP QR-LP 111 50/45 63 111 ww 100 Halospot 111 48835 ES FL QR-LP 111 50/45 63 111 ww 100 Halospot 111 48835 ES WFL QR-LP 111 65/60 63 111 ww 100 Halospot 111 48837 ES SP QR-LP 111 65/60 63 111 ww 100 Halospot 111 48837 ES FL QR-LP 111 65/60 63 111 ww 100 Halospot 111 48837 ES WFL Low-voltage halogen lamps 12 V QT 12-ax 20 44 12 ww 100 Halostar Starlite 64427S QT 12-ax 35 44 12 ww 100 Halostar Starlite 64432S QT 12-ax 50 44 12 ww 100 Halostar Starlite 64440S QT 12-ax 75 44 12 ww 100 Halostar Starlite 64450S QT 12-ax 90 44 12 ww 100 Halostar Starlite 64458S QT 12-ax 100 44 12 ww 100 Mains-voltage halogen lamps, no transformer required QT 14../m 75 51 14 ww 100 Halopin 66675AM QT 32 60 105 33 ww 100 Halolux Ceram 64472IM QT 32 75 105 33 ww 100 Halolux Ceram 64474IM QT 32 100 105 33 ww 100 Halolux Ceram 64476IM QT 32 150 105 33 ww 100 Halolux Ceram 64478IM Mains-voltage halogen lamps (linear) QT-DE 12 150 114 12 ww 100 HALOLINE 64696 QT-DE 12 200 114 12 ww 100 HALOLINE 64698

8 24 8 24 45 8 24 45

G53 G53 G53 G53 G53 G53 G53 G53 G53 G53 GY6,35 GY6,35 GY6,35 GY6,35 GY6,35 GY6,35 G9 E27 E27 E27 E27 R7s R7s

Lamp type

PL

LF

Ra

OSRAM designation (Im) (cd)2)


CLAS A FR 40 CLAS A FR 60 CLAS A FR 75 CLAS A FR 100 SPC.T25/85 SIL 25 415 710 935 1340 190 -

Philips designation (Im) (cd)2)


Standard matt A55 40W E27 230V Standard matt A55 60W E27 230V Standard matt A55 75W E27 230V Standard matt A55 100W E27 230V Deco E14 T29 25W matt 415 710 930 1340 230

Socket

mm mm

General-lighting-service lamp, A60 frosted A60 40 100 55 ww 100 A60 60 100 55 ww 100 A60 75 100 55 ww 100 A60 100 100 55 ww 100 Tubular lamps, IT IT 25 85 25 ww 100 IT 25 96 29 ww 100

E 27 E 27 E 27 E 27 E 14 E 14

Lamp type

PL

LF

Ra

OSRAM designation

Philips designation (Im) (cd)2)


MASTER PL Electronic 5W/827 E14 MASTER PL Electronic 8W/827 E14 MASTER PL Electronic 11W/827 E14 230 400 600 660 800**

Socket

mm

For emergency light inserts E14 TC-DSE 5 117 ww 80 TC-DSE 8 122 ww 80 DULUX EL 8W/827 E14 TC-DSE 11 144 ww 80 TC-DSE 12 129 ww 80 DULUX EL 12W/827 E14 Special lamp for green light insert for minimally invasive surgery TC-S 9 145 green DULUX S 9W/66 ** Lumens for low-loss ballast.

E14 E14 E14 E14 G23

531

Product index

Reference ActiLume LMS ACTI Aragon Aragon AragonS AragonSA AragonT Athenik Athenik C1 MRLED Athenik C1 HR Athenik C1 MR Athenik C2 HR Athenik C2 MR Athenik C2 MRHIT BLUEmotion BLUEmotionCDP BLUEmotionCM BLUEmotionFS BLUEmotionIPX BLUEmotionLS BLUEmotionSD BLUEmotionUXP-AD BLUEmotionUXP-H BLUEmotionUXP-S Centa-S Series 748

Page

Reference Delta Series 760 Series 60 Series 530 Series 768, 769

Page

Reference LIGHTGATEplus LG Liventy LiventyOT LiventyUXP-S LMS Plenar LMS Plenar

Page

499 Dialog 338/340 338/340 340 338 DiVisio E-line

499

280 280

25 26 26 28 28 30

66 68 186 68 186 66 70 70 70

Enterio EnterioOA EnterioOA-IP EnterioOA-PC EnterioOA-PC-IP EnterioPA EnterioPA-IP EnterioPA-PC EnterioPA-PC-IP EnterioRAV EnterioRMV EnterioRPV EnterioRSV EnterioRWV Fidesca Fidesca-BSP Fidesca-BSPS Fidesca-BST Fidesca-PM RPX Fidesca-PM RV Fidesca-SDM Fidesca-SDRPX Fidesca-SDSB ES 500 ES 501 ES 502 ES 503 Estilio Estilio S Heliosa HeliosaDP HeliosaUXP-H HeliosaUXP-S Hyperion Hyperion-R Hyperion-Q Inperla Inperla C2 BR Inperla C2 BREB3h Inperla C2 BRUR Inperla C2 BR-CAT2 Inperla C2 HR Inperla C2 HREB3h Inperla C2 HRUR Inperla C2 HR-CAT2 Inperla C2 MR Inperla C2 MREB3h Inperla C2 MRUR Inperla C3 BR Inperla C3 HR Inperla C3 MR

500

312/324 312/324 312 312 313/324 313/324 313 313 322 309/316 308/314 310/318 311/320

LR 803 LR 803 Leto Leto 50 Luceo Luceo D RAX Luceo D UXP-H Luceo D UXP-S Luceo H CDP Luceo H-L CDP Luceo H UXP-AD Luceo H UXP-H Luceo H UXP-S Luceo H-L UXP-H Luceo H-L UXP-S Luceo S CDP Luceo S UXP-H Luceo S UXP-S Emergency light components 54 67 68 Enterio ZNO Oceanus Oceanus 50 Oceanus 80 Oceanus 111 Offset Offset H1 CDP Offset H1 UXP-AD Offset H1 UXP-H Offset S1 CDP Offset S1 UXP-AD Offset S2 CDP Offset S2 UXP-AD Offset W2 CDP Offset W2 RAX Offset ZA Offset ZLR Plenar Plenar C1-M Plenar C1-R Plenar C2-M Plenar C2-R Plenar C3-Q Plenar C4-M Plenar HD1-Q Plenar HD2-Q Plenar HD3-Q

501

49

Chloe Chloe NV Chloe Quad NV ChloeRGB Circe Circe 111 Color Flatbed Color Flatbed Color Line Color Line Color Shelf Color Shelf Color Stripe Color Stripe Cyclos Cyclos 80 Cyclos 111 DALI Easy LMS Easy Deca Deca WD1 Deca WD2 Deca WD3 Deca WD1 ZDB Deca WD1 ZPK Deca WD1 ZW

14 14 11

360 360 360 354 354 358 356 356

210 208 208 204 204 206 206 206 206 206 126 126 126

52

144 143 146

478 479 479 478

10

113

48 50 53

10

276 276 276

11 15 15

10

50 52

499

133 133 133 136 136 136

36 36 36 38 36 36 36 38 36 36 36 39 39 39

190 190 190 122 120 122 120 124 124 125 125

98 98 98 98 98 98 96 96 96

532

Reference Polaron Polaron WD1 Polaron WD2 Quadrial QuadrialCDP QuadrialT QuadrialUXP-S Solvan Solvan C1LED Solvan C1OA-PC Solvan C1OTA Solvan C1T Solvan C1UXP-H Solvan C1UXP-S Solvan C2OA-PC Solvan C2OTA Solvan C2RAX Solvan C2T Solvan C2UXP-H Solvan C2UXP-S Solvan D1OA-PC Solvan D1OTA Solvan D1T Solvan D1UXP-H Solvan D1UXP-S Solvan D2OA-PC Solvan D2OTA Solvan D2RAX Solvan D2T Solvan D2UXP-H Solvan D2UXP-S Solvan H1OA-PC Solvan H1OTA Solvan H1T Solvan H1UXP-H Solvan H1UXP-S Solvan H2OA-PC Solvan H2OTA Solvan H2T Solvan H2UXP-AD Solvan H2UXP-H Solvan H2UXP-S T200 Series 59

Page

Reference Valuco D-UXPPC Valuco H Valuco HPC Valuco S Valuco SPC Winlight Q Xerxes Xerxes 111 Series 798

Page 166 168 168 115 115

Reference Series 390, 391 390RAV 390RMV 390RPX 390RSV 390RSX 390RWV 390T 391RAV 391RMV 391RPX 391RSV 391RSX 391RWV 391T Series 4401 4401F 4401PF Series 500 500RMV 500RPX 500RSX Series 504, 505 504RMV 504RPX 504RSV 504RSX 504RWV 504T 505AL-AD 505AL-RMV 505AL-RPX 505AL-RSX 505RMV 505RPX 505RSX 505T Series 506 506PSN 506RST 506RWS Series 530 (DiVisio) 5302N ADH 5302N RPX 5302N RSX Series 536 536ROB 536ROT Series 557 557N 557NW Series 561 561 562

Page

180 180

260 262 258

52

266 266 266 268 270 270 266 266 272 268 270 270 192 192 193 194 194 192 192 195 193 194 194 196 196 197 198 198 196 196 197 198 198 198

Series 29 2911 2911 B 2931 C 2931 C-B 2931 W 2931 W-B

348 348 46 46 46 46

296 294 290 294 290 292 296 296 294 290 294 290 292 296

363 363

Series 333 3331 M 3331 M-TA 3331 M-TS 3331 W 3331 W-TA 3331 W-TS Series 34 3441 PSAN 3441 PSN 3451 PN 3451N 3452 3452 P 3452 PN 3452 PSN 3452N Series 362, 363 362RMV 362RPX 362RSX 362RWV 362T UXP-H 362T UXP-S Series 366, 376 366RST 366RWS 376PSN Series 368, 369 368D-RMV 368D-RPX 368D-RSV 368D-RSX 368D-RWV 369D-RMV 369D-RPX 369D-RSV 369D-RSX 369D-RWV

170 170 170 170 170 170

238 236 236

174 174 174 176 176 174 174 174 176

230 228 231 229 232 233 214 220 216 218 226 224 225 227

286 284 284 286 282 282

370 370 370

Torso Torso S1 Torso S2 Torso S3 Torso W1 Torso W2 Torso W3 Trunkings 07690 190 190VZ Valuco Valuco D Valuco DPC Valuco D-UXP

116 116 116 116 116 116

372 372 372

188 188 188

506 505 504

166 166 166

304 300 304 300 302 304 300 304 300 302

184 184

148 148

149 149

533

Product index

Reference Series 593, 594, 595, 596, 597 (T200) 5931 RPX 5931 RSX 5941 AD 595HO/QT150 595HO/QT90 595HO/QPAR75 595QT50 5951 HO/HIT 5951 HO/HST 5961 RPX 5961 RSV 5971 PST Series 60 (Dialog) 6001 DT 6013 AS 6024 AS 6042 UW 6052 UW 6052 UW-G Series 614 614 Series 66 665 Series 711, 712 711 711S 712 712S Series 713, 717 713 713P 713PS Series 734, 735 734 734P 735 735P Series 739 7392 P 7392 PS 739P/TC Series 740 740 740Q Series 748 (Centa-S) 7481 7482 7483

Page

Reference Series 760 (Delta) Gear trays 7601N 7601N A 7601N+E14 7601N+EB1/+EB3 7601N+UR 7602N 7602N+E14 7602N+EB3 7602N+UR Base units 07600 M 07610 M Series 768, 769 (E-Line) Gear trays 7681 7682 7691 7691+E14 7691+EB 7691+UR 7692 7692+E14 7692+EB 7692+UR Trunkings 07690 Series 796 796 Series 798 (Winlight Q) 7981 AD 7981 SD 7983 AD 7983 SD 7983 SH

Page

84 84 84 78 76 78 76 80 80 81/82 81 83

395 395 404 405 405 395 404 405 405 392 393

128 128 128 130 130 130

472

437 437 416/436 453 432/453 432/453 416/436 453 432/453 432/453 456/458

142

342 342 342 342

466

344 344 344

470 470 470 470 470

328 328 328 328

362 362 362

138 141

346 346 346

534

All technical data including details of weight and directions have been compiled with all due care. Errors excepted. Slight differences in colour are possible due to printing technology. We reserve the right to make alterations in the interest of improving our products. The luminaire photos included herein may show in part accessories that have to be ordered separately. Photos of buildings may be showing luminaires with optional equipment configurations.

535

TRILUX GmbH & Co. KG Heidestrae D-59759 Arnsberg Postfach 19 60 D-59753 Arnsberg Tel. +49 (0) 29 32.3 01-0 Fax +49 (0) 29 32.3 01-3 75 info@trilux.de www.trilux.de TRILUX LlGHTING LlMITED TRILUX HOUSE, Winsford Way Boreham Interchange Chelmsford, Essex CM2 5PD Tel. +44 (0) 12 45.46 34 63 Fax +44 (0) 12 45.46 26 46 sales@trilux.co.uk www.trilux.co.uk

080-GB-int 080 033